Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



The Howard Hughes Corporation
(formerly Spinco, Inc.)
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  6552
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  36-4673192
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



110 N. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(312) 960-5000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Thomas Nolan, Jr.
President and Chief Operating Officer
The Howard Hughes Corporation
110 N. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 960-5000
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)



Copies to:
Matthew D. Bloch, Esq.
Heather L. Emmel, Esq.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York
(212) 310-8000 (Phone)
(212) 310-8007 (Fax)



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    ý

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

(Continued on following page)


Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered
  Amount to be
Registered(1)
  Proposed maximum
offering price per
unit
  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price(2)
  Amount of
registration fee
 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share(3)

    14,158,409     N/A   $ 674,223,437 (4) $ 48,072.13  

Common stock warrants(5)

    8,000,000     N/A          

Common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants(6)

    8,000,000       $ 400,000,000   $ 28,520.00  

Common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to acquire common stock(7)

    179,979     N/A     8,570,600   $ 611.08  
                         
 

Total

                    $ 77,203.21  
                         

(1)
Pursuant to Rule 416, the securities being registered hereunder include such indeterminate number of additional shares of common stock as may be issuable as a result of stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, anti-dilution adjustments or similar transactions.

(2)
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

(3)
Represents (a) 5,250,000 shares of our common stock to be issued to (i) REP Investments LLC, an affiliate of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. (and its designees, as applicable, "Brookfield Investor"), (ii) The Fairholme Fund and Fairholme Focused Income Fund (collectively, "Fairholme"), (iii) Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P. on behalf of Pershing Square, L.P., Pershing Square II, L.P., Pershing Square International, Ltd. and Pershing Square International V, Ltd. (collectively, "Pershing Square" and, together with Brookfield Investor and Fairholme, the "Plan Sponsors") and (iv) Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI, L.P. ("Blackstone") pursuant to the investment agreements and designation described in this registration statement and (b) 8,908,409 shares of common stock to be issued to Pershing Square and General Trust Company in connection with the distribution of our common stock in connection with the Separation of the Company from General Growth Properties, Inc. as described in this registration statement.

(4)
The proposed maximum aggregate offering price for the common stock is the product of (x) 14,158,409 (the number of shares of common stock being registered hereby) and (y) $47.62 (the price at which the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone have agreed to purchase the shares of our common stock pursuant to the investment agreements and designation).

(5)
Represents warrants to acquire 8,000,000 shares of our common stock to be issued to the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone pursuant to the investment agreements and designation described in the registration statement. Pursuant to Rule 457(g) promulgated under the Securities Act, no separate registration fee is required for the warrants being offered hereby because the warrants are being registered on the same registration statement as the common stock underlying the warrants.

(6)
Includes 8,000,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone pursuant to the investment agreements described in this registration statement. Pursuant to Rule 457(g) promulgated under the Securities Act, the maximum aggregate offering price is based on the $50.00 exercise price of the warrants.

(7)
Includes 179,979 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options to acquire our common stock held by certain of the selling stockholders named in this registration statement. The proposed maximum aggregate offering price is based upon $47.62 per share (the price at which the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone have agreed to purchase the shares of our common stock pursuant to the investment agreements and designation).

        The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents


EXPLANATORY NOTE
(NOT PART OF THE PROSPECTUS)

        This registration statement is being filed by The Howard Hughes Corporation, formerly known as Spinco, Inc. ("THHC"), in order to register its common stock and warrants for resale pursuant to Section 415(a)(1)(i) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") pursuant to certain investment agreements described herein. THHC is a newly formed Delaware corporation that was created to hold certain assets and liabilities of General Growth Properties, Inc. ("GGP") and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Predecessors"). In conjunction with a plan of reorganization filed by GGP and certain of its subsidiaries under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Plan"), THHC will receive certain of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessors (the "Separation"), which we refer to as our business. We expect the reorganization to be completed during the fourth quarter of 2010 (such time of completion is referred to herein as the "Effective Date"). Pursuant to the Plan, on or prior to the Effective Date, approximately 32.25 million shares of common stock of THHC will be distributed or issued to the common and preferred unit holders of GGP Limited Partnership ("GGPLP"), which includes GGP, and then GGP will distribute its portion of such shares to holders of GGP common stock (the "Distribution") and the Plan Sponsors (as defined herein), will purchase $250.0 million shares of our common stock. GGP will not retain any ownership interest in THHC. Unless otherwise noted, all information contained in this registration statement relates to THHC after the Effective Date. An application has been made to list THHC's common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol "HHC."

        The shares of THHC common stock and warrants that are the subject of this registration statement will only be issued, and offerings of such securities under this registration statement will only be made, if the Plan is confirmed and the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Plan, including the Separation, is completed. Accordingly, the information presented in the prospectus contained in this registration statement is presented, to the extent possible, as if the closing of the transactions described above, including GGP's emergence from bankruptcy and the Separation, have occurred. Any material changes to the Plan or these transactions will be reflected in a subsequent amendment to the registration statement.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to these securities is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer, solicitation or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 22, 2010

Preliminary Prospectus

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

22,338,388 shares of Common Stock

Warrants to purchase up to 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock

        This prospectus relates solely to the resale by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus of up to an aggregate of (i) 22,338,388 shares of common stock of The Howard Hughes Corporation ("THHC"), $0.01 par value per share, consisting of 5,250,000 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the investment agreements described herein, 8,908,409 shares of common stock issued in connection with the separation and distribution described herein, 8,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants described herein and 179,979 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of certain outstanding stock options and (ii) 8,000,000 warrants to acquire common stock of THHC.

        The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus (which term as used herein includes their pledgees, donees, transferees or other successors-in-interest) may offer the shares or warrants from time to time as they may determine through public transactions or through other means and at varying prices as determined by the prevailing market price for shares or in negotiated transactions as described in the section entitled "Plan of Distribution" beginning on page 120.

        We do not know when or in what amount the selling stockholders may offer the shares for sale. THHC's common stock and warrants are not currently listed on any exchange or quotation system. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol "HHC." We do not intend to list the warrants on any exchange; accordingly, there will not be an established market price for the warrants.

        We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares of our common stock or the warrants by the selling stockholders.

        Investing in shares of our common stock or the warrants involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock or the warrants.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus is dated                        , 2010.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

  iii

USE OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

  iii

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 
v

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 
1

RISK FACTORS

 
15

USE OF PROCEEDS

 
31

DIVIDEND POLICY

 
31

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK

 
32

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

 
34

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 
36

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
43

BUSINESS

 
71

MANAGEMENT

 
96

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 
103

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 
107

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 
108

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 
111

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 
114

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 
117

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 
122

LEGAL MATTERS

 
126

EXPERTS

 
126

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 
126

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
F-i

ii


Table of Contents


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

        This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus (as supplemented and amended). We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date regardless of the time of delivery of the prospectus or any sale of our common stock. We will from time to time supplement the information contained in this prospectus in a prospectus supplement.


USE OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

        We present EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Total Levered MPC Free Cash Flow, all as defined below, in this prospectus as supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). They are not measures of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as measures of our liquidity.

        EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests (currently, GGP), plus interest expense net of interest income, income tax provision (benefit), depreciation and amortization. We calculate Adjusted EBITDA by adjusting EBITDA for the following items: (a) costs incurred with respect to reorganization items following GGP's filing for bankruptcy protection, including gains on liabilities subject to compromise, interest income, U.S. Trustee fees and other restructuring items; (b) our 2009 and 2008 strategic initiatives, which consist of GGP's pre-bankruptcy filing restructuring costs; and (c) provisions for impairment. We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because we believe certain investors use them as additional measures of a company's historical operating performance and its ability to service and incur debt. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors because Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain non-recurring and/or non-cash items, including bankruptcy and restructuring costs, which we believe are not indicative of our core operating performance and which are not excluded in the calculation of EBITDA. In addition, we present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA of our properties that we own jointly with independent joint venture partners under the proportionate share method. Under the proportionate share method, our share of revenues and expenses of such properties are aggregated with the revenues and expenses of our combined properties.

        Total Levered MPC Free Cash Flow ("MPC Free Cash Flow") is calculated by modifying Adjusted EBITDA for land development expenditures (net of public financing reimbursements); non-cash elements of revenue and expense including collections of deposits, deferred revenues and builders notes receivable; reflecting interest payments and participation payments and distributions received. We present MPC Free Cash Flow as a supplementary measure for our Master Planned Communities segment as we believe investors evaluate the performance of the master planned community business on its cash flows as well as other GAAP and non-GAAP measures.

        EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as alternatives to GAAP net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Similarly, MPC Free Cash Flow should not be considered a substitute for cash flow from operating activities. Some of the limitations inherent in these non-GAAP measures are that:

    they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

iii


Table of Contents

    they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

    they do not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

    they do not reflect any cash income taxes that we may be required to pay;

    assets are depreciated or amortized over differing estimated useful lives and often have to be replaced in the future, and these measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

    they do not adjust for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows;

    they do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations;

    they do not reflect the value of our non-income producing assets;

    they may not be calculated in the same manner as research analysts calculate EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA or in the same manner as may be required by any current or future indebtedness;

    they do not reflect limitations on, or costs related to, transferring earnings from our subsidiaries and unconsolidated joint ventures to us; and

    other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

        For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests, see "Summary Historical Combined Financial Data." For a reconciliation of MPC Free Cash Flow to combined net cash (used in) provided by operating activities, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Supplemental Master Planned Communities Data."

iv


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to current or historical facts. These statements may include words such as "anticipate," "estimate," "expect," "project," "forecast," "plan," "intend," "believe," "may," "should," "would," "likely," and other words of similar expression.

        Forward-looking statements should not be unduly relied upon. They give our expectations about the future and are not guarantees. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance and achievements to materially differ from any future results, performance and achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. We caution you, therefore, not to rely on these forward-looking statements.

        In this prospectus, for example, we make forward-looking statements discussing our expectations about:

    capital required for our operations and development opportunities for the properties in our Strategic Development segment following the Distribution;

    expected performance of our Master Planned Communities segment and other current income producing properties;

    future management;

    future liquidity;

    future development opportunities;

    expenses we expect to incur as a stand-alone entity;

    future development spending; and

    future management plans.

        Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include:

    our history of losses;

    our lack of operating history as an independent company;

    our reliance on an interim management company;

    our inability to obtain operating and development capital;

    our inability to establish our own financial, administrative and other support functions to operate as a stand-alone business and loss of operational efficiency we had as a part of GGP;

    our new directors and officers may change our long-range plans;

    a prolonged recession in the national economy and adverse economic conditions in the retail sector;

    our inability to compete effectively;

    potential conflicts arising with GGP after the Distribution from agreements with GGP with respect to certain of our assets;

v


Table of Contents

    our inability to control certain of our properties due to the joint ownership of such property and our inability to successfully attract desirable strategic partners;

    risks associated with the Distribution not qualifying as a tax-free distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

    the Plan Sponsors (as subsequently defined) having influence over us, whose interests may be adverse to ours or yours; and

    the other risks described in "Risk Factors."

        These forward-looking statements present our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to modify or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this prospectus.

vi


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        We are a newly formed Delaware corporation that was created to hold certain assets and liabilities of General Growth Properties, Inc. ("GGP") and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Predecessors"). In conjunction with the third amended plan of reorganization, as modified, filed by GGP and certain of its subsidiaries under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the "Plan"), we received certain of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessors and substantially all of our common stock was distributed to the holders of GGP's common stock (the "Distribution"). GGP does not retain any ownership interest in us.

        We refer to the "Effective Date" as the date on which the reorganization of GGP and certain of its subsidiaries was completed, at which time the Predecessors transferred to us the Predecessors' properties and related assets and liabilities described herein (the "Separation"), which we refer to as our business. The description of our business is presented herein as if the transferred business was our business for all historical periods described. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us" and "our" refer to The Howard Hughes Corporation and its subsidiaries and joint venture interests after giving effect to the Separation and the Distribution.

        The items in the following summary are described in more detail later in this prospectus. This summary provides an overview of selected information and does not contain all the information you should consider before making a future investment decision with respect to our securities. Therefore, you should also read the more detailed information set out in this prospectus, including the risk factors, the combined financial statements and the notes thereto, and the other documents to which this prospectus refers before making an investment decision.


Overview

        On April 16, 2009 and April 22, 2009 (collectively, the "Petition Date"), GGP and certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for relief (the "Chapter 11 Cases") in the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the "Bankruptcy Court") under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code"). On August 27, 2010, GGP filed with the Bankruptcy Court its third amended Plan (as supplemented on September 30, 2010 and further modified on October 21, 2010) and the related disclosure statement (the "Disclosure Statement") for the debtors remaining in the Chapter 11 Cases (the "TopCo Debtors"). On October 21, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan and on the Effective Date, the Plan became effective, the TopCo Debtors emerged from bankruptcy, and the Separation and the Distribution were completed. The Plan set forth the structure of GGP and the TopCo Debtors following the Effective Date. We refer to the public company successor to GGP following the Effective Date as "reorganized GGP." See "Business—Bankruptcy Proceedings."

        We are a real estate company created to specialize in the development of master planned communities and other strategic real estate development opportunities across the United States. Our goal is to create sustainable, long-term growth and value for our stockholders. We own a diverse portfolio of properties with a relatively small amount of debt (an amount equal to 11.7% of our total assets as of June 30, 2010) and with near, medium and long-term development opportunities, including our master planned communities, mall development projects and a series of mixed-use development opportunities in premier locations. As operated by the Predecessors, our master planned communities have won numerous awards for, among other things, design and community contribution. We expect the competitive position and desirable location of certain of our assets (which collectively comprise millions of square feet and thousands of acres of developable land), combined with their operations and long-term opportunity through entitlements, land and home site sales and project developments, to drive our income and growth. We expect to pursue development opportunities for a number of our assets that were postponed by the Predecessors due to lack of liquidity resulting from deteriorating economic conditions, the credit market collapse and certain of the Predecessors' bankruptcy filings in

1


Table of Contents


April 2009, and to develop plans for other assets for which no plans had been developed. We expect to assess the opportunities for these assets, which are currently in various stages of completion, to determine how to finance their completion and how to maximize their long-term value potential, which may include entering into joint venture arrangements.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, our net loss attributable to controlling interests and Adjusted EBITDA were $703.6 million and $21.5 million, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, our net loss attributable to controlling interests and Adjusted EBITDA were $48.6 million and $10.7 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2010, our combined debt was $340.5 million and our share of the debt of our Real Estate Affiliates (as defined below) was $196.2 million and we had $2.9 billion of total assets. As a newly formed company with no operating history as a stand alone company and a history of losses and negative cash flow from operations, there are significant risks to investing in our securities. See "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        We operate our business in two lines of business: Master Planned Communities and Strategic Development.

        Master Planned Communities.    Our Master Planned Communities segment consists of the development and sale of residential and commercial land, primarily in large-scale projects. We currently own four master planned communities (including four separate communities in Maryland that are commonly, and collectively, referred to as the "Maryland communities") with over 14,000 acres of land remaining to be sold in desirable locations, which in some cases have no land suitable for large-scale residential development nearby. Residential sales, which are made primarily to home builders, include standard, custom and high density (i.e., condominium, town homes and apartments) parcels. Standard residential lots are designated for detached and attached single- and multi-family homes, ranging from entry-level to luxury homes. Commercial sales include parcels designated for retail, office, services and other for-profit activities, as well as those parcels designated for use by government, schools and other not-for-profit entities.

        Strategic Development.    Our Strategic Development segment is made up of a diverse mix of near, medium and long-term real estate properties and development projects, some of which we believe have the potential to create meaningful value. For example, the Hawaii Community Development Authority ("HCDA") approved a 15-plus year master plan that will permit us to transform 60 acres of land at our Ward Centers project in Honolulu, Hawaii into a vibrant and diverse neighborhood of residences, shops, entertainment and offices. Our Strategic Development segment includes nine mixed-use development opportunities, four mall development projects, seven redevelopment projects and eleven other property interests, including ownership of various land parcels and certain profit interests.

2


Table of Contents

        The chart below presents our assets by reportable segment and, with respect to our Strategic Development reportable segment, our current expectation of the type of development opportunity:

GRAPHIC

        We own non-controlling investments and interests in The Woodlands Partnerships and Circle T, which we account for using the equity method, and the cost method for non-ownership rights in certain real estate assets. We collectively refer to these investments as our "Real Estate Affiliates." See "Note 3 Real Estate Affiliates" of our audited combined financial statements and "Note 5 Real Estate Affiliates" of our unaudited combined financial statements each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The table below sets forth certain financial information for our two segments as of June 30, 2010 and as of December 31, 2009, or, as applicable, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 
  As of or For the Six Months Ended
June 30, 2010
  As of or For the Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 
 
  Master
Planned
Communities
  Strategic
Development
  Total   Master
Planned
Communities
  Strategic
Development
  Total  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Adjusted EBITDA—Segment basis

  $ (1,259 ) $ 11,924   $ 10,665   $ 1,243   $ 20,280   $ 21,523  

Net Book Value of Assets

    1,762,679     836,347     2,599,026     1,741,878     945,378     2,687,256  

Combined Mortgages, notes and loans payable(*)

    80,223     260,272     340,495     82,011     260,822     342,833  

(*)
In addition, our share of our Real Estate Affiliates debt was $196.2 million at June 30, 2010.

3


Table of Contents


Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we will distinguish ourselves through the following competitive strengths:

        Award Winning Master Planned Communities.    We believe that we are a leader in the master planned communities business. As operated by the Predecessors, the master planned communities in our portfolio have won numerous awards for, among other things, design and community contribution. In 2009, Bridgeland was awarded the "Master Planned Community of the Year" by the National Association of Home Builders. Our communities represent over 78,000 total acres and we have over 14,000 acres of land remaining to be sold in desirable locations. These communities are located in areas of the country that feature strong demographic fundamentals, such as high income and population growth rates. We believe that it would be difficult for other real estate development companies to acquire significant parcels of land in areas with similar demographics. While the economic downturn and housing recession has slowed land and home site sales across the nation, we believe that the long-term value of these communities remains strong given their competitive positioning and our expertise in long-range land use planning and entitlements for communities such as these.

        Development Opportunities in Premier Locations.    We will have the opportunity to develop mixed-use properties in some of the highest quality and most desirable economic and demographic regions of the United States, including Ward Centers in Honolulu, Hawaii; Landmark Mall in Alexandria, Virginia; and South Street Seaport in Manhattan, New York. Ward Centers is situated along prime Hawaiian oceanfront property located within one mile of downtown Honolulu and within walking distance of the Ala Moana Center, one of the highest traffic and sales volume regional malls in the world. At our Landmark Mall, we have certain limited entitlements to construct buildings as tall as 25 stories on some parcels, which could be used for retail, residential and commercial development, subject to acquisition of the 30 acres of adjacent lands from the anchor store owners and demolition of the existing mall structures. In addition, the South Street Seaport property is located in downtown Manhattan on the waterfront adjacent to the financial center of Wall Street.

        Experienced Management Team.    The Predecessors' existing experienced master planned community operational management team joined us on the Effective Date. We intend to hire industry-leading senior executives with master planned community and other real estate development expertise to complement this existing operational management team. Utilizing their significant experience managing our master planned community assets, the existing operational management team will maintain its current focus on our properties for the benefit of us and our stockholders. In addition, until our permanent senior executives have been selected, Brookfield Asset Management and its affiliates ("Brookfield Advisors") will provide certain management services to THHC pursuant to an interim management agreement (the "Management Agreement"). Brookfield Advisors is a pre-eminent global real estate company. Brookfield Advisors will apply its considerable expertise in developing and operating premier real estate assets and experience in successfully managing our business by providing us with interim executive officers and commercial, technical, administrative and strategic services until our permanent executive management team can be identified and assume their roles. The Management Agreement has an initial term of six months subject to extension for up to an additional six months at our option, subject to good faith negotiation with respect to certain terms.


Business Strategy

        We will seek to maximize what we believe is the significant long-term value potential of our assets and create a leading real estate development company, while providing our stockholders with appropriate long-term returns commensurate with development risk. Given the makeup of our assets, particularly the undeveloped land in our Master Planned Communities segment, we have elected not to be treated as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however,

4


Table of Contents


one of our subsidiaries, Victoria Ward, Limited, is and will continue to be treated as a REIT. Given the capital and operational differences between our two business segments, we intend to follow specific strategies in each business segment to maximize the value of our assets. Our strategies for each segment are detailed below.

        Master Planned Communities Segment.    In our Master Planned Communities segment, we plan to grow long-term value for our stockholders through continued improvements, entitlements and land development. We believe we have the potential to generate high cash flow in this segment because we expect our capital investment in properties to generally coincide with anticipated sales. With expertise in large-scale, long-range land use planning, residential and commercial real estate development, sales and other special skills, we intend to leverage our operational management team to oversee our operations. One of our primary strategies is to develop and sell land in a manner that increases the value of the remaining land to be developed and to provide current cash flows. To implement our strategy, we intend to build upon the experienced operational professionals who joined us from the Predecessors and, on an interim basis, we have engaged Brookfield Advisors to provide certain executive-level services.

        Strategic Development Segment.    Our portfolio of strategic development assets represents a diverse mix of near, medium and long-term real estate properties and development projects. We expect to pursue development opportunities for a number of our assets that were postponed by the Predecessors due to lack of liquidity resulting from deteriorating economic conditions, the credit market collapse and certain of the Predecessors' bankruptcy filings in April 2009. We expect to assess the opportunities for these assets, which are currently in various stages of completion, and determine how to finance their completion and how to maximize their long-term value potential. Any such development will require resources which may be significant in some cases. Real estate development is a capital intensive business with multi-year time frames for each project that will require higher leverage than our master planned communities segment will require. We expect to fund our development projects with a mix of construction, bridge and long-term financing, as well as joint venture equity. In the latter situations, we would expect to contribute the land and development expertise and planning to projects and form strategic and institutional partnerships to operate and finance these projects. We also do not intend to be a general contractor or property manager for most of our assets in this segment, and therefore will consider outsourcing the majority of property management, design and construction responsibilities to third parties.


Our Business

Master Planned Communities

        Our Master Planned Communities segment consists of the development and sale of residential and commercial land, primarily in large-scale projects in and around Columbia, Maryland; Houston, Texas; and Las Vegas, Nevada.

        Revenues are derived primarily from the sale of finished lots, including infrastructure and amenities, and undeveloped property to both residential and commercial developers. Additional revenues are earned through participations with builders in their sales of finished homes to homebuyers. Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA are affected by factors such as the availability to purchasers of construction and permanent mortgage financing at acceptable interest rates, consumer and business confidence, regional economic conditions in the areas surrounding the projects, employment levels, levels of homebuilder inventory, other factors generally affecting the homebuilder business and sales of residential properties, availability of saleable land for particular uses and our decisions to sell, develop or retain land. For our more mature communities such as in Columbia, Maryland, we are also creating new design plans to increase density and add additional neighborhoods.

5


Table of Contents

        Master planned communities in the United States have suffered due to continued weak demand in the residential real estate market following the sharp decline in 2007. As a business venture, development of master planned communities requires expertise in large-scale, long-range land use planning, residential and commercial real estate development, sales and other special skills. The development of these communities requires decades of investment and a continual focus on the changing market dynamics surrounding these communities. In recent periods, the economic downturn has slowed land and home site sales, requiring the development and growth of these communities to be delayed. We believe that the long-term value of our communities remains strong given their competitive positioning and our expertise in long-range land use planning and entitlements for communities such as these.

        The following table summarizes our master planned communities as of June 30, 2010:

 
   
   
   
  People
Living
in
community
(Approx.
No.)
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Remaining Saleable Acres(b)    
  Projected
Community
Sell-Out
Date
 
 
   
   
  Total/Gross
Acres(a)
  Redevelopment
Acres(e)
 
Community
  Location   Ownership (%)   Residential(c)   Commercial(d)   Total  

Bridgeland

  Houston, TX     100.0     11,400     3,250     3,981     1,246     5,227         2036  

Summerlin

  Las Vegas, NV     100.0     22,500     100,000     6,559     625     7,184         2039  

The Woodlands

  Houston, TX     52.5 (f)   28,400     94,000     1,063     1,018     2,081         2017  

Maryland Communities

                                                     
 

Columbia

  Howard County, MD     100.0     14,200     100,000                 136     2035 (g)
 

Gateway

  Howard County, MD     100.0     630             121     121         2013  
 

Emerson

  Howard County, MD     100.0     520     2,000     12     68     80         2013  
 

Fairwood

  Prince George's County, MD     100.0     1,100     2,300         11     11         2013  
                                           

Total

              78,750     301,550     11,615     3,089     14,704     136        
                                           

(a)
Encompasses all of the land located within the borders of the master planned community, including parcels already sold, saleable parcels and non-saleable areas, such as roads, parks and recreation and conservation areas.

(b)
Includes only parcels that are intended for sale. The mix of intended use, as well as the amount of remaining saleable acres, are primarily based on assumptions regarding entitlements and zoning of the remaining project and are likely to change over time as the master plan is refined.

(c)
Includes standard, custom and high density residential land parcels. Standard residential lots are designated for detached and attached single- and multi-family homes, of a broad range, from entry-level to luxury homes. At Summerlin, we have designated certain residential parcels as custom lots as their premium price reflects their larger size and other distinguishing features—such as being within a gated community, having golf course access, or being located at higher elevations. High density residential includes townhomes, apartments and condominiums.

(d)
Designated for retail, office, services and other for-profit activities, as well as those parcels allocated for use by government, schools, houses of worship and other not-for-profit entities.

(e)
Reflects the number of acres we expect to redevelop.

(f)
Reflects our economic interest. Our ownership interest is 42.5% and we jointly make decisions with our joint venture partner.

(g)
Reflects the projected redevelopment completion date.

        On May 10, 2010, certain of the TopCo Debtors entered into purchase agreements with two proposed purchasers, Richmond American Homes of Nevada, Inc. ("Richmond") and PN II, Inc., dba Pulte Homes of Nevada ("Pulte"), for the sale of certain lots in our Summerlin master planned

6


Table of Contents


community. The purchase agreement with Richmond is for parcels comprising 115 and 117 lots representing 32 acres in the aggregate for purchase prices of $8,510,000 and $9,477,000, respectively. The purchase agreement with Pulte is for parcels comprising 109 and 162 lots representing 31.5 acres in the aggregate for purchase prices of $7,739,000 and $12,231,000, respectively. The applicable TopCo Debtors will begin an auction process, as required by applicable bankruptcy law, to attempt to obtain the highest and best offer for such acreage. As of October 4, 2010, these TopCo Debtors have closed on the sale of 50 finished lots to Pulte and 20 finished lots to Richmond with gross purchase prices of $4,219,324 and $2,132,830, respectively. Both purchase agreements provide for closings in stages through 2011.

Strategic Development

        Our Strategic Development segment is made up of a diverse mix of near, medium and long-term real estate properties and development projects. Our Strategic Development segment includes the following assets:

        Mixed-Use Development Opportunities.    We have the opportunity to create mixed-use development projects on nine properties in attractive locations, including the following premier opportunities:

    South Street Seaport, located in the downtown financial and insurance districts of New York City, is within walking distance of lower Manhattan's many tourist attractions, such as the World Financial Center, Tribeca, the Brooklyn Bridge, City Hall and the NYSE. South Street Seaport currently contains approximately 285,000 square feet of retail, restaurant and exhibition space. South Street Seaport is easily accessible via subway, bus, car or water taxi. We believe that South Street Seaport represents a unique development opportunity which, subject to the approval of the City of New York, our ground lessor, could potentially include new shops, restaurants, hotels and residences.

    The city council of Alexandria, Virginia unanimously approved a small area plan in February 2009 that authorized up to 5.5 million square feet of mixed-use development on the site currently occupied by our Landmark Mall. This site is located just nine miles west of Washington, D.C. and the Pentagon, and is within approximately one mile of public rail service on D.C.'s metro blue line. We have certain limited entitlements to construct buildings as tall as 25 stories on some parcels, subject to acquisition of the 30 acres of adjacent lands from the anchor store owners and demolition of their existing structures. Although plans continuously evolve as market conditions change, it is illustrative that our entitlements envision about 800,000 square feet of retail and other commercial space, 500 hotel rooms and 1.2 million square feet of residences. These could be developed by us or sold to others for development.

    Ward Centers is situated along Ala Moana Beach Park and is within one mile of Waikiki and downtown Honolulu. The Ward Neighborhood is the site of Ward Centers, a chic shopping district of six specialty centers with over 135 unique shops (many found only there) and 22 restaurants. In January 2009, the HCDA approved a 15-plus year master plan by Victoria Ward, Limited to transform the 60-acre site into a vibrant and diverse neighborhood of residences, shops, entertainment and offices. We believe that the land's value increased significantly with the HCDA's approval of entitlements and we have the opportunity to undertake an oceanfront development project to add up to 10 million square feet of retail, residential, office and industrial use.

7


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our mixed-use development opportunities as of June 30, 2010:

ASSET
  LOCATION   EXISTING
GROSS
LEASABLE
AREA ("GLA")
  SIZE   NET BOOK
VALUE
  ACQUISITION
DATE
 
 
   
   
  (ACRES)
  ($ MILLIONS)
   
 

South Street Seaport

  New York, NY     285,849     11     2.9     11/04 (1)

Landmark Mall

  Alexandria, VA     859,710     22     48.3     11/04 (1)

Ward Centers

  Honolulu, HI     1,151,912 (2)   60     319.1     05/02  

Ala Moana Tower Air Rights

  Honolulu, HI             22.8      

Fashion Show Air Rights

  Las Vegas, NV                  

West Windsor

  Princeton, NJ         653     20.5     11/04 (1)

Allen

  Dallas, TX         238     26.0     03/06  

Kendall

  Miami, FL         91     13.7     11/04 (1)

Cottonwood Mall

  Holladay, UT     220,954     54     20.3     07/02  
                         
 

Total

        2,518,425     1,129     473.6        
                         

(1)
Acquired in 2004 as part of the Predecessors' acquisition of The Rouse Company.

(2)
Includes 642,165 of mall and freestanding GLA and other anchor store or other locations within the project.

        Mall Development Projects.    We own four mall development projects in desirable demographic regions. Examples include:

    The Shops at Summerlin Centre, located in Las Vegas, Nevada, consists of an approximately 100-acre parcel that is part of a larger 1,300-acre mixed-use village located at the western rim of the Las Vegas valley in the heart of our Summerlin master planned community. The Shops at Summerlin Centre is surrounded by in-place residential and commercial development. The 100-acre parcel has the potential to be developed with office, retail, hotel and conference facilities, and residences. In 2009, Summerlin Town Centre's trade area encompassed approximately 672,000 people and 257,000 households. From 2009 to 2014, the trade area population is expected to grow at a rate that is almost three times the national average. By 2014, Nielsen™ estimates this trade area will grow by more than 100,000 people. The 2009 average household income within five miles of the site is $93,600, which is approximately 35% higher than the estimated 2009 average household income for all U.S. households of approximately $69,400.

    Elk Grove Promenade is a partially constructed open air regional mall, which when completed is envisioned to be 1.1 million square feet, located on 100 acres in the community of Elk Grove, California. The project is approximately 17 miles southeast of downtown Sacramento and we believe that it has the potential to become a retail destination of choice in this community. In 2009, Elk Grove Promenade's trade area encompassed approximately 583,000 people and 194,000 households. From 2009 to 2014, the trade area population is expected to grow at a rate that is twice the national average. By 2014, Nielsen™ estimates there will be approximately 647,000 people within this trade area. The 2009 average household income within five miles of the site exceeds $100,000, which is approximately 44% higher than the estimated 2009 average household income for all U.S. households.

8


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our mall development projects as of June 30, 2010:

ASSET
  LOCATION   SIZE   NET BOOK
VALUE
  ACQUISITION
DATE
 
 
   
  (ACRES)
  ($ MILLIONS)
   
 

The Shops at Summerlin Centre

  Summerlin, NV     106     37.2     11/04 (a)

Elk Grove Promenade

  Elk Grove, CA     100     10.9     11/03  

Circle T Ranch and Power Center(b)

  Dallas/Ft. Worth, TX     279     9.0     10/05  

Bridges at Mint Hill

  Charlotte, NC     162     12.2     10/06 - 01/07  
                     
 

Total

        647     69.3        
                     

(a)
Acquired in 2004 as part of the Predecessors' acquisition of The Rouse Company.

(b)
Represents our 50% interest in these two development projects.

        Redevelopment Projects.    We own seven operating properties that we consider to be redevelopment projects. These properties today comprise approximately 1 million total square feet of GLA in the aggregate. These assets have the potential for future growth by means of an improved tenant mix, additional GLA, re-positioning of the asset or alternative uses. Our future development plans may include office, retail or residential space, shopping centers, movie theaters, parking complexes and open space. Any future redevelopment will require the receipt of permits, licenses, consents and waivers from various parties.

        The following table summarizes our redevelopment projects as of June 30, 2010:

ASSET
  LOCATION   MALL
SHOP(a)
GLA
  SIZE   NET BOOK
VALUE
  ACQUISITION
DATE
 
 
   
   
  (ACRES)
  ($ MILLIONS)
   
 

Alameda Plaza

  Pocatello, ID     190,341     5     2.4     07/02  

Village at Redlands/Redlands Promenade

  Redlands, CA     79,248 (b)   15     9.8     01/04  

Century Plaza

  Birmingham, AL     16,706 (c)   63     17.4     05/97  

Rio West Mall

  Gallup, NM     332,447     50     11.4     1981 (d)

Riverwalk Marketplace

  New Orleans, LA     194,228     11     79.7     11/04 (e)

Park West

  Peoria, AZ     102,171     48     83.8     10/06  

Cottonwood Square

  Salt Lake City, UT     77,079     6     5.3     07/02  
                         
 

Total

        992,220     198     209.8        
                         

(a)
Mall shop GLA is gross leaseable area for spaces less than 30,000 feet.

(b)
Scheduled to close all but 38,069 square feet of Mall shop GLA on September 30, 2010.

(c)
Only includes operating tenant space.

(d)
Reflects the date that the Rio West Mall opened.

(e)
Acquired in 2004 as part of the Predecessors' acquisition of The Rouse Company.

        Other Interests.    We also own or have interests in a variety of other assets. Some of our other interests include unsold condos in a luxury condominium community, a profit interest in two golf courses in Nevada and other land parcels. These assets had an aggregate net book value of less than $100 million as of June 30, 2010.

9


Table of Contents


Risks Associated with our Business

        You should carefully consider the matters discussed in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 15 of this prospectus prior to deciding whether to invest in our securities. Some of these risks include:

    our history of losses and lack of operating history as an independent company;

    our reliance on an interim management company;

    our inability to obtain operating and development capital;

    our inability to establish our own financial, administrative and other support functions to operate as a stand-alone business; and

    risks associated with the ownership, development and expansion of properties.


Investment Agreements

        In order to fund a portion of the Plan, GGP entered into investment agreements (the "Investment Agreements") with each of (i) REP Investments LLC, an affiliate of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. (and its designees, as applicable, "Brookfield Investor"), (ii) The Fairholme Fund and Fairholme Focused Income Fund (collectively, "Fairholme") and (iii) Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P. on behalf of Pershing Square, L.P., Pershing Square II, L.P., Pershing Square International, Ltd. and Pershing Square International V, Ltd. (collectively, "Pershing Square" and, together with Brookfield Investor and Fairholme, the "Plan Sponsors"). The Plan Sponsors entered into agreements with Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI, L.P. ("Blackstone") whereby Blackstone subscribed for approximately 7.6% of the shares of reorganized GGP's and our common stock issued to each of the Plan Sponsors under the Investment Agreements on the Effective Date and, in connection therewith, received an allocation of each of the Plan Sponsor's warrants described below to acquire our common stock (collectively, the "Blackstone Designation"). At the Effective Date, the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone purchased $6.3 billion of common stock of reorganized GGP and $250 million of our common stock at $47.619048 per share.

        Upon consummation of the Plan, we issued to Brookfield Investor warrants to purchase approximately 3.83 million shares of our common stock, to each of Fairholme and Pershing Square warrants to purchase approximately 1.92 million shares of our common stock and to Blackstone warrants to purchase approximately 0.33 million shares of our common stock, in each case, with an initial exercise price of $50.00 per share and subject to adjustment. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence."

        At the Effective Date, Brookfield Investor, Fairholme, Pershing Square and Blackstone beneficially owned 6.4%, 3.2%, 9.5%, and 0.9%, respectively, of our common stock (excluding shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants) or 13.7%, 6.8%,12.0% and 1.6%, respectively, of our common stock (including shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants).

        Each of the Plan Sponsors has participation rights in future public and private equity issuances by us, to allow them to maintain their respective percentage ownership on a fully diluted basis. These participation rights terminate when the applicable Plan Sponsor's beneficial ownership (together with its affiliates' beneficial ownership) is less than 5% on a fully diluted basis.


Executive Offices

        We were incorporated in Delaware on July 1, 2010. Our principal executive offices are located at 110 N. Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. Our main telephone number is                        .

10


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Issuer

  The Howard Hughes Corporation

Securities offered by the selling stockholders

 

22,338,388 shares of our common stock.

 

Warrants to acquire 8,000,000 shares of our common stock.

Securities outstanding after this offering

 

37,713,826 shares of our common stock (not including shares underlying the warrants and shares underlying previously granted stock options pursuant to the Plan).

 

Warrants to acquire 8,000,000 shares of our common stock.

Use of proceeds

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the resale of our common stock or warrants by the selling stockholders pursuant to this offering.

Listing

 

We have applied to list our common stock for quotation on the NYSE under the symbol "HHC."

Risk factors

 

Investing in our common stock and warrants involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock or the warrants.

11


Table of Contents


Summary Historical Combined Financial Data

        The following table sets forth the summary historical combined financial and other data of our business, which was carved-out from the financial information of GGP, as described below. We were formed for the purpose of holding certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of the Predecessors pursuant to the Plan. Prior to the Effective Date and the completion of the Separation and the Distribution, we did not conduct any business and did not have any material assets or liabilities. The operating data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the balance sheet data as of December 2009 and 2008 has been derived from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 has been derived from our unaudited interim combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, each of which have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements. Such financial data is presented on a combined basis as all of the assets pertaining to such data are controlled by GGP. In the opinion of management, our unaudited interim combined financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations for these periods. The interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of operations for a full fiscal year.

        Our combined financial statements were carved-out from the financial information of GGP. Our historical financial results reflect allocations for certain corporate expenses which include, but are not limited to, costs related to property management, human resources, security, payroll and benefits, legal, corporate communications, information services and restructuring and reorganization. Costs of the services that were allocated or charged to us were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to us based on a number of factors, most significantly, our percentage of GGP's adjusted revenue and assets and the number of properties. We believe these allocations are reasonable; however, these results do not reflect what our expenses would have been had we been operating as a separate stand-alone public company. The years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 include corporate cost allocations of $28.6 million, $20.4 million and $24.5 million, respectively. The six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 include corporate cost allocations of $33.8 million and $15.0 million, respectively. The historical combined financial information presented is not indicative of the results of operations, financial position or cash flows that would have been obtained if we had been an independent, stand-alone entity during the periods shown or of our future performance as an independent, stand-alone entity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Basis of Presentation."

12


Table of Contents

        The historical results set forth below do not indicate results expected for any future periods. The summary historical combined financial information should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the unaudited and audited combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Operating Data:

                               
 

Revenues

  $ 59,419   $ 75,120   $ 136,348   $ 172,507   $ 260,498  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    (8,425 )   (10,787 )   (19,841 )   (18,421 )   (22,995 )
 

Provisions for impairment

    (486 )   (140,180 )   (680,349 )   (52,511 )   (125,879 )
 

Other operating expenses

    (58,463 )   (72,201 )   (128,833 )   (141,392 )   (196,121 )
 

Interest (expense) income, net

    (1,148 )   (250 )   712     1,105     1,504  
 

Reorganization items

    (26,614 )   (2,017 )   (6,674 )        
 

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

    (17,953 )   2,913     23,969     (2,703 )   10,643  
 

Equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates

    5,172     4,121     (28,209 )   23,506     68,451  
                       
 

Loss from continuing operations

    (48,498 )   (143,281 )   (702,877 )   (17,909 )   (3,899 )
 

Discontinued operations—loss on dispositions

            (939 )        
 

Allocation to noncontrolling interests

    (73 )   (65 )   204     (100 )   (101 )
                       
 

Net loss attributable to GGP

    (48,571 )   (143,346 )   (703,612 )   (18,009 )   (4,000 )
                       

Cash Flow Data:

                               
 

Operating activities

  $ (51,162 ) $ (9,166 ) $ (17,870 ) $ (50,699 ) $ (52,041 )
 

Investing activities

    (37,118 )   (13,441 )   (21,432 )   (300,201 )   (146,208 )
 

Financing activities

    88,058     32,434     37,543     348,424     183,073  

Other Financial Data:

                               
 

EBITDA(*)

  $ (16,435 ) $ (131,848 ) $ (701,469 ) $ 11,384   $ 14,121  
 

Adjusted EBITDA(*)

    10,665     15,472     21,523     65,391     98,643  

Balance Sheet Data:

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of June 30,
2010
 
 
  2009   2008  

Investments in real estate—cost

  $ 2,836,316   $ 2,827,814   $ 3,376,321  

Total assets

    2,906,150     2,905,227     3,443,956  

Total debt

    340,495     342,833     358,467  

Total equity

    1,520,638     1,503,520     1,985,815  

(*)
We have presented EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because we believe that they are useful to investors. For our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as well as an important discussion of their uses and limitations, see "Use of Non-GAAP Measures."

13


Table of Contents

        The following is a reconciliation of Segment basis Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to GAAP net loss attributable to GGP on a combined basis for the periods presented below. The Segment basis results are based on the proportionate share method. Under the proportionate share method, our share of the revenues and expenses of the Real Estate Affiliates are combined with the revenues and expenses of the combined properties.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 10,665   $ 15,472   $ 21,523   $ 65,391   $ 98,643  

Strategic initiatives(a)

        (5,114 )   (5,380 )   (1,496 )    

Provisions for impairment(b)

    (486 )   (140,180 )   (709,990 )   (52,511 )   (125,879 )

Debt extinguishment costs

        (9 )   (9 )       (618 )

Reorganization items(c)

    (26,614 )   (2,017 )   (6,674 )        

Discontinued operations—gains (losses) on dispositions

            (939 )       41,975  
                       

EBITDA

    (16,435 )   (131,848 )   (701,469 )   11,384     14,121  

Depreciation and amortization

    (10,421 )   (12,805 )   (25,110 )   (22,470 )   (25,690 )

Amortization of deferred finance costs

    (305 )   (552 )   (916 )   (720 )   (1,194 )

Interest income

    762     516     2,353     2,341     2,304  

Interest expense

    (3,549 )   (1,437 )   (2,999 )   (4,914 )   (957 )

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

    (18,550 )   2,845     24,325     (3,530 )   7,517  

Allocation to noncontrolling interests

    (73 )   (65 )   204     (100 )   (101 )
                       

Net loss attributable to GGP

  $ (48,571 ) $ (143,346 ) $ (703,612 ) $ (18,009 ) $ (4,000 )
                       

(a)
Our strategic initiatives include expenses related to the restructuring efforts of our Predecessors who were subject to bankruptcy proceedings prior to such bankruptcy filings.

(b)
For a discussion on provisions for impairment, see Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the December 31, 2009 combined financial statements and Note 1—Organization—Impairment to the June 30, 2010 combined financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

(c)
Reorganization items reflect bankruptcy-related activity, including gains on liabilities subject to compromise, interest income, U.S. Trustee fees, and other restructuring costs, incurred after the Predecessors filed for protection under the Bankruptcy Code on April 16, 2009.

14


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        An investment in our common stock or warrants involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, before making an investment in our company. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and/or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock and warrants could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations, which could also result in the loss of all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to our Business

We have a history of losses and may not be profitable in the future.

        Our historical combined financial data was carved-out from the financial information of GGP and shows that had we been a stand-alone company, we would have had a history of losses, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve sustained profitability going forward. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we would have incurred losses from continuing operations of $48.5 million, $702.9 million, $17.9 million and $3.9 million, respectively. In addition, for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, net cash used in operating activities was $51.2 million, $17.9 million, $50.7 million and $52.0 million, respectively. If we cannot improve our profitability or generate positive cash from operating activities, the trading value of our common stock may decline.

We have no operating history as an independent company upon which you can evaluate our performance, and accordingly, our prospects must be considered in light of the risks that any newly independent company encounters.

        We have no experience operating as an independent company and performing various corporate functions, including human resources, tax administration, legal (including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act") and with the periodic reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")), treasury administration, investor relations, internal audit, insurance, information technology and telecommunications services, as well as the accounting for items such as equity compensation and income taxes. Our business will be subject to the substantial risks inherent in the commencement of a new business enterprise in an intensely competitive industry. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties encountered by companies in the early stages of independent business operations, particularly companies that are heavily affected by economic conditions and operate in highly competitive environments.

We depend on an interim management company to assist us in operating our business.

        We intend to hire permanent executives with development and master planned community expertise to complement our existing strong operational management team in our Master Planned Communities segment. Our financial results and ability to compete as a stand-alone entity will suffer if we are unable to attract, integrate or retain qualified executives to serve as our permanent executive management team. In the interim, we have entered into the Management Agreement with Brookfield Advisors to provide us with interim executive officers and leadership and oversight for our business until our permanent executive management team can be identified and assume their roles. During this interim period, we will be heavily reliant on Brookfield Advisors, who will have significant discretion as to the implementation and execution of our business strategies and risk management practices. Our operational success and ability to execute our business strategy will depend significantly upon the satisfactory performance of these services by Brookfield Advisors until permanent management is in

15


Table of Contents


place. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Interim Management Agreement."

We may face potential difficulties in obtaining operating and development capital.

        The successful execution of our business strategy will require the availability of substantial amounts of operating and development capital both initially and over time. Sources of such capital could include operating cash flow, bank borrowings, public and private offerings of debt or equity, sale of certain assets and joint ventures with one or more other parties. In recent periods, it has been difficult for companies with substantial profitable operating history to source capital for real estate development and acquisition projects, as well as basic working capital needs. As we have no operating history as a stand-alone company or permanent executive management team in place, we may find it difficult or impossible to acquire cost-effective capital to implement our business strategy from any source.

        We expect to continue making investments in real estate development, which will require still more capital. We cannot assure you that financing for future expenditures will be available on favorable terms or at all, due to instability in the credit markets, our lack of operating history as a stand-alone company and a variety of other factors. As a result, we may be unable to operate our business as currently planned, take advantage of future development opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

Our ability to operate our business effectively may suffer if we do not establish our own financial, administrative and other support functions to operate as a stand-alone company.

        Historically, we have relied on the financial, administrative and other support functions of GGP to operate our business and we will continue to rely on GGP for these and other vital services on a transitional basis pursuant to a transition services agreement that we entered into with GGP and certain of its subsidiaries (the "Transition Services Agreement"). See "Business—Our Relationship with Reorganized GGP following the Separation—Transition Services Agreement." These services may not be sufficient to meet our needs and, after this agreement expires, we may not be able to replace these services at all or obtain these services at acceptable prices and terms.

        We also need to rapidly establish our own accounting and auditing policies. In connection with the Separation and the Distribution, we became subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will be required to prepare our financial statements in accordance with GAAP for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). In addition, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports. Our failure to prepare and disclose this information in a timely manner could subject us to penalties under federal securities laws, expose us to lawsuits and restrict our ability to access financing. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we, among other things, establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and disclosure purposes. We may not be successful in identifying and establishing the requisite controls and procedures. In addition, establishing and monitoring these controls could result in significant costs to us and require us to divert substantial resources, including management time, from other activities. Any failure in our own financial or administrative policies and systems could impact our financial performance and could materially harm our business and financial performance.

We may experience increased costs resulting from a decrease in the purchasing power and other operational efficiencies we currently have due to our association with GGP.

        We have historically been able to take advantage of GGP's purchasing power in technology and services, including information technology, marketing, insurance, treasury services, property support and the procurement of goods. As a smaller, separate, stand-alone company, it may be more difficult for us

16


Table of Contents


to obtain goods, technology and services at prices and on terms as favorable as those available to us prior to the Separation.

We may be unable to develop and expand properties.

        Our business objective in our Strategic Development segment is to develop and redevelop our properties, which we may be unable to do if we do not have or cannot obtain sufficient capital to proceed with planned development, redevelopment or expansion activities. In addition, the construction costs of a project, including labor and materials may exceed original estimates or available financings. We may be unable to obtain zoning, governmental permits and authorizations or anchor store, mortgage lender and property partner approvals that are required for any such development, redevelopment or expansion. For example, a number of municipal, state and federal discretionary approvals are necessary to implement a future redevelopment plan at South Street Seaport. In addition, also by way of example, our ability to acquire the air rights above and/or adjacent to the Fashion Show Mall in Las Vegas, Nevada is conditioned upon myriad factors including, but not limited to, anchor tenant consents and reciprocal easement agreements to allow for the construction of a building within the air rights. We may abandon redevelopment or expansion activities already under way which we are unable to complete, which may result in additional cost recognition. In addition, if redevelopment, expansion or reinvestment projects are unsuccessful, the investment in such project may not be fully recoverable from future operations or sale.

We have entered into agreements with GGP with respect to certain of our assets and we may have conflicts with GGP which could adversely affect our business.

        We have entered into agreements with reorganized GGP that govern the parties' respective rights and obligations with respect to several of the assets that were contributed to us or in which we have an interest. We may have economic or business interests that are divergent from reorganized GGP's in relation to a particular asset, and we may have disagreements with reorganized GGP with respect to how these assets are managed and developed in the future.

        For example, we have entered into a core principles agreement with reorganized GGP that governs our rights to acquire and develop the air owned by reorganized GGP above the Fashion Show Mall. Pursuant to the core principles agreement, we have the ability to acquire an 80% interest in an entity that will have the capability to obtain such air rights after satisfaction of the existing long-term mortgage indebtedness encumbering the Fashion Show Mall and The Shoppes at the Palazzo. Pursuant to the agreement, reorganized GGP has the right to own up to a 20% interest in such entity, subject to potential dilution pursuant to the terms of a partnership agreement to be entered into at a later date. All decisions with respect to the development of the air above Fashion Show Mall will be subject to varying levels and standards of discussion, negotiation and/or approval with reorganized GGP and other third parties at a future date. We have also entered into a development agreement with reorganized GGP with respect to the Ala Moana condominium development. In addition, we entered into an agreement with reorganized GGP with respect to the future development of Columbia Town Center. We have also entered into occupancy agreements as landlord and/or tenant with reorganized GGP for space in 110 N. Wacker, 10000 West Charleston Boulevard in Las Vegas (the Summerlin headquarters building), and the Columbia headquarters building. We may not be able to resolve any conflicts or disagreements that may arise between us and reorganized GGP and possibly relevant third parties, including governmental agencies, and such conflicts or disagreements could materially impair our development plans and goals, including financing options for particular assets, which could have a material adverse affect on our business and prospects.

17


Table of Contents


A prolonged recession in the national economy, or a further downturn in national or regional economic conditions, could adversely impact our business.

        The collapse of the housing market, together with the crisis in the credit markets, have resulted in a recession in the national economy with high unemployment, a lower gross domestic product and reduced consumer spending. At such times, potential customers often defer or avoid real estate purchases due to the substantial costs involved, causing land and other real estate prices to significantly decline. Significantly tighter lending standards for borrowers are also having a significant negative effect on demand. A record number of homes in foreclosure and forced sales by homeowners under distressed economic conditions are significantly contributing to the high levels of inventories of lots available for sale in some of our master planned communities.

        The housing market and the demand from builders for lots is local and can be very volatile, and projected lots sales used in our feasibility analysis may not be met. In addition, the success of our master planned communities business is heavily dependent on local housing markets in Las Vegas, Nevada, Houston, Texas and Columbia, Maryland, which in turn are dependent on the health and growth of the economies and availability of credit in these regions.

        We do not know how long the downturn in the real estate market will last or when real estate markets will return to more normal conditions. High unemployment, lack of consumer confidence and other adverse conditions in the current economic recession could significantly delay a recovery in real estate markets. Our business will suffer until market conditions improve. If market conditions were to worsen, the demand for our real estate products could further decline, negatively impacting our earnings, cash flow and liquidity. A prolonged recession could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

New directors and officers may change our long-range plans.

        We have entered into the Management Agreement with Brookfield Advisors to provide us with interim executive officers and leadership and oversight for our business until our permanent executive management team can be identified and assume their roles. It is expected that following this interim period we will hire a permanent management team. In addition, as described in "Management," we made changes to our board of directors on the Effective Date. These newly appointed directors and/or the permanent management team may make material changes to the business, operations and long-range plans of our company. It is impossible to predict what these changes will be and the impact they will have on future results of operations and the price of our common stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Interim Management Agreement."

We may face potential successor liability.

        As the successor to the Predecessors, we may be subject to liability based on previous actions of the Predecessors. Such liability may arise in a number of circumstances, such as if a creditor of the Predecessors did not receive proper notice of the pendency of the bankruptcy case relating to the Plan or the deadline for filing claims therein; the injury giving rise to, or source of, a creditor's claim did not manifest itself in time for the creditor to file the creditor's claim; a creditor did not timely file the creditor's claim in such bankruptcy case due to excusable neglect; we are liable for the Predecessors' tax liabilities under a federal and/or state theory of successor liability; or the order of confirmation for the Plan is found to be procured by fraud. If we should become subject to such successor liability, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

18


Table of Contents


Significant competition could have an adverse effect on our business.

        The nature and extent of the competition we face depends on the type of property involved. With respect to our master planned communities, we compete with other landholders and residential and commercial property developers in the development of properties within the Baltimore/Washington, D.C., Las Vegas and Houston markets. A number of residential and commercial developers, some with greater financial and other resources, compete with us in seeking resources for development and prospective purchasers and tenants. Competition from other real estate developers may adversely affect our ability to attract purchasers and sell residential and commercial real estate; sell undeveloped rural land; attract and retain experienced real estate development personnel; or obtain construction materials and labor. These competitive conditions can make it difficult to sell land at desirable prices and can adversely affect operations, financial condition, or results of operations.

        There are numerous shopping facilities that compete with our Operating Retail Properties (as subsequently defined) in attracting retailers to lease space. The bankruptcy of the Predecessors may have impaired the desirability and competitiveness of our shopping facilities. Even after emergence from bankruptcy, there may be a continued impairment with respect to the desirability and competitiveness of our shopping facilities. In addition, retailers at these properties face continued competition from other retailers, including retailers at other regional shopping centers, whether owned by reorganized GGP or otherwise, outlet malls and other discount shopping centers, discount shopping clubs, catalog companies, internet sales and telemarketing. Competition of this type could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        In addition, we compete with other major real estate investors with significant capital for attractive investment and development opportunities. These competitors include REITs, such as reorganized GGP, investment banking firms and private institutional investors.

Our results of operations in our Strategic Development segment are subject to significant fluctuation by various economic factors that are beyond our control.

        Our results of operations are subject to significant fluctuation by various economic factors that are beyond our control. Fluctuations in these factors may decrease or eliminate the income generated by a property, and include, but are not limited to:

    the regional and local economy, which may be negatively impacted by plant closings, industry slowdowns, increased unemployment, lack of availability of consumer credit, levels of consumer debt, housing market conditions, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and other factors;

    local real estate conditions, such as an oversupply of, or a reduction in demand for, retail space or retail goods, and the availability and creditworthiness of current and prospective tenants;

    perceptions by retailers or shoppers of the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the retail property;

    the convenience and quality of competing retail properties and other retailing options such as the internet;

    our ability to lease space, collect rent and attract new tenants; and

    tenant rent prices, which may decline for a variety of reasons, including the impact of co-tenancy provisions in lease agreements with certain tenants.

        A decline in our results of operations in our Strategic Development segment could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock.

19


Table of Contents

If the recoverable values of our remaining inventory of real estate assets were to drop below the book value of those properties, we would be required to write-down the book value of those properties, which would have an adverse effect on our balance sheet and our earnings.

        Some of our projects have expensive amenities, such as pools, golf courses and clubs, or feature elaborate commercial areas requiring significant capital expenditures. Many of these costs are capitalized as part of the book value of the project land. Adverse market conditions, in certain circumstances, may require the book value of real estate assets to be decreased, often referred to as a "write-down" or "impairment." A write-down of an asset would decrease the value of the asset on our balance sheet and would reduce our earnings for the period in which the write-down is recorded.

        We recorded impairment charges of $680.3 million, $52.5 million and $125.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. If market conditions were to continue to deteriorate, and the recoverable values for our real estate inventory and other project land were to fall below the book value of these assets, we could be required to take additional write-downs of the book value of those assets and such write-downs could be material.

We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries for cash.

        We are a holding company, with no operations of our own. In general, we depend on our subsidiaries for cash and our operations are conducted almost entirely through our subsidiaries. Our ability to generate cash to meet our debt service obligations is dependent on the earnings of and the receipt of funds from subsidiaries through dividends, distributions or intercompany loans. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay any dividends or distributions are limited by their obligations to satisfy their own obligations to their creditors and preferred stockholders before making any dividends or distributions to their parent holding companies. In addition, Delaware law imposes requirements that may restrict the ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock.

We share ownership and control of some of our properties with partners and may have conflicts of interest with those investors.

        We own some of our properties jointly with joint venture partners. While we generally participate in making decisions for our jointly owned properties and assets, we might not always have the same interests as the partner in relation to a particular asset, and we might not be able to favorably resolve any issues that arise. For example, our Woodlands master planned community is jointly owned and we jointly make decisions with our joint venture partner. We cannot control the ultimate outcome of any jointly made decision, which may be to the detriment to holders of our common stock. Some of our interests, such as the Summerlin Medical Hospital Center, are controlled entirely by our partners.

Bankruptcy of our joint venture partners could impose delays and costs on us with respect to our jointly owned assets.

        The bankruptcy of one of the other investors in any of our properties could materially and adversely affect the relevant property or properties. Pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, we would be precluded from taking some actions affecting the estate of the other investor without prior court approval which would, in most cases, entail prior notice to other parties and a hearing. At a minimum, the requirement to obtain court approval may delay the actions we would or might want to take. If the relevant joint venture through which we have invested in a property has incurred recourse obligations, the discharge in bankruptcy of one of the other investors might result in our ultimate liability for a greater portion of those obligations than would otherwise be required.

20


Table of Contents


Our business model includes entering into joint venture arrangements with strategic partners. This model may not be successful and our business could be adversely affected if we are not able to successfully attract desirable strategic partners or complete agreements with strategic partners.

        We intend to seek strategic partners, alliances or joint venture relationships as part of our overall strategy for particular developments or regions. These joint venture partners may bring development experience, industry expertise, financial resources, financing capabilities, brand recognition and credibility or other competitive assets. We cannot assure you, however, that we will have sufficient resources, experience and/or skills to locate desirable partners. We also may not be able to attract partners who want to conduct business in the locations where our properties are, and who have the assets, reputation or other characteristics that would optimize our development opportunities.

        Once a potential partner has been identified, actually reaching an agreement on a transaction may be difficult to complete and may take a considerable amount of time considering that negotiations require careful balancing of the parties' various objectives, assets, skills and interests. A formal partnership with a joint venture partner may also involve unfavorable terms relating to voting control over the joint venture, the ability to take actions contrary to our instructions or requests, or contrary to our policies or objectives and the loss of or reduction in our joint venture ownership interest if we are not able to fund financial obligations to the joint venture as contractually required.

Our business could be adversely affected if we are unable to manage our relationships with strategic partners and joint ventures going forward.

        We currently have and plan to enter in the future into further joint venture partnerships. Once a partnership has been formed, the venture partner could experience financial difficulties or actions by a venture partner may subject property owned by the joint venture to liabilities greater than those contemplated by the joint venture agreement or have other adverse consequences, which could adversely affect our joint venture interest and overall business.

        A key complicating factor is that strategic partners may have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with ours or that are influenced by factors unrelated to our business. These competing interests lead to the difficult challenges of successfully managing the relationship and communication between strategic partners and monitoring the execution of the partnership plan. We cannot assure that we will have sufficient resources, experience and/or skills to effectively manage our ongoing relationships with our strategic partners. We may also be subject to adverse business consequences if the market reputation of a strategic partner deteriorates. If we cannot successfully manage our relationships with our strategic partners, our business could be adversely affected.

Possible terrorist activity or other acts of violence could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        Future terrorist attacks in the United States or other acts of violence may result in declining economic activity, which could harm the demand for goods and services offered by tenants and the value of our properties and might adversely affect the value of an investment in our securities. Such a resulting decrease in retail demand could make it difficult to renew or re-lease properties at lease rates equal to or above historical rates. Terrorist activities or violence also could directly affect the value of our properties through damage, destruction or loss, and the availability of insurance for such acts, or of insurance generally, might be lower or cost more, which could increase our operating expenses and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. To the extent that tenants are affected by future attacks, their businesses similarly could be adversely affected, including their ability to continue to meet obligations under their existing leases. These acts might erode business and consumer confidence and spending and might result in increased volatility in national and international financial markets and economies. Any one of these events might decrease demand for real estate, decrease or

21


Table of Contents


delay the occupancy of new or redeveloped properties, and limit access to capital or increase the cost of capital.

Some of our properties are subject to potential natural or other disasters.

        A number of our properties are located in areas which are subject to natural or other disasters, including hurricanes, earthquakes and oil spills. Some of our properties are located in coastal regions, and would therefore be affected by increases in sea levels, the frequency or severity of hurricanes and tropical storms, or environmental disasters such as an oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, whether such events are caused by global climate changes or other factors.

Some potential losses are not insured.

        We carry comprehensive liability, fire, flood, earthquake, terrorism, extended coverage and rental loss insurance on all of our properties. We believe the policy specifications and insured limits of these policies are adequate and appropriate. There are, however, some types of losses, including lease and other contract claims, which generally are not insured. If an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occurs, we could lose all or a portion of the capital invested in a property, as well as the anticipated future revenue from the property. If this happens, we might nevertheless remain obligated for any mortgage debt or other financial obligations related to the property.

We may be subject to potential costs to comply with environmental laws.

        Under various federal, state or local laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real estate may be required to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances released at a property and may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage or personal injuries and for investigation and clean-up costs incurred by the parties in connection with the contamination. These laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the release of the hazardous or toxic substances. The presence of contamination or the failure to remediate contamination may adversely affect the owner's ability to sell or lease real estate or to borrow using the real estate as collateral. Other federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations require abatement or removal of asbestos-containing materials in the event of demolition or certain renovations or remodeling, the cost of which may be substantial for certain redevelopments, and also govern emissions of and exposure to asbestos fibers in the air. Federal and state laws also regulate the operation and removal of underground storage tanks. In connection with the ownership, operation and management of certain properties, we could be held liable for the costs of remedial action with respect to these regulated substances or tanks or related claims.

        The properties at issue have been subjected to varying degrees of environmental assessment at various times. However, the identification of new areas of contamination, a change in the extent or known scope of contamination or changes in cleanup requirements could result in significant costs.

Inflation may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        Should inflation increase in the future, we may experience any or all of the following:

    decreasing tenant sales as a result of decreased consumer spending which could result in lower rent paid by a tenant when its sales exceed an agreed upon minimum amount;

    difficulty replacing or renewing expiring leases with new leases at higher base and/or overage rent;

    an inability to receive reimbursement from tenants for their share of certain operating expenses, including common area maintenance, real estate taxes and insurance; and

22


Table of Contents

    difficulty marketing and selling land for development of residential real estate properties.

        Inflation also poses a potential risk due to the probability of future increases in interest rates. Such increases would adversely impact outstanding variable-rate debt as well as result in higher interest rates on new debt.

Indebtedness could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and operating flexibility.

        As of June 30, 2010, our combined debt was $340.5 million and our share of our Real Estate Affiliates' debt was $196.2 million. Our indebtedness could have important consequences on the value of our common stock including:

    limiting our ability to borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, execution of business strategy or other purposes;

    limiting our ability to use operating cash flow in other areas of the business or to pay dividends;

    increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including increases in interest rates, particularly given that certain indebtedness bears interest at variable rates;

    limiting our ability to capitalize on business opportunities, reinvest in and develop their properties, and to react to competitive pressures and adverse changes in government regulation;

    limiting our ability, or increasing the costs, to refinance indebtedness; and

    giving secured lenders the ability to foreclose on assets.

Risks Related to the Bankruptcy and Our Separation from GGP

Our actual financial results may vary significantly from the feasibility analysis filed with the Bankruptcy Court.

        The Disclosure Statement, which the TopCo Debtors were required to prepare in connection with the Plan, contained projected financial information and estimates of value that demonstrated the feasibility of the Plan and our ability to continue operations upon their emergence from proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code. The information in the Disclosure Statement was prepared for the limited purpose of furnishing recipients of such Disclosure Statement with adequate information to make an informed judgment regarding acceptance of the Plan and was not prepared for the purpose of providing the basis for an investment decision relating to any of our securities. The projections and estimates of value, as well as the Disclosure Statement, are expressly excluded from this prospectus and should not be relied upon in any way or manner in connection with this offering and should not be regarded for the purpose of this prospectus as representations or warranties by us or any other person, as to the accuracy of such information or that any such projections or valuations will be realized. Those projections and estimates of value have not been, and will not be, updated on an ongoing basis, and they were not audited or reviewed by independent accountants. They reflect numerous assumptions concerning our anticipated future performance and with respect to prevailing and anticipated market and economic conditions that were, and remain, beyond our control. Projections and estimates of value are inherently subject to substantial and numerous uncertainties and to a wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks, and the assumptions underlying the projections and/or valuation estimates may be wrong in any material respect. Actual results may vary and may continue to vary significantly from those contemplated by the projections and/or valuation estimates. As a result, you should not rely on those projections and/or valuation estimates in deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

23


Table of Contents


We may be required to issue a promissory note to GGP.

        Pursuant to the Investment Agreements, under certain circumstances, we may be required to issue a five year, interest bearing, unsecured promissory note to GGP. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Spinco Note."

We may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes.

        Pursuant to the Investment Agreements, reorganized GGP will indemnify us from and against 93.75% of any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable expenses to which we and our subsidiaries become subject, in each case solely to the extent attributable to certain taxes related to sales of certain assets in our Master Planned Communities segment prior to March 31, 2010, in an amount up to the Indemnity Cap (as subsequently defined). The Indemnity Cap is calculated as the lesser of $303,750,000 and the Excess Surplus Amount. The Excess Surplus Amount is determined using a complex formula described in the Investment Agreements. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Spinco Note and Indemnity—Tax Indemnities." We will be responsible for the remainder of any such taxes. Reorganized GGP may not have sufficient cash to reimburse us for its share of these taxes described above or the Excess Surplus Amount limitation may substantially reduce reorganized GGP's obligation to reimburse us for these taxes. We have ongoing audits related to the foregoing taxes that, whether resolved by litigation or otherwise, could impact the timing of the items subject to indemnification by reorganized GGP. In addition, if the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") were successful in litigation with respect to such audits, we may be required to change our method of tax accounting for certain transactions, which could affect the timing of our tax payments, increasing our tax payments in the short term relative to our current tax cost projections.

If the Distribution does not qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), then GGP and its subsidiaries may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes, and we may be obligated to indemnify GGP and its subsidiaries for such taxes imposed on GGP and its subsidiaries.

        GGP received a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that the Distribution and certain related transactions qualified as tax-free to GGP and its subsidiaries for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A private letter ruling from the IRS generally is binding on the IRS. Such IRS ruling does not establish that the Distribution satisfied every requirement for a tax-free spinoff, and the parties have relied solely on the advice of counsel for comfort that such additional requirements are satisfied.

        The IRS ruling was based on, among other things, certain representations and assumptions as to factual matters made by GGP. The failure of any factual representation or assumption to be true, correct and complete in all material respects could adversely affect the validity of the IRS ruling at the time of and subsequent to the Distribution. In addition, the IRS ruling was based on current law and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect. If the Distribution were to be treated as taxable, GGP and holders of GGP common stock may be faced with significant tax liability with respect to the Distribution.

        GGP has entered into a tax matters agreement with us that governs the parties' respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to taxes, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings and assistance and cooperation in respect of tax matters (the "Tax Matters Agreement"). Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement, GGP may be held liable for the cost of the failure of the Distribution to qualify as a tax-free distribution if GGP caused such failure, whether by an action taken before or after the Separation and Distribution. If we caused such failure, whether by an action taken before or after the Separation and Distribution, we could be

24


Table of Contents


liable for such costs. If the cause for the failure cannot be determined or was not caused by a single party, then we and GGP will share such liability based on relative market capitalization. Moreover, although we have agreed to share certain tax liabilities with GGP pursuant to the aforementioned agreements, we may be liable at law to a taxing authority for some of these tax liabilities and, if GGP were to default on their obligations to us, we would be responsible for the entire amount of these liabilities.

We will indemnify GGP for certain taxes.

        We have entered into a separation agreement (the "Separation Agreement") and the Tax Matters Agreement which include tax-sharing and indemnification provisions with GGP through which tax liabilities relating to taxable periods before and after the Distribution will be computed and apportioned between GGP and ourselves, and responsibility for payment of those tax liabilities (including any subsequent adjustments to such tax liabilities) will be allocated between us. In addition, we generally will be responsible for any liabilities, taxes or other charges that are imposed on GGP as a result of the Separation and Distribution (and certain related restructuring transactions) failing to qualify for nonrecognition treatment for U.S. federal (and state and local) income tax purposes, if we are the party responsible for such failure, whether by an action taken before or after the Separation and Distribution. Moreover, although we have agreed to share certain tax liabilities with GGP pursuant to the aforementioned agreements, we may be liable at law to a taxing authority for some of these tax liabilities and, if GGP were to default on their obligations to us, we would be liable for the entire amount of these liabilities. Accordingly, under certain circumstances, we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of our allocated share of tax liabilities.

There is a risk of investor influence over our company that may be adverse to our best interests and those of our other shareholders.

        Brookfield Investor and Pershing Square will have the ability to nominate a certain number of members of our board of directors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence." At the Effective Date, Brookfield Investor, Fairholme, Pershing Square and Blackstone beneficially owned 6.4%, 3.2%, 9.5%, and 0.9%, respectively, of our common stock (excluding shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants) or 13.7%, 6.8%,12.0% and 1.6%, respectively, of our common stock (including shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants).

        Although Pershing Square has entered into a non-control agreement to limit its influence, the concentration of ownership of our outstanding common stock held by Plan Sponsors may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of the Plan Sponsors or more likely with the support of the Plan Sponsors. The interests of any of the Plan Sponsors, any other substantial stockholder or any of their respective affiliates could conflict with or differ from the interests of our other shareholders or the other Plan Sponsors. For example, the concentration of ownership held by the Plan Sponsors, even if the Plan Sponsors are not acting in a coordinated manner, could allow the Plan Sponsors to influence our policies and strategy and could delay, defer or prevent a change of control or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination that may otherwise be favorable to us and our other stockholders. A Plan Sponsor, substantial stockholder or affiliate thereof may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. There is no assurance that the Pershing Square non-control agreement can fully protect against these risks.

25


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and Warrants

There is currently no established public market for our common stock and warrants and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop for our common stock and warrants. In addition, once our common stock begins trading, the market price of our shares may fluctuate widely.

        There is no public market for our warrants and, prior to the Separation, there was no public market for our common stock although there was limited "when-issued" trading in our common stock on the inter-dealer bulletin board of the over-the-counter market prior to the Distribution. We do not expect these quotations to be indicative of the trading price of our common stock in the future. While we expect our common stock to begin trading on the NYSE following the Distribution, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for our common stock and warrants will develop or be sustained in the future. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock or warrants may trade. The market price of our common stock and warrants may fluctuate widely, depending upon many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:

    a shift in our investor base, including a shift from REIT to non-REIT investors following the Distribution;

    our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other comparable companies;

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results and other factors related to our business;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions;

    the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after the Distribution;

    changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

    the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

    our ability to implement our business strategy;

    our tax payments;

    our ability to raise capital;

    overall market fluctuations; and

    general economic conditions.

        Further, on the Effective Date, Brookfield Investor, Fairholme, Pershing Square and MB Capital beneficially owned 6.4%, 3.2%, 9.5% and 17.4% respectively, of our common stock (excluding shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants) or 13.7%, 6.8%, 12.0% and 14.3% respectively, of our common stock (including shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants). The principal holders of our common stock may hold their investments for an extended period of time, thereby decreasing the number of shares available in the market and creating artificially low demand for, and prices of our common stock.

Liquidity and volatility of trading market and value of our common stock.

        There is no certainty that a liquid trading market will develop for our common stock or that, if developed, such a liquid trading market will be maintained. Lack of liquidity with respect to such securities also may make it more difficult to raise additional capital, if necessary, through equity financings.

        Furthermore, no assurance can be made that holders of our common stock will be able to sell such securities at a particular time or that the prices received when such securities are sold will be favorable.

26


Table of Contents


It is possible that holders of such securities may lose all or part of their investments. It is expected that the market price of our common stock will fluctuate significantly. Such fluctuation may occur as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

        In addition, the stock market in general has recently experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        In general, the valuation of newly issued securities is subject to uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult to predict. Actual market prices of such securities at issuance will depend upon, among other things, prevailing interest rates, conditions in the financial markets, the anticipated initial securities holdings of prepetition creditors, some of which may prefer to liquidate their investments rather than hold them on a long-term basis, and other factors which generally influence the prices of securities.

The market price of our warrants will be directly affected by the market price of our common stock, which may be volatile.

        To the extent that a secondary market for our warrants develops, we believe that the market price of our warrants will be significantly affected by the market price of our common stock. We cannot predict how the shares of our common stock will trade in the future. This may result in greater volatility in the market price of our warrants than would be expected for non-exercisable securities.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation, our by-laws, Delaware law and certain of the agreements we entered into as part of the Distribution may prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock and warrants.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain the following limitations:

    the inability of our stockholders to act by written consent;

    restrictions on the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting without 15% or more of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors;

    rules regarding how stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at stockholder meetings; and

    the right of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval.

        We are a Delaware corporation, and Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") applies to us. In general, Section 203 prevents an "interested stockholder" from engaging in a "business combination" with us for three years following the date that person becomes an interested stockholder unless one or more of the following occurs:

    before that person became an interested stockholder, our board of directors approved the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business combination;

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) stock held by directors who are also officers of the company and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether shares held under the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; and

27


Table of Contents

    following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

        The statute defines "interested stockholder" as any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock or is our affiliate or associate and was the owner of 15% or more of outstanding voting stock at any time within the three-year period immediately before the date of determination.

        Each item discussed above may delay, deter or prevent a change in control, even if a proposed transaction is at a premium over the then current market price for our common stock. Further, these provisions may apply in instances where some stockholders consider a transaction beneficial to them. As a result, our stock price may be negatively affected by these provisions.

        Additionally, our certificate of incorporation imposes certain restrictions on the direct or indirect transferability of our securities to assist in the preservation of our valuable tax attributes (generally consisting of (1) approximately $400 million of suspended federal income tax deductions and (2) a relatively high federal income tax basis in our assets), including, subject to certain exceptions, that until the earlier of such time as our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to continue to impose such restrictions or the date three years after the Effective Date (i) no person or entity may acquire or accumulate the Threshold Percentage or more (as determined under tax law principles governing the application of section 382 of the Code) of our securities, and (ii) no person owning directly or indirectly (as determined under such tax law principles) on the Effective Date, after giving effect to the Plan, the Threshold Percentage or more of our securities may acquire additional securities of ours. Notwithstanding the contemplated restrictions in our certificate of incorporation, no assurance can be given regarding our ability to preserve our tax attributes. Threshold Percentage means, in the case of (i) our common stock, 4.99% of the number of outstanding shares of our common stock and (ii) any other class of our equity, 4.99% of each such class.

There may be dilution of our common stock from the exercise of our warrants and stock options or the issuance of additional stock through our Equity Plan, which may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock or our warrants and negatively impact a holder's investments.

        The exercise of some or all of the warrants or options outstanding for our common stock will dilute the ownership interest of our existing stockholders. Likewise, any additional issuances of common stock, through our Equity Plan or otherwise, will dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders. Any sales in the public market of such additional common stock could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the outstanding shares of our common stock or warrants. In addition, the existence of our warrants or options may encourage short selling or arbitrage trading activity by market participants because the exercise of our warrants or options could depress the price of our common stock. As noted above, a decline in the market price of our common stock may negatively impact the market price for our warrants.

Additional issuances and sales of our capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock, or the perception that such issuances and sales could occur, may cause prevailing market prices for our common stock to decline and may adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital in the financial markets at a favorable time and price.

        Brookfield Investor is subject to lockup restrictions on its ability to sell our common stock and its warrants to acquire our common stock. See "Market for our Common Stock—Lockup Restrictions." After these lockups expire, shares held by such persons and parties may be sold in the public markets. The price of our common stock may drop significantly when such lockup agreements expire. In

28


Table of Contents


addition, for so long as a Plan Sponsor beneficially owns at least 5% of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis, such Plan Sponsor will have the right to purchase the number of our shares as necessary to allow the Plan Sponsor to maintain its proportionate ownership interests on a fully diluted basis.

        In most circumstances, shareholders will not be entitled to vote on whether or not additional capital stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock, is issued. In addition, depending on the terms and pricing of an additional offering of common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock, and the value of our properties, shareholders may experience dilution in both the book value and the market value of their shares.

Until the exercise of our warrants, holders of these securities do not have identical rights as holders of our common stock, but they will be subject to all changes made with respect to our common stock.

        Holders of warrants are not entitled to any rights with respect to our common stock (including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on our common stock), but they also will be subject to all changes affecting our common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock" and "Description of Capital Stock—Warrants." Holders of our warrants will have rights with respect to our common stock only if they receive our common stock upon exercise of the warrants and only as of the date when such holder becomes a record owner of the shares of our common stock upon such exercise. For example, with respect to warrants, if an amendment is proposed to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws requiring stockholder approval and the record date for determining the stockholders of record entitled to vote on the amendment occurs prior to the date a warrant holder is deemed to be the owner of the shares of our common stock due upon exercise of the warrants, the exercising warrant holder will not be entitled to vote on the amendment, although such holder will nevertheless be subject to any changes in the powers, preferences or special rights of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock may never exceed the exercise price of the warrants.

        The warrants are immediately exercisable or, in the case of the Fairholme warrants, upon 90 days' written notice, and will expire seven years after the Effective Date. We cannot provide you any assurance that the market price of our common stock will ever exceed the exercise price of these warrants prior to their date of expiration. Any warrants not exercised by their date of expiration will expire worthless and we will be under no further obligation to the warrant holder.

Since the warrants are executory contracts, they may have no value in a bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding.

        In the event a bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding is commenced by or against us, a bankruptcy court may hold that any unexercised warrants are executory contracts that are subject to rejection by us with the approval of the bankruptcy court. As a result, holders of the warrants may, even if we have sufficient funds, not be entitled to receive any consideration for their warrants or may receive an amount less than they would be entitled to if they had exercised their warrants prior to the commencement of any such bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding.

There is no public market for the warrants.

        There is no established public trading market for the warrants, and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply for quotation or listing of the warrants on any securities exchange. Without an active market, the liquidity of the warrants will be limited. There can be no assurance that a market will ever develop for the warrants. Even if a market for the warrants does develop, the price of the warrants may fluctuate and liquidity may be limited. If a market for the

29


Table of Contents


warrants does not develop, then purchasers of the warrants may be unable to resell the warrants or sell them only at an unfavorable price for an extended period of time, if at all. Resale prices of the warrants will depend on many factors, including:

    our operating performance and financial condition;

    our ability to continue the effectiveness of the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, covering warrants and the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants;

    the interest of securities dealers in making a market; and

    the market for similar securities.

If an effective registration is not in place and a current prospectus is not available when an investor desires to exercise warrants, such investor may be unable to exercise his, her or its warrants, causing such warrants to expire worthless.

        Holders of shares of common stock received pursuant to the exercise of the warrants will be able to sell their warrant shares only if a registration statement relating to such securities is then in effect, or if such transaction is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and such securities are qualified for sale or exempt from qualification under the applicable securities laws of the states in which the purchaser of such securities resides. We intend to use our best efforts to keep a registration statement in effect covering warrant shares and to maintain a current prospectus relating to warrant shares until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so, and if we do not maintain a current prospectus related to the warrant shares, holders may be unable to sell their warrant shares. If the prospectus relating to the warrant shares is not current, the warrants may have no value, we will have no obligation to settle the warrants for cash, the market for such warrants may be limited, and such warrants may expire worthless.

30


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We are registering these shares of our common stock and these warrants for the benefit of the selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the resale of our common stock or the warrants under this offering.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        As we are a newly formed company, we have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain all available funds and any future earnings to reduce debt and fund the development and growth of our business.

        Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will take into account:

    restrictions in our debt instruments;

    general economic business conditions;

    our financial condition and results of operations;

    need for cash to fund development costs;

    the ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends and make distributions to us; and

    such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

31


Table of Contents


MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK

Market Information

        There is currently no established public market for our common stock. Although there has been limited "when-issued" trading in our common stock on the inter-dealer bulletin board of the over-the-counter market for the period from                                    , 2010 through and including the Effective Date, during which period the high and low quotations for our shares of common stock were $            and $            , respectively, we do not expect these quotations to be indicative of the trading price of our common stock in the future. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. We have filed an application to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "HHC" and we expect our common stock to begin trading regular way on the NYSE on the first trading day after the Effective Date. We do not intend to list the warrants on any exchange. The average of the high and low quotations for our common stock in the when-issued over-the-counter market on                                    , 2010 was $            . On the Effective Date, there were approximately 37,713,826 shares of our common stock outstanding, as well as warrants to purchase up to 8,000,000 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms thereof) and 507,307 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the THHC Options (as subsequently defined).

Stockholders

        On the Effective Date, we expect to have 3,990 holders of record and approximately 34,570 beneficial holders of our common stock.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

        As of the Effective Date, 37,713,826 shares of our common stock were outstanding and an aggregate of 32,463,826 shares are freely tradable without restriction in the public market unless the shares are held by "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). For purposes of Rule 144, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by or is under common control with, the issuer. The freely tradable shares were issued in connection with the Plan (such shares having been issued in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code).

        The remaining shares outstanding are "restricted securities" under the Securities Act and may be sold in the public market upon the expiration of the holding periods under Rule 144, described below, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144, as applicable. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned shares for at least one year, including an "affiliate," is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the then outstanding shares; or

    the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding filing of the notice of the sale of shares of common stock.

        Rule 144 also provides that a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has for at least six months beneficially owned shares of our common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our common stock subject only to the availability of current public information regarding us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned for at least one year shares of our common stock that are

32


Table of Contents


restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our common stock under Rule 144 without regard to the current public information requirements of Rule 144.

        In addition, there are 22,158,409 shares of common stock (including shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants) subject to registration rights agreements, all of which are being registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

        We expect to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans as in effect from time to time, including the Equity Plan (as subsequently defined). Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us.

Lockup Restrictions

        Brookfield Investor is subject to lock-up restrictions on its ability to sell, transfer or dispose of its shares of our common stock and its warrants to acquire our common stock for 18 months following the Effective Date (the "lock-up period"). In the first six months of the lock-up period, Brookfield Investor may not sell, transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or warrants. In the second six months of the lock-up period, Brookfield Investor may sell, transfer or dispose of up to an aggregate of 8.25% of its shares of our common stock or warrants. In the final six months of the lock-up period, Brookfield Investor may sell, transfer or dispose of up to an aggregate of 16.5% of its shares of our common stock and up to an aggregate of 16.5% of its warrants (in each case including any shares transferred or sold during the second six months of the lock-up period). After 18 months following the Effective Date, Brookfield Investor will not be restricted from any transfer of its shares of our common stock and warrants.

33


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth the selected historical combined financial and other data of our business, which was carved-out from the financial information of GGP, as described below. We were formed for the purpose of holding certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of the Predecessors pursuant to the Plan. Prior to the Effective Date and the completion of the Separation and the Distribution, we did not conduct any business and did not have any material assets or liabilities. The selected historical financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 has been derived from our audited combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 has been derived from our unaudited combined financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The income statement data for each of the six months ended June, 2010 and 2009 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited interim combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Our unaudited interim combined financial statements as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were prepared on the same basis as our audited combined financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations for these periods. The interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of operations for a full fiscal year.

        Our combined financial statements were carved-out from the financial information of GGP at a carrying value reflective of such historical cost in such GGP records. Our historical financial results reflect allocations for certain corporate expenses which include, but are not limited to, costs related to property management, human resources, security, payroll and benefits, legal, corporate communications, information services and restructuring and reorganization. Costs of the services that were allocated or charged to us were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to us based on a number of factors, most significantly our percentage of GGP's adjusted revenue and assets and the number of properties. We believe these allocations are reasonable; however, these results do not reflect what our expenses would have been had we been operating as a separate stand-alone public company. The years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 include corporate cost allocations of $28.6 million, $20.4 million, $24.5 million, $16.5 million and $12.1 million, respectively. The six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 include corporate cost allocations of $33.8 million and $15.0 million, respectively. The historical combined financial information presented will not be indicative of the results of operations, financial position or cash flows that would have been obtained if we had been an independent, stand-alone entity during the periods shown. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Basis of Presentation."

        The historical results set forth below do not indicate results expected for any future periods. The selected financial data set forth below are qualified in their entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

34


Table of Contents


Operations" and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Operating Data:

                                           
 

Revenues

  $ 59,419   $ 75,120   $ 136,348   $ 172,507   $ 260,498   $ 548,714   $ 505,471  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    (8,425 )   (10,787 )   (19,841 )   (18,421 )   (22,995 )   (21,362 )   (24,547 )
 

Provisions for impairment

    (486 )   (140,180 )   (680,349 )   (52,511 )   (125,879 )   (90 )   (443 )
 

Other operating expenses

    (58,463 )   (72,201 )   (128,833 )   (141,392 )   (196,121 )   (408,084 )   (396,073 )
 

Interest (expense) income, net

    (1,148 )   (250 )   712     1,105     1,504     1,737     (557 )
 

Reorganization items

    (26,614 )   (2,017 )   (6,674 )                
 

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

    (17,953 )   2,913     23,969     (2,703 )   10,643     (83,782 )   (48,831 )
 

Equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates

    5,172     4,121     (28,209 )   23,506     68,451     28,051     13,181  
                               
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (48,498 )   (143,281 )   (702,877 )   (17,909 )   (3,899 )   65,184     48,201  
 

Discontinued operations—loss on dispositions

            (939 )                
 

Allocation to noncontrolling interests

    (73 )   (65 )   204     (100 )   (101 )   (2,265 )   156  
                               
 

Net income (loss) attributable to GGP

  $ (48,571 ) $ (143,346 ) $ (703,612 ) $ (18,009 ) $ (4,000 ) $ 62,919   $ 48,357  
                               

Cash Flow Data:

                                           
 

Operating activities

  $ (51,162 ) $ (9,166 ) $ (17,870 ) $ (50,699 ) $ (52,041 ) $ 190,036   $ 271,959  
 

Investing activities

    (37,118 )   (13,441 )   (21,432 )   (300,201 )   (146,208 )   (163,903 )   (315,766 )
 

Financing Activities

    88,058     32,434     37,543     348,424     183,073     (13,538 )   51,297  

 

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of June 30,
2010
 
 
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                                     
 

Investment in real estate assets—cost

  $ 2,836,316   $ 2,827,814   $ 3,376,321   $ 2,935,919   $ 2,761,275   $ 2,610,482  
 

Total assets

    2,906,150     2,905,227     3,443,956     3,024,827     2,882,493     2,760,903  
 

Total debt

    340,495     342,833     358,467     373,036     417,011     413,048  
 

Total equity

    1,520,638     1,503,520     1,985,815     1,610,672     1,365,238     1,281,628  

35


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical combined financial information which reflect the Separation of THHC from the Predecessors that appears elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet gives effect to the transactions described below as if they had occurred on June 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations gives effect to the transactions described below as if they had occurred on January 1, 2009. All significant pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial information which should be read in conjunction with such pro forma condensed combined financial information.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information gives effect to the following:

    the distribution of THHC common stock to the existing GGP stockholders and GGPLP unit holders pursuant to the Plan;

    the consummation of investments by the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone contemplated by the Investment Agreements and the Blackstone Designation;

    fees pursuant to the Management Agreement; and

    other known impacts of the Plan including elimination of intercompany payables and the tax indemnity.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial position that would have actually been reported had the transactions reflected in the pro forma adjustments occurred on January 1, 2009 or as of June 30, 2010, as applicable, nor is it indicative of our future results of operations or financial position.

        The accounting by THHC to reflect the emergence from bankruptcy of the Emerged Debtors (as defined in Note 1 of our combined financial statements) is limited to recording the liabilities of such Debtors that are impacted by confirmed plans of reorganization at the estimated present values of the amounts expected to be paid upon emergence from bankruptcy since the provisions of the Plan do not meet the criteria for fresh-start reporting (ASC 852-10-45-29). Historical amounts reported in the unaudited pro forma financial statements reflect these fair value adjustments in mortgages, notes and loans payable not subject to compromise, along with associated amortization. However, as certain of the THHC Debtors remain in bankruptcy at June 30, 2010, their liabilities remain subject to compromise and, therefore, the THHC historical financial statements have no such present value adjustment or associated amortization. Fresh-start reporting does not apply to THHC because existing holders of GGP common stock will receive greater than 50% (approximately 79.7%) of the voting shares of THHC and the reorganization value of THHC's assets exceeds the total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed claims. Further, the acquisition method of accounting does not apply to THHC at emergence because the criteria for application of the acquisition method of accounting specifically to a transaction or event yielding a change of control, that is, a business combination, has not occurred, since the provisions of the Plan provide that the Distribution occurs such that all members with each class of equity are treated equally, the Distribution is treated as a spin-off under ASC 505-60 and, pursuant to ASC 845-10-30-10, such non-monetary transaction is accounted for at the recorded or historical carrying values.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations also assume that the Distribution qualifies as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Code; and therefore no provision for income tax associated with the Distribution has been provided for the periods presented. See "Risk Factors—If the Distribution does not qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of

36


Table of Contents


the Code, then GGP and its subsidiaries may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes, and we may be obligated to indemnify GGP and its subsidiaries for such taxes imposed on GGP and its subsidiaries." In addition, the pro forma condensed combined statements do not include adjustments for the possible issuance of a Spinco Note as we do not currently believe such note will be issued. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Spinco Note."

        The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the information contained in "Selected Historical Combined Financial Data" and the combined financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

37


Table of Contents


THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
as of June 30, 2010

 
  Historical   Adjustments   Footnote   Pro forma  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Assets:

                       

Investment in real estate:

                       
 

Land

  $ 194,379   $       $ 194,379  
 

Buildings and equipment

    450,719             450,719  
 

Less accumulated depreciation

    (91,553 )           (91,553 )
 

Developments in progress

    256,289             256,289  
                   
   

Net property and equipment

    809,834             809,834  
 

Investment in and loans to/from Real Estate Affiliates

    145,738             145,738  
 

Investment property and property held for development and sale

    1,789,191     (15,000 ) (2)     1,774,191  
                   
   

Net investment in real estate

    2,744,763     (15,000 )       2,729,763  

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,982     247,020   (3)(4)     250,002  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

    11,152     31,551   (5)     42,703  

Deferred expenses, net

    6,996             6,996  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    140,257     123,136   (6)     263,393  
                   
     

Total assets

  $ 2,906,150   $ 386,707       $ 3,292,857  
                   

Liabilities and Equity:

                       

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

                       
 

Mortgages, notes and loans payable

  $ 207,646   $ 132,849   (7)   $ 340,495  
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    726,916     (546,809 ) (8)     180,107  
 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    217,327     69,062   (7)(9)     286,389  
                   
     

Liabilities not subject to compromise

    1,151,889     (344,898 )       806,991  

Liabilities subject to compromise

    233,623     (233,623 ) (7)      
                   
 

Total liabilities

    1,385,512     (578,521 )       806,991  
                   

Equity:

                       
         

GGP Equity

    1,521,448     965,228   (2)(3)(4)(5)
(6)(8)(9)
    2,486,676  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1,645 )           (1,645 )
 

Noncontrolling interests

    835             835  
                   
       

Total equity

    1,520,638     965,228         2,485,866  
                   
       

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 2,906,150   $ 386,707       $ 3,292,857  
                   

38


Table of Contents


THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

 
  Historical   Adjustments   Footnote   Pro forma  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Revenues:

                       
 

Minimum rents

  $ 65,653   $ (2,629 ) (10)   $ 63,024  
 

Tenant recoveries

    19,642             19,642  
 

Overage rents

    2,701             2,701  
 

Land sales

    45,996             45,996  
 

Other

    2,356             2,356  
                   
   

Total revenues

    136,348     (2,629 )       133,719  
                   

Expenses:

                       
 

Real estate taxes

    13,813             13,813  
 

Property maintenance costs

    5,586             5,586  
 

Marketing

    1,071             1,071  
 

Other property operating costs

    33,739             33,739  
 

Land sales operations

    49,062             49,062  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    2,539             2,539  
 

Property management and other costs

    17,643     23,773   (10)(11)     41,416  
 

General and administrative

    5,380     6,000   (12)     11,380  
 

Provisions for impairment

    680,349             680,349  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    19,841             19,841  
                   
   

Total expenses

    829,023     29,773         858,796  
                   

Operating loss

    (692,675 )   (32,402 )       (725,077 )

Interest income

    1,689             1,689  

Interest expense

    (977 )     (17)     (977 )
                   

Loss before income taxes, noncontrolling interests, equity in income of Real Estate Affiliates and reorganization items

    (691,963 )   (32,402 )       (724,365 )

Benefit from income taxes

    23,969     268,162   (14)(15)     292,131  

Equity in loss of Real Estate Affiliates

    (28,209 )           (28,209 )

Reorganization items

    (6,674 )   6,674   (13)      
                   

Loss from continuing operations

  $ (702,877 ) $ 242,434       $ (460,443 )
                   

Weighted average number of common shares—basic and diluted

                    37,154  
                       

Basic and diluted (loss) per share

              (1)(16)   $ (12.39 )
                       

39


Table of Contents


THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations
for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

 
  Historical   Adjustments   Footnote   Pro forma  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Revenues:

                       
 

Minimum rents

  $ 34,000   $ (1,151 ) (10)   $ 32,849  
 

Tenant recoveries

    9,252             9,252  
 

Overage rents

    912             912  
 

Land sales

    12,107             12,107  
 

Other

    3,148             3,148  
                   
   

Total revenues

    59,419     (1,151 )       58,268  
                   

Expenses:

                       
 

Real estate taxes

    7,029             7,029  
 

Property maintenance costs

    3,283             3,283  
 

Marketing

    507             507  
 

Other property operating costs

    17,694             17,694  
 

Land sales operations

    20,597             20,597  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    357             357  
 

Property management and other costs

    8,996     13,843   (10)(11)     22,839  
 

General and administrative

        3,000   (12)     3,000  
 

Provisions for impairment

    486             486  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    8,425             8,425  
                   
   

Total expenses

    67,374     16,843         84,217  
                   

Operating loss

    (7,955 )   (17,994 )       (25,949 )

Interest income

    59             59  

Interest expense

    (1,207 )     (17)     (1,207 )
                   

Loss before income taxes, noncontrolling interests, equity in income of Real Estate Affiliates and reorganization items

    (9,103 )   (17,994 )       (27,097 )

Provision for income taxes

    (17,953 )   11,963   (14)(15)     (5,990 )

Equity in income of Real Estate Affiliates

    5,172             5,172  

Reorganization items

    (26,614 )   26,614   (13)      
                   

Loss from continuing operations

  $ (48,498 ) $ 20,583       $ (27,915 )
                   

Weighted average number of common shares—basic and diluted

                    37,604  
                       

Basic and diluted (loss) per share

              (1)(16)   $ (0.74 )
                       

Notes to Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

(1)
Reflects the distribution of approximately 32,500,000 shares of our common stock to existing stockholders of GGP and GGPLP unit holders pursuant to the Plan. The Distribution will be accounted for by allocating the historical amount of GGP Equity in our business into our common stock at par value of $0.01 per share and the balance to additional paid-in capital.

(2)
Reflects an agreement reached with Hughes heirs regarding the Hughes heirs obligations (as subsequently defined) which reduced the carrying value of this property by $15.0 million from the amounts previously recorded by GGP.

40


Table of Contents

(3)
Reflects the initial $250 million investment by the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone pursuant to the Investment Agreements and the Blackstone Designation (approximately 5,250,000 shares of our common stock).

(4)
Reflects the withdrawal by GGP of all permitted cash or cash equivalent balances from the THHC Accounts totaling $2.98 million in accordance with the Separation Agreement.

(5)
Reflects the right to receive payments approximating the capital lease revenue that GGP receives from the Arizona 2 Office in Phoenix, Arizona in accordance with the Plan.

(6)
Reflects establishment of the Tax Indemnity Cap based upon our current estimates of the components of the Indemnity Cap in the Investment Agreements. See "Risk Factors—We may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Tax Indemnities" for a definition of the Tax Indemnity Cap.

(7)
Reflects the reclassification of $132.8 million of mortgages, notes and loans payable and $100.8 million of accounts payable and accrued expenses subject to compromise to the appropriate categories of liabilities not subject to compromise, in accordance with the Plan. Liabilities subject to compromise includes all liabilities incurred prior to the Petition Date except:

liabilities of the THHC non-debtors;

pre-petition liabilities that the debtors which have emerged from Bankruptcy at June 30, 2010 expect to pay in full, even though certain of these amounts may not be paid until after the applicable Emerged Debtor's plan of reorganization is effective; and

liabilities related to pre-petition contracts that affirmatively have not been rejected.

(8)
Reflects an adjustment of $546.8 million for the re-measurement of the deferred tax liability utilizing the pro forma carrying amounts of THHC assets and liabilities, and the current taxable and non-taxable entities to be held by the new entity. Given the makeup of our assets, particularly the undeveloped land in our Master Planned Communities segment, we have not elected to be treated as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however, one of our subsidiaries, Victoria Ward, Limited, is and will continue to be treated as a REIT.

(9)
Reflects the settlement of $31.7 million of intercompany payables in accordance with the Separation Agreement.

(10)
Reflects amended lease agreements related to our use of office space in GGP properties and GGP use of office space in our properties.

(11)
Reflects the removal of historical allocations of corporate overhead of $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $5.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and an add-back for corporate overhead estimates pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement of $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $19.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

(12)
Reflects fees pursuant to a management services agreement between us and Brookfield Advisors LP. Services to be provided pursuant to the agreement include strategic advice, project development oversight, financial planning, financing consultation, internal controls expertise, and community and investor relations. The agreement has an initial term of six months and may be extended up to an additional six months at THHC's option. The pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 assumes a six month extension on the same terms as the initial agreement. Contract fees include a base management fee of $0.5 million per month plus reasonable costs and expenses.

41


Table of Contents

(13)
Reflects reorganization costs incurred as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases and includes professional fees and similar expenses related to the bankruptcy filings and reorganization process. The pro forma statements of operations assume that such costs will not be incurred after the Effective Date.

(14)
Reflects the tax effect applicable to all pro forma adjustments on the Combined Statements of Operations of $12.7 million benefit for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $7.0 million benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2010, at our incremental tax rate of 39.09%.

(15)
Reflects a benefit from income taxes of $255.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $4.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 for the re-measurement of the deferred tax liability utilizing the pro forma carrying amounts of THHC assets and liabilities, and the current taxable and non-taxable entities to be held by THHC.

(16)
Reflects the historical number of GGP weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding of 311,993,000 and 311,993,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 316,572,000 and 316,572,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively, adjusted by the THHC share exchange factor of approximately 0.0983 of a share of THHC stock for each share of GGP common stock as provided for in the Plan; plus a 1,235,000 share distribution to existing GGPLP unit holders; plus the approximate 5,250,000 shares to be issued to Plan Sponsors and Blackstone pursuant to the Investment Agreements and Blackstone Designation. The permanent warrants issued to the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone and the options for THHC common stock that are issued in exchange for GGP options are anti-dilutive and not used in the calculation of earnings per share due to losses in all respective periods.

(17)
The pro forma condensed combined statements do not include adjustments for the possible issuance of a Spinco Note because we do not currently believe such note will be issued. This belief is based on a number of assumptions, including our ability to reinstate certain indebtedness pursuant to the Plan and our current estimates concerning the amounts that we ultimately will be required to pay in respect of claims by various classes of creditors under the Plan. Based on currently available information, GGP estimates that the amounts that we actually pay with respect to such claims could exceed our estimates by up to approximately $85.0 million in the aggregate before we would have to issue a Spinco Note. However, default interest and potential makewhole obligations on certain GGP indebtedness are in dispute, and therefore, we have not included these amounts in our calculation of the Spinco Note. Accordingly, despite this substantial "cushion," we cannot assure you that the amounts we ultimately pay with respect to such claims, or the other factors that go into the determination of the Spinco Note, will not differ from our estimates to such a degree that we will be required to issue a Spinco Note. In the event that we are required to issue a Spinco Note, for every $1.0 million aggregate principal amount of such note, our pro forma indebtedness would increase by $1.0 million and our pro forma interest expense would increase by $75,000 and $37,500 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively (assuming no New Debt (as subsequently defined) is issued).

42


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        This section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may vary materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, without limitation, those set forth in "Risk Factors" and the matters set forth in this prospectus. See "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

        All references to numbered Notes are to specific footnotes to our combined financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, as applicable, included in this prospectus. You should read this discussion in conjunction with our combined financial statements, the notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") have the same meanings as in such Notes.

Overview—Basis of Presentation

        We were formed in July 2010 for the purpose of holding certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of the Predecessors pursuant to the Plan as discussed in Note 1. Following the Distribution, we will operate our business as a stand-alone real estate development company. The financial information included in this prospectus was carved-out from the financial information of GGP, has been presented on a combined basis as the entities presented are under common control and ownership, and only property management and other costs and property specific overhead items have been allocated or reflected in the accompanying combined financial statements.

        The historical combined financial information included in this prospectus does not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly-traded company during the periods presented or those that we will achieve in the future primarily as a result of the following factors:

    Prior to the Separation, our business was operated by GGP as part of its broader corporate organization, rather than as a separate, publicly-traded company. GGP or one of its affiliates performed various corporate functions for us, including, but not limited to property management, human resources, security, payroll and benefits, legal, corporate communications, information services and restructuring and reorganization. Costs of the services that were allocated or charged to us were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to us based on a number of factors, most significantly our percentage of GGP's adjusted revenue and assets and the number of properties. Our historical financial results reflect allocations for certain corporate costs and we believe such allocations are reasonable; however, such results do not reflect what our expenses would have been had we been operating as a separate, stand-alone public company.

    Prior to the Separation, portions of our business were integrated with the other businesses of GGP. Historically, we have shared economies of scope and scale in costs, employees, vendor relationships and certain customer relationships. While we have entered into a Transition Services Agreement that governs certain commercial and other relationships between us and GGP, those contractual arrangements may not capture the benefits our business has enjoyed as a result of being integrated with GGP. The loss of these benefits of scope and scale may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        In addition, GGP operates as a REIT in which our businesses, except for the Master Planned Communities segment, were generally exempt from tax. We will operate as a taxable corporation; however, one of our subsidiaries, Victoria Ward, Limited, is and will continue to be treated as a REIT.

43


Table of Contents

        We operate our business in two segments: Master Planned Communities and Strategic Development.

Overview—Master Planned Communities Segment

        Our Master Planned Communities segment consists of the development and sale of residential and commercial land, primarily in large-scale projects in and around Columbia, Maryland; Houston, Texas; and Summerlin, Nevada. Residential land sales include standard, custom and high density (i.e., condominium, town homes and apartments) parcels. Standard residential lots are designated for detached and attached single- and multi-family homes, ranging from entry-level to luxury homes. At our Summerlin project, we have further designated certain residential parcels as custom lots as their premium price reflects their larger size and other distinguishing features including gated communities, golf course access and higher elevations. Commercial land sales include parcels designated for retail, office, services and other for-profit activities, as well as those parcels designated for use by government, schools and other not-for-profit entities. As of June 30, 2010, we had 12,623 remaining saleable acres in our communities presented in this prospectus on a combined basis and 2,081 remaining saleable acres at our Woodlands community (presented in this prospectus on the equity method of accounting).

        The pace of land sales for standard residential lots has declined in recent periods in correlation to the decline in the housing market.

        Based on the results of our evaluations for impairment (Notes 1 and 2), we recognized aggregate impairment charges related to our Master Planned Communities segment of $52.8 million in 2009 and $125.8 million in 2007.

Overview—Strategic Development Segment

        Our Strategic Development segment is made up of a diverse mix of near, medium and long-term real estate properties and development projects, some of which we believe have the potential to create meaningful value. Our Strategic Development segment includes eleven mixed-use development opportunities, four mall development projects, seven redevelopment projects and nine other property interests, including ownership of various land parcels and certain profit interests.

        Although revenues are currently being generated at seven of the nine mixed-use development opportunity properties and all seven of the redevelopment projects, only the Ward Centers mixed-use development opportunity property is considered to be significant based on several key operating metrics. We expect this relative significance to continue until the Ward Centers mixed-use development commences. Our operating properties, which we refer to as our "Operating Retail Properties," consist of Landmark Mall, South Street Seaport, Ward Centers, Allen, Cottonwood Mall, Kendall, West Windsor, Alameda Plaza, Century Plaza Mall, Cottonwood Square, Park West, Rio West, Riverwalk Marketplace and Village at Redlands. At December 31, 2009, we had approximately 2.5 million square feet of regional mall space currently available for lease, of which 86.2% was occupied.

        Based on impairment evaluations of the properties in our Strategic Development segment (as described in Notes 1 and 2) we recorded impairment provisions of $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, $627.6 million, $52.5 million and $0.1 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively, and $29.6 million in our equity in operations of Real Estate Affiliates in 2009.

Results of Operations

        Our revenues are primarily received from homebuilders from the sale of individual lots at our master planned communities and from tenants at our rental properties in the form of fixed minimum rents, overage rent and recoveries of operating expenses. We have presented the following discussion of our results of operations on a segment basis under the proportionate share method. Under the

44


Table of Contents


proportionate share method, our share of segment revenues and expenses of the properties owned by our real estate affiliates are aggregated with the revenues and expenses of the combined properties. Other revenues are increased by discontinued operations and are reduced by the share of operations applicable to noncontrolling interests. See Note 10 or Note 14, as applicable, for additional information including reconciliations of our segment basis results to GAAP basis results.

        The operating measure used to assess operating results for our business segments is Adjusted EBITDA, which we define and compute as property specific rent, sales and other revenues, less property specific operational expense items such as land sale cost of sales and selling expenses, real estate taxes, property maintenance costs and other property operating expense items. Adjusted EBITDA excludes interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, as well as reorganization items, strategic initiatives, provisions for impairment and allocation to noncontrolling interests, in each case to the extent applicable to a segment. Management believes that as so calculated, Adjusted EBITDA assists us in comparing the performance of our segments and properties across reporting periods on a consistent basis because it excludes items that we do not believe are indicators of our core operating performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information about the operating performance of our communities and properties.

        THHC businesses were operated as subsidiaries of GGP, which operates as a REIT. We operate as a taxable corporation.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

Master Planned Communities Segment

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  $ Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
 
(In thousands)
  2010   2009  

Land sales

  $ 38,079   $ 49,954   $ (11,875 )   (23.8 )%

Land sales operations*

    (39,338 )   (46,927 )   (7,589 )   (16.2 )
                   
 

Master Planned Communities Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (1,259 ) $ 3,027   $ (4,286 )   (141.6 )%
                   

*
For more detail on the costs, see "—Supplemental Master Planned Communities Data."

        For the six months ended June 30, 2010, we sold 138.8 residential acres compared to 322.1 acres for the six months ended June 30, 2009. We sold 24.7 acres of commercial lots for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 34.5 acres for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

        During the six months ended June 30, 2010, there was increased residential and commercial sales activity at the Woodlands community in Houston Texas. These increases were partially offset by the bulk sale of remaining single family lots at the Fairwood community in Maryland in 2009. There were no land sales for the six months ended June 30, 2010 in our Gateway, Emerson and Fairwood communities in Maryland and in our Summerlin community in Las Vegas, Nevada. There were minimal land sales in our Columbia community in Maryland and our Bridgeland community in Houston, Texas.

45


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes the status of residential and commercial sales for all communities as well as the expected community sell-out date as of June 30, 2010:

 
  Remaining Saleable Acres    
   
 
 
  Redevelopment
Acres(1)
  Projected
Community
Sell-Out Date
 
Community
  Residential   Commercial   Total  

Bridgeland

    3,981     1,246     5,227         2036  

Summerlin(2)

    6,559     625     7,184         2039  

The Woodlands

    1,063     1,018     2,081         2017  

Maryland Communities:

                               
 

Columbia

                136     2035  
 

Gateway

        121     121         2013  
 

Emerson

    12     68     80         2013  
 

Fairwood

        11     11         2013  
                         

    11,615     3,089     14,704     136        
                         

(1)
Reflects the number of acres we expect to redevelop.

(2)
Does not reflect recent Pulte and Richmond sales as described in the "Summary" section.

        As of June 30, 2010, the master planned communities have approximately 14,700 remaining salable acres.

        The following table summarizes the average sales price per acre sold for residential and commercial property by community:

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2010   2009  
Community
  Residential   Commercial   Residential   Commercial  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Bridgeland

  $ 255   $   $ 305   $ 50  

Summerlin

                999  

The Woodlands

    346     328     423     370  

Maryland Communities

            73      

        Although the average sales price per acre can fluctuate widely depending on the location and type of the parcels within a community and the density of what is sold, the decrease in average sales prices during the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the prior year period reflect the weak overall demand for lots.

        We expect continued weakness in land sales given the sluggish economic recovery from the recent recession. However, only Bridgeland, Summerlin and The Woodlands have significant remaining acres available for sale and, therefore, are the only communities positioned to take significant advantage of any rebound in the economic environment.

46


Table of Contents

Strategic Development Segment

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  $ Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
 
(In thousands)
  2010   2009  

Property revenues:

                         
 

Minimum rents

  $ 36,384   $ 40,471   $ (4,087 )   (10.1 )%
 

Tenant recoveries

    9,252     9,782     (530 )   (5.4 )
 

Overage rents

    912     850     62     7.3  
 

Other

    18,992     17,390     1,602     9.2  
                   
   

Total property revenues

    65,540     68,493     (2,953 )   (4.3 )
                   

Property operating expenses:

                         
 

Real estate taxes

    7,547     6,659     888     13.3  
 

Property maintenance costs

    3,529     2,869     660     23.0  
 

Marketing

    507     460     47     10.2  
 

Other property operating costs

    32,680     36,417     (3,737 )   (10.3 )
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    357     1,212     (855 )   (70.5 )
 

Property management and other costs

    8,996     8,431     565     6.7  
                   
   

Total property operating expenses

    53,616     56,048     (2,432 )   (4.3 )
                   

Strategic Development Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 11,924   $ 12,445   $ (521 )   (4.2 )%
                   

        Minimum rents decreased $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 primarily due to a decrease of approximately $4.6 million in lease termination income and minimum rents, at share, from The Woodlands, one of our Real Estate Affiliates.

        Other property revenues primarily include vending, parking, marketing and promotion, and gains and losses on certain property disposition transactions. The $1.6 million increase in other property revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2010 is primarily due to net losses on certain property transactions in the six months ending June 30, 2009 of approximately $3.4 million compared to no net gains or losses in the comparable period of 2010. A decrease in Woodlands Conference Center revenues during the six month period ending 2010, compared to the prior year period provided a partial offset.

        Property maintenance costs increased $0.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 primarily due to increased seasonal maintenance costs, miscellaneous building repairs and higher contract services costs across the segment in 2010.

        Other property operating costs decreased $3.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 primarily due to lower costs at The Woodlands.

        The provision for doubtful accounts decreased $0.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009 primarily due to improving collections experienced at Ward Centers and South Street Seaport in 2010.

47


Table of Contents

Certain Significant Combined Revenues and Expenses

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  $ Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
 
(In thousands)
  2010   2009  

Tenant rents

  $ 44,164   $ 44,149   $ 15     0.0 %

Land sales

    12,107     31,434     (19,327 )   (61.5 )

Property operating expense

    28,870     26,202     2,668     10.2  

Land sales operations

    20,597     32,454     (11,857 )   (36.5 )

Property management and other costs

    8,996     8,431     565     6.7  

Strategic initiatives

        5,114     (5,114 )   (100.0 )

Provisions for impairment

    486     140,180     (139,694 )   (99.7 )

Depreciation and amortization

    8,425     10,787     (2,362 )   (21.9 )

Interest expense

    1,207     582     625     107.4  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    17,953     (2,913 )   20,866     (716.3 )

Equity in income of Real Estate Affiliates

    5,172     4,121     1,051     25.5  

Reorganization items

    (26,614 )   (2,017 )   (24,597 )   1,219.5  

        Land sales and associated sales operations decreased during the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the prior year due to lower sales volume.

        Strategic initiatives for the six months ended June 30, 2009 consist of professional fees for restructuring that were incurred prior to the filing for protection under the Bankruptcy Code of certain of our Predecessors (the "Predecessor Debtors"). Similar fees incurred after filing for protection under the Bankruptcy Code are recorded as reorganization items.

        Based on the results of our evaluations for impairment (Note 1), we recognized impairment charges of $0.5 million (related to the write down of various pre-development costs that were determined to be non-recoverable due to the termination of associated projects) for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $140.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Although all of the properties in our Master Planned Communities segment and two of our operating properties in our Strategic Development segment had impairment indicators and carrying values in excess of estimated fair value at June 30, 2010, aggregate undiscounted cash flows for such master planned communities properties and the two strategic development properties exceeded their respective aggregate book values by over 200% and over 32%, respectively. The impairment charges recognized in 2009 were as follows:

    $24.2 million to the Allen mall development in Allen, Texas

    $6.7 million to the Village at Redlands Promenade development in Redlands, California

    $0.7 million related to the write down of various pre-development costs that were determined to be non-recoverable due to the termination of associated projects

    $52.8 million to our Fairwood Master Planned Community in Columbia, Maryland

    $55.9 million related to our Nouvelle at Natick project located in Boston, Massachusetts

        The increase in the provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was primarily attributable to an increase in taxable income related to our taxable entities for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and a tax benefit related to provisions for impairments at our master planned communities in 2009, partially offset by a significant decrease in valuation allowances compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.

        Reorganization items under the bankruptcy filings are expense or income items that were incurred or realized by the Predecessor Debtors as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases. These items include

48


Table of Contents


professional fees and similar types of expenses incurred directly related to the bankruptcy filings, gains or losses resulting from activities of the reorganization process, including gains related to recording the mortgage debt at Fair Value upon emergence from bankruptcy and interest earned on cash accumulated by the TopCo Debtors. See Note 1—Reorganization items for additional detail.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

Master Planned Communities Segment

(In thousands)
  2009   2008   $ Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
 

Land sales

  $ 83,989   $ 138,746   $ (54,757 )   (39.5 )%

Land sales operations

    (82,746 )   (109,732 )   (26,986 )   (24.6 )
                   
 

Master Planned Communities Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 1,243   $ 29,014   $ (27,771 )   (95.7 )%
                   

        The decrease in land sales, land sales operations and Adjusted EBITDA in 2009 was the result of a significant reduction in sales volume and lower margins at our Summerlin, Bridgeland and The Woodlands residential communities. These volume decreases were partially offset by the bulk sale in 2009 of the majority of the remaining single family lots in our Fairwood community (reported as part of our Columbia, Maryland property) at considerably lower margins than previous Fairwood sales and by the sale of a residential parcel for use in the development of luxury apartments and town homes, in our Maryland communities.

        In 2009, we sold 426.4 residential acres compared to 272.5 acres in 2008, including the 221 acres in the bulk Fairwood sale discussed above. Although we sold 94.8 acres of commercial lots in 2009 compared to 84.6 acres in 2008, average prices for lots declined as compared to 2008.

Strategic Development Segment

        The following table compares major revenue and expense items:

(In thousands)
  2009   2008   $ Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
 

Revenues:

                         
 

Minimum rents

  $ 78,339   $ 80,998   $ (2,659 )   (3.3 )%
 

Tenant recoveries

    19,642     21,592     (1,950 )   (9.0 )
 

Overage rents

    2,701     3,519     (818 )   (23.2 )
 

Other

    35,306     54,587     (19,281 )   (35.3 )
                   
   

Total property revenues

    135,988     160,696     (24,708 )   (15.4 )
                   

Property operating expenses:

                         
 

Real estate taxes

    14,503     11,037     3,466     31.4  
 

Property maintenance costs

    8,094     7,680     414     5.4  
 

Marketing

    1,071     1,530     (459 )   (30.0 )
 

Other property operating costs

    71,858     82,242     (10,384 )   (12.6 )
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    2,539     1,174     1,365     116.3  
 

Property management and other costs

    17,643     20,656     (3,013 )   (14.6 )
                   
   

Total property operating expenses

    115,708     124,319     (8,611 )   (6.9 )
                   

Strategic Development Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 20,280   $ 36,377   $ (16,097 )   (44.2 )%
                   

49


Table of Contents

        The $2.7 million decrease in minimum rents was primarily due to a decline in occupancies between 2008 and 2009 at our Operating Retail Properties. This decrease was partially offset by increases in minimum rents at Riverwalk Marketplace. The increases at Riverwalk Marketplace were driven by increasing occupancy as the property continued recovering from the effects of Hurricane Katrina.

        Certain of our leases include both a base rent component and a component which requires tenants to pay amounts related to all, or substantially all, of their share of real estate taxes and certain property operating expenses, including common area maintenance and insurance. The portion of the tenant rent from these leases attributable to real estate tax and operating expense recoveries is recorded as tenant recoveries. The $2.0 million decrease in tenant recoveries was primarily attributable to the decrease in certain property operating expenses discussed below.

        Overage rent is rental revenue paid by tenants which is based on a percentage of the tenant's sales above a threshold specified in the lease agreement. The decrease in overage rent was primarily due to a decrease in comparable tenant sales as a result of a challenging economic environment that impacted many of our tenants, particularly at Ward Centers and South Street Seaport.

        Other revenues include all other property revenues including vending, parking, gains or losses on dispositions of certain property transactions, sponsorship and advertising revenues, less Adjusted EBITDA of non-controlling interests. The decrease in other revenues was primarily attributable to dispositions of land parcels at Kendall that resulted in a $3.9 million loss on sale of land in 2009 and as compared to a $4.3 million gain on sale of land in 2008 as well as a $6.4 million gain on sale of a Woodlands office property in 2008. In addition, the decrease in other revenues is also attributable to reduced occupancy and activity in food and beverage revenue at The Woodlands Hotel and Conference Center in 2009. Finally, the decrease was attributable to lower sponsorship, show and display revenue in 2009.

        Real estate taxes increased in 2009 at our Operating Retail Properties, a portion of which is recoverable from tenants. A portion of the increase was attributable to a decrease in the amount of capitalized real estate taxes due to decreased development activity.

        The $10.4 million decrease in other property operating costs is primarily related to reduced operating costs at the properties owned by The Woodlands joint venture as well as at wholly-owned South Street Seaport and Ward Centers. Reduced occupancy drove the cost reductions at the resort and conference center properties in The Woodlands, while the office property was sold from The Woodlands during 2008. Operating costs were significantly reduced at Ward Centers. Ward Centers had reductions in electric expenses, due to an energy cost adjustment tied to the cost of fuel. We do not expect that reductions in operating costs will continue, as a result of recent energy rate increases. South Street Seaport had reductions in ground rent expense and utility expense. The property had decreases in ground rent participation and we do not expect such decreases to continue. The property also had higher utility expenses in 2008 due to a multi-year catch-up of unbilled water expenses.

        The $1.4 million increase in the provision for doubtful accounts was primarily due to the recovery of previously written-off property taxes and other receivables at Ward Centers during 2008.

        The decrease in property management and other costs in 2009 is primarily due to a decrease in wages and benefits of $3.0 million. In addition, professional fees, personnel, travel, marketing, office and occupancy costs decrease as the result of cost reduction efforts. These decreases were offset by a reduction in capitalized overhead, which resulted in higher net expenses in 2009, and increased incentive compensation.

50


Table of Contents

Certain Significant Combined Revenues and Expenses

(In thousands)
  2009   2008   $ Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
 

Tenant rents

  $ 87,996   $ 93,552   $ (5,556 )   (5.9 )%

Land sales

    45,996     66,557     (20,561 )   (30.9 )

Property operating expense

    56,748     55,819     929     1.7  

Land sales operations

    49,062     63,421     (14,359 )   (22.6 )

Property management and other costs

    17,643     20,656     (3,013 )   (14.6 )

Strategic Initiatives

    5,380     1,496     3,884     259.6  

Provisions for impairment

    680,349     52,511     627,838     1,195.6  

Depreciation and amortization

    19,841     18,421     1,420     7.7  

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (23,969 )   2,703     (26,672 )   (986.8 )

Equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates

    (28,209 )   23,506     (51,715 )   (220.0 )

Reorganization items

    (6,674 )       (6,674 )    

        Changes in combined tenant rents (which includes minimum rents, tenant recoveries and overage rent), land sales, property operating expenses (which includes real estate taxes, property maintenance costs, marketing, other property operating costs and provision for doubtful accounts), land sales operations and property management and other costs were attributable to the same items discussed above in our segment basis results, excluding those items related to the properties owned by our Real Estate Affiliates. Property management and other costs are primarily costs allocated from GGP related to our costs of doing business and are generally not direct property-related costs.

        The increase in strategic initiatives in 2009 is primarily due to property- specific professional fees for restructuring and strategic initiatives incurred through the Petition Date. Similar costs incurred subsequent to the Petition Date are classified as reorganization items.

        Based on the results of our evaluations for impairment (Note 2), we recognized non-cash impairment charges of $680.3 million in 2009 compared to $52.5 million in 2008. The most significant impairment charges in 2009 were in our Strategic Development segment related to The Shops at Summerlin Centre and Elk Grove Promenade totaling $176.1 and $175.3 million, respectively. We also recognized provisions for impairment in both 2009 and 2008 related to Nouvelle at Natick totaling $55.9 and $40.3 million, respectively, to reflect the continued weak demand and the likely extension of the period required to complete all unit sales at this residential condominium project. Finally, in the Master Planned Communities segment we recognized provisions for impairment related to our Fairwood Community in Maryland totaling $52.8 million in 2009 reflecting lower sales prices at that property. See Note 2 for additional descriptions of the provisions for impairment that we recognized in 2009 and 2008.

        The benefit from income taxes in 2009 was primarily attributable to tax benefit related to the provisions for impairment of $35.1 million related to our Kendall development, $52.8 million related to our Fairwood master planned community and $55.9 million related to our Nouvelle at Natick condominium project. The benefit from income taxes was partially offset by an increase in the valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets as a result of Chapter 11.

        The decrease in equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates is primarily due to a significant decrease in land sales at The Woodlands master planned community joint venture in 2009 compared to 2008.

        Reorganization items are expense or income items that were incurred or realized by the Predecessors as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases. These items include professional fees and similar types of expenses incurred directly related to the bankruptcy filings, loss accruals or gains or losses resulting from activities of the reorganization process and interest earned on cash accumulated by the TopCo Debtors. See Note 2—Reorganization Items for additional detail.

51


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

Master Planned Communities Segment

(In thousands)
  2008   2007   $ Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
 

Land sales

  $ 138,746   $ 227,377   $ (88,631 )   (39.0 )%

Land sales operations

    (109,732 )   (172,023 )   (62,291 )   (36.2 )
                   
 

Master Planned Communities Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 29,014   $ 55,354   $ (26,340 )   (47.6 )%
                   

        The decrease in land sales and land sales operations and Adjusted EBITDA in 2008 was the result of a significant reduction in sales volume and lower achieved margins at our Summerlin, Maryland, Bridgeland and The Woodlands residential communities. In 2008, we sold 272.5 residential acres compared to 409.1 acres in 2007. We sold 84.6 acres of commercial lots in 2008 compared to 163.2 acres in 2007.

Strategic Development Segment

        The following table compares major revenue and expense items:

(In thousands)
  2008   2007   $ Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
 

Property revenues:

                         
 

Minimum rents

  $ 80,998   $ 88,713   $ (7,715 )   (8.7 )%
 

Tenant recoveries

    21,592     22,449     (857 )   (3.8 )
 

Overage rents

    3,519     5,194     (1,675 )   (32.2 )
 

Other

    54,587     70,504     (15,917 )   (22.6 )
                   
   

Total property revenues

    160,696     186,860     (26,164 )   (14.0 )
                   

Property operating expenses:

                         
 

Real estate taxes

    11,037     10,184     853     8.4  
 

Property maintenance costs

    7,680     8,191     (511 )   (6.2 )
 

Marketing

    1,530     1,646     (116 )   (7.0 )
 

Other property operating costs

    82,242     95,450     (13,208 )   (13.8 )
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    1,174     1,301     (127 )   (9.8 )
 

Property management and other costs

    20,656     26,799     (6,143 )   (22.9 )
                   
   

Total property operating expenses

    124,319     143,571     (19,252 )   (13.4 )
                   

Strategic Development Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 36,377   $ 43,289   $ (6,912 )   (16.0 )%
                   

        The $7.7 million decrease in minimum rents was primarily due to 2007 business interruption insurance proceeds of $6.9 million at Riverwalk Marketplace. These insurance proceeds related to claims made by us for property damages and business interruption in the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina.

        The decrease in overage rent was primarily due to a decrease in comparable tenant sales as a result of a challenging economic environment that impacted many of our tenants, particularly at Ward Center and South Street Seaport.

        Other revenues include all other property revenues including vending, parking, sponsorship and advertising revenues. The decrease in other revenues was primarily attributable to The Woodlands which sold various office buildings and other properties during 2007 resulting in lower recorded amounts of other revenues in 2008 compared to 2007.

52


Table of Contents

        The $13.2 million decrease in other property operating costs is primarily related to reduced operating costs at The Woodlands. Reduced occupancy drove the cost reductions at the resort and conference center properties in The Woodlands, while an office property was sold from The Woodlands during 2008. Additionally, operating costs were significantly reduced at Riverwalk Marketplace.

        Riverwalk Marketplace had reductions in ground rent participation expense, office miscellaneous expenses, and legal fees. These fees were higher in 2007 compared to 2008 as a result of Hurricane Katrina costs. We do not expect the 2007 results to continue in the future.

        Property management and other costs in the aggregate represent our costs of doing business and are generally not direct property-related costs. The decrease in property management and other costs in 2008 was primarily due to lower leasing commissions and lower overall management costs, including incentive compensation, stock compensation expense and travel expense, primarily related to a reduction in personnel and other cost reduction efforts.

Certain Significant Combined Revenues and Expenses

(In thousands)
  2008   2007   $ Increase
(Decrease)
  % Increase
(Decrease)
 

Tenant rents

  $ 93,552   $ 105,852   $ (12,300 )   (11.6 )%

Land sales

    66,557     142,360     (75,803 )   (53.2 )

Property operating expenses

    55,819     55,112     707     1.3  

Land sales operations

    63,421     114,210     (50,789 )   (44.5 )

Property management and other costs

    20,656     26,799     (6,143 )   (22.9 )

Strategic initiatives

    1,496         1,496      

Provisions for impairment

    52,511     125,879     (73,368 )   (58.3 )

Depreciation and amortization

    18,421     22,995     (4,574 )   (19.9 )

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    2,703     (10,643 )   13,346     (125.4 )

Equity in income of Real Estate Affiliates

    23,506     68,451     (44,945 )   (65.7 )

        Changes in combined tenant rents (which includes minimum rents, tenant recoveries and overage rent), land sales, property operating expenses (which includes real estate taxes, repairs and maintenance, marketing, other property operating costs and provision for doubtful accounts), land sales operations and property management and other costs were attributable to the same items discussed above in our segment basis results, excluding those items related to the properties owned by our Real Estate Affiliates.

        Strategic initiatives of $1.5 million include professional fees for restructuring and advisory services.

        Based on the results of our evaluations for impairment (Note 2), we recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $125.8 million in 2007 related to our Columbia and Fairwood communities located in Maryland. In addition, we recognized impairment charges of $7.8 million in the third quarter of 2008 related to our Century Plaza (Birmingham, Alabama) operating property. We also recognized a provision for impairment of $40.3 million at Nouvelle at Natick in 2008 to reflect the continued weak demand and the likely extension of the period required to complete all unit sales at this residential condominium project. Sales of condominium units commenced in the fourth quarter of 2008. Finally, we recognized impairment charges of $4.3 million throughout 2008 related to the write down of various pre-development costs that were determined to be non-recoverable due to the related projects being terminated which is the result of the current depressed retail real estate market and our liquidity situation. We recognized similar impairment charges for pre-development projects in the amount of $0.1 million in 2007.

        The increase in depreciation and amortization is primarily due to a cumulative adjustment to the useful lives of certain assets in 2007.

53


Table of Contents

        The provision for income taxes in 2008 was primarily attributable to the tax benefit generated by the provision for impairment of $40.3 million booked on our Nouvelle at Natick condominium project and was partially offset by an increase in the valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets as a result of Chapter 11.

Supplemental Master Planned Communities Data

        The tables set forth below present supplemental financial and operational data for our Master Planned Communities segment for the periods indicated on the following basis:

        This data includes certain measures, specifically "Combined MPC Adjusted EBITDA," "Total MPC Segment Adjusted EBITDA" and "Total Levered MPC Free Cash Flow" that we calculate in the manner set forth in the tables but that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We present the information set forth below as supplemental measures of our Master Planned Communities segment performance because we believe that such information is helpful to investors in understanding and comparing the performance of our Master Planned Communities segment across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicators of our core MPC segment operating performance. These are not measures of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as measures of our liquidity.

54


Table of Contents


Master Planned Communities ("MPC")

MPC Combined

        The following table sets forth in further detail the components of our calculation of Combined MPC Adjusted EBITDA as reflected in Note 13 of our audited combined financial statements and Note 10 of our unaudited combined financial statements each as included elsewhere in this prospectus. Specifically, we have provided in the table below Adjusted EBITDA for the Combined Properties (i.e., Summerlin, Bridgeland and Maryland) and Adjusted EBITDA of the Woodlands (one of our Real Estate Affiliates) MPC business. We believe that this information is useful to an investor's understanding of the operating results of our Master Planned Communities segment discussed in our combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP net loss attributable to GGP on a combined basis for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is presented in Note 13 of the audited combined financial statements for such periods, included elsewhere in this prospectus. A similar presentation for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 is reflected in Note 10 of the unaudited combined financial statements for such periods, also included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Land Sale Revenue

  $ 9,653   $ 28,918   $ 37,723   $ 37,410   $ 122,519   $ 413,756  

Other Revenue

    2,454     2,516     8,273     29,147     19,841     11,411  
                           
 

Total Revenue

    12,107     31,434     45,996     66,557     142,360     425,167  

Cost of Land Sales

    3,251     18,668     22,019     24,516     46,587     175,184  

SG&A Expenses

    8,677     5,504     10,300     22,920     53,276     128,784  

Property Taxes

    8,669     8,282     16,743     15,985     14,347     12,436  
                           
 

Total Expenses

    20,597     32,454     49,062     63,421     114,210     316,404  
 

Combined MPC Adjusted EBITDA(1)

    (8,490 )   (1,020 )   (3,066 )   3,136     28,150     108,763  

Adjusted EBITDA from the Woodlands MPC business (at share)(1)

    7,231     4,047     4,309     25,878     27,204     23,238  
                           
 

Total MPC Segment Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ (1,259 ) $ 3,027   $ 1,243   $ 29,014   $ 55,354   $ 132,001  
                           

(1)
See Master Planned Communities Adjusted EBITDA in Note 13 of our audited combined financial statements and Note 10 of our unaudited combined financial statements each as included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The following table sets forth our calculation of Total Levered MPC Free Cash Flow on a combined basis. We believe that investors utilize Total Levered Free Cash Flow for our Master Planned Communities segment for valuation purposes because discounted cash flow is a common valuation technique used by investors for the master planned communities business. Under GAAP accrual accounting, revenues and expenses for the business may be recognized in time periods which differ from the actual receipt and payment of cash, respectively. The master planned communities business is primarily focused on land entitlement and development, which features significant upfront expenses associated with the cost to generate future land sales. Total Levered Free Cash Flow attempts to adjust

55


Table of Contents


for timing differences that are inherent in the accrual methods prescribed by GAAP and present the actual cash inflows and outflows of the business.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Combined MPC Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ (8,490 ) $ (1,020 ) $ (3,066 ) $ 3,136   $ 28,150   $ 108,763  

Cash Flow Adjustments:

                                     

Net Development Costs(2)

    (14,831 )   (16,192 )   (20,598 )   (80,298 )   (107,013 )   (176,440 )

Cost of Sales

    3,251     18,668     22,019     24,516     46,587     175,184  

Land Sale Deposits/Deferred Land Sales

    (1,381 )   100     3,489     (216 )   2,072     13,227  

Builder Price Participation

    485     529     685     1,082     6,310     18,010  

Adjustments to Cash Basis(3)

    446     1,397     277     (6,048 )   (13,743 )   (4,639 )

Deferred Revenue

        402                  

Participation Expense

        (2,184 )   (5,344 )   2,232     31,021     109,945  

SID Assumptions

        (232 )   (247 )   (125 )   (2,242 )   (5,577 )

Collections of Builder Notes Receivable

    (78 )   (3,000 )   (3,000 )       5,200     6,404  

Interest on Property Debt

    (750 )   (581 )   (1,457 )   (1,621 )   (1,202 )   (1,397 )

Cash Flow Participation(4)

                    (15,484 )   (83,801 )

Other

    (4 )   419     140     724     257      
                           

    (12,862 )   (674 )   (4,036 )   (59,754 )   (48,237 )   50,916  

Distributions from The Woodlands land business

                    70,875     28,875  
                           
 

Total Levered MPC Free Cash Flow(5)

  $ (21,352 ) $ (1,694 ) $ (7,102 ) $ (56,618 ) $ 50,788   $ 188,554  
                           

(1)
See Master Planned Communities Adjusted EBITDA in Note 13 of our audited combined financial statements and in Note 10 of our unaudited combined financial statements each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Calculated as MPC land development expenditures net of public financing reimbursements.

(3)
Reflects conversion of accrual basis Selling, General and Administrative as well as Other Income expenses to a cash basis.

(4)
Reflects participation distributions pursuant to the Contingent Stock Agreement (as subsequently defined).

56


Table of Contents

(5)
The following is a reconciliation of Total levered MPC Free Cash Flow to Combined The Howard Hughes Corporation Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Total Levered MPC Free Cash Flow

  $ (21,352 ) $ (1,694 ) $ (7,102 ) $ (56,618 ) $ 50,788   $ 188,554  

Plus: Non-MPC operating cash flow(a)

    (29,810 )   (7,472 )   (10,768 )   5,919     (31,954 )   30,357  

Less: The Woodlands cash distributions

                    (70,875 )   (28,875 )
                           

Combined The Howard Hughes Corporation Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (51,162 ) $ (9,166 ) $ (17,870 ) $ (50,699 ) $ (52,041 ) $ 190,036  
                           

(a)
Reflects operating cash flow items relating to our Strategic Development segment, including Nouvelle at Natick development expenditures and other strategic development operating property working capital changes.


Summerlin

        The following table sets forth in further detail the components of our calculation of Summerlin Adjusted EBITDA.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Land Sale Revenue

  $ 919   $ 5,502   $ 5,112   $ 8,042   $ 86,012   $ 311,400  

Other Revenue

    2,086     1,884     6,886     24,580     18,606     9,748  
                           
 

Total Revenue

    3,005     7,386     11,998     32,622     104,618     321,148  

Cost of Land Sales

        1,805     2,231     3,324     26,044     93,830  

SG&A Expenses

    5,446     2,331     3,253     13,523     40,889     121,716  

Property Taxes

    8,272     7,312     15,164     14,427     12,706     11,442  
                           
 

Total Expenses

    13,718     11,448     20,648     31,274     79,639     226,988  
                           
 

Summerlin Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (10,713 ) $ (4,062 ) $ (8,650 ) $ 1,348   $ 24,979   $ 94,160  
                           

57


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our calculation of Summerlin Levered Free Cash Flow.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Summerlin Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (10,713 ) $ (4,062 ) $ (8,650 ) $ 1,348   $ 24,979   $ 94,160  

Cash Flow Adjustments:

                                     

Net Development Costs(1)

    (8,514 )   (5,518 )   (11,313 )   (20,778 )   (37,027 )   (112,684 )

Cost of Sales

        1,805     2,231     3,324     26,044     93,830  

Land Sale Deposits/Deferred Land Sales

            402     (393 )   2,088     13,227  

Builder Price Participation

    397     308     397     456     4,821     15,582  

Adjustments to Cash Basis(2)

    465     99     407     (5,342 )   (13,996 )   (4,403 )

Deferred Revenue

        402                  

Participation Expense

        (2,184 )   (5,344 )   2,149     31,021     109,945  

SID Assumptions

        (232 )   (247 )   (125 )   (2,242 )   (5,577 )

Collections of Builder Notes Receivable

                      3,200     800  

Interest on Property Debt

                         

Cash Flow Participation(3)

                    (15,484 )   (83,801 )

Other

        222     (62 )   733     257      
                           
 

Summerlin Levered Free Cash Flow

  $ (18,365 ) $ (9,160 ) $ (22,179 ) $ (18,628 ) $ 23,661   $ 121,079  
                           

(1)
Calculated as Summerlin land development expenditures net of public financing reimbursements.

(2)
Reflects conversion of accrual basis Selling, General and Administrative as well as Other Income expenses to a cash basis.

(3)
Reflects participation distributions pursuant to the Contingent Stock Agreement.

58


Table of Contents


Bridgeland

        The following table sets forth in further detail the components of our calculation of Bridgeland Adjusted EBITDA.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Land Sale Revenue

  $ 6,514   $ 4,443   $ 10,981   $ 10,020   $ 18,349   $ 14,513  

Other Revenue

    223     430     1,258     1,731     122     233  
                           
 

Total Revenue

    6,737     4,873     12,239     11,751     18,471     14,746  

Cost of Land Sales

    2,223     1,646     4,143     4,119     7,599     7,075  

SG&A Expenses

    2,331     1,953     4,379     5,962     6,462     4,796  

Property Taxes

    18     427     692     644     912     548  
                           
 

Total Expenses

    4,572     4,026     9,214     10,725     14,973     12,419  
                           
 

Bridgeland Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,165   $ 847   $ 3,025   $ 1,026   $ 3,498   $ 2,327  
                           

        The following table sets forth our calculation of Bridgeland Levered Free Cash Flow.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Bridgeland Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,165   $ 847   $ 3,025   $ 1,026   $ 3,498   $ 2,327  

Cash Flow Adjustments:

                                     

Net Development Costs(1)

    (3,415 )   (7,495 )   (2,219 )   (45,546 )   (47,936 )   (34,522 )

Cost of Sales

    2,223     1,646     4,143     4,119     7,599     7,075  

Land Sale Deposits/Deferred Land Sales

                         

Builder Price Participation

    98     (51 )   38     (123 )       (156 )

Adjustments to Cash Basis(2)

    43     411     (64 )   (768 )   (973 )   405  

Deferred Revenue

                         

Participation Expense

                         

SID Assumptions

                         

Collections of Builder Notes Receivable

                         

Interest on Property Debt

    (750 )   (581 )   (1,457 )   (1,621 )   (1,143 )   (1,397 )

Other

    21     10     14     (9 )        
                           
 

Bridgeland Levered Free Cash Flow

  $ 385   $ (5,213 ) $ 3,480   $ (42,922 ) $ (38,955 ) $ (26,268 )
                           

(1)
Calculated as Bridgeland land development expenditures net of public financing reimbursements.

(2)
Reflects conversion of accrual basis Selling, General and Administrative as well as Other Income expenses to a cash basis.

59


Table of Contents


Maryland Communities

        The following table sets forth in further detail the components of our calculation of Maryland Communities Adjusted EBITDA.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Land Sale Revenue

  $ 2,220   $ 18,973   $ 21,630   $ 19,348   $ 18,158   $ 87,843  

Other Revenue

    145     202     129     2,836     1,113     1,430  
                           
 

Total Revenue

    2,365     19,175     21,759     22,184     19,271     89,273  

Cost of Land Sales

    1,028     15,217     15,645     17,073     12,944     74,279  

SG&A Expenses

    900     1,221     2,668     3,435     5,925     2,272  

Property Taxes

    379     543     887     914     729     446  
                           
 

Total Expenses

    2,307     16,981     19,200     21,422     19,598     76,997  
                           
 

Maryland Communities Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 58   $ 2,194   $ 2,559   $ 762   $ (327 ) $ 12,276  
                           

        The following table sets forth our calculation of Maryland Communities Levered Free Cash Flow.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Maryland Communities Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 58   $ 2,194   $ 2,559   $ 762   $ (327 ) $ 12,276  

Cash Flow Adjustments:

                                     

Net Development Costs(1)

    (2,902 )   (3,179 )   (7,066 )   (13,974 )   (22,050 )   (29,234 )

Cost of Sales

    1,028     15,217     15,645     17,073     12,944     74,279  

Land Sale Deposits/Deferred Land Sales

    (1,381 )   100     3,087     177     (16 )    

Builder Price Participation

    (10 )   272     250     749     1,489     2,584  

Adjustments to Cash Basis(2)

    (62 )   887     (66 )   62     1,226     (641 )

Deferred Revenue

                         

Participation Expense

                83          

SID Assumptions

                         

Collections of Builder Notes Receivable

    (78 )   (3,000 )   (3,000 )       2,000     5,604  

Interest on Property Debt

                    (59 )    

Other

    (25 )   188     188              
                           
 

Maryland Communities Levered Free Cash Flow

  $ (3,372 ) $ 12,679   $ 11,597   $ 4,932   $ (4,793 ) $ 64,868  
                           

(1)
Calculated as Maryland Communities expenditures net of public financing reimbursements.

(2)
Reflects conversion of accrual basis Selling, General and Administrative as well as Other Income expenses to a cash basis.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Following the Effective Date, our primary uses of cash are expected to include working capital, debt repayment, land development costs in our Master Planned Communities segment and, with respect to our Strategic Development segment, operating expenses for our operating properties and future

60


Table of Contents


development and redevelopment costs, which we expect to be substantial in order to successfully implement our business strategy. Our primary sources of cash following the Effective Date are expected to include cash flow from land sales in our Master Planned Communities segment, cash generated from our operating properties and the net proceeds from the sale to the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone on the Effective Date of $250.0 million of our common stock. We believe that these sources will provide sufficient cash to meet our existing contractual obligations and our anticipated ordinary course operating expenses for at least the next 12 months. However, in order to pursue future development of our Master Planned Communities segment and/or development and redevelopment opportunities in our Strategic Development segment, we will require additional capital. We intend to raise this additional capital with a mix of construction, bridge and long-term financings, as well as joint venture equity. At the Effective Date, we did not have a revolving line of credit. We cannot assure you that any financings will be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may face potential difficulties in obtaining operating and development capital."

        As of June 30, 2010, our combined debt was $340.5 million and our share of the debt of our Real Estate Affiliates was $196.2 million.

Summary of Cash Flows

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

        Net cash used in operating activities was $51.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $9.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Net cash used in operating activities was $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $50.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Cash used for land/residential development and acquisitions expenditures was $30.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, an increase from $24.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Cash used for land/residential development and acquisitions expenditures was $61.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease from $147.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as the Predecessors slowed the pace of residential land development in 2009 in light of sales pace declines.

        Net cash provided by (used in) certain assets and liabilities, including accounts and notes receivable, prepaid expense and other assets, deferred expenses, and accounts payable and accrued expenses and deferred tax liabilities totaled $20.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $(10.2) million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Accounts payable and accrued expenses and deferred tax liabilities increased $22.5 million primarily as a result of an increase in accrued interest for unsecured debt. Although liabilities not subject to compromise and certain liabilities subject to compromise have been approved for payment by the Bankruptcy Court, a significant portion of our liabilities subject to compromise are subject to settlement under the Plan and have not been paid to date. In addition, accounts and notes receivable decreased $6.5 million from December 31, 2009 to June 30, 2010, whereas, such accounts increased $2.3 million from December 31, 2008 to June 30, 2009. Net cash used in other operating activities as accounts payable and accrued expenses, including amounts subject to compromise at December 31, 2009, decreased by $28.8 million in 2009. The decrease was primarily as a result of lower construction payables due to the decrease in development activity.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

        Net cash used in investing activities was $37.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $13.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Cash used for acquisition/development of real estate and property additions/improvements was $37.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, and $18.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Net cash used in investing activities was

61


Table of Contents


$21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $300.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Cash used for acquisition/development of real estate and property additions/improvements was $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a decline from $314.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily due to the completion, suspension or termination of a number of development projects in late 2008 and early 2009. We expect, or are obligated to incur, development and redevelopment expenditures of $64.7 million from 2010 to 2012.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $88.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $32.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Net cash provided by financing activities was $37.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $348.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Principal payments on mortgages, notes and loan payable were $2.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $6.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. In addition, we received contributions from GGP of $90.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $39.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2009. Principal payments on mortgages, notes and loans payable were $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Spinco Note and Tax Indemnity

Spinco Note

        The Spinco Note, which is an ancillary agreement contemplated by the Investment Agreements with the Plan Sponsors, is designed to allocate value between reorganized GGP (and, indirectly, the Plan Sponsors, who will be investing in reorganized GGP) and THHC (and, indirectly, GGP's stockholders who, following the distribution of THHC's shares pursuant to the Plan, will be the majority stockholders of THHC), in a manner that is similar to a post-closing purchase price adjustment in the acquisition of a business. The purchase price per share of reorganized GGP common stock which the Plan Sponsors are committed to pay under the Investment Agreements is based on several financial metric assumptions for reorganized GGP, and the Spinco Note is intended to compensate reorganized GGP for certain differences between these assumptions and actual results as reorganized GGP emerges from bankruptcy following the implementation of the Plan. The Spinco Note, if issued, is intended to compensate reorganized GGP (and, indirectly, the Plan Sponsors), for these differences, while not adversely impacting THHC's liquidity by not requiring THHC to settle these differences in cash on the Effective Date.

        The financial metrics that will be taken into account (through the operation of a complex formula described in detail below) in determining whether the Spinco Note will be issued and, if issued, the principal amount of the note, include (but are not limited to):

62


Table of Contents

        Based on currently available information, we do not expect that a Spinco Note will be issued. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information" for a sensitivity analysis relating to the issuance of a Spinco Note.

        A more detailed discussion of the calculation of the Spinco Note and the relationship between the Spinco Note and the tax indemnities follows.

Calculation of the Spinco Note

        If issued, the Spinco Note will be a five year, interest bearing, unsecured promissory note payable by us or one of our subsidiaries to reorganized GGP or one of its subsidiaries. Whether a Spinco Note will be issued and the amount of the Spinco Note if issued are determined based on

        Closing Date Net Debt is calculated as

        Target Net Debt is defined in the Investment Agreements as equal to $22,970,800,000.

        Proportionally Consolidated Debt means consolidated debt of GGP less

63


Table of Contents

        The Reinstatement Adjustment Amount is calculated as the total amount of Corporate Level Debt less the total amount of Corporate Level Debt to be reinstated on the Effective Date. Corporate Level Debt consists of the sum of the TopCo Debtors' unsecured debt, the DIP Facility and other debt (in each case, including any existing accrued and unpaid interest thereon). The DIP Facility is that certain Senior Secured Debtor in Possession Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement among GGP, as co-borrower, GGPLP, as co-borrower, certain of their subsidiaries, as guarantors, the agent and the lenders party thereto.

        The Permitted Claims Amount is as of the Effective Date, an amount equal to the sum of, without duplication,

        Proportionally Consolidated Unrestricted Cash means the consolidated unrestricted cash of GGP less

        If Closing Date Net Debt is less than Target Net Debt, then a net debt surplus amount will exist, the amount of which will be calculated as Target Net Debt less Closing Date Net Debt. If Closing Date Net Debt is greater than the Target Net Debt, then a net debt excess amount will exist, the amount of which will be calculated as Closing Date Net Debt less Target Net Debt.

        The Spinco Note amount is equal to: (i) if there is a net debt excess amount, then the net debt excess amount plus the amount paid in respect of the Hughes heirs obligations to the extent satisfied with assets of GGP (including cash not paid prior to the Effective Date or shares of common stock of reorganized GGP, but excluding assets to be contributed to THHC) or (ii) if there is a net debt surplus amount, then the amount paid in respect of the Hughes heirs obligations (to the extent satisfied in

64


Table of Contents


assets described in clause (i)) less 80% of the net debt surplus amount; provided, however, that in no event will the Spinco Note amount be less than zero.

        To the extent that a Spinco Note is issued, the principal amount of the Spinco Note is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances described in the Investment Agreements. These adjustments include a reduction in the principal amount (but not below zero) of the Spinco Note by 80% of the aggregate Offering Premium on the 30th day following the Effective Date and from time to time upon receipt of any Offering Premium until the last to occur of 45 days after the Effective Date, the settlement date for any shares of our common stock sold to Pershing Square pursuant to the put right described above and the maturity date of the Pershing Square Bridge Note (the "Offering Premium Period"). "Offering Premium" means, with respect to any shares of common stock of reorganized GGP issued for cash on or prior to the Effective Date, together with shares of reorganized GGP common stock issued in certain share issuances completed within the Offering Premium Period, the per share offering price of reorganized GGP common stock issued in the offering (net of all underwriting and other discounts, fees or other compensation and related expenses) less $10.00; multiplied by the number of shares sold.

        As disputed permitted claims are resolved and paid, the reorganized GGP board of directors may determine that the remaining amount of the Reserve (an estimated aggregate amount of certain categories of disputed claims) exceeds amounts necessary to pay remaining disputed claims, and if so, as a result of application of the Reserve Surplus Amount (described further below), the Spinco Note will be reduced by the amount of such excess. Finally, to the extent that THHC is obligated to pay master planned community taxes within 36 months after the Effective Date and is not eligible for indemnification from reorganized GGP due to the Indemnity Cap (described below), then reorganized GGP shall pay the taxes and the Spinco Note amount will be increased by the amount reorganized GGP pays. If a Spinco Note was not issued on the Effective Date, but reorganized GGP pays such taxes, then THHC will issue a note at that time on the same terms as the Spinco Note.

        The Reserve Surplus Amount, which is calculated on a quarterly basis, is equal to the Reserve less (i) the amount of permitted claims originally included in the Reserve, but, as of the time of calculation, resolved and paid less (ii) the amount of Reserve the reorganized GGP board elects to retain with respect to any remaining disputed permitted claims. Any amounts applied to adjust the Spinco Note amount in a prior quarter cannot be applied in subsequent quarters to further reduce the note.

Tax Indemnities

        We have entered into a Separation Agreement and Tax Matters Agreement which includes tax-sharing and indemnification provisions with reorganized GGP through which tax liabilities relating to taxable periods before and after the Distribution are computed and apportioned between reorganized GGP and ourselves, and responsibility for payment of those tax liabilities (including any subsequent adjustments to such tax liabilities) is allocated between us. In addition, we are generally responsible for any liabilities, taxes or other charges that are imposed on GGP as a result of the Separation and Distribution (and certain related restructuring transactions) failing to qualify for nonrecognition treatment for U.S. federal (and state and local) income tax purposes, if we are the party responsible for such failure, whether by an action taken before or after the Separation and Distribution. Moreover, although we have agreed to share certain tax liabilities with reorganized GGP pursuant to the aforementioned agreements, we may be liable at law to a taxing authority for some of these tax liabilities and, if GGP were to default on their obligations to us, we would be liable for the entire amount of these liabilities. Accordingly, under certain circumstances, we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of our allocated share of tax liabilities.

65


Table of Contents

        In addition, pursuant to the Investment Agreements, reorganized GGP will indemnify us from and against 93.75% of any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable expenses to which we and our subsidiaries become subject, in each case solely to the extent attributable to certain taxes related to sales of certain assets in our Master Planned Communities segment prior to March 31, 2010, in an amount up to the Indemnity Cap. The Indemnity Cap is calculated as the lesser of $303,750,000 and the Excess Surplus Amount. The Excess Surplus Amount is determined using a complex formula described in the Investment Agreements that includes varying percentages of any Reserve Surplus Amount, Net Debt Surplus Amount and Offering Premium to the extent not used to offset (decrease) the amount of the Spinco Note as provided above. The Excess Surplus Amount is designed to provide value to THHC in the form of the tax indemnity (up to a maximum amount of $303,750,000) in the event there is value remaining after the Spinco Note is reduced to zero. Based on currently available information and without giving effect to any Offering Premium that may be received after the Effective Date, we estimate that the Indemnity Cap will be equal to approximately $123 million.

        We will be responsible for the amount of any such taxes in excess of the Indemnity Cap. Reorganized GGP may not have sufficient cash to reimburse us for its share of these taxes described above or the Excess Surplus Amount limitation may substantially reduce reorganized GGP's obligation to reimburse us for these taxes.

Contractual Cash Obligations and Commitments

        The following table aggregates our subsequent contractual cash obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2009:

 
  2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   Subsequent /
Other(5)
  Total  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Long-term debt-principal(1)

  $ 48,196   $ 10,130   $ 3,740   $ 4,855   $ 54,975   $ 98,886   $ 220,782  

Interest payments(2)

    11,064     9,241     8,146     7,894     5,583     23,672     65,600  

Ground lease payments

    2,802     2,801     2,809     2,825     2,825     105,921     119,983  

Purchase obligations(3)

    108,437                         108,437  

Uncertainty in income taxes, including interest

                        66,129     66,129  

Other long-term liabilities(4)

                                         
                               

Total

  $ 170,499   $ 22,172   $ 14,695   $ 15,574   $ 63,383   $ 294,608   $ 580,931  
                               

(1)
Excludes $134.0 million of long-term debt principal that is subject to compromise and non-cash market rate adjustments of $11.9 million that are not subject to compromise, all at December 31, 2009.

(2)
Excludes interest payments related to debt that is subject to compromise, market rate adjustments and special improvement districts.

(3)
Reflects accrued and incurred construction costs payable. Routine trade payables have been excluded. We expect, or are obligated to incur, development and redevelopment expenditures of $64.7 million from 2010 through 2012.

(4)
Other long-term liabilities related to ongoing real estate taxes have not been included in the table as such amounts depend upon future applicable real estate tax rates. Real estate tax expense was $13.8 million in 2009, $10.4 million in 2008, and $9.8 million in 2007.

(5)
The remaining uncertainty in income taxes liability for which reasonable estimates about the timing of payments cannot be made is disclosed within the Subsequent/Other column.

66


Table of Contents

        In the normal course of business, from time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings relating to the ownership and operations of our properties. See "Business—Legal Proceedings."

        We lease land or buildings at certain properties from third parties. The leases generally provide us with a right of first refusal in the event of a proposed sale of the property by the landlord. Rental payments are expensed as incurred and have, to the extent applicable, been straight-lined over the term of the lease. Contractual rental expense, including participation rent, was $3.5 million in 2009, $3.7 million in 2008 and $3.6 million in 2007, while the same rent expense excluding amortization of above and below-market ground leases and straight-line rents, as presented in our combined financial statements, was $3.6 million in 2009, $3.8 million in 2008 and $3.6 million in 2007.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

Seasonality

        Our Master Planned Communities segment is not subject to significant seasonal variations. In addition, revenues from development, redevelopment or sale of property in our Strategic Development segment similarly are not subject to seasonal variations. However, with respect to our Operating Retail Properties within the Strategic Development segment, although we have a year-long temporary leasing program, occupancies for short-term tenants and, therefore, rental income recognized, including overage rent, are higher during the second half of the year. As a result, rental revenue production in this segment is generally highest in the fourth quarter of each year.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. For example, significant estimates and assumptions have been made with respect to the following: fair value (as defined below) of assets for measuring impairment of rental properties, development properties, joint ventures; valuation of debt of emerged entities, useful lives of assets; capitalization of development and leasing costs; provision for income taxes; recoverable amounts of receivables and deferred taxes; initial valuations and related amortization periods of deferred costs and intangibles, and cost ratios and completion percentages used for land sales. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Critical accounting policies are those that are both significant to the overall presentation of our financial condition and results of operations and require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments. Our critical accounting policies are those applicable to the following:

Accounting for Reorganization

        The accompanying combined financial statements and the combined condensed financial statements of the Predecessor Debtors presented in the financial statements of this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles related to financial reporting by entities whose cases are pending under the Bankruptcy Code. Such combined financial statements are also prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Such accounting guidance also provides that if a debtor, or group of debtors, has significant combined assets and liabilities of entities which are not operating under Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection, the debtors and non-debtors should continue to

67


Table of Contents


be combined. However, separate disclosure of financial statement information solely relating to the debtor entities should be presented. Additionally, due to the various effective dates in December 2009 of the plans of reorganization for the Predecessor Debtors, a convenience date of December 31, 2009 was elected for the accounting for GGP's emergence from bankruptcy.

Classification of Liabilities Subject to Compromise

        Liabilities not subject to compromise include: (1) liabilities incurred after the Petition Date; (2) pre-petition liabilities that the Predecessor Debtors expect to pay in full; and (3) liabilities related to pre-petition contracts that have not been rejected pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code. Unsecured liabilities not subject to compromise at December 31, 2009 with respect to the Predecessor Debtors are reflected at the current estimate of the probable amounts to be paid even though the amounts of such unsecured liabilities ultimately to be allowed by the Bankruptcy Court (and therefore paid at 100%) have not yet been determined. With respect to secured liabilities, GAAP bankruptcy guidance provides that Debtor mortgage loans should be recorded at their estimated fair value.

Reorganization Items

        Reorganization items under the Chapter 11 Cases are expense or income items that were incurred or realized by the TopCo Debtors as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases and are presented separately in the Combined Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income and in the condensed combined statements of operations of the Predecessors presented in the financial statements of this prospectus. These items include professional fees and similar types of expenses and gains directly related to the Chapter 11 Cases, resulting from activities of the reorganization process, and interest earned on cash accumulated by the TopCo Debtors as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases.

Impairment—Properties, developments in progress and land held for development or redevelopment, including assets to be sold after such development or redevelopment

        We review our combined and uncombined real estate assets, including operating properties, land held for development and sale and developments in progress, for potential impairment indicators whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions have been made with respect to impairment of long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from these assumptions and estimates.

        Impairment indicators for property held for development and sale in our Master Planned Communities segment are assessed separately for each community and include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in sales pace or average selling prices, significant increases in expected land development and construction costs or cancellation rates, and projected losses on expected future sales.

        Impairment indicators for pre-development costs, which are typically costs incurred during the beginning stages of a potential development, and developments in progress are assessed by project and include, but are not limited to, significant changes in projected completion dates, revenues or cash flows, development costs, market factors and sustainability of development projects.

        Impairment indicators for our Strategic Development segment are assessed separately for each property and include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in real estate property net operating income, significant occupancy percentage changes and strategic determinations as reflected in certain bankruptcy plans of reorganization, either prospective, or filed and confirmed.

68


Table of Contents

        If an indicator of potential impairment exists, the asset is tested for recoverability by comparing its carrying amount to the estimated future undiscounted operating cash flow. Significant assumptions used in the estimation of future undiscounted cash flow include, for the master planned communities, estimates of future lot sales, costs to complete and sales pace, and for strategic development properties, future market rents, renewals and capital expenditures. Historical experience in such matters and future economic projections were used to establish such factors. These factors are subject to uncertainty but we do not expect them to vary materially. A real estate asset is considered to be impaired when its carrying amount cannot be recovered through estimated future undiscounted cash flows. To the extent an impairment provision is necessary, the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its estimated fair value is expensed to operations. In addition, the impairment is allocated proportionately to adjust the carrying amount of the asset. The adjusted carrying amount, which represents the new cost basis of the asset, is depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset.

Recoverable amounts of receivables and deferred tax assets

        We make periodic assessments of the collectibility of receivables (including those resulting from the difference between rental revenue recognized and rents currently due from tenants) and the recoverability of deferred taxes based on a specific review of the risk of loss on specific accounts or amounts. The receivable analysis places particular emphasis on past-due accounts and considers the nature and age of the receivables, the payment history and financial condition of the payee, the basis for any disputes or negotiations with the payee and other information which may impact collectibility. For straight-line rents receivable, the analysis considers the probability of collection of the unbilled deferred rent receivable given our experience regarding such amounts. For deferred tax assets, an assessment of the recoverability of the tax asset considers the current expiration periods of the prior net operating loss carryforwards or other asset and our estimated future taxable income. The resulting estimates of any allowance or reserve related to the recovery of these items is subject to revision as these factors change and is sensitive to the effects of economic and market conditions on such payees.

Capitalization of development and leasing costs

        We capitalize the costs of development and leasing activities of our properties. These costs are incurred both at the property location and at the regional and corporate office levels. The amount of capitalization depends, in part, on the identification and justifiable allocation of certain activities to specific projects and leases. Differences in methodologies of cost identification and documentation, as well as differing assumptions as to the time incurred on projects, can yield significant differences in the amounts capitalized and, as a result, the amount of depreciation recognized.

Revenue recognition and related matters

        Revenues from land sales are recognized using the full accrual method provided that various criteria relating to the terms of the transactions and our subsequent involvement with the land sold are met. Revenues relating to transactions that do not meet the established criteria are deferred and recognized when the criteria are met or using the installment or cost recovery methods, as appropriate in the circumstances. For land sale transactions in which we are required to perform additional services and incur significant costs after title has passed, revenues and cost of sales are recognized on a percentage of completion basis.

        Cost ratios for land sales are determined as a specified percentage of land sales revenues recognized for each master planned community project. The cost ratios used are based on actual costs incurred and estimates of development costs and sales revenues for completion of each project. The ratios are reviewed regularly and revised for changes in sales and cost estimates or development plans. Significant changes in these estimates or development plans, whether due to changes in market conditions or other factors, could result in changes to the cost ratio used for a specific project. The

69


Table of Contents


specific identification method is used to determine cost of sales for certain parcels of land, including acquired parcels we do not intend to develop or for which development is complete at the date of acquisition.

        Minimum rent revenues are recognized on a straight-lined basis over the terms of the related leases. Minimum rent revenues also include amounts collected from tenants to allow the termination of their leases prior to their scheduled termination dates and accretion related to above and below-market tenant leases on acquired properties. Straight-line rents receivable represents the current net cumulative rents recognized prior to when billed and collectible as provided by the terms of the leases. Overage rent is recognized on an accrual basis once tenant sales exceed contractual tenant lease thresholds. Recoveries from tenants are established in the leases or computed based upon a formula related to real estate taxes, insurance and other shopping center operating expenses and are generally recognized as revenues in the period the related costs are incurred.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements and Developments

        As described in the notes to the combined financial statements, new accounting pronouncements have been issued which are effective for the current or subsequent year.

        As of January 1, 2009, we adopted a new generally accepted accounting principle related to noncontrolling interests in combined financial statements, which changed the reporting for minority interests in our combined joint ventures by re-characterizing them as noncontrolling interests and re-classifying certain of such minority interests as a component of permanent equity in our combined balance sheets. These principles also changed the presentation of the income allocated to minority interests by re-characterizing it as allocations to noncontrolling interests and re-classifying such income as an adjustment to net income to arrive at net income attributable to common stockholders.

Inflation

        Revenue from our operating properties may be impacted by inflation. In addition, inflation poses a risk to us due to the probability of future increases in interest rates in context of development expense.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        As of December 31, 2009, we had combined debt of $342.8 million (including fair value adjustments of approximately $11.7 million), all of which bears interest at a fixed rate through the maturity date of such debt. Accordingly, we are not currently subject to changes in interest rates with respect to our debt.

        We are subject to interest rate risk with respect to our fixed-rate financing in that changes in interest rates will impact the fair value of our fixed-rate financing. For additional information concerning our debt, and management's estimation process to arrive at a fair value of our debt as required by GAAP, reference is made to the Liquidity and Capital Resources discussion above and to Notes 2 and 6. At December 31, 2009, the fair value of our debt (excluding amounts subject to compromise) has been estimated for this purpose to be $3.5 million lower than the carrying amount of $208.9 million.

        We have not entered into any transactions using derivative commodity instruments.

70


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Background

        We are a newly formed Delaware corporation that was created to hold certain assets and liabilities of the Predecessors in conjunction with the Plan. The reorganization of GGP and certain of its subsidiaries was completed on the Effective Date, at which time the Predecessors transferred to us the Predecessors' properties and related assets and liabilities described herein, which we refer to as our business. The description of the business transferred to us by the Predecessors is presented herein as if the transferred business was our business for all historical periods described. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us" and "our" refer to The Howard Hughes Corporation and its subsidiaries and joint venture interests after giving effect to the Distribution.

Bankruptcy Proceedings

        On the Petition Date, GGP and certain of its subsidiaries voluntarily filed the Chapter 11 Cases under the Bankruptcy Code. On August 27, 2010, GGP filed with the Bankruptcy Court its third amended and restated Plan (as supplemented on September 30, 2010) and the related Disclosure Statement for the TopCo Debtors.

        The Plan set forth the structure of reorganized GGP at the Effective Date and outlined the manner in which the prepetition creditors' and equity holders' various claims against and interests in the TopCo Debtors were to be treated, subject to confirmation of the Plan and consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Investment Agreements, and the occurrence of the Effective Date. On August 20, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court approved the Disclosure Statement and the solicitation of votes to approve the Plan.

Investment Agreements

        In order to fund a portion of the Plan, GGP entered into the Investment Agreements with each of the Plan Sponsors. Pursuant to the Investment Agreements and the Blackstone Designations, at the Effective Date, the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone purchased $6.3 billion of common stock of reorganized GGP and $250 million of our common stock at $47.619048 per share.

        The Plan Sponsors entered into agreements with Blackstone whereby Blackstone subscribed for approximately 7.6% of the shares of reorganized GGP's and our common stock issued to each of the Plan Sponsors under the Investment Agreements and, in connection therewith, received an allocation of each of the Plan Sponsor's warrants to acquire our common stock, described below.

        On the Effective Date, we issued to (i) Brookfield Investor warrants to purchase approximately 3.83 million shares of our common stock, (ii) each of Fairholme and Pershing Square warrants to purchase approximately 1.92 million shares of our common stock and (iii) Blackstone warrants to purchase approximately 0.33 million shares of our common stock, in each case, with an initial exercise price of $50.00 per share. The exercise prices and the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are subject to adjustment as provided in the related warrant agreements. Each warrant will have a term of seven years from the closing date of the investments. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence."

        At the Effective Date, Brookfield Investor, Fairholme, Pershing Square and Blackstone beneficially owned 6.4%, 3.2%, 9.5%, and 0.9%, respectively, of our common stock (excluding shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants) or 13.7%, 6.8%,12.0% and 1.6%, respectively, of our common stock (including shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants).

        Certain of the Investment Agreements also include board nomination rights, pursuant to which our board of directors has nine members, one of whom was nominated by Brookfield Investor and three of

71


Table of Contents


whom were nominated by Pershing Square. Brookfield Investor's right to nominate one director will continue so long as Brookfield Investor beneficially owns at least 10% our common stock on a fully diluted basis. Pershing Square's right to nominate three directors will continue so long as Pershing Square and its affiliates have "economic ownership" (as described below) of at least 17.5% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis and two directors for so long as Pershing Square and its affiliates beneficially own at least 10% but have economic ownership of less than 17.5%, of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. Following such time as Pershing Square and its affiliates beneficially own less than 10% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis, Pershing Square will no longer have the right to nominate directors for election to our board of directors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence." For purposes of Pershing Square's board nomination rights under the Investment Agreement, "economic ownership" means the aggregate number of shares of our common stock owned by Pershing Square and its affiliates (assuming the exercise of Pershing Square's warrants to acquire our common stock) plus the aggregate notional number of shares of our common stock referenced in certain equity derivatives that Pershing Square will certify to us provide Pershing Square and its affiliates with the benefit of substantially similar cash flows as would direct ownership. Pershing Square's and its affiliates' economic ownership is approximately 24%, which entitles Pershing Square and its affiliates to nominate three directors.

Business Overview

        We are a real estate company created to specialize in the development of master planned communities and other strategic real estate development opportunities across the United States. Our goal is to create sustainable, long-term growth and value for our stockholders. We own a diverse portfolio of properties with a relatively small amount of debt and with near, medium and long-term development opportunities, including our master planned communities, mall development projects and a series of mixed-use development opportunities in premier locations. As operated by the Predecessors, our master planned communities have won numerous awards for, among other things, design and community contribution. We expect the competitive position and desirable location of certain of our assets (which collectively comprise millions of square feet and thousands of acres of developable land), combined with their operations and long-term opportunity through entitlements, land and home site sales, project developments and operating properties, to drive our income and growth. We expect to pursue development opportunities for a number of our assets that were postponed by the Predecessors due to lack of liquidity resulting from deteriorating economic conditions, the credit market collapse and certain of the Predecessors' bankruptcy filings in April 2009. We expect to assess the opportunities for these assets, currently in various stages of completion, and determine how to finance their completion and how to maximize their long-term value potential.

        We operate our business in two lines of business: Master Planned Communities and Strategic Development.

Master Planned Communities

        Our Master Planned Communities segment consists of the development and sale of residential and commercial land, primarily in large-scale projects in and around Columbia, Maryland; Houston, Texas; and Las Vegas, Nevada.

        Revenues are derived primarily from the sale of finished lots, including infrastructure and amenities, and undeveloped property to both residential and commercial developers. Additional revenues are earned through participations with builders in their sales of finished homes to homebuyers. Revenues and Adjusted EBITDA are affected by factors such as the availability to purchasers of construction and permanent mortgage financing at acceptable interest rates, consumer and business confidence, regional economic conditions in the areas surrounding the projects, employment levels, levels of homebuilder inventory, other factors generally affecting the homebuilder

72


Table of Contents


business and sales of residential properties, availability of saleable land for particular uses and our decisions to sell, develop or retain land. For our more mature communities such as in Columbia, Maryland, we are also creating new design plans to increase density and to add additional neighborhoods.

        Master planned communities in the United States have suffered due to the continued weak demand in the residential real estate market following the sharp decline in 2007. As a business venture, development of master planned communities requires expertise in large-scale, long-range land use planning, residential and commercial real estate development, sales and other special skills. The development of these communities requires decades of investment and a continual focus on the changing market dynamics surrounding these communities. In recent periods the economic downturn has slowed land and home site sales, requiring the development and growth of these communities to be delayed. We believe that the long-term value of our communities remains strong given their competitive positioning and our expertise in long-range land use planning and entitlements for communities such as these.

        The following table summarizes our master planned communities as of June 30, 2010:

 
   
   
   
   
  Remaining Saleable Acres(b)    
  Projected
Community
Sell-Out
Date
 
 
   
  Ownership
(%)
  Total/
Gross
Acres(a)
  People Living
in community
(Approx. No.)
  Redevelopment
Acres(e)
 
Community
  Location   Residential(c)   Commercial(d)   Total  

Bridgeland

  Houston, TX     100.0     11,400     3,250     3,981     1,246     5,227         2036  

Summerlin

  Las Vegas, NV     100.0     22,500     100,000     6,559     625     7,184         2039  

The Woodlands

  Houston, TX     52.5 (f)   28,400     94,000     1,063     1,018     2,081         2017  

Maryland Communities

                                                     
 

Columbia

  Howard County, MD     100.0     14,200     100,000                 136     2035 (g)
 

Gateway

  Howard County, MD     100.0     630             121     121         2013  
 

Emerson

  Howard County, MD     100.0     520     2,000     12     68     80         2013  
 

Fairwood

  Prince George's County, MD     100.0     1,100     2,300         11     11         2013  
                                           

Total

              78,750     301,550     11,615     3,089     14,704     136        
                                           

(a)
Encompasses all of the land located within the borders of the master planned community, including parcels already sold, saleable parcels and non-saleable areas, such as roads, parks and recreation and conservation areas.

(b)
Includes only parcels that are intended for sale. The mix of intended use, as well as the amount of remaining saleable acres, are primarily based on assumptions regarding entitlements and zoning of the remaining project and are likely to change over time as the master plan is refined.

(c)
Includes standard, custom and high density residential land parcels. Standard residential lots are designated for detached and attached single- and multi-family homes, of a broad range, from entry-level to luxury homes. At Summerlin, we have designated certain residential parcels as custom lots as their premium price reflects their larger size and other distinguishing features—such as being within a gated community, having golf course access, or being located at higher elevations. High density residential includes townhomes, apartments and condominiums.

(d)
Designated for retail, office, services and other for-profit activities, as well as those parcels allocated for use by government, schools, houses of worship and other not-for-profit entities.

(e)
Reflects the number of acres we expect to redevelop.

(f)
Reflects our economic interest. Our ownership interest is 42.5% and we jointly make decisions with our joint venture partner.

(g)
Reflects the projected redevelopment completion date.

        On May 10, 2010, certain of the TopCo Debtors entered into purchase agreements with two proposed purchasers, Richmond and Pulte, for the sale of certain lots in our Summerlin master planned community. The purchase agreement with Richmond is for parcels comprising 115 and 117 lots representing 32 acres in the aggregate for purchase prices of $8,510,000 and $9,477,000, respectively. The purchase agreement with Pulte is for parcels comprising 109 and 162 lots representing 31.5 acres in the aggregate for purchase prices of $7,739,000 and $12,231,000, respectively. The applicable TopCo Debtors will begin an auction process, as required by applicable bankruptcy law, to attempt to obtain

73


Table of Contents


the highest and best offer for such acreage. As of October 4, 2010, these TopCo Debtors have closed on the sale of 50 finished lots to Pulte and 20 finished lots to Richmond with gross purchase prices of $4,219,324 and $2,132,830, respectively. Both purchase agreements provide for closings in stages through 2011.

        Bridgeland is a master planned community in Houston, Texas consisting of approximately 11,400 acres, and was voted by The National Association of Home Builders as the "Master Planned Community of the Year" in 2009. The first residents moved into their homes in June 2006. There were approximately 928 homes occupied by approximately 3,250 residents as of June 30, 2010. Bridgeland's conceptual plan includes four villages—Lakeland Village, Parkland Village, Prairieland Village, and Creekland Village—plus a town center mixed use district as well as a carefully designed network of trails totaling over 60 miles that will provide pedestrian connectivity to distinct residential villages and neighborhoods. Bridgeland's first four neighborhoods are located in Lakeland Village. These neighborhoods offer a unique home buying experience that includes one convenient model home park showcasing thirteen models by ten of Houston's top builders, three custom builders showcasing homes in a private enclave in First Bend, all with views of water, buried power lines to maximize the views of open space and water, fiber-optic technology direct to each home, home sites offering brick-lined terrace walkways to each front porch, home designs incorporating brick, stone and timber architecture and prices ranging from the mid-$100,000's to more than $1 million. Lakeland Village is currently approximately 50% completed. The Lakeland Activity Center, the first of several planned activity complexes to be constructed as development progresses and more residents move to Bridgeland, opened in May of 2007. This complex is anchored by a 6,000 square foot community center and features a water park with three swimming pools, two lighted tennis courts and a state-of-the-art fitness room. A grand promenade wrapping around Lake Bridgeland offers a boat dock, canoes and kayaks, sailboats and paddleboats. An extensive lake and trail system is planned to link villages and neighborhoods with recreational, educational, cultural, employment, retail, religious and other offerings. The Bridgeland community is also expected to feature more than 3,000 acres of waterways, lakes, trails, parks and open space, as well as an expansive town center with room for employment, retail, educational and entertainment facilities.

        Bridgeland's conceptual plan includes a 900-acre town center mixed use district. The conceptual plan contemplates that the town center will be located adjacent to a planned highway expansion, which will provide Bridgeland residents direct access to Houston, the country's fourth-largest city. One segment of the highway is expected to bisect a portion of Bridgeland designed for the town center. A construction date has not yet been established for this highway segment. Pursuant to the terms of the purchase and sale agreement by which the Predecessors acquired Bridgeland, which we assumed on the Effective Date, the commencement of construction of this segment of the highway will trigger a final $7,000,000 payment to the former owner of certain parcels of land that are now included in Bridgeland.

        We anticipate that the Bridgeland community will one day accommodate more than 20,000 homes and 65,000 residents and we believe that it is poised to be one of the top master planned communities in the nation. As of June 30, 2010, Bridgeland had approximately 3,981 residential acres and 1,246 commercial acres remaining to be sold.

        Spanning the western rim of the Las Vegas Valley and located approximately 12 miles from downtown Las Vegas, our 22,500-acre Summerlin master planned community offers suburban living with accessibility to the Las Vegas Strip. For the last decade, Summerlin has consistently ranked in the Robert Charles Lesser annual poll of Top Ten Master Planned Communities in the nation. With 25 public and private schools, five institutions of higher learning, nine golf courses, and cultural

74


Table of Contents

facilities, Summerlin is a fully integrated community. The first residents moved into their homes in 1991. As of June 30, 2010, there were approximately 40,000 homes occupied by approximately 100,000 residents.

        Summerlin is comprised of hundreds of neighborhoods located in 19 villages with nearly 150 neighborhood and village parks, all connected by a 150-mile long trail system. Summerlin is located adjacent to Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area, a landmark in southern Nevada, which has become a world-class hiking and rock climbing destination and also surrounds our Shops at Summerlin Centre development site. Summerlin contains approximately 1.7 million square feet of developed retail space, 3.2 million square feet of developed office space, three hotel properties containing approximately 1,400 hotel rooms, as well as health and medical centers, including Summerlin Hospital and the Nevada Cancer Institute.

        Summerlin is divided, generally, into three separate areas known as Summerlin North, Summerlin West and Summerlin South. Summerlin South is located within the jurisdiction of Clark County, Nevada whereas Summerlin West is located within the jurisdiction of the City of Las Vegas. In Summerlin South, Summerlin is entitled to develop 740 acres of commercial property with no square footage restrictions, 350 acres of which are already owned by third parties or already committed to commercial development. In Summerlin West, Summerlin is entitled to develop 5,850,000 square feet of commercial space (no acreage limitation) of which 100,000 square feet have already been developed by the Predecessors through its construction of a grocery store anchored shopping center.

        As of June 30, 2010, Summerlin had approximately 6,559 residential acres and 625 commercial acres remaining to be sold.

        We have a 52.5% economic interest in The Woodlands, currently one of the best-selling master planned communities in Texas. The Woodlands is managed jointly with our joint venture partner. The Woodlands is a mixed-use master planned community situated 27 miles north of Houston and consists of 28,400 acres. The Woodlands is a self-contained community that integrates recreational amenities, residential neighborhoods, commercial office space, retail shops and entertainment venues. Home site sales began in 1974. As of June 30, 2010, there were approximately 40,000 homes occupied by approximately 94,000 residents and more than 1,500 businesses providing employment for approximately 43,000 people. Approximately 28% of The Woodlands is dedicated to green space—including parks, pathways, open spaces, golf courses and forest preserves. The population of The Woodlands is projected to be approximately 130,000 by 2020.

        The Woodlands Town Center includes a waterway, outdoor art and an open-air performance pavilion, a resort and conference center, a luxury hotel and convention center, educational opportunities for all ages, hospitals and health care facilities and office space. The Fountains at Waterway Square located on The Woodlands Waterway connects the project to the community via a water taxi system serving the community. The Woodlands is also the site of The Woodlands Mall, which is owned by, and will remain with, GGP.

        We have interests in commercial office buildings, as well as a resort and conference center and two golf courses through our investment in the Woodlands Partnerships. We have included these interests in our Strategic Development segment, rather than our Master Planned Communities segment, because they are operating properties.

        As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately 1,063 residential acres and 1,018 commercial acres remaining to be sold at The Woodlands.

75


Table of Contents

        Our Maryland communities consist of four distinct projects:

        Columbia, located in Howard County, Maryland, is an internationally recognized model of a successful master planned community developed in the 1960s. Columbia is a fully developed community offering a wide variety of living, business and recreational opportunities. As of June 30, 2010, Columbia was home to almost 100,000 people. Columbia's full range of housing options are located in ten distinct, self-contained villages. Each village is comprised of several neighborhoods, a shopping center and community and recreational facilities. In Columbia's downtown, 1.6 million square feet of office space is located close to shopping, restaurants and entertainment venues. In an area known as Columbia Town Center there is a 1.3 million-square-foot mall known as The Mall in Columbia, which is owned by, and will remain with, GGP.

        We own approximately 136 acres of land in Columbia which we expect to redevelop. The land currently consists of raw land, existing operating assets, surface and structured parking and dedicated open space, and we will have the opportunity to redevelop this portion of the master planned community in the future. Columbia recently received entitlements to develop new residential units, as well as hotel, retail and office space.

        We expect to enter into a development agreement and memorandum of intent with GGP that will clarify the division of properties between us and GGP in an area of Columbia adjacent to The Mall in Columbia that we refer to as the "core development area." The development agreement and memorandum of intent will contain the key terms, conditions, responsibilities and obligations with respect to the future development of the core development area in Columbia. In addition, the agreement is expected to provide us with a five-year right of first offer and a subsequent six-month purchase option to acquire seven office buildings and associated parking lots, totaling approximately 22 acres, in Columbia at an agreed upon price or then fair market value as determined pursuant to an appraisal process.

        Gateway is a 630-acre premier master planned corporate community located in a high traffic area in Howard County, Maryland. Gateway offers quality office space in a campus setting with approximately 121 commercial acres remaining to be sold as of June 30, 2010.

        Emerson is a substantially completed master planned community located in Howard County, Maryland and consists of approximately 520 acres. The first residents moved into their homes in 2002. There were approximately 846 homes occupied by approximately 2,000 residents as of June 30, 2010.

        Emerson offers a wide assortment of single family and town home housing opportunities by some of the region's top homebuilders, and is located in one of Maryland's top-performing public school districts. As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately 12 residential acres and 68 commercial acres remaining to be sold. The remaining land is fully entitled for build-out, subject to meeting local

76


Table of Contents


requirements for subdivision and land development permits. In addition, 96 of our townhouse lots are under contract to builders and scheduled to be closed in stages through 2012. The proceeds of any sales that are consummated prior to the Effective Date will remain with GGP.

        Fairwood is a fully developed master planned community located in Prince George's County, Maryland and consists of approximately 1,100 acres. 11 commercial acres were available for sale as of June 30, 2010. The first residents moved into their homes in 2002. There were approximately 1,016 homes occupied by approximately 2,300 residents as of June 30, 2010. Fairwood consists of single-family and townhouse lots, as well as undedicated open space and two historic houses. In addition to the 11 commercial acres remaining to be sold, we own a few undedicated open space parcels, and 24 acres of unsubdivided land which cannot be developed so long as the nearby airport is operating.

Strategic Development

        Our Strategic Development segment is made up of a diverse mix of near, medium and long-term real estate properties and development projects, some of which we believe have the potential to create meaningful value. Our Strategic Development segment includes nine mixed-use development opportunities, four mall development projects, seven redevelopment projects and eight other property interests, including ownership of various land parcels and profit interests.

        The following table summarizes our mixed-use development opportunities as of June 30, 2010:

ASSET
  LOCATION   EXISTING GROSS
LEASABLE AREA
("GLA")
  SIZE
(ACRES)
  NET BOOK
VALUE
($ MILLIONS)
  ACQUISITION
DATE
 

South Street Seaport

  New York, NY     285,849     11     2.9     11/04 *

Landmark Mall

  Alexandria, VA     859,710     22     48.3     11/04 *

Ward Centers

  Honolulu, HI     1,151,912     60     319.1     05/02  

Ala Moana Tower Air Rights

  Honolulu, HI             22.8      

Fashion Show Air Rights

  Las Vegas, NV                  

West Windsor

  Princeton, NJ         653     20.5     11/04 *

Allen

  Dallas, TX         238     26.0     03/06  

Kendall

  Miami, FL         91     13.7     11/04 *

Cottonwood Mall

  Holladay, UT     220,954     54     20.3     07/02  
                         
 

Total

        2,518,425     1,129     473.6        
                         

*
Acquired in 2004 as part of the Predecessors' acquisition of The Rouse Company.

        The following is a description of each of our mixed-use development opportunities.

        South Street Seaport currently contains approximately 285,000 square feet of retail, restaurant and exhibition space, which is ground leased from the City of New York. Its location on the East River and historic atmosphere make it one of New York City's top attractions. Located in the downtown financial and insurance districts of New York City, the property is within walking distance of lower Manhattan's many tourist attractions, such as the World Financial Center, Tribeca, the Brooklyn Bridge, City Hall and the NYSE. The Fulton Market building, which is located in the historic district, includes a mix of national and local tenants and a diverse assortment of restaurants. South Street Seaport is easily accessible via subway, bus, car or water taxi.

77


Table of Contents

        We believe that South Street Seaport is a unique development opportunity. The property sits in one of the highest population growth districts of Manhattan. We believe new residents are drawn to lower Manhattan because of its access to public transportation and proximity to work, the area's quality of life and its rich history. The neighborhood's cobblestone streets, historic location, iconic views and waterfront access give the South Street Seaport area a distinct residential appeal. The Predecessors were previously in discussions with city officials for redevelopment that would have included hotels, residential units, retail space and restaurants. As with our other development plans, market dynamics have changed and we will need to re-examine the property and create a redevelopment plan, the implementation of which will require numerous permits and approvals, including the approval of our ground lessor, the City of New York.

        Landmark Mall is a 22-acre regional shopping center in Alexandra, Virginia. Two anchor fee owners own and occupy 30 acres of adjacent land. This mall is located just nine miles west of Washington, D.C. and the Pentagon, and is within approximately one mile of public rail service on D.C.'s metro blue line. In February 2009, the City Council of Alexandria unanimously approved a small area plan that authorizes up to 5.5 million square feet of mixed-use development. Pursuant to the small area plan we have certain limited entitlements to construct buildings as tall as 25 stories on some parcels, subject to acquisition of the 30 acres of adjacent lands from the anchor store owners and demolition of their existing structures. Although plans continuously evolve as market conditions change, it is illustrative that our entitlements envision about 800,000 square feet of retail and other commercial space, 500 hotel rooms and 1.2 million square feet of residences.

        Ward Centers, spanning approximately 60 acres, is situated along Ala Moana Beach Park and is within one mile of Waikiki and downtown Honolulu, and within walking distance to Ala Moana Center. Ward Centers currently includes a 550,000 square foot shopping district containing six specialty centers with over 135 unique shops, a variety of restaurants and an entertainment center which includes a 16 screen megaplex movie theatre. The Predecessors were also constructing an 800 stall parking deck, which is approximately 70% complete. Completion of the parking deck is expected to facilitate the leasing of additional space at Ward Centers.

        In January 2009, the HCDA approved a master plan for the entirety of Ward Centers. The term of the master plan is 15 years which can be extended if the master plan is being implemented to the satisfaction of the HCDA. The master plan proposes a mixed-use development with a maximum combined gross building area of over 9.3 million square feet for residential, retail, restaurants, entertainment and commercial use of which up to 7.6 million square feet can be residential, 5 million square feet can be retail/restaurants/entertainment and up to 4 million square feet can be office, commercial and other. In addition, up to 736,914 square feet can be industrial.

        We have no obligation to proceed with construction of all or any portion of the master plan, however, should we decide to proceed, the most immediate obligation will be to enter into a development agreement with the HCDA on or before January 13, 2011. Any future development at this site will require us to obtain numerous permits, consents and approvals from various parties.

        GGP owns Ala Moana Center in Honolulu, Hawaii, which is one of the most popular and successful shopping centers in the world. The Predecessors own the air space located above a six-story parking facility which was originally engineered to support the development of a residential tower that is connected by vehicular bridges to the Ala Moana Center. Given that transfers of air rights are not

78


Table of Contents

permitted in Honolulu, Hawaii, GGP will form a condominium consisting of, among other things, residential units and commercial/retail units. The residential units will be transferred to us, with GGP continuing to own the commercial/retail portions of the condominium. As envisioned by GGP, the residential tower would have 210 luxury condominium units with appurtenant rights in designated parking spaces in the existing parking facility and other common elements, all steps from oceanfront parks. To construct the residential tower and divide the initial residential condominium units into individual residential condominium units, various permits, consents and approvals would have to be obtained.

        We expect that our rights to develop the residential condominium will be established in the Declaration of Condominium creating the residential/commercial condominium and a Development Agreement to be entered into with GGP. The Declaration of Condominium and the Development Agreement are expected to permit the construction of a first class residential tower with up to eighteen stories, and to require, among other things, that the scope of work for the residential tower project will include certain street-level improvements and a sewer line, and that the plans and specifications for the residential tower project will be subject to GGP's review and approval.

        Spanning over 2,000,000 square feet with over 250 shops and restaurants, Fashion Show Mall, which is owned by GGP, is the largest shopping destination on Las Vegas Boulevard. We believe that Fashion Show Mall is well-known by consumers in the local market and is in a highly desirable location for tenants. At the Effective Date, we entered into a binding set of core principles with GGP pursuant to which we will have the ability to acquire for nominal consideration an 80% ownership interest in the air above the portions of Fashion Show Mall that are owned by GGP (the "FS Air") upon the satisfaction of a number of conditions. The rights will not become effective unless and until the existing loans and guaranties at Fashion Show Mall and The Shoppes at the Palazzo are satisfied in full, which is currently scheduled to occur in May 2017. Notwithstanding the foregoing fractional interest, we are the owners of the rights to develop the air (as conditioned and defined in the core principles).

        The core principles agreement provides a framework for us and GGP to develop the FS Air in the future, including, but not limited to, provisions with respect to:

79


Table of Contents

        There is no conceptual plan for the development of the FS Air at this time and such development will be subject to our obtaining numerous third party consents, including, without limitation and in addition to the consents from GGP as listed above, entitlements and consents from various occupants of the Fashion Show Mall.

        This 653-acre land parcel is located north of New Jersey's state capital, Trenton, near Princeton University. The site is the former home of Wyeth Agricultural Research and Development Campus, which includes 450,000 square feet of laboratory and administrative space and an additional 250,000 square feet of outbuildings, which include warehouses, barns and greenhouses. There is currently an on-site waste water treatment plan and a transformer that is serviced by two separate electric grids. The buildings are currently unoccupied. The property is surrounded by retail and office developments and is within one mile of high income residential areas. The Predecessors had envisioned using this land to develop office space, research facilities, housing and hotel/conference center uses. Zoning, environmental and other development issues would have to be addressed in order to obtain entitlements for this or any development plan.

        This 238-acre land parcel is strategically located in the heart of Collin County, a vibrant and growing market located northeast of Dallas. The property features high visibility, great access and high traffic volumes. The site is ideal for a variety of uses, which include office and residential with supporting retail.

        This is a four parcel 130-acre mixed-use project. One parcel was sold to West Kendall Baptist Hospital in March 2008 and three parcels remain available for development: Parcel B (approximately 69.8 acres), a portion of Parcel A (approximately 1.9 acres) and a portion of Parcel C (approximately 2.6 acres). We have entitlements to develop this land which expire in 2018. Parcels A and C are subject to an existing contract of sale that is currently under dispute in the Bankruptcy Court. The Predecessors are currently seeking to void the contract.

        The Predecessors were pursuing the completion of the Phase I infrastructure construction of on and offsite improvements to meet land sale agreements with various parties, including Baptist Hospital, and to meet the obligations required to maintain the project entitlements and preserve asset value for future sale of Parcel B. The on-site infrastructure construction consists of new roadways and existing roadway improvements, stormwater management system and utilities, a regional pump station for the sanitary force main, Metrobus Transit Hub, Private Access Drive and a screen wall.

        Land currently available for development is a 74-acre land parcel located adjacent to a Wal-Mart on North Kendall Drive, a major retail thoroughfare in Southwest Miami, with current entitlements for 60,000 square feet of office space, 50,000 square feet of community/municipal use, 621,000 square feet of retail use, up to a 24-screen, 4300-seat movie theatre, up to 145 hotel rooms, up to 200-bed/unit home senior assisted living facility and a public transportation hub for multiple bus routes. We believe that this site has an optimal shape, size and frontage for retail, commercial or mixed-use development.

        Cottonwood Mall was formerly a traditional enclosed mall located in Holladay, Utah, a suburb of Salt Lake City. The Predecessors demolished all but one anchor store, which is operating, and a restaurant, which is now closed, and envisioned replacing it with a mixed-use development that would combine shopping, residences, offices and other uses on the approximately 54-acre property. Tax

80


Table of Contents

increment financing and all necessary entitlements have been granted by local governments, provided we invest a certain amount of capital into the project and meet certain development milestones. The approved project would include up to 575,000 square feet of retail shopping, 195,000 square feet of office space, approximately 500 town homes, condominiums and single family homes to be built in phases and a multi-screen movie theater, specialty grocer and restaurants. At least 11 acres are required to be set aside for open space.

        We own four mall development projects in desirable demographic regions. When the credit market collapse occurred, and certain of the Predecessors sought bankruptcy protection, the Predecessors decided to suspend two major shopping center development projects that were underway, the Elk Grove Promenade and The Shops at Summerlin Centre. We will consider resuming development of these projects if and when conditions improve and the incremental cost can be justified.

        The following table summarizes our mall development projects as of June 30, 2010:

ASSET
  LOCATION   SIZE
(ACRES)
  NET BOOK
VALUE
($ MILLIONS)
  ACQUISITION
DATE
 

The Shops at Summerlin Centre

  Summerlin, NV     106     37.2     11/04 (a)

Elk Grove Promenade

  Elk Grove, CA     100     10.9     11/03  

Circle T Ranch and Power Center(b)

  Dallas/Ft. Worth, TX     279     9.0     10/05  

Bridges at Mint Hill

  Charlotte, NC     162     12.2     10/06 - 01/07  
                     
 

Total

        647     69.3        
                     

(a)
Acquired in 2004 as part of the Predecessors' acquisition of The Rouse Company.

(b)
Represents our 50% interest in these two development projects.

        The following is a description of our mall development projects:

        The Shops at Summerlin Centre consists of an approximately 100-acre parcel that is part of a larger 1,300-acre mixed-use village located at the western rim of the Las Vegas valley in the heart of our Summerlin master planned community. The Predecessors commenced construction of The Shops at Summerlin Centre, including an office building, however market conditions forced a delay of the project. Today, The Shops at Summerlin Centre is a partially developed regional retail center which was initially planned to consist of 1.2 million square feet of retail space and approximately 540,000 square feet of office space. The Shops at Summerlin Centre is surrounded by residential and commercial development. The parcel has the potential to be developed with office, retail, hotel and conference facilities, and residences. In 2009, Summerlin Town Centre's trade area encompassed approximately 672,000 people and 257,000 households. From 2009 to 2014, the trade area population is expected to grow at a rate that is almost three times the national average. By 2014, Nielsen™ estimates this trade area will grow by more than 100,000 people. The 2009 average household income within five miles of the site is $93,600, which is approximately 35% higher than the estimated 2009 average household income for all U.S. households of approximately $69,400.

        If construction is resumed on the originally envisioned project, discussions with Clark County will be needed to determine if the County will extend building and other permits (whether expired or still in effect). If the originally envisioned project does not go forward, the existing steel infrastructure may not be usable and may need to be removed. There are no binding commitments, or ongoing liabilities, with the three anchors who originally were to be part of this development.

81


Table of Contents

        Elk Grove Promenade is a partially constructed open air regional mall, which when completed is envisioned to be 1.1 million square feet, located on approximately 100 acres in the community of Elk Grove, California. The project is approximately 17 miles southeast of downtown Sacramento and we believe that it could become a retail destination of choice in this community. In 2009, Elk Grove Promenade's trade area encompassed approximately 583,000 people and 194,000 households. From 2009 to 2014, the trade area population is expected to grow at a rate that is twice the national average. By 2014, Nielsen™ estimates there will be approximately 647,000 people within this trade area. The 2009 average household income within five miles of the site exceeds $100,000, which is approximately 44% higher than the estimated 2009 average household income for all U.S. households.

        The Predecessors' development plans for Elk Grove Promenade offered a park-like setting where visitors could walk down canopy-covered walkways enjoying the shopping and outdoor cafes. The Predecessors designed the project for two major department stores, a big box store and a multi-screen theater complemented by approximately 150,000 square feet of floor area for big box retailers, 380,000 square feet of floor area for smaller tenants and 75,000 square feet of restaurant space.

        When construction was halted in October 2008, the Predecessors had invested in excess of $170 million to complete the necessary infrastructure (utilities and roads), construct 75% of the shop space and prepare the anchor pads for delivery. Since the project was in the later stages of development, the Predecessors had been able to prelease approximately 60% of the project but all such lease arrangements have now been terminated. Substantial portions of off-site infrastructure (utilities and roads) have been completed. We are party to a development agreement with the city of Elk Grove which expires on September 5, 2011. Completion of the project will require an extension of the term of the agreement. Modification of the project may require other amendments to the development agreement. An extension of the term or other amendments to the development agreement would require the City of Elk Grove's consent.

        We maintain a 50% ownership interest in a joint venture that owns a 279-acre site located in the Dallas-Fort Worth metropolitan area. The site consists of two parcels, Circle T Ranch, which contains 128 acres and Circle T Power Center, which contains 151 acres. The sites are ideally located at the intersection of two high traffic highways, which will allow for easy access and high visibility for the property.

        In 2009, Circle T Ranch's trade area encompassed approximately 870,000 people and 308,000 households. From 2009 to 2014, the trade area population is expected to grow at a rate that is over three times the national average. By 2014, Nielsen™ estimates this trade area will add more than 144,000 people. The 2009 average household income within seven miles of the site is $131,100, which is approximately 89% higher than the estimated 2009 average household income for all U.S. households.

        This property consists of vacant land located southeast of Charlotte, North Carolina, in the midst of some of the fastest growing areas in the Charlotte region. The parcel is approximately 160 acres and consists of 120 developable acres and is currently zoned for approximately 997,000 square feet of retail, hotel and commercial development. The land is divided by a small stream known as Goose Creek. The current zoning plan contemplates connecting the two resulting parcels with two bridges over the creek. Development will require construction of internal roadways, connecting bridges, expansion of roads and an installation of a force main (off-site) and pump station (on-site) for sewer utility.

82


Table of Contents

        In 2009, the Bridges at Mint Hill's trade area encompassed approximately 415,000 people and 154,000 households. From 2009 to 2014, the trade area population is expected to grow at a rate that is almost three times the national average. By 2014, Nielsen™ estimates there will be over 475,000 people in this trade area. The 2009 average household income within five miles of the site is $72,600, which slightly exceeds the estimated 2009 average household income for all U.S. households.

        The Mint Hill parcel is adjacent to a 52-acre parcel owned by Childress Klein Properties ("CKP"), a Charlotte-based regional developer. The CKP parcel has been approved for up to 270,000 square feet of space and is expected to be anchored by three to five junior box retailers. We and CKP have entered into a development agreement providing for CKP to share in the cost of certain common on-site and off-site improvements that were expected to be constructed by the Predecessors.

        We own seven operating properties that we consider to be redevelopment projects because we believe that, subject to obtaining all necessary consents and approvals, these assets have the potential for future growth by means of an improved tenant mix, or additional GLA, or repositioning of the asset for alternative use. These properties today comprise approximately 1 million total square feet of GLA in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2009, these redevelopment properties had an aggregate Mall shop occupancy rate of approximately 82.8% (excluding the closed portion of Century Plaza). Our future development plans may include office, retail or residential space, shopping centers, movie theaters, parking complexes and open space. Any future redevelopment will require the receipt of permits, licenses, consents and waivers from various parties.

        The following table summarizes our redevelopment projects as of June 30, 2010:

ASSET
  LOCATION   MALL
SHOP(a)
GLA
  SIZE
(ACRES)
  NET BOOK
VALUE
($ MILLIONS)
  ACQUISITION
DATE
 

Alameda Plaza

  Pocatello, ID     190,341     5     2.4     07/02  

Village at Redlands/Redlands Promenade

  Redlands, CA     79,248 (b)   15     9.8     01/04  

Century Plaza

  Birmingham, AL     16,706 (c)   63     17.4     05/97  

Rio West Mall

  Gallup, NM     332,447     50     11.4     1981 (d)

Riverwalk Marketplace

  New Orleans, LA     194,228     11     79.7     11/04 (e)

Park West

  Peoria, AZ     102,171     48     83.8     10/06  

Cottonwood Square

  Salt Lake City, UT     77,079     6     5.3     07/02  
                         
 

Total

        992,220     198     209.8        
                         

(a)
Mall shop GLA is gross leasable area for spaces less than 30,000 feet.

(b)
Scheduled to close all but 38,069 square feet of Mall shop GLA on September 30, 2010.

(c)
Only includes operating tenant space.

(d)
This is the date the Rio West Mall opened.

(e)
Acquired in 2004 as part of the Predecessors' acquisition of The Rouse Company.

        The following is a description of our redevelopment properties:

        The Alameda Plaza Shopping Center is a 190,000 square foot community center that sits in a high traffic area at the main intersection within the City of Pocatello. The property is currently

83


Table of Contents

under-utilized, as the anchor locations have been vacant for years, and will need to be redeveloped to meet the local market needs. We believe that the property could be redeveloped to reposition it as a high volume and high traffic grocery-anchored community center that incorporates junior box retailers and a mix of national and local retailers and service providers. With a population of approximately 50,000 people, the City of Pocatello is the home of Idaho State University and is a regional center for shopping, regional and cultural activities.

        The Village at Redlands is a 174,000 square foot single-level enclosed community center located in the heart of the authentic historic downtown Redlands that is currently anchored by a CVS Drugs. The stores located in the enclosed portions of Redlands are scheduled to cease operating on or before September 30, 2010. The Predecessors envisioned redeveloping Redlands into a new streetscape of approximately 204,000 square feet of retail and approximately 230 residential condominiums.

        Century Plaza is a non-operating 450,000 square foot enclosed mall that was closed in May 2009. A grocery store is still operating on an outside parcel. The property is located in the eastern suburbs of Birmingham, Alabama at a high traffic intersection. Redevelopment will require securing fee simple ownership of the entire site and demolition of existing buildings.

        Rio West is an approximately 513,000 square foot single-level enclosed regional mall located in Gallup, New Mexico, which is 89.2% occupied and is the only enclosed regional shopping center within a 125 mile radius. Rio West is leased from a single property owned pursuant to a ground lease that is set to expire in 2079.

        Riverwalk Marketplace consists of approximately 194,000 square feet of retail shops and restaurants in an urban setting along the bank of the Mississippi River in downtown New Orleans. Riverwalk Marketplace is leased from private owners and local governmental agencies pursuant to five separate long-term leases, and any significant alterations, construction and development is subject to landlord consent. Opportunities for redevelopment are influenced by the condition of the New Orleans tourism industry which is gradually recovering from the effects of Hurricane Katrina.

        Park West is currently a 166,000 square foot open-air lifestyle center located in a suburb of Phoenix, with 32 retail and restaurant tenants and a multi-screen theater. The lifestyle center opened in October 2007 with a capacity for approximately 250,000 square feet of GLA. Approximately 35% of this capacity is raw space available for completion and occupancy. We have entitlements for future development of approximately 100,000 additional square feet for retail, restaurant and hotel use.

        Cottonwood Square is currently a 77,000 square foot community center located in Salt Lake City, Utah. The center is located in a high traffic area and sits across from our Cottonwood Mall, providing an opportunity for development synergies.

84


Table of Contents

        We also own or have interests in the following land and other assets, which have an aggregate net book value of approximately $100 million as of June 30, 2010.

        This 40-acre vacant land parcel in a high traffic area 50 miles north of Chicago in a growing suburb.

        This site consists of two, non-adjacent, 10-acre undeveloped land-locked parcels located near the Kula Forest Preserve on the island of Maui, Hawaii. There is no ground right of way access to the land and there is no infrastructure or utilities currently in the surrounding area. This land is currently zoned for native vegetation.

        The Predecessors are entitled to receive residual payments from the Professional Golfers' Association of America (the "PGA") with respect to two golf courses, the TPC Summerlin and the TPC Las Vegas, through October 31, 2021. The Predecessors are entitled to receive 75% of the net operating profits and 90% of all profits from membership sales at the two courses until such time as the original investment in the courses of $23.5 million has been recouped, which is projected to occur no sooner than 2015. As of June 30, 2010, the remaining balance on our return of investment is approximately $7.4 million. Once the Predecessors have received payments from the PGA totaling $23.5 million, they are entitled to receive 20% of all net operating profits from the two courses through October 31, 2021, the termination date of the agreement with the PGA. The entity entitled to these residual payments will be owned by us. The TPC Summerlin is an 18-hole private championship course designed by golf course architect Bobby Weed with player consultant Fuzzy Zoeller. The TPC Las Vegas is an 18-hole daily-fee championship course designed by golf course architect Bobby Weed with player consultant Raymond Floyd. These represent the only two golf courses in Nevada that are owned and operated by the PGA Tour.

        We have rights to receive payments approximating the capital lease revenue that GGP receives from the Arizona 2 Office in Phoenix, Arizona, totaling approximately $6.9 million per year through the end of 2015. The underlying real property interests in the Arizona 2 Office continue to be owned by GGP and we do not own any real property interest therein or have any rights to receive payments after 2015. We expect to receive payment for these rights in the form of a promissory note issued by a subsidiary of GGP.

        Nouvelle at Natick is a full service luxury condominium community comprised of 215 residences located at the Natick Collection in the Boston suburb of Natick, Massachusetts. Nouvelle at Natick's amenities include a 4,000 square foot private club, a 2,800 square foot fitness center, and a 1.2-acre rooftop garden with winding boardwalks, native grasses, flowers and trees. As of June 30, 2010, 128 of the 215 units have been sold and closed, and an additional 15 units are under contract for sale, leaving a remaining inventory of 72 units to be sold. Seven of the 72 units that remain to be sold are currently leased. On the Effective Date we received the then unsold inventory of units. The development permit for the project has an affordable housing requirement. To complete this requirement, GGP is required to sell three off-site residential units currently in its inventory and either, at its option, acquire and

85


Table of Contents

resell ten off-site residences or offer seven on-site units to purchasers that meet the affordable housing program's eligibility requirements. On the Effective Date, the development permit was assigned to us and the unsold off-site residential units were transferred to us.

        We have an ownership interest of approximately 6.8% in the Summerlin Hospital Medical Center. This property is a 450-bed hospital located on a 32-acre medical campus near Las Vegas. Summerlin Hospital Medical Center is located in our Summerlin master planned community. It is an acute care facility with adjoining outpatient services for surgery, laboratory and radiology as well as two medical office buildings. The hospital completed a major renovation in 2009 that expanded the hospital to 450 beds (from 281 beds) and added a new six-story patient tower, an expanded emergency room, a four-story, 80,000 square foot medical office building and a 600-space parking garage.

        The property's majority owner and operator is a subsidiary of Universal Health Services, Inc. ("UHS"), one of the largest healthcare management companies in the nation. UHS and the Predecessors formed a joint venture to build and manage the hospital with the Predecessors contributing the land and UHS providing the funds to build the hospital.

        We own 100% of the ownership interests in Hexalon Real Estate, LLC ("Hexalon"). Hexalon owns a 1.42% interest in Head Acquisition, LP, a joint venture between GGP, Simon Property Group, L.P. and Westfield Group, which contains certain retail mall interests.

        We own a majority joint venture interest in an entity that holds a ground leasehold interest in the land underlying GGP's current corporate headquarters building located at 110 N. Wacker Drive in downtown Chicago which is currently scheduled to expire on March 31, 2055. The building owned by the joint venture contains approximately 225,000 square feet of office space. The land and the building are currently subleased to a subsidiary of GGP, and such subsidiary has the option to extend the sublease through 2055. On the Effective Date we entered into a sub-sublease allowing us to occupy some office space in 110 N. Wacker. We believe that this property is currently underdeveloped and presents an opportunity for redevelopment. Any such redevelopment, among other things, would likely require negotiation with the ground lease landlord to either extend the term of the ground lease or to acquire the underlying fee interest.

        We own six free-standing office and other rental properties in Columbia, Maryland. Also, near Houston, Texas (through our investment in the Woodlands Partnerships) we have interests in seven commercial office and retail buildings, two apartment buildings, a resort and conference center and two golf courses.

Our Relationship with Reorganized GGP following the Separation

        Following the Separation, we and reorganized GGP operate our businesses separately, each as an independent public company. On the Effective Date we and GGP entered into certain agreements that effected the Separation, provided a framework for our relationship with reorganized GGP after the Separation and provided for the allocation between us and GGP of certain assets, liabilities, employees and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after the Separation. The following is a summary of the terms of the material agreements that we entered into with GGP prior to or in connection with

86


Table of Contents


the Separation. When used in this section, "distribution date" refers to the date on which the Distribution occured.

        The material agreements described below have been filed as exhibits to this prospectus and the summaries of each of these agreements set forth the terms of the agreements that we believe are material. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the applicable agreements, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

        On the Effective Date we entered into the Separation Agreement with GGP which set forth, among other things, our agreements with GGP regarding the principal transactions necessary to separate us from GGP. It also set forth the other agreements that govern certain aspects of our relationship with GGP after the distribution date. These other agreements are described in additional detail below.

        The Separation Agreement identified assets to be transferred, liabilities to be assumed and contracts to be performed by each of us and GGP as part of the Separation, and it provided for when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments occurred. In particular, the Separation Agreement provided, among other things, that subject to the terms and conditions contained therein:

        The Separation Agreement provided that the Separation and the Distribution was subject to the satisfaction of the following material conditions (each of which could be waived by the party entitled to do so under the Separation Agreement), some of which also overlap with the Plan and the Investment Agreements:

87


Table of Contents

        All of the foregoing conditions were satisfied or waived on the Effective Date.

        In general, each party to the Separation Agreement assumed liability for all pending, threatened and unasserted legal matters related to its own business or its assumed or retained liabilities and will indemnify the other party for any liability to the extent arising out of or resulting from such assumed or retained legal matters.

        The Separation Agreement provides that, subject to any provisions in the Separation Agreement or any other transaction agreement to the contrary, prior to the Separation from GGP, all bank or brokerage accounts owned by us were de-linked from the GGP accounts and all intercompany accounts between THHC and GGP were settled.

        Except as otherwise provided in the Separation Agreement or any other transaction agreements, each party has released and forever discharged the other party and its respective subsidiaries and any person who was at any time prior to the distribution date a shareholder, director, officer, agent or employee of a member of the other party or one of its subsidiaries from all liabilities existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Separation. The releases do not extend to (a) obligations or liabilities under any agreements between the parties that remain in effect following the Separation pursuant to the Separation Agreement or any ancillary agreement, agreements of which include, but are not limited to, the Separation Agreement, the Transition Services

88


Table of Contents

Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement (as subsequently defined), certain commercial agreements and the transfer documents in connection with the Separation, (b) liabilities specifically set forth in the Plan, (c) liabilities retained or assumed by or transferred to a party pursuant to the Separation Agreement or any ancillary agreement, or (d) ordinary course trade payables and receivables.

        The Separation Agreement provides for cross-indemnities principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of our business with us and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of GGP's business with GGP. Specifically, each party will, and will cause its subsidiaries to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party and its subsidiaries and each of their respective officers, directors and employees for any losses arising out of or otherwise in connection with:

        In addition, we have agreed to indemnify, defend and hold harmless GGP and its subsidiaries and each of its officers, directors and employees for any losses arising out of or otherwise in connection with:

        Each party to the Separation Agreement will assume the liability for, and control of, all pending and threatened legal matters related to its own business or its assumed or retained liabilities and will indemnify the other party for any liability arising out of or resulting from such assumed legal matters. In the event of any third-party claims that name both companies as defendants but that do not primarily relate to either our business or GGP's business, each party will cooperate with the other party to defend against such claims. Each party will cooperate in defending any claims against the other for events that are related to the Separation, but may have taken place prior to, on or after such date.

89


Table of Contents

        The Separation Agreement provides for the allocation among the parties of rights and obligations under existing insurance policies with respect to occurrences prior to the Separation and sets forth procedures for the administration of insured claims. In addition, the Separation Agreement allocates between the parties the right to proceeds and the obligation to incur certain deductibles under certain insurance policies. On the distribution date, THHC is required to have in place all insurance programs to comply with its contractual obligations and as reasonably necessary for its business. GGP is required, subject to the terms of the agreement, to obtain certain directors and officers insurance policies to apply against pre-Separation claims.

        To the extent that any transfers contemplated by the Separation Agreement were not consummated on or prior to the date of the Separation, the parties agreed to cooperate to effect such transfers following the date of the Separation. In addition, each of the parties agreed to cooperate with the other party and use commercially reasonable efforts to take or to cause to be taken all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary under applicable law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and the other transaction agreements, including the ratification of any actions necessary to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement. For a period of six months following the Separation, GGP will pay all costs and expenses of any such transfers, and a reserve of $1,000,000 will be added to the THHC Setup Costs to cover such potential costs and expenses. The THHC Setup Costs are included in determining whether a Spinco Note will be issued and in what amount. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Spinco Note." On the six-month anniversary of the date of the Separation, if any portion of the $1,000,000 reserve has not been used by GGP to pay such costs and expenses, the amount of the unused portion will be deducted from the principal balance of the Spinco Note, if one was issued. From and after the six-month anniversary of the date of the Separation, all costs and expenses of any such transfers will be borne by THHC.

        Following the closing of the Chapter 11 Cases, subject to an accelerated process applicable to certain specified disputes, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of the Separation Agreement or certain of the other transaction agreements, shall be resolved by negotiation of certain senior executives of the parties, or, if the parties are unable to resolve a dispute in this manner, by binding arbitration pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Separation Agreement and the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration as then in effect.

        Other matters governed by the Separation Agreement include, among others, access to financial and other records and information, intellectual property, legal privilege, confidentiality, access to and provision of records and treatment of outstanding guarantees.

        On the Effective Date we and GGP entered into the Transition Services Agreement whereby GGP or its subsidiaries will provide to us, on a transitional basis, certain specified services on an interim basis for various terms not exceeding 24 months following the Separation. We may terminate certain specified services by giving prior written notice to GGP of any such termination.

90


Table of Contents

        The services that GGP provides to us include, among others, payroll, human resources and employee benefits, financial systems management, treasury and cash management, accounts payable services, telecommunications services, information technology services, property management services, legal and accounting services and various other corporate services. The charges for the transition services generally are intended to allow GGP to fully recover the costs directly associated with providing the services, plus a level of profit consistent with an arm's length transaction together with all out-of-pocket costs and expenses. The charges of each of the transition services will generally be based on an hourly fee arrangement and pass-through out-of-pocket costs. We will be provided with reasonable information that supports the charges for such transition service by GGP.

        Subject to certain exceptions, the liabilities of GGP for providing services under the Transition Services Agreement is generally limited to the greater of the aggregate charges (excluding any third-party costs and expenses included in such charges) actually paid to GGP by us pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement and $10,000,000. The Transition Services Agreement also provides that GGP is not be liable to us for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages related to the provision of services.

        On the Effective Date we and GGP entered into the Tax Matters Agreement which governs the parties' respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to taxes, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings and assistance and cooperation in respect of tax matters. Taxes relating to or arising out of the failure of certain of the transactions described in the private letter ruling request to qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be borne by us and GGP based on certain percentages to be determined in accordance with the relative market capitalization of the two companies, except if such failure is attributable to our action or inaction or GGP's action or inaction, as the case may be, or any event (or series of events) involving our assets or stock or the assets or stock of GGP, as the case may be, in which case the resulting liability will be borne in full by us or GGP, respectively. Our obligations under the Tax Matters Agreement are not limited in amount or subject to any cap. Further, even if we are not responsible for tax liabilities of GGP and its subsidiaries under the Tax Matters Agreement, we nonetheless could be liable under applicable tax law for such liabilities if GGP were to fail to pay them. If we are required to pay any liabilities under the circumstances set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement or pursuant to applicable tax law, the amounts may be significant.

        The Tax Matters Agreement also restricts our ability (and the ability of any member of our group) to take actions, whether before or after the Separation and Distribution, that could cause the Separation and the Distribution to fail to qualify as a tax-free reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless we obtain a private letter ruling from the IRS or an unqualified opinion of a nationally recognized law firm that such action will not cause the Distribution or certain related transactions to fail to qualify as tax-free transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Notwithstanding receipt of such ruling or opinion, in the event that such action causes the Distribution or certain related transactions to fail to qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will continue to remain responsible for taxes arising therefrom.

        On the Effective Date we and GGP entered into a surety bond indemnity agreement (the "Surety Bond Indemnity Agreement") that governs the continuation of certain surety bonds that were issued under GGP's surety bond facilities prior to the distribution date in respect of projects related to our business (the "THHC Bonds"). Under the terms of the Surety Bond Indemnity Agreement, we agreed to reimburse GGP for any applicable premiums and fees in connection with the THHC Bonds, and to pay GGP an additional market rate for the continued use of its surety bond facilities. We also agreed

91


Table of Contents

to indemnify GGP or its applicable subsidiary from and against, and pay to GGP or its applicable subsidiary the amount of, any and all losses arising out of or related to the THHC Bonds. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to replace, discharge or eliminate each of the THHC Bonds as promptly as practicable, but, in any event, within 24 months after the Effective Date, with a new surety bond, letter of credit or similar instrument that does not involve any recourse to GGP or its applicable subsidiary.

        On the Effective Date we and GGP entered into an employee matters agreement that governs our compensation and employee benefit obligations with respect to our current and former employees and for other employment and employee benefits matters (the "Employee Matters Agreement").

        The Employee Matters Agreement allocates liabilities and responsibilities relating to employee compensation and benefit plans and programs and related matters in connection with the Separation, including, among other things, the treatment of outstanding GGP option awards, annual and long-term incentive awards, severance arrangements, retirement plans and welfare benefit obligations. Under the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement, we generally assume all liabilities and assets relating to employee compensation and benefits for our current and former employees (including compensation awarded pursuant to GGP's incentive plan for full-time employees, the 2010 Cash Value Added Incentive Compensation Plan (the "CVA Plan")), and GGP generally retains all liabilities and assets relating to employee compensation and benefits for current and former GGP employees (including compensation awarded pursuant to the CVA Plan).

        The Employee Matters Agreement provides that our employees may continue to participate in GGP welfare benefit plans, including healthcare, dental, vision and disability plans, until December 31, 2010. We will reimburse GGP for the actual cost to GGP of providing such benefits to our employees. As of January 1, 2011, we will adopt corresponding welfare benefit plans for all of our employees. We will also reimburse GGP for the cost of any annual or long-term incentive awards, severance benefits and other similar benefits provided to our employees in accordance with the terms of GGP's employee benefit plans following the Separation. In addition, certain GGP employees who provide services to us and who will become our employees on January 1, 2011 will continue to be employed by GGP for the period from the Separation until December 31, 2010 pursuant to an "employee lease agreement." During this period, these leased employees will continue to participate in all of GGP's employee benefit plans, and we will reimburse GGP for the actual cost to GGP of providing such benefits and for the cost of any annual or long-term incentive awards, severance benefits and other similar benefits provided to such leased employees.

        Pursuant to the Plan, each outstanding option to acquire shares of GGP stock (the "GGP Option") was converted into (i) an option to acquire the same number of shares of common stock of reorganized GGP and (ii) a separate option to acquire 0.0983 shares (which is based upon a maximum number of THHC Shares and options and warrants to acquire THHC common stock) of our common stock (the "THHC Options") for each existing option for one share of GGP common stock. The replacement options have the same terms and conditions as the outstanding GGP Options. As of the Effective Date, 507,307 shares of common stock were issuable upon exercise of the THHC Options. The exercise price per share of a THHC Option that is converted from a GGP Option shall be the exercise price per share under the GGP Option multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the THHC Trading Value and the denominator of which is the sum of the Reorganized GGP Trading Value and the THHC Trading Value. "THHC Trading Value" means the volume weighted average trading

92


Table of Contents

price of our common stock during the last ten-day trading period ending on or before the sixtieth calendar day following the Effective Date. "Reorganized GGP Trading Value" means the volume weighted average trading price of reorganized GGP common stock during the last ten-day trading period ending on or before the sixtieth calendar day following the Effective Date.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to the terms of GGP's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan, holders of any outstanding GGP Option issued thereunder have the right to elect, within sixty days after the Effective Date, to surrender such option as of the Effective Date for a cash payment equal to the amount by which the highest reported sales price of a share of GGP common stock in any transaction reported on the NYSE Composite Tape during the sixty-day period ending on the Effective Date exceeds the exercise price per share under such option, multiplied by the number of shares of GGP common stock under such option.

        Pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement, on the Separation date, sponsorship of the General Growth Pension Plan for Employees of Victoria Ward, Limited was transferred to and assumed by us.

        We have adopted the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Equity Plan"). The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan is equal to 8% of our outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis as of the Effective Date (including shares issuable under the Plan). The Equity Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other stock-based awards and performance-based compensation (collectively, "the Awards"). Directors, officers and other employees of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates will be eligible to receive Awards. See "Executive Compensation."

Competition

        The nature and extent of the competition we face depends on the type of property involved. With respect to our master planned communities, we compete with other landholders and residential and commercial property developers in the development of properties within the Baltimore/Washington, D.C., Las Vegas and Houston markets. Significant factors which we believe allow us to compete effectively in this business include:

        With respect to malls and development projects, our direct competitors include other commercial property developers, retail mall development and operating companies and other owners of retail real estate that engage in similar businesses. With respect to our mixed-use development projects, we will also be required to compete for financing.

        Within our operating properties, we compete for retail tenants. We believe the principal factors that retailers consider in making their leasing decision include: consumer demographics; quality, design and location of properties; neighboring real estate projects that have been developed by the

93


Table of Contents


Predecessors or that we, in the future, may develop; diversity of retailers and anchor tenants at shopping center locations; management and operational expertise; and rental rates.

Environmental Matters

        Under various Federal, state and local laws and regulations, an owner of real estate is liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic substances on such real estate. These laws often impose such liability without regard to whether the owner knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. The costs of remediation or removal of such substances may be substantial, and the presence of such substances, or the failure to promptly remediate such substances, may adversely affect the owner's ability to sell such real estate or to borrow using such real estate as collateral. In connection with our ownership and operation of our properties, we, or the relevant joint venture through which the property is owned, may be potentially liable for such costs.

        Substantially all of our properties have been subject to Phase I environmental assessments, which are intended to evaluate the environmental condition of the surveyed and surrounding properties. Phase I environmental assessments typically include a historical review, a public records review, a site visit and interviews, but do not include soil sampling or subsurface investigations. To date, the assessments have not revealed any known environmental liability that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our overall business, financial condition or results of operations. Nevertheless, it is possible that these assessments do not reveal all environmental liabilities or that conditions have changed since the assessments were prepared (typically at the time the property was purchased or developed). Moreover, no assurances can be given that future laws, ordinances or regulations will not impose any material environmental liability on us, or the current environmental condition of our properties will not be adversely affected by tenants and occupants of the properties, by the condition of properties in the vicinity of our properties (such as the presence on such properties of underground storage tanks) or by third parties unrelated to us.

        Future development opportunities may require additional capital and other expenditures in order to comply with federal, state and local statutes and regulations relating to the protection of the environment. In addition, there is a risk when redeveloping sites, such as the West Windsor, Princeton, NJ, site, that we might encounter previously unknown issues that require remediation or residual contamination warranting special handling or disposal, which could affect the speed of redevelopment. In addition, where redevelopment involves renovating or demolishing existing facilities, we may be required to undertake abatement and/or the removal and disposal of building materials or other remediation or cleanup activities that contain hazardous materials. In addition, in the event that we redevelop our Cottonwood Mall property, we may be required to remediate certain soil and groundwater contamination that has been identified on the property. We may not have sufficient liquidity, however, to comply with such statutes and regulations or to address such conditions and may be required to halt or defer such development projects. We cannot predict with any certainty the magnitude of any such expenditures or the long-range effect, if any, on our operations. Compliance with such laws has not had a material adverse effect on the Predecessors' operating results or competitive position in the past but could have such an effect in the future.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not currently involved in any material pending legal proceedings nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding currently threatened against us.

94


Table of Contents

Employees

        At the Effective Date we have approximately 142 employees, 98 of whom are temporarily leased from the Predecessors under an employee leasing agreement until January 1, 2011 when they will become our direct employees. These employees devote all of their time to us and ceased providing services to the Predecessors as of the Effective Date.

Available Information

        Following the Distribution, we are required to file annual, quarterly and other current reports and information with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials filed by us with the SEC at its Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our filings are also available to the public at the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.

95


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

        Our board of directors is responsible for the management of our business.

Board of Directors

        Prior to the Effective Date our board of directors consisted of two members. The following table sets forth the names, ages, positions and starting date for each of our directors prior to the Effective Date.

Name
  Age   Director Since   Position

Adam Metz

    49     2010   Director

Thomas Nolan, Jr. 

    52     2010   Director

        Adam Metz, has served as our Chief Executive Officer since our formation in July 2010. He has also served as Chief Executive Officer of GGP since October 2008, director of GGP since November 2005, Lead Director of GGP from June 2007 through October 2008 and continues to serve as director and Chief Executive Officer of reorganized GGP since its formation in 2010. From late 2002 through October 2008, Mr. Metz was an active partner of Polaris Capital LLC, which is in the business of owning retail real estate assets throughout the United States. Prior to the formation of Polaris Capital, Mr. Metz was Executive Vice President of Rodamco, N.A. from November 2000 through May 2002 when the assets of Rodamco, N.A. were sold. From 1993 to 2000, before it was acquired by Rodamco, Mr. Metz held various positions with Urban Shopping Centers, including Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and President. Mr. Metz's leadership role with us as well as his prior leadership roles at real estate companies provided him with key experience in business and in the real estate industry and contribute to his ability to make strategic decisions with respect to our business.

        Thomas Nolan, Jr., has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since our formation in July 2010. He has also served as Chief Operating Officer of GGP since March 2009, President of GGP since October 2009, director of GGP since April 2005 and continues to serve as director, Chief Operating Officer and President of reorganized GGP since its formation in 2010. Prior to becoming President of GGP, Mr. Nolan was a private real estate investor since February 2008. From July 2004 through February 2008, Mr. Nolan served as a Principal and as Chief Financial Officer of Loreto Bay Company, the developer of the Loreto Bay master planned community in Baja, California. From October 1984 through July 2004, Mr. Nolan held various financial positions with AEW Capital Management, L.P., a national real estate investment advisor, and from 1998 through 2004 he served as Head of Equity Investing and as President and Senior Portfolio Manager of The AEW Partners Funds. Mr. Nolan's leadership roles with GGP as Chief Operating Officer, President and director, as well as his prior leadership roles and real estate experience allow him to make key contributions in the operation of our business. In addition, Mr. Nolan's extensive financial experience in various segments of the real estate industry enable him to make valuable and strategic contributions to our business.

        Upon consummation of the Plan, under the terms of the Investment Agreements, our board of directors will consist of nine members, three of whom will be nominated by Pershing Square and one of whom will be nominated by Brookfield Investor. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence."

96


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our directors as of the Effective Date. One seat is expected to remain vacant until a permanent Chief Executive Officer is hired, after which he or she will be appointed to fill the vacant seat.

Name
  Age   Director Since   Position

William Ackman

    44     2010   Director

David Arthur

    57     2010   Director

Gary Krow

    55     2010   Director

Allen Model

    64     2010   Director

Adam Flatto

    47     2010   Director

Jeffrey Furber

    51     2010   Director

Steven Shepsman

    58     2010   Director

R. Scot Sellers

    53     2010   Director

        William Ackman, is the founder and managing member of the general partner of Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P., a registered investment adviser founded in 2003. Pershing Square is a concentrated research-intensive fundamental value investor in long and occasionally short investments in the public markets, typically focusing on large-cap and mid-cap companies. Mr. Ackman is a member of the Board of Dean's Advisors of the Harvard Business School and a Trustee of the Pershing Square Foundation. Mr. Ackman formerly served as a director of GGP from June 2009 to March 2010. Mr. Ackman's management experience and his prior service on the boards of public companies, give him valuable insight in the operations of public companies and his investment expertise provides him with knowledge in financial investments and strategy, which can be applied to our industry and benefit our board of directors. Mr. Ackman is a director nominee designated by Pershing Square, one of our Plan Sponsors, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Agreement with Pershing Square described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Board of Directors" and as such represents shareholder interests.

        David Arthur, is our interim chief executive officer. Mr. Arthur has also been the president and chief executive officer since 2004 of Brookfield Real Estate Opportunity Fund ("BREOF"), a real estate opportunity fund investing in high yield office, industrial and residential real estate opportunities in major markets in the United States and Canada. Brookfield Asset Management is the principal investor and sponsor in BREOF. Mr. Arthur has also been a managing partner in the Real Estate Investments, North American division for Brookfield Asset Management since December 2009. Prior to joining BREOF, Mr. Arthur was President and CEO of Brookfield Properties Ltd., where his responsibilities in Canada, Denver, Minneapolis and southern California included property acquisitions, value-add capital and leasing programs, operations, financing and the sourcing of institutional partners. Mr. Arthur was the founding chairman of Brookfield LePage Johnson Controls, a major Canadian facilities management company and his previous experience includes Cadillac Fairview Corporation Limited, Cambridge Leaseholds and Coscan Development. Mr. Arthur also served as a director on the Brookfield Properties Corporation board until 2004. Mr. Arthur's extensive experience in the real estate industry along with his many leadership roles allow him to make key contributions on operational, investment and other strategy matters to our board of directors. Mr. Arthur is a director nominee designated by Brookfield Investor, one of our Plan Sponsors, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Agreement with Brookfield Investor described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Board of Directors" and as such represents shareholder interests.

        Gary Krow, has been the President, CEO and a director of GiftCertificates.com, a leading eCommerce provider of B2B incentive management solutions, since July 2008. Mr. Krow was a consultant for Light Year Capital, a diversified private equity company, from January 2008 to June 2008. Prior to his position with Light Year Capital, Mr. Krow joined Comdata Corporation, a global electronic issuer and processor of payments, in 1990, and served as its President from 1999 to May

97


Table of Contents


2007. Mr. Krow has formerly served on the Board of Directors for the National Association of Travel Centers Foundation, TIMM Communications, Inc., and the American Heart Association in Davidson County, TN. Mr. Krow's extensive e-commerce and technology operations experience, allows him to provide insight into the efficient transfer of data and the development of systems necessary to operate in a technologically advanced economy to our board of directors. Mr. Krow is a director nominee designated by Pershing Square, one of our Plan Sponsors, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Agreement with Pershing Square described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Board of Directors" and as such represents shareholder interests.

        Allen Model, has been the Co-Founder, Treasurer and Managing Director of Overseas Strategic Consulting, Ltd. ("OSC") since 1992. OSC is an international consulting firm that provides public information services to a number of clients worldwide, including the United States Agency for International Development, The World Bank, The Asian Development Bank and host governments. Mr. Model has also been a private investor for Model Entities, which manages personal and family portfolios, since 1988. Mr. Model currently serves as a director of three privately-held companies: Anchor Health Properties, a real estate partnership that develops medically related properties, since 1990; Sinewave Energy Technologies, a company that produces energy saving devices in the lighting space, since 1994; and NetBoss Technologies, Inc., a company which provides software management tools for telecommunications companies. Mr. Model formerly served as a director of three publicly-traded companies: Blue Ridge Real Estate Company, a land development company, from 1975 to 2002; Big Boulder Corp., a land development company linked to Blue Ridge, from 1975 to 2002; and MetroWest Bank, from 1990 to 2001. Mr. Model's consulting and investment experience as well as his service on the boards of both public and private companies provide him with the knowledge in corporate strategy and investment expertise that will benefit our board of directors. Mr. Model is a director nominee designated by Pershing Square, one of our Plan Sponsors, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Agreement with Pershing Square described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Board of Directors" and as such represents shareholder interests.

        Adam Flatto, is the President of The Georgetown Company, a privately-held real estate investment and development company based in New York City. Mr. Flatto has been with The Georgetown Company since 1990 and since that time has been involved with the development, acquisition and ownership of a wide variety of commercial real estate projects including Madison Square Garden in New York City (redevelopment), Sony Studios in Los Angeles (new development), Continental Center in New York City (redevelopment) and the IAC Building in New York City (new development). Mr. Flatto currently directs the development of the 1300-acre mixed-use development known as Easton in Columbus, Ohio, which encompasses more than 12 million square feet of office, retail, hotel and residential developments. Mr. Flatto's extensive real estate development and management experience provide key insight into operations and strategy to our board of directors.

        Jeffrey Furber, is the Chief Executive Officer of AEW Capital Management, L.P. ("AEW") and Chairman of AEW Europe. AEW provides real estate investment management services to investors worldwide and, as of March 31, 2010, AEW and its affiliates managed over $42 billion of real estate assets and securities on behalf of many of the world's leading institutional and private investors. Mr. Furber has oversight responsibility for all of AEW's operating business units in the United States, Europe and Asia and chairs AEW's Management Committee. He is also a member of AEW's Investment Committees and Investment Policy Groups in North America, Europe and Asia. Additionally, prior to 1997 Mr. Furber served as Managing Director of Winthrop Financial Associates, a subsidiary of Apollo Advisors, and as President of Winthrop Management. Mr. Furber has extensive experience overseeing financial investments in the real estate industry and has held leadership roles within his firm and industry groups alike. His investment and management experience contribute to our board of directors.

98


Table of Contents

        Steven Shepsman, is an Executive Managing Director and Founder of New World Realty Advisors, a real estate investment and advisory firm specializing in real estate restructurings, development and finance. Mr. Shepsman was recently Chair of the Official Committee of Equity Holders in the Chapter 11 proceedings of GGP. As a principal in a real estate fund, Mr. Shepsman had oversight responsibility for the fund's due diligence and acquisition of investment platforms, and with subsequent asset acquisitions, financings and dispositions. Earlier in his career, Mr. Shepsman, a CPA, was a Managing Partner of Kenneth Leventhal and Company and of Ernst & Young's Real Estate Practice. Mr. Shepsman was formerly a member of the Real Estate Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and was the Chair of the Real Estate Committee of the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Shepsman is presently the Chair of the Dean's Advisory Council for the School of Management at the University of Buffalo. Mr. Shepsman's extensive professional accounting and financial expertise, including with respect to the real estate industry, allow him to provide key contributions to the board of directors on financial, accounting, corporate governance and strategic matters.

        R. Scot Sellers, has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Archstone, one of the world's largest apartment companies, since January 1997, and prior to that was Archstone's Chief Investment Officer since 1995. Under Mr. Sellers' leadership, Archstone moved from being a mid-sized owner of apartments in secondary and tertiary cities (San Antonio and El Paso), to becoming the largest publicly traded owner of urban high rise apartments in the nation's premier cities (Manhattan, Washington, D.C. and others). During Mr. Sellers' 29 year career in the apartment business, he has been responsible for the development, acquisition and operation of over $40 billion of apartment communities in over 50 different cities across the United States. Mr. Sellers is a member of the Executive Committee of the National Multi-housing Council and served as the former Chairman of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts from November 2005 to November 2006. Mr. Sellers' extensive experience in the real estate industry, which coincided with the broad growth of Archstone, and his service on industry committees provide him with insight into operations, development and growth of the real estate industry and make him particularly suited to assisting our board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. On the Effective Date we anticipate that our board of directors will have three committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee, the nominating and governance committee.

Audit Committee

        The primary purpose of the audit committee is to assist the board of directors' oversight of:

99


Table of Contents

        On the Effective Date, Messrs.             and            are expected to serve on the audit committee. Mr.             is expected to serve as chairman of the audit committee and also qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as such term has been defined by the SEC in Item 401(h)(2) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Messrs.                         ,                         and                         meet the definition of "independent directors" for the purposes of serving on the audit committee under applicable SEC and the NYSE rules, and we intend to comply with these independence requirements within the time periods specified.

Compensation Committee

        The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to:

        On the Effective Date, Messrs.             ,             and            are expected to serve on the compensation committee, and Mr.             is expected to serve as the chairman.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        The primary purpose of the nominating and governance committee is to:

        On the Effective Date, Messrs.             ,             and            are expected to serve on the nominating and governance committee, and Mr.             is expected to serve as the chairman. Our non-control agreement with Pershing Square provides that so long as Pershing Square beneficially owns

100


Table of Contents

more than 10% of our outstanding common stock, Pershing Square will support the composition of the nominating and governance committee to consist of a majority of members who are not affiliated with or nominated by Pershing Square.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics prohibits conflicts of interest, which are broadly defined to include any situation where a person's private interest interferes in any way with the interests of the company. In addition, this code prohibits direct or indirect personal loans to executive officers and directors to the extent required by law and stock exchange regulation. The code does not attempt to cover every issue that may arise, but instead sets out basic principles to guide all of our employees, officers and directors. Any waivers of the code for any executive officer, principal accounting officer, or director will only be made by the board of directors or a board of directors committee and, pursuant to this code, will be promptly disclosed to stockholders. The code includes a process and a toll-free telephone number for anonymous reports of potentially inappropriate conduct or potential violations of the code.

Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth the names and ages of our executive officers as of the Effective Date.

Name
  Age   Position

David Arthur

    56   Interim Chief Executive Officer

Rael Diamond

    33   Interim Chief Financial Officer

Steven Ganeless

    47   Interim Chief Operating Officer

*
Appointed pursuant to the Management Agreement.

        Biographical information concerning our executive officers is set forth below.

        David Arthur, has been our interim chief executive officer since August 2010. Mr. Arthur has also been the president and chief executive officer since 2004 of Brookfield Real Estate Opportunity Fund ("BREOF"), a real estate opportunity fund investing in high yield office, industrial and residential real estate opportunities in major markets in the United States and Canada. Brookfield Asset Management is the principal investor and sponsor in BREOF. Mr. Arthur has also been a managing partner in the Real Estate Investments, North American division for Brookfield Asset Management since December 2009. Prior to joining BREOF, Mr. Arthur was President and CEO of Brookfield Properties Ltd., where his responsibilities in Canada, Denver, Minneapolis and southern California included property acquisitions, value-add capital and leasing programs, operations, financing and the sourcing of institutional partners. Mr. Arthur was the founding chairman of Brookfield LePage Johnson Controls, a major Canadian facilities management company and his previous experience includes Cadillac Fairview Corporation Limited, Cambridge Leaseholds and Coscan Development. Mr. Arthur also served as a director on the Brookfield Properties Corporation board until 2004.

        Rael Diamond, has been our interim chief financial officer since August 2010 and has been Senior Vice President Finance of Brookfield Asset Management's real estate platform since 2009. In 2008 Mr. Diamond was the Chief Financial Officer of Adira Capital Corporation, a private investment firm. Prior to 2008 he held various finance positions within Brookfield Properties including Vice President & Controller of Brookfield Properties. Prior to 2003 he was with the Financial Advisory Services Group of Deloitte & Touche LLP. He is a Chartered Accountant.

101


Table of Contents

        Steven Ganeless, has been our interim chief operating officer since August 2010. Mr. Ganeless joined BREOF as a principal and senior vice president in 2005. Mr. Ganeless has over 18 years of experience in real estate transactions, previously as a principal at Olmstead Properties from 1996 to 1998 and 2002 to 2005 and senior vice president at Vornado Realty Trust from 1998 to 2002, overseeing acquisitions for its Office Division. In addition, Mr. Ganeless held acquisition positions with Town and Country Trust and its predecessor from 1991 to 1994 and LaSalle Partners in 1990. He has been responsible for all aspects of real estate ownership, including acquisition, financing, disposition, development, leasing and management for a broad range of property types.

102


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        Prior to the Effective Date, we did not pay our executive officers, who were current employees of GGP, any compensation for their services. Prior to the Effective Date, all of our executive officers were employees of GGP. Accordingly, their compensation was set and paid by GGP.

        We have entered into a Management Agreement with Brookfield Advisors to provide support for our existing master planned community operational team. The Management Agreement has an initial term of six months, which may be extended at our option for another six month term and can be terminated by us upon 45 days written notice or upon the payment of a fee equal to the contractual management fee for the period of time between the actual notice given and 45 days. Brookfield Advisors will provide us with interim executive officers and leadership and oversight until our permanent executive management team can be identified and assume their roles. We do not pay any separate compensation to the individuals serving as interim executive officers pursuant to the Management Agreement. We pay Brookfield Advisors a monthly fee as compensation for its services under the Management Agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Interim Management Agreement."

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        On the Effective Date, none of our executive officers serve as a member of a compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors.

2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan

        We adopted the Equity Plan in connection with the Separation. The Equity Plan became effective on the Effective Date. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan is equal to 8% of our outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis as of the Effective Date (including shares issuable under the Plan). The Equity Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other stock-based awards and performance-based compensation (collectively, the "Awards"). Directors, officers and other employees of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible for Awards. The Equity Plan is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

        The purpose of the Equity Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate our directors, officers and employees by providing them with either a proprietary interest in our long-term success or compensation based on their performance. The following is a summary of the material terms of the Equity Plan, but does not include all of the provisions of the Equity Plan.

        The Equity Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors or any committee designated by our board of directors to administer the Equity Plan. The administrator is empowered to determine the form, amount and other terms and conditions of Awards, clarify, construe or resolve any ambiguity in any provision of the Equity Plan or any Award agreement and adopt such rules and guidelines for administering the Equity Plan as it deems necessary or proper. All actions, interpretations and determinations by the administrator are final and binding.

        The Equity Plan makes available the number of shares of our common stock described above, subject to adjustments. In the event that any outstanding Award expires or terminates without the issuance of shares or is otherwise settled for cash, the shares allocable to such Award, to the extent of

103


Table of Contents

such expiration, termination or settlement for cash, will again be available for issuance. No participant may be granted more than 500,000 shares, or the equivalent dollar value of such shares, in any year.

        Members of our board of directors, as well as officers and employees of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to participate in the Equity Plan. The selection of participants is within the sole discretion of the administrator.

        The Equity Plan provides for the grant of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, other stock-based awards and performance-based compensation. The administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Award, including the number of shares subject to each Award, the vesting terms, and the purchase price. Awards may be made in assumption of or in substitution for outstanding Awards previously granted by us or our affiliates, or a company acquired by us or with which we combine.

        Awards granted under the Equity Plan will be evidenced by Award agreements that provide additional terms and conditions associated with the Awards, as determined by the administrator in its discretion. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Equity Plan and any such Award agreement, the provisions of the Equity Plan will control.

        An option granted under the Equity Plan permits a participant to purchase from us a stated number of shares at an exercise price established by the administrator. Subject to the terms of the Equity Plan, the terms and conditions of any option will be determined by the administrator. Options will be designated as either nonqualified stock options or incentive stock options. An option granted as an incentive stock option will, to the extent it fails to qualify as an incentive stock option, be treated as a nonqualified option. The exercise price of an option may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be determined prior to the date of grant, but may not exceed ten years.

        A stock appreciation right granted under the Equity Plan entitles the holder to receive, upon its exercise, the excess of the fair market value of a specified number of shares of our common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the stock appreciation right. Payment may be in the form of cash, shares of our common stock, other property or any combination thereof. Subject to the terms of the Equity Plan, the terms and conditions of any stock appreciation right will be determined by the administrator.

        An Award of restricted stock granted under the Equity Plan is a grant of a specified number of shares of our common stock, which are subject to forfeiture upon the occurrence of specified events. Each Award agreement evidencing a restricted stock grant will specify the period of restriction, the conditions under which the restricted stock may be forfeited to us and such other provisions as the administrator may determine, subject to the terms of the Equity Plan.

104


Table of Contents

        The administrator may grant Awards of shares of our common stock and Awards that are valued, in whole or in part, by reference to our common stock. Such Awards will be in such form and subject to such terms and conditions as the administrator may determine, including, the right to receive one or more shares of our common stock (or the equivalent cash value of such stock) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Subject to the provisions of the Equity Plan, the administrator will determine whether such other stock-based awards will be settled in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and such shares, and all other terms and conditions of such Awards.

        To the extent permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code the administrator may design any Award so that the amounts or shares payable thereunder are treated as "qualified performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The grant, vesting, crediting and/or payment of performance-based compensation will be based or conditioned on the achievement of objective performance goals established in writing by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Performance goals may be based on one or more of the following measures:

105


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, Awards may not be transferred by a participant except in the event of death. Any permitted transfer of the Awards to heirs or legatees of a participant will not be effective unless the administrator has been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the administrator may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer.

        The administrator may impose such transfer restrictions on any shares received in connection with an Award as it may deem advisable or desirable. These restrictions may include a requirement that the participant hold the shares received for a specified period of time or a requirement that a participant represent and warrant in writing that the participant is acquiring the shares for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares.

        Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement or with respect to Awards of restricted stock, a participant will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to shares of our common stock covered by any Award until the participant becomes the record holder of such shares. Participants holding Awards or restricted stock will have the right to vote and receive dividends with respect to the restricted stock, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement.

        In the event of a corporate event or transaction such as a recapitalization, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants' rights under the Equity Plan, the administrator will make certain adjustments to Awards, including, in its sole discretion, substitution or adjustment of the number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Equity Plan or under particular Awards, the exercise price or purchase price applicable to outstanding Awards, and other value determinations applicable to the Equity Plan or outstanding Awards.

        In the event we experience a change in control, the administrator may make adjustments to the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including, acceleration of vesting and exercisability of Awards, substitution of Awards with substantially similar Awards and cancellation of Awards for fair value.

        The administrator may amend or terminate the Equity Plan or any Award agreement at any time. However, no amendment or termination is permitted without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement and no amendment or termination is permitted without the consent of the participants if such amendment or termination would materially diminish the participants' rights under the Equity Plan or any Award.

        No Awards will be granted more than ten years after the Effective Date.

106


Table of Contents


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

        Prior to the Effective Date, we did not pay to our directors any compensation for their board service. Following the Effective Date, our compensation committee will establish the fees that will be paid to directors as compensation for their services as directors. In addition to receiving fees for their services as directors, our non-employee directors will receive annual equity awards under the Equity Plan that we expect to adopt on the Effective Date.

107


Table of Contents


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        As of the Effective Date 37,713,826 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding. In addition, after giving effect to the issuance of warrants to purchase our common stock to the Plan Sponsors pursuant to the Investment Agreements, the Blackstone Designation and the Plan, we have warrants to purchase 8.0 million shares of our common stock outstanding, subject to adjustment as provided in the warrant agreements. Approximately 6.08 million of the warrants vested immediately upon issuance and are included in the table below. The remaining 1.92 million of the warrants may only be exercised upon 90 days' prior notice and, therefore, have not been included in the table below. There are also 507,307 shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to options that may be exercised within 60 days of the Effective Date.

        The following table sets forth estimated information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock immediately following the Distribution. The table below sets forth such estimated beneficial ownership for:

        Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to warrants or options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person and any group of which that person is a member, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership for any other person. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe based on the information provided to us that the

108


Table of Contents


persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

 
  Beneficial Ownership  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
  Percent of
Total
 

Brookfield Investor(1)

    6,257,951 (2)   15.1 %

Pershing Square(3)

    5,484,361 (4)   13.8 %

General Trust Company, as trustee(5)

    6,553,024     17.4 %
 

M.B Capital Partners III

             
 

M.B. Capital Units L.L.C. 

             

William Ackman(3), Director Nominee

    5,484,361 (4)   13.8 %

David Arthur, Director Nominee and Interim Chief Executive Officer

         

Gary Krow, Director Nominee

         

Allen Model, Director Nominee

         

Adam Flatto , Director Nominee

         

Jeffrey Furber, Director Nominee

         

Steven Shepsman, Director Nominee

         

R. Scot Sellers, Director Nominee

         

Rael Diamond, Interim Chief Financial Officer

         

Steven Ganeless, Interim Chief Operating Officer

         

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

    5,484,361     12.6 %

(1)
Pursuant to the Investment Agreement with Brookfield Investor, Brookfield Investor may (and it is expected that it will) designate that some or all of these shares (including warrants to purchase shares of common stock) be issued in the name of one or more entities managed by a controlled affiliate of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. ("BAM"). BAM and such entities (and the investors in such entities) may be deemed to beneficially own some or all of such shares. The following investors in such entities may be deemed to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company in the following amounts: (i) Future Fund Board of Guardians ("FF"), indirectly through a controlled custodian, beneficially owns 1,390,642 common shares and (ii) Stable Investment Corporation ("SIC") beneficially owns 1,506,539 common shares. The address of each such Brookfield-managed entity is c/o REP Investments LLC, Level 22, 135 King Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia.

(2)
Includes 3.83 million shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of Brookfield Investor's warrants.

(3)
The shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Pershing Square are, or may be deemed to be, beneficially held by Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P., PS Management GP, LLC and Pershing Square GP, LLC, and William A. Ackman, who collectively share, or may be deemed to share, dispositive and voting power over all shares held for the accounts of Pershing Square, L.P., Pershing Square II, L.P., Pershing Square International V, Ltd. and Pershing Square International, Ltd. (or its wholly-owned subsidiary PSRH, Inc.), which, along with Pershing Square International V, Ltd., is a Cayman Islands exempted company. Certain of the Pershing Square entities also have additional economic exposure to approximately 54,907,669 notional shares of GGP common stock under cash-settled total return swaps, which following the Distribution, result in economic exposure to approximately 5,397,423 notional shares of our common

109


Table of Contents

(4)
Includes 1.92 million shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of Pershing Square's warrants.

(5)
Such shares are beneficially owned by General Trust Company ("GTC") solely in its capacity as trustee of trusts, the beneficiaries of which are members of the Bucksbaum family which, for purposes hereof, include the spouses and descendents of Martin, Matthew and Maurice Bucksbaum. Certain of these trusts are the partners of M.B. Capital Partners III ("M.B. Capital"). M.B. Capital is the sole member of M.B. Capital Units L.L.C. ("Units L.L.C."). GTC has sole beneficial ownership of 922,264 shares of common stock. GTC, M.B. Capital and Units L.L.C. share beneficial ownership of 4,503,393 shares of common stock. GTC and M.B. Capital share beneficial ownership of 5,630,760 shares of common stock. The address of each of GTC, M.B. Capital and Units L.L.C. is 300 North Dakota Avenue, Suite 202, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104.

110


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Board of Directors

        Pursuant to the Investment Agreements, our board of directors will have nine members, one of whom was nominated by Brookfield Investor and three of whom were nominated by Pershing Square. Brookfield Investor's right to nominate one director will continue so long as Brookfield Investor beneficially owns at least 10% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. Pershing Square's right to nominate three directors would continue so long as Pershing Square and its affiliates have economic ownership of at least 17.5% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis and two directors for so long as Pershing Square and its affiliates beneficially own at least 10%, but have economic ownership less than 17.5%, of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. Following such time as Pershing Square and its affiliates beneficially own less than 10% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis, Pershing Square will no longer have the right to nominate directors for election to our board of directors. Based on Pershing Square's and its affiliates' expected beneficial ownership and economic interest resulting from Pershing Square's and its affiliates' economic interest in swaps relating to GGP's common stock, on the Effective Date, Pershing Square will be entitled to nominate three directors.

Director Independence

        Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that                    are independent directors under the applicable rules of the NYSE and as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Non-Control Agreement

        On the Effective Date we entered into a non-control agreement with Pershing Square to, among other things (a) cap Pershing Square's economic ownership at 40% of our common stock, (b) require Pershing Square, with respect to any matter our board of directors has recommended our shareholders not approve, to vote any of its shares in excess of 30% of our common stock against such matter or in proportion to other shareholders, (c) fix the size of, the minimum number of independent directors on, and the composition of the nominating committee of, our board of directors, (d) set forth required approvals for (i) certain change of control transactions and related-party transactions involving Pershing Square and (ii) Pershing Square to increase its percentage ownership of our common stock above an agreed upon cap, and (e) restrict certain transfers of our common stock by Pershing Square. Fairholme and Brookfield Investor have not entered into similar non-control agreements.

Warrants

        GGP issued Interim Warrants to Brookfield Investor and Fairholme to purchase GGP common stock on May 10, 2010 pursuant to their respective Investment Agreements. Upon the effectiveness of the Plan, the Interim Warrants were cancelled and terminated in accordance with their terms. On the Effective Date and after giving effect to the Blackstone Designation, we issued to (i) Brookfield Investor warrants to purchase approximately 3.83 million shares of our common stock, (ii) Fairholme warrants to purchase approximately 1.92 million shares of our common stock, (iii) Pershing Square warrants to purchase up to approximately 1.92 million shares of our common stock and (iv) Blackstone warrants to purchase approximately 0.33 million shares of our common stock, in each case, with an initial exercise price of $50.00 per share. The above exercise price will be subject to adjustment as provided in the related warrant agreements. The warrants issued to Pershing Square and to Fairholme can only be exercised on a net share basis. Each warrant will have a term of seven years from the closing date. The warrants (a) are subject to anti-dilution adjustments in connection with dividends and certain other events, (b) provide for a right to require that the warrants be cashed out at a Black-

111


Table of Contents


Scholes-based formula value upon certain change of control events and (c) provide registration rights. See "Description of Capital Stock—Warrants."

Interim Management Agreement

        We have entered into a Management Agreement with Brookfield Advisors, an affiliate of the Brookfield Investor. The Management Agreement has an initial term of six months, which can be extended at our option, subject to good faith negotiations with respect to certain terms, for another six month term and can be terminated by us upon 45 days written notice or upon the payment of a fee equal to the contractual management fee for the period of time between the actual notice given and 45 days.

        We pay Brookfield Advisors a monthly fee as compensation for its services under the Management Agreement. We do not pay any separate compensation to the individuals serving as interim executive officers pursuant to the Management Agreement. The management fee payable to Brookfield Advisors pursuant to the Management Agreement is $500,000 per month, none of which will be used to compensate our interim executive officers, until the end of the six-month term. If the term is renewed, the monthly fee will be agreed to by Brookfield Advisors and us, negotiating in good faith, taking into account the management compensation structure (including related incentives) that Brookfield Advisors is then receiving from other non-controlled companies of similar size and complexity for which it provides similar management services. We reimburse Brookfield Advisors for all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses owed to any third party in connection with the provision of services under the Management Agreement and all sales, use, value added, goods and services, withholding or other taxes, duties or governmental charges imposed by reason of the Management Agreement (other than income and similar taxes that are personal to Brookfield Advisors).

        The Management Agreement has standard indemnification and limitation of liability provisions that require us to indemnify Brookfield Advisors other than for Brookfield Advisors' bad faith, fraud, willful misconduct, gross negligence or, in the case of a criminal matter, conduct undertaken with the knowledge that the conduct was unlawful. Brookfield Advisors' maximum liability for breaches of the Management Agreement is equal to amounts previously paid by us in the two most recent calendar years. Brookfield Advisors will provide us with interim executive officers, who may be replaced by Brookfield Advisors with similarly qualified individuals upon not less than ten business days' notice, until our permanent executive management team can be identified and assume their roles.

        The services provided by Brookfield Advisors include, without limitation:

        Under the Management Agreement, Brookfield Advisors is permitted to subcontract any or all of the services to be provided pursuant to the Management Agreement to any of its affiliates and any third parties with THHC's consent. We will reimburse Brookfield Advisors for all fees, costs and

112


Table of Contents


expenses charged by third party subcontractors. Brookfield Advisors has subcontracted certain services to TPMC Realty Corporation, a real estate management company.

Letter Agreements with Plan Sponsors

        We have entered into letter agreements with each of the Plan Sponsors to memorialize the board appointment rights, where applicable, and other rights and obligations contained in the Investment Agreements.

Registration Rights Agreements

        On the Effective Date we entered into registration rights agreements with each of the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone with respect to all registrable securities issued to or held by such Plan Sponsor or Blackstone, all of which are being registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The registration rights agreements provide demand rights and customary piggyback registration rights.

        On the Effective Date we entered into a registration rights agreement with M.B. Capital with respect to all registrable securities issued to or held by M.B. Capital, all of which are being registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The registration rights agreement provides for demand rights and customary piggyback registration rights.

Related Party Transaction Policy

        We have adopted a written policy relating to the approval of related person transactions. Our audit committee will review and approve or ratify all relationships and related person transactions between us and (i) our directors, director nominees, executive officers or their immediate family members, (ii) any 5% record or beneficial owner of our common stock or (iii) any immediate family member of any person specified in (i) and (ii) above. Our controller will be primarily responsible for the development and implementation of processes and controls to obtain information from our directors and executive officers with respect to related party transactions and for determining, based on the facts and circumstances, whether we or a related person have a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction.

        As set forth in the related person transaction policy, in the course of its review and approval or ratification of a related party transaction, the committee will consider:

        Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review will not be permitted to participate in the discussions or approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such member of the audit committee will provide all material information concerning the transaction to the audit committee.

113


Table of Contents


SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The selling stockholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the shares of our common stock or warrants set forth below pursuant to this prospectus. When we refer to "selling stockholders" in the "Plan of Distribution" section of this prospectus, we mean the persons listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, permitted transferees, assignees, successors and others who later come to hold any of the selling stockholders' interests in shares of our common stock other than through a public sale. Except as noted in this prospectus, none of the selling stockholders have, or within the past three years have had, any material relationship with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates and the selling stockholders are not or were not affiliated with registered broker-dealers.

        Based on the information provided to us by the selling stockholders and as of the date the same was provided to us, assuming that the selling stockholders sell all of the shares of our common stock and warrants owned or beneficially owned by them that have been registered by us and do not acquire any additional shares during the offering, the selling stockholders will not own any shares other than those appearing in the column entitled "Shares of Common Stock Owned After the Offering—Number of Shares." We cannot advise you as to whether the selling stockholders will in fact sell any or all of such shares of common stock or warrants to acquire our common stock. In addition, the selling stockholders may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, the shares of our common stock or warrants to acquire our common stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date as of which the information is set forth on the table below.

        Brookfield Investor is subject to lock-up restrictions on its ability to sell, transfer or dispose of its shares of our common stock and its warrants to acquire our common stock for 18 months following the Effective Date (the "lock-up period"). In the first six months of the lock-up period, Brookfield Investor may not sell, transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock and up to an aggregate of 8.25% of its warrants or the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants. In the second six months of the lock-up period, Brookfield Investor may sell, transfer or dispose of up to an aggregate of 8.25% of its shares of our common stock or warrants. In the final six months of the lock-up period, Brookfield Investor may sell, transfer or dispose of up to an aggregate of 16.5% of its shares of our common stock and up to an aggregate of 16.5% of its warrants or the shares issuable on exercise of the warrants (in each case including any shares transferred or sold during the second six months of the lock-up period). After 18 months following the Effective Date, Brookfield Investor will not be restricted from any transfer of its shares of our common stock and warrants.

        Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to warrants or options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person and any group of which that person is a member, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership for any other person. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe based on the information provided to us that the

114


Table of Contents


persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

 
   
   
  Shares of Common Stock
Underlying Warrants
Beneficially Owned Prior
to the Offering
   
  Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned
After the Offering
 
 
  Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock Being
Offered
in this
Offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage of
Shares
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage of
Shares
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage of
Shares
 

Blackstone(1)

    400,764     1.1 %   333,333     4.2 %   734,097     0     0 %

Brookfield Investor(2)

    2,424,618     6.4 %   3,833,333     47.9 %   6,257,951     0     0 %

Fairholme(3)

    1,212,309     3.2 %   (4)       3,128,976     0     0 %

Pershing Square(5)

    3,567,694     9.5 %   1,916,667     24.0 %   5,484,361     0     0 %

General Trust Company, as trustee(6)

    6,553,024     17.4 %           6,553,024     0     0 %
 

M.B Capital Partners III

                                           
 

M.B. Capital Units L.L.C. 

                                           

Adam Metz(7)

                    99,850     0     0 %

Thomas Nolan, Jr.(7)

                    80,129     0     0 %

(1)
Pursuant to the Blackstone Designation, Blackstone may (and it is expected that it will) designate that some of these shares (including warrants to purchase shares of common stock) be issued in the name of one or more entities affiliated with Blackstone. The address of Blackstone is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(2)
Pursuant to the Investment Agreement with Brookfield Investor, Brookfield Investor may (and it is expected that it will) designate that some or all of these shares (including warrants to purchase shares of common stock) be issued in the name of one or more entities managed by a controlled affiliate of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. ("BAM"). BAM and such entities (and the investors in such entities) may be deemed to beneficially own some or all of such shares. The following investors in such entities may be deemed to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company in the following amounts: (i) FF, indirectly through a controlled custodian, beneficially owns 1,390,642 common shares and (ii) SK beneficially owns 1,506,539 common shares. The address of each such Brookfield-managed entity is c/o REP Investments LLC, Level 22, 135 King Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia.

(3)
The shares of common stock are beneficially owned, in the aggregate, by various investment vehicles and accounts managed by Fairholme Capital Management, L.L.C. ("FCM"). The address of FCM is 4400 Biscayne Boulevard, 9th Floor, Miami, FL 33137.

(4)
In addition, various investment vehicles and accounts managed by FCM hold 1,916,667 warrant exercisable only upon 90 days prior written notice. FCM disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock underlying these warrants on behalf of itself and such vehicles and accounts pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

(5)
The shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Pershing Square are, or may be deemed to be, beneficially held by Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P., PS Management GP, LLC and Pershing Square GP, LLC, and William A. Ackman, who collectively share, or may be deemed to share, dispositive and voting power over all shares held for the accounts of Pershing Square, L.P., Pershing Square II, L.P., Pershing Square International V, Ltd. and Pershing Square International, Ltd. (or its wholly owned subsidiary PSRH, Inc.), which, along with Pershing Square International V, Ltd., is a Cayman Islands exempted company. Certain of the Pershing Square entities also have additional economic exposure to approximately up to 5,399,097 notional shares of GGP common stock under cash-settled total return swaps, which following the Distribution, result in economic exposure to approximately 5,397,423 notional shares of our common stock (approximately 12% of our outstanding shares on the Effective Date, including shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants). The address of Pershing Square is 888 Seventh Avenue, 42nd Floor, New York, New York 10019.

115


Table of Contents

(6)
Such shares are beneficially owned by General Trust Company ("GTC") solely in its capacity as trustee of trusts, the beneficiaries of which are members of the Bucksbaum family which, for purposes hereof, include the spouses and descendents of Martin, Matthew and Maurice Bucksbaum. Certain of these trusts are the partners of M.B. Capital Partners III ("M.B. Capital"). M.B. Capital is the sole member of M.B. Capital Units L.L.C. ("Units L.L.C."). GTC has sole beneficial ownership of 922,264 shares of common stock. GTC, M.B. Capital and Units L.L.C. share beneficial ownership of 4,503,393 shares of common stock. GTC and M.B. Capital share beneficial ownership of 5,630,760 shares of common stock. The address of each of GTC, M.B. Capital and Units L.L.C. is 300 North Dakota Avenue, Suite 202, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104.

(7)
These shares represent shares of our common stock underlying THHC options received pursuant to the Plan. Mr. Metz and Mr. Nolan both served as directors and executive officers of THHC prior to the Distribution and currently serve as directors and executive officers of GGP.

116


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following is a summary of the material terms of our capital stock that are contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents. You should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, along with the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

General

        We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation on July 1, 2010. Our authorized capital stock consists of 150 million shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 50 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. As of the Effective Date, 37,713,826 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

        Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted upon by the common stockholders, and there are no cumulative voting rights. Subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, holders of our common stock would be entitled to ratable distribution of our assets remaining after the payment in full of liabilities and any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock.

        Under the Investment Agreements, for so long as a Plan Sponsor and its affiliates beneficially own 5% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis, such Plan Sponsor will be provided with preemptive rights to purchase our common stock as necessary to allow them to maintain their proportional ownership interest in us on a fully diluted basis, even though other holders of outstanding shares of our common stock will not have such preemptive rights. Any such offering could dilute the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock's investment in us. Other than the contractual preemptive rights of the Plan Sponsors, there are no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock in one or more series and, by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as a "Preferred Stock Designation"), to establish from time to time for each such series the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designations, powers, rights and preferences of the shares of each such series, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. The authority of the board of directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock includes, but is not limited to, determination of the following:

117


Table of Contents

Warrants

        This prospectus also relates to the warrants and to shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise, if any, of the warrants.

        Pursuant to the Investment Agreements and the Blackstone Designations on the Effective Date, we issued:

        The initial exercise price was determined through negotiations between GGP and the Plan Sponsors. The warrants issued to each of Brookfield Investor, Pershing Square and Blackstone are immediately exercisable; the warrants issued to Fairholme are exercisable upon 90 days' prior notice. Each warrant has a term of seven years from the closing date of the investments. The Pershing Square and Fairholme Warrants are net share settled. We will not issue any fractional shares of common stock and warrant holders do not have any voting or other rights as a stockholder of our company.

        If we (i) pay a dividend or make a distribution on our common stock in shares of common stock, (ii) subdivide our outstanding shares of common stock into a greater number of shares or (iii) combine or reverse—split our outstanding shares of common stock into a smaller number of shares, then the per share warrant price and the number of warrant shares will be proportionately decreased and increased,

118


Table of Contents


respectively, in the case of a subdivision, distribution or stock dividend, or proportionately increased and decreased, respectively, in the case of a combination or reverse stock split. The aggregate warrant price payable for the then total number of warrant shares available for exercise under the warrant will remain the same. Upon the occurrence of a change of control event, as defined in the warrant agreements, holders of the warrants will have the right require us to redeem the warrants at the fair value of such warrants as of the date of the change of control event as determined by an independent financial expert employing a valuation methodology provided for in the terms of the warrants.

        No market exists for the warrants. We do not intend to list the warrants offered hereby on any securities exchange or automated quotation system. On the Effective Date, warrants to purchase 8,000,000 shares of our common stock were outstanding.

Section 382 Restrictions

        Our certificate of incorporation imposes certain restrictions on the direct or indirect transferability of our securities to assist in the preservation of our valuable tax attributes (generally consisting of (1) approximately $400 million of suspended federal income tax deductions and (2) a relatively high federal income tax basis in our assets), including, subject to certain exceptions, that until the earlier of such time as our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to continue to impose such restrictions or the date that is three years after the Effective Date (i) no person or entity may acquire or accumulate the Threshold Percentage or more (as determined under tax law principles governing the application of section 382 of the Code) of our securities, and (ii) no person owning directly or indirectly (as determined under such tax law principles) on the Effective Date, after giving effect to the Plan, the Threshold Percentage or more of our securities may acquire additional securities of ours. Notwithstanding the contemplated restrictions in our certificate of incorporation, no assurance can be given regarding our ability to preserve our tax attributes. Threshold Percentage means, in the case of (i) THHC common stock, 4.99% of the number of outstanding shares of THHC common stock and (ii) any other class of equity of THHC, 4.99% of each such class.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Various Provisions of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        Provisions of the DGCL and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and takeover bids that our board of directors may consider inadequate and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in improved terms for our stockholders.

        Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.    We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover statute. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the acquisition of shares that resulted in a stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own) 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to

119


Table of Contents


transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

        Size of Board and Vacancies.    Our bylaws provide that the number of directors on our board of directors will be fixed exclusively by our board of directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in our authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority of our board of directors then in office, provided that a majority of the entire board of directors, or a quorum, unless the board of directors otherwise determines that such directorships should be filled by the affirmative vote of the stockholders of record of at least a majority of the voting stock, is present and any vacancies in our board of directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled generally, subject to the rights of certain parties, by the majority vote of our remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum is present.

        Special Stockholder Meetings.    Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our board of directors may call special meetings of our stockholders as well as the Secretary upon written request by stockholders who together hold 15% or more of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of our corporation entitled to vote generally on the election of directors.

        Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws expressly eliminate the right of our stockholders to act by written consent other than by unanimous written consent. Stockholder action must take place at the annual or a special meeting of our stockholders.

        Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.    Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors.

        No Cumulative Voting.    The DGCL provides that stockholders are denied the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under the DGCL, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer of us, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that it must indemnify and advance reasonable expenses to our directors and officers, subject to our receipt of an undertaking from the indemnified party as may be required under the DGCL. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and certain officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by the director or officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer. We are also expressly authorized to carry directors' and officers' insurance to protect us, our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an

120


Table of Contents


action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. However, this provision does not limit or eliminate our rights, or those of any stockholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director's duty of care. The provisions will not alter the liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding against any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is being sought.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Authorized but Unissued Shares.

        Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock is available for future issuance without your approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions and as employee compensation. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is BNY Mellon, New York, New York.

121


Table of Contents


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        We are registering shares of THHC common stock and warrants issued or issuable to the selling stockholders to permit the resale of these shares of THHC common stock and warrants by the holders thereof from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We are registering (i) shares of our common stock issuable to Pershing Square and GTC (as trustee for M.B. Capital) in connection with the Distribution, (ii) shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options to acquire our common stock held by certain of the selling stockholders named herein, (iii) warrants issued to the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone pursuant to the Plan (iv) shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants issuable to the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone pursuant to the Plan and (v) shares of our common stock issued to the Plan Sponsors and Blackstone pursuant to the Investment Agreements and the Blackstone Designation.

        Some of the shares of our common stock and the warrants offered hereby were originally issued to the Plan Sponsors pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. We agreed to register such shares of our common stock and the warrants pursuant to the Investment Agreements and the Warrants and Registration Rights Agreements. We also agreed to register the common stock issuable to GTC pursuant to a registration rights agreement. We will pay all expenses of the registration of the shares of our common stock and the warrants pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements, including, without limitation, SEC filing fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or "blue sky" laws; provided, however, that each selling stockholder will pay all underwriting discounts and selling commissions. We will indemnify the selling stockholders against certain liabilities, including some liabilities under the Securities Act, in accordance with the registration rights agreements or the selling stockholders will be entitled to contribution. We may be indemnified by the selling stockholders against civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act that may arise from any written information furnished to us by the selling stockholders specifically for use in this prospectus, in accordance with the registration rights agreements or we may be entitled to contribution.

        We will not receive any proceeds from sales of any shares of our common stock or warrants by the selling stockholders.

        The selling stockholders (or their pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest selling shares received from a named selling stockholder as a gift, partnership distribution or other non-sale-related transfer after the date of this prospectus (all of whom may be selling stockholders)) may sell all or a portion of the shares of THHC common stock or warrants beneficially owned by them and offered hereby from time to time directly or through one or more underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, and any broker-dealers or agents may arrange for other broker-dealers or agents to participate in effecting sales of these securities. These underwriters or broker-dealers may act as principals, or as an agent of a selling stockholder. If the shares of THHC common stock or warrants are sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the selling stockholders will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent's commissions. The shares of THHC common stock or warrants may be sold on any national securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system on which the securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, in the over-the-counter market or in transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market and in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected in a variety of transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions. The selling stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares or warrants:

122


Table of Contents

        The selling stockholders may also transfer the shares of our common stock or warrants by gift. We do not know of any arrangements by the selling stockholders for the sale of any of the shares of our common stock or warrants.

        The selling stockholders also may resell all or a portion of the shares of our common stock or the warrants in open market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as permitted by that rule, or Section 4(1) under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus, provided that they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of those provisions.

        Brokers or dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers or dealers to participate in sales. If the selling stockholders effect such transactions by selling shares of our common stock or warrants to or through underwriters, brokers, dealers or agents, such underwriters, brokers, dealers or agents may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling stockholders. Underwriters, brokers, dealers or agents may also receive compensation from the purchasers of shares of our common stock for whom they act as agents or to whom they sell as principals, or both. Such commissions will be in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to the prospectus contained in the registration statement, in the case of an agency transaction will not be in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with NASD Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with NASD IM 2440-1 and NASD IM 2440-2.

        In connection with sales of the shares of our common stock, the warrants or otherwise, the selling stockholders (or their pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest) may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of shares of our common stock or the warrants in the course of hedging in positions they

123


Table of Contents


assume. The selling stockholders may also sell these securities short, and if such short sale shall take place after the date that the registration statement is declared effective by the SEC, the selling stockholders may deliver the securities covered by this prospectus to close out short positions and to return borrowed shares in connection with such short sales. The selling stockholders may also loan or pledge shares of our common stock or the warrants to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities, to the extent permitted by applicable law. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or one or more derivative transactions which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of securities offered by this prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the selling stockholders have been advised that they may not use securities registered on the registration statement to cover short sales of our common stock made prior to the date the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, has been declared effective by the SEC.

        Subject to any applicable company policy, the selling stockholders (or their pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest) may, from time to time, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in some or all of the securities registered by the registration statement owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees, secured parties or persons to whom the securities have been hypothecated may offer and sell such securities from time to time pursuant to this prospectus or any amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act, amending, if necessary, the list of selling stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee, persons to whom the securities have been hypothecated or other successors in interest as selling stockholders under this prospectus. The plan of distribution for that selling stockholder's shares of our common stock or the warrants will otherwise remain unchanged. The selling stockholders (or their pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest) also may transfer and donate the shares of our common stock or the warrants in other circumstances in which case the transferees, donees, pledgees, persons to whom the securities have been hypothecated or other successors in interest thereof will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

        The selling stockholders (or their pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest) and any broker-dealers or agents participating in the distribution of the shares of our common stock may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any profits realized by the selling stockholders and any compensation earned by such broker-dealers or agents may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Selling stockholders (or their pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest) who are "underwriters" within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act will be subject to the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act including Rule 172 thereunder and may be subject to certain statutory liabilities of, including, but not limited to, Sections 11, 12 and 17 of the Securities Act and Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. We will make copies of this prospectus (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time) available to the selling stockholders (or their pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest) for the purpose of satisfying any prospectus delivery requirements. Except as otherwise set forth herein, each selling stockholder has informed the Company that it is not a registered broker-dealer or is not an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer and does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute our common stock or the warrants. In no event shall any broker dealer receive fees, commissions and markups that, in the aggregate, would exceed eight percent (8%). Brookfield Financial US, LLC, an affiliate of Brookfield Investor, is a Delaware limited liability company formed on July 21, 2009 and a registered broker-dealer. Its registration with the SEC and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) was approved on March 31, 2010.

124


Table of Contents

        Under the securities laws of some states, the shares of our common stock or the warrants may be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the shares of our common stock or the warrants may not be sold unless such shares or the warrants have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.

        The selling stockholders (or their pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest) may sell the shares covered by this prospectus from time to time, and may also decide not to sell all or any of the shares they are allowed to sell under this prospectus. The selling stockholders (or their pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest) will act independently of us in making decisions regarding the timing, manner, and size of each sale. There can be no assurance, however, that all or any of the shares will be offered by the selling stockholders. We know of no existing arrangements between any selling stockholders and any broker, dealer, finder, underwriter, or agent relating to the sale or distribution of the securities.

        Each selling stockholder (or its pledgees, donees, transferees, distributees or successors in interest) and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, Regulation M of the Exchange Act, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the shares of our common stock or the warrants by the selling stockholder and any other participating person. To the extent applicable, Regulation M may also restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the shares of our common stock or the warrants to engage in market-making activities with respect to the shares of our common stock or the warrants. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the shares of our common stock and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the shares of our common stock or the warrants.

        To the extent permitted by applicable law, this plan of distribution may be modified in a prospectus supplement or otherwise. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the securities offered hereby. This offering will terminate on the date that all securities offered by this prospectus have been sold by the selling stockholders.

        The expenses we expect to incur in connection with the registration and distribution of the securities being offered in this prospectus are estimated to be $            .

125


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York, has passed upon the validity of the common stock and warrants offered hereby on behalf of us.


EXPERTS

        The combined financial statements of The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.) (the "Company"), as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, and the related combined financial statement schedule included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein (which reports express an unqualified opinion on the combined financial statements and combined financial statement schedule and for the combined financial statements includes explanatory paragraphs regarding the Company's inclusion of allocations of certain operating expenses from General Growth Properties, Inc., the Company's bankruptcy proceedings, and the Company's ability to continue as a going concern). Such financial statements and financial statement schedule are included herein in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of TWLDC Holdings, L.P., as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the years then ended and as of December 31, 2007 and for the year then ended, included in the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part have been audited by BKD, LLP, an independent accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein. Such financial statements are included herein in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC for the shares of common stock and warrants to acquire our common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. When we complete this offering, we will also be required to file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

        You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC's website at http:www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section at the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

        You may obtain a copy of any of our filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at:

The Howard Hughes Corporation
110 N. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
(312)      -        

126


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Number
 

Combined Financial Statements

       

The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.) Unaudited Interim Combined Financial Statements

       

Combined Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009

   
F-1
 

Combined Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

    F-2  

Combined Statements of Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

    F-3  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

    F-4  

Notes to Unaudited Combined Financial Statements

    F-5  

The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.) Audited Combined Financial Statements

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-32
 

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

    F-34  

Combined Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Statements of Loss for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

    F-35  

Combined Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

    F-36  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

    F-37  

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

    F-38  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-73  

Schedule III—Combined Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

    F-74  

TWLDC Holdings, L.P. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

       

        We own a 52.5% economic interest in The Woodlands Partnerships. We have included in this prospectus the consolidated financial statements of TWLDC Holdings, L.P. as such partnership, either through majority ownership or as primary beneficiary of variable interest entities, consolidates all of The Woodlands Partnerships and the operations of The Woodlands Partnerships are significant to our operations for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Woodlands Partnerships include the venture developing the master planned community known as The Woodlands (whose operations are in the master planned community segment) and also hold the beneficial interests in other commercial real estate within the Woodlands community, including the conference center, (whose operations are reflected in the Strategic Development segment), all located near Houston, Texas. The remaining 47.5% economic interests in The Woodlands Partnerships are owned by Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund, L.P., a majority owned subsidiary of which provides all the management services for The Woodlands Partnerships.

Independent Accountants' Report

    F-76  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

    F-77  

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

    F-78  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

    F-79  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

    F-80  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-81  

Independent Accountants' Report

    F-100  

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2007

    F-101  

Consolidated Statement of Earning for the year ended December 31, 2007

    F-102  

F-i


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Partners' Equity (Deficit) for the year ended December 31, 2007

    F-103  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2007

    F-104  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-105  

F-ii



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(UNAUDITED)

 
  June 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Assets:

             

Investment in real estate:

             
 

Land

  $ 194,379   $ 194,700  
 

Buildings and equipment

    450,719     451,279  
 

Less accumulated depreciation

    (91,553 )   (85,639 )
 

Developments in progress

    256,289     258,807  
           
   

Net property and equipment

    809,834     819,147  
 

Investment in and loans to/from Real Estate Affiliates

    145,738     140,558  
 

Investment property and property held for development and sale

    1,789,191     1,782,470  
           
   

Net investment in real estate

    2,744,763     2,742,175  

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,982     3,204  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

    11,152     17,359  

Deferred expenses, net

    6,996     7,444  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    140,257     135,045  
           
   

Total assets

  $ 2,906,150   $ 2,905,227  
           

Liabilities and Equity:

             

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

             
 

Mortgages, notes and loans payable

  $ 207,646   $ 208,860  
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    726,916     782,817  
 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    217,327     134,191  
           
   

Liabilities not subject to compromise

    1,151,889     1,125,868  

Liabilities subject to compromise

    233,623     275,839  
           
   

Total liabilities

    1,385,512     1,401,707  
           

Equity:

             
 

GGP Equity

    1,521,448     1,504,364  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1,645 )   (1,744 )
           
   

Total GGP equity

    1,519,803     1,502,620  
 

Noncontrolling interests in Combined Real Estate Affiliates

    835     900  
           
   

Total equity

    1,520,638     1,503,520  
           
     

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 2,906,150   $ 2,905,227  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-1



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(UNAUDITED)

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2010   2009   2010   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Revenues:

                         
 

Minimum rents

  $ 16,969   $ 17,169   $ 34,000   $ 33,517  
 

Tenant recoveries

    4,433     4,629     9,252     9,782  
 

Overage rents

    452     284     912     850  
 

Land sales

    7,037     22,448     12,107     31,434  
 

Other

    1,738     1,622     3,148     (463 )
                   
   

Total revenues

    30,629     46,152     59,419     75,120  
                   

Expenses:

                         
 

Real estate taxes

    4,051     3,407     7,029     6,282  
 

Property maintenance costs

    1,439     1,125     3,283     2,228  
 

Marketing

    250     182     507     460  
 

Other property operating costs

    9,479     7,287     17,694     16,020  
 

Land sales operations

    10,780     21,845     20,597     32,454  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    256     607     357     1,212  
 

Property management and other costs

    4,861     4,276     8,996     8,431  
 

Strategic initiatives

        2,054         5,114  
 

Provisions for impairment

    208     56,157     486     140,180  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    3,975     4,956     8,425     10,787  
                   
   

Total expenses

    35,299     101,896     67,374     223,168  
                   

Operating loss

    (4,670 )   (55,744 )   (7,955 )   (148,048 )

Interest income

   
(46

)
 
158
   
59
   
332
 

Interest expense

    (495 )   (144 )   (1,207 )   (582 )
                   

Loss before income taxes, equity in income of Real Estate Affiliates, reorganization items and noncontrolling interests

    (5,211 )   (55,730 )   (9,103 )   (148,298 )

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

    (16,467 )   (4,543 )   (17,953 )   2,913  

Equity in income of Real Estate Affiliates

    3,680     4,365     5,172     4,121  

Reorganization items

    (10,019 )   (2,017 )   (26,614 )   (2,017 )
                   

Net loss

    (28,017 )   (57,925 )   (48,498 )   (143,281 )

Allocation to noncontrolling interests

    (25 )   (21 )   (73 )   (65 )
                   

Net loss attributable to GGP

  $ (28,042 ) $ (57,946 ) $ (48,571 ) $ (143,346 )
                   

Comprehensive Income (loss), Net:

                         
 

Net loss

  $ (28,017 ) $ (57,925 ) $ (48,498 ) $ (143,281 )
 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (311 )   224     99     326  
                   
 

Comprehensive loss

    (28,328 )   (57,701 )   (48,399 )   (142,955 )
   

Comprehensive loss allocated to noncontrolling interests

    (25 )   (21 )   (73 )   (65 )
                   
 

Comprehensive loss attributable to GGP

  $ (28,353 ) $ (57,722 ) $ (48,472 ) $ (143,020 )
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-2



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(UNAUDITED)

 
  GGP
Equity
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Noncontrolling
Interests in
Combined Real
Estate Affiliates
  Total
Equity
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Balance, January 1, 2009

  $ 1,986,938   $ (2,926 ) $ 1,803   $ 1,985,815  

Net income (loss)

    (143,346 )         65     (143,281 )

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                (103 )   (103 )

Other comprehensive income

          326           326  

Contributions from GGP, net

    21,661                 21,661  
                   

Balance, June 30, 2009

  $ 1,865,253   $ (2,600 ) $ 1,765   $ 1,864,418  
                   

Balance, January 1, 2010

 
$

1,504,364
 
$

(1,744

)

$

900
 
$

1,503,520
 

Net income (loss)

    (48,571 )         73     (48,498 )

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                (138 )   (138 )

Other comprehensive income

          99           99  

Contributions from GGP, net

    65,655                 65,655  
                   

Balance, June 30, 2010

  $ 1,521,448   $ (1,645 ) $ 835   $ 1,520,638  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-3



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2010   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

             
 

Net loss

  $ (48,498 ) $ (143,281 )
 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

             
     

Equity in income of Real Estate Affiliates

    (5,172 )   (4,121 )
     

Provision for doubtful accounts

    357     1,212  
     

Distributions received from Real Estate Affiliates

        1,406  
     

Depreciation

    7,356     9,143  
     

Amortization

    1,069     1,644  
     

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt market rate adjustments

    225     569  
     

Amortization of intangibles other than in-place leases

    101     114  
     

Straight-line rent amortization

    (615 )   (462 )
     

Provisions for impairment

    486     140,180  
     

Land/residential development and acquisitions expenditures

    (30,561 )   (24,431 )
     

Cost of land sales

    3,250     18,667  
     

Non-cash reorganization items

    (570 )   (76 )
     

Net changes:

             
       

Accounts and notes receivable

    6,465     (2,343 )
       

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (7,191 )   24,675  
       

Deferred expenses

    (926 )   (1,031 )
       

Accounts payable and accrued expenses and deferred tax liabilities

    22,450     (31,484 )
       

Other, net

    612     453  
           
       

Net cash used in operating activities

    (51,162 )   (9,166 )
           

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

             
 

Acquisition/development of real estate and property additions/improvements

    (37,110 )   (18,805 )
 

Proceeds from sales of investment properties

        6,392  
 

Increase in investments in Real Estate Affiliates

    (8 )   (1,230 )
 

Decrease in restricted cash

        202  
           
   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (37,118 )   (13,441 )
           

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

             
 

Change in GGP investment, net

    90,715     39,373  
 

Principal payments on mortgages, notes and loans payable

    (2,519 )   (6,836 )
 

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    (138 )   (103 )
           
   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    88,058     32,434  
           

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (222 )   9,827  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    3,204     4,963  
           

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 2,982   $ 14,790  
           

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

             
 

Interest paid

  $ 21,022   $ 26,422  
 

Interest capitalized

    20,412     26,002  
 

Reorganization items paid

    1,231      

Non-Cash Transactions:

             
 

Change in accrued capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ (33,718 ) $ 5,191  
 

Mortgage debt market rate adjustment related to emerged entities

    876      
 

Other non-cash GGP equity transactions

    (25,024 )   (17,688 )
 

Recognition of note payable in conjunction with land held for development and sale

        6,520  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-4



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION

General

        Spinco, Inc. was a newly formed Delaware corporation created on July 1, 2010 to hold certain assets and liabilities of General Growth Properties, Inc. ("GGP") and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Predecessors"). On October 8, 2010, Spinco, Inc. changed its name to The Howard Hughes Corporation ("THHC" or the "Company"). On April 16, 2009 and April 22, 2009 collectively, (the "Petition Date"), GGP and certain of its subsidiaries (the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the "Chapter 11 Cases"). On August 17, 2010, GGP filed with the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the "Bankruptcy Court") its second amended and restated plan of reorganization (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Plan") for the Debtors remaining in the Chapter 11 Cases (the "Topco Debtors"). THHC is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of GGP Limited Partnership ("GGPLP"), which is majority-owned by GGP. Pursuant to the Plan, THHC will receive certain of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessors (the "Separation"), which we refer to as our business or "the THHC Businesses." We expect the reorganization of GGP to be completed during the fourth quarter of 2010 (such time of completion being referred to as the "Effective Date"). On or prior to the Effective Date, approximately 32.5 million shares of common stock of THHC will be distributed or issued to the common and preferred unit holders of GGPLP, which includes GGP, and then GGP will distribute its portion of such shares pro rata to holders of GGP common stock (the "Distribution"). GGP will not retain any ownership interest in THHC. The Plan generally provides for the payment/settlement or reinstatement of claims against the TopCo Debtor's, funded with new equity capital provided by investors sponsoring the Plan (the "Plan Sponsors"). As part of the Plan Sponsors' commitments, the Plan Sponsors will purchase approximately 5.3 million shares of our common stock for $250 million. The Predecessors' bankruptcies are being jointly administered under the case In re: General Growth Properties, Inc., et al., Case No. 09-11977 in the Bankruptcy Court.

        To date, we have not conducted any business as a separate company and have no material assets or liabilities. The operations of the business to be transferred to us by the Predecessors is presented as if the transferred business was our business for all historical periods described and at the historical cost/carrying value of such assets and liabilities reflected in GGP's books and records. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us" and "our" refer to THHC and its combined subsidiaries after giving effect to the transfer of assets and liabilities from the Predecessors.

        On the Effective Date, our assets are expected to consist of the following:

        Our ownership interests in properties in which we own a majority or controlling interest are combined under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Our interests in TWCPC Holdings, L.P., ("The Woodlands Commercial"), the Woodlands Operating Company, LP ("The Woodlands Operating") and the Woodlands Land Development Company, LP

F-5



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)


("The Woodlands MPC"), all located in Houston, Texas and, collectively, the "Woodlands Partnerships", and our interests in Westlake Retail Associates, Ltd ("Circle T Ranch") and 170 Retail Associates Ltd ("Circle T Power Center") and, together with Circle T Ranch, "Circle T", located in Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas, are held through joint venture entities in which we own non-controlling interests and are accounted for on the equity method. The Woodlands Partnerships, Circle T and certain cost method (see Note 3) and non-ownership rights are collectively referred to in this registration statement as our "Real Estate Affiliates".

Principles of Combination and Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of the THHC Businesses in which we have a controlling interest and are presented on a combined basis as all such THHC Businesses have common control and ownership by GGP. The noncontrolling equity holders' share of the assets, liabilities and operations are reflected in noncontrolling interests within permanent equity of the Company. All significant intercompany balances and transactions between the THHC Businesses have been eliminated.

        As discussed above, we were formed for the purpose of receiving, via a tax-free distribution, certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of GGP pursuant to the Plan. We have conducted no business and will have no material assets or liabilities until the Distribution is consummated. No previous historical financial statements for the THHC Businesses have been prepared and, accordingly, our combined financial statements are derived from the books and records of GGP and were carved-out from GGP at a carrying value reflective of such historical cost in such GGP records. Our historical financial results reflect allocations for certain corporate expenses which include, but are not limited to, costs related to property management, human resources, security, payroll and benefits, legal, corporate communications, information services and restructuring and reorganization. Costs of the services that were allocated or charged to us were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to us based on a number of factors, most significantly the Company's percentage of GGP's adjusted revenue and assets and the number of properties. We believe these allocations are reasonable; however, these results do not reflect what our expenses would have been had the Company been operating as a separate stand-alone public company. In addition, the THHC Businesses were operated as subsidiaries of GGP, which operates as a real estate investment trust ("REIT"). We are expected to operate as a taxable corporation. The historical combined financial information presented will therefore not be indicative of the results of operations, financial position or cash flows that would have been obtained if we had been an independent, stand-alone entity during the periods shown or of our future performance as an independent, stand-alone entity.

The Predecessors' Bankruptcy

        In the fourth quarter of 2008 the Predecessors halted or slowed nearly all development and redevelopment at our properties due to liquidity concerns, other than those that were substantially complete or could not be deferred as a result of contractual commitments. As described above, as the Predecessors had significant past due, or imminently due, and cross-collateralized or cross-defaulted debt, on the Petition Date, GGP, on behalf of itself and certain of its domestic subsidiaries including certain wholly-owned THHC Businesses, filed voluntary petitions for the Chapter 11 Cases (collectively with the entities filing on the Petition Date, the "Debtors"). The Debtors that sought protection under Chapter 11 that are part of THHC are collectively referred to as the "THHC Debtors" and comprise

F-6



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)


33 entities with approximately $268.4 million of secured mortgage loans. However, the entities that own our Bridgeland and Columbia master planned communities, the entities which own substantially all of our eight undeveloped land parcels and our joint ventures, The Woodlands Partnerships and Circle T, among others (collectively, the "THHC Non-Debtors"), did not seek such relief.

        During the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors' are operating as Debtors in Possession. A debtor is afforded certain protection against its creditors and creditors are prohibited from taking certain actions (such as pursuing collection efforts or proceeding to foreclose on secured obligations) related to debts that were owed prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases. Accordingly, although the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases triggered defaults on substantially all debt obligations of the Debtors, creditors are stayed from taking any action as a result of such defaults. Absent an order of the Bankruptcy Court, these pre-petition liabilities are subject to settlement under a plan of reorganization.

        Since the Petition Date, the Bankruptcy Court has granted a variety of Debtors' motions that allow them to continue to operate their businesses in the ordinary course without interruption, and covering, among other things, employee obligations, critical service providers, tax matters, insurance matters, tenant and contractor obligations, claim settlements, ordinary course property sales, cash management, cash collateral, alternative dispute resolution, settlement of pre-petition mechanics liens and department store transactions.

        During December 2009, three of the THHC Debtors (the "Emerged Debtors") with $215.3 million of secured mortgage loans filed consensual plans of reorganization (the "Emerged Plans"). As of December 31, 2009, two of the Emerged Debtors with $146.8 million secured debt had emerged from bankruptcy. The plan of reorganization and emergence from bankruptcy of the remaining Emerged Debtor occurred on July 23, 2010. The THHC Debtors that remain in Chapter 11 at August 2, 2010 (the "Remaining THHC Debtors") are expected to emerge from bankruptcy pursuant to the Plan.

        As described above, we have received legal protection from our creditors pursuant to the Chapter 11 Cases. This protection is limited in duration and the Predecessors are currently negotiating the terms of the Plan with their lenders and other stakeholders.

        The Company was formed in July 2010 to hold the THHC Businesses pursuant to the Plan. The consummation of the Plan, and therefore the receipt of assets and liabilities related to the THHC Businesses by the Company, depends, in part, on GGP's potential ability to obtain confirmation of the Plan. Uncertainties about the consummation of GGP's plan of reorganization raise substantial doubts as to the ability of the THHC Businesses to continue as a going concern. The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. However, as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, such realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities are subject to a significant number of uncertainties. Our combined financial statements do not reflect any adjustments related to the recoverability of assets and satisfaction of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

Accounting for Reorganization

        The accompanying combined financial statements and the combined condensed financial statements of the THHC Debtors presented below have been prepared in accordance with GAAP

F-7



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)


related to financial reporting by entities in reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code, and on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Such accounting guidance also provides that if a debtor, or group of debtors, has significant combined assets and liabilities of entities which have not sought Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection, the debtors and non-debtors should continue to be combined. However, separate disclosure of financial statement information solely relating to the debtor entities should be presented. Therefore, the combined condensed financial statements presented below solely reflect the financial position and results of operations for the THHC Debtors which have not emerged from bankruptcy as of June 30, 2010.


Unaudited Combined Condensed Balance Sheets

 
  June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Net investment in real estate

  $ 1,829,155   $ 1,836,995  

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,109     1,285  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

    2,025     7,966  

Other

    117,581     111,977  
           
 

Total assets

  $ 1,949,870   $ 1,958,223  
           

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

             
 

Deferred tax liabilities

  $ 770,556   $ 827,264  
 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    206,550     121,903  

Liabilities subject to compromise

    233,623     275,839  

Equity

    739,141     733,217  
           
 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,949,870   $ 1,958,223  
           

        As described above, certain of the THHC Debtors have emerged from bankruptcy protection as of June 30, 2010. The unaudited combined condensed statements of operations, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and the unaudited combined condensed statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 presented below includes the Topco Debtors that are THHC Businesses, and excludes Emerged Debtors. Since the THHC Debtors commenced their respective Chapter 11 Cases on two different dates in April 2009, the unaudited combined condensed statements of operations and cash flows have been prepared for the period May 1, 2009 to June 30, 2009.

F-8



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)

Unaudited Combined Condensed Statements of Operations

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2010
  Three Months Ended
June 30, 2010
  May 1, 2009 to
June 30, 2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Operating revenues

  $ 31,396   $ 15,886   $ 10,870  

Operating expenses

    50,115     26,385     71,872  

Provision for impairment

    486     208     235  
               
 

Operating loss

    (19,205 )   (10,707 )   (61,237 )

Interest income, net

    1,013     293     460  

(Provision for) benefit from for income taxes

    (17,439 )   (16,166 )   730  

Equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates

    615     478     (67 )

Reorganization items

    (26,115 )   (9,559 )   (1,327 )
               
 

Net loss

    (61,131 )   (35,661 )   (61,441 )

Allocation to noncontrolling interests

    (189 )   (28 )   (206 )
               
 

Net loss attributable to GGP

  $ (61,320 ) $ (35,689 ) $ (61,647 )
               


Unaudited Combined Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2010
  May 1, 2009 to
June 30, 2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Net cash used in:

             
 

Operating activities

  $ (176 ) $ (4,090 )
 

Investing activities

         
 

Financing activities

         
           
   

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (176 )   (4,090 )
   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    1,285     6,065  
           
   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 1,109   $ 1,975  
           

Cash paid for reorganization items

  $ (255 ) $  

Classification of Liabilities Not Subject to Compromise

        Liabilities not subject to compromise include: (1) liabilities held by THHC Non-Debtor entities; (2) liabilities incurred after the Petition Date; (3) pre-Petition Date liabilities the Emerged Debtors expect to pay in full, even though certain of these amounts may not be paid until a plan of reorganization is effective; and (4) liabilities related to pre-petition contracts that affirmatively have not been rejected.

        All liabilities incurred by the Debtors prior to the Petition Date other than those specified above are considered liabilities subject to compromise. The amounts of the various categories of liabilities that are subject to compromise are set forth below. These amounts represent the Company's estimates of known or potential pre-Petition Date claims that are likely to be resolved in connection with the bankruptcy filings. Such claims remain subject to future adjustments. Adjustments may result from negotiations, actions of the Bankruptcy Court, rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases,

F-9



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)


the determination as to the value of any collateral securing claims, proofs of claim, or other events. There can be no assurance that the equity of the Company's stockholders will not be diluted. The amounts subject to compromise consisted of the following items:

 
  June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Mortgages and secured notes

  $ 132,849   $ 133,973  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    100,774     141,866  
           
 

Total liabilities subject to compromise

  $ 233,623   $ 275,839  
           

        The classification of liabilities "not subject to compromise" versus liabilities "subject to compromise" is based on currently available information and analysis. As the remaining Chapter 11 Cases proceed and additional information is received and analysis is completed, or as the Bankruptcy Court rules on relevant matters, the classification of amounts between these two categories may change. The amount of any such changes could be material.

Reorganization Items

        Reorganization items under the Chapter 11 Cases are expense or income items that were incurred or realized by the THHC Debtors as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases and are presented separately in the Combined Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss and in the condensed combined statements of operations of the THHC Debtors presented above. These items include professional fees and similar types of expenses and gains directly related to the Chapter 11 Cases, resulting from activities of the reorganization process, and interest earned on cash accumulated by the THHC Debtors as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases. Reorganization items specific to the THHC Businesses have been allocated to us and have been reflected in our combined financial statements and in the tables presented below.

        In addition, the key employee incentive program (the "KEIP") was subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court. The KEIP is intended to retain certain key employees of GGP and provides for payment to these GGP employees upon successful emergence from bankruptcy. A portion of the KEIP has been deemed to relate specifically to our properties' deemed probable of being paid and therefore, we are recognizing our estimated KEIP expense in the period from the date the KEIP was approved by the Bankruptcy Court to our estimated date of successful emergence from bankruptcy. We accrued a liability for the KEIP in Accounts payable and accrued expenses on the Combined Balance Sheets of $8.1 million as of June 30, 2010 and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2009. In addition, we recognized the resulting expense in Reorganization items on the Combined Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss of $1.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and $5.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

F-10



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)

        Reorganization items are as follows:

Reorganization Items
  Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2010
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2010
  Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2009
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
  (In thousands)
 

Gains on liabilities subject to compromise—vendors(1)

  $ (36 ) $ (282 ) $ (76 ) $ (76 )

Losses on liabilities subject to compromise—mortgage debt(2)

    365     365          

Interest income(3)

    (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )

U.S. Trustee fees(4)

    131     270          

Restructuring costs(5)

    9,560     26,262     2,094     2,094  
                   
 

Total reorganization items

  $ 10,019   $ 26,614   $ 2,017   $ 2,017  
                   

(1)
This amount includes gains from repudiation, rejection or termination of contracts or guarantee of obligations. Such gains reflect agreements reached with certain critical vendors, which were authorized by the Bankruptcy Court and for which payments on an installment basis began in July 2009.

(2)
Such net losses include the Fair Value adjustments of mortgage debt relating to entities that emerged from bankruptcy.

(3)
Interest income primarily reflects amounts earned on cash accumulated as a result of our Chapter 11 cases.

(4)
Estimate of fees due remain subject to confirmation and review by the Office of the United States Trustee ("U.S. Trustee").

(5)
Restructuring costs primarily include professional fees incurred related to the bankruptcy filings, the estimated KEIP payment, finance costs incurred by the Emerged Debtors and the write off of unamortized deferred finance costs related to the Emerged Debtors.

Impairment

Properties, developments in progress and land held for development or redevelopment, including assets to be sold after such development or redevelopment

        GAAP related to accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets require that if impairment indicators exist and the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by an asset are less than its carrying amount, an impairment provision should be recorded to write down the carrying amount of such asset to its Fair Value. We review our combined and uncombined real estate assets, including operating properties, land held for development and sale and developments in progress, for potential impairment indicators whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

        Impairment indicators for our Master Planned Communities segment are assessed separately for each community and include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in sales pace or average

F-11



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)


selling prices, significant increases in expected land development and construction costs or cancellation rates, and projected losses on expected future sales.

        Impairment indicators for our Strategic Development segment are assessed separately for each property and include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in comparable property sale prices, in real estate property net operating income and occupancy percentages.

        Impairment indicators for pre-development costs, which are typically costs incurred during the beginning stages of a potential development, and developments in progress are assessed by project and include, but are not limited to, significant changes in projected completion dates, revenues or cash flows, development costs, market factors and sustainability of development projects.

        If an indicator of potential impairment exists, the asset is tested for recoverability by comparing its carrying amount to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows. The cash flow estimates used both for determining recoverability and estimating Fair Value (defined below) are inherently judgmental and reflect current and projected trends in rental, occupancy and capitalization rates, and estimated holding periods for the applicable assets. Although the estimated value of certain assets may be exceeded by the carrying amount, a real estate asset is only considered to be impaired when its carrying amount cannot be recovered through estimated future undiscounted cash flows. In such regard, although all master planned communities and two strategic development properties had impairment indicators and such assets had carrying values in excess of their respective estimated fair values at June 30, 2010, no additional impairment provisions were considered necessary. To the extent an impairment provision is necessary, the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its estimated Fair Value is expensed to operations. In addition, the impairment provision is allocated proportionately to adjust the carrying amount of the asset. The adjusted carrying amount, which represents the new cost basis of the asset, is depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset.

        We recorded impairment charges related to our properties held for development, redevelopment and sale, and developments in progress of $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and $56.2 and $140.2 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, respectively, as presented in the table below. All of these impairment charges are included in provisions for impairment in our combined financial statements.

Investment in Real Estate Affiliates

        In accordance with GAAP related to the equity method of accounting for investments, a series of operating losses of an investee or other factors may indicate that a decrease in value of our investment in the Real Estate Affiliates has occurred which is other-than-temporary. The investment in each of the Real Estate Affiliates is evaluated periodically and as deemed necessary for recoverability and valuation declines that are other than temporary. Accordingly, in addition to the property-specific impairment analysis that we perform on the investment properties, land held for development and sale and developments in progress owned by such joint ventures (as part of our investment property impairment process described above), we also considered the ownership and distribution preferences and limitations and rights to sell and repurchase our ownership interests. Based on such evaluations, no provisions for impairment were recorded for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 related to our investments in Real Estate Affiliates. See Note 3 for further disclosure of the provisions for impairment related to certain properties within our Real Estate Affiliates.

F-12



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)

General

        Although all of the properties in our Master Planned Communities segment had Fair Values less than their carrying amounts, the undiscounted cash flows for these properties exceeded their carrying amounts and therefore no additional impairment provision was warranted. Of those properties in our Strategic Development segment that had impairment indicators, only two operating properties had Fair Values less than their carrying amounts. Undiscounted cash flows for these properties exceeded their carrying amounts and therefore no additional impairment provision was warranted. Based on the Company's plans with respect to those properties, we believe that the carrying amounts are recoverable and therefore, under applicable GAAP guidance, no additional impairments were taken. Nonetheless, due to the tight credit markets and the uncertain economic environment, as well as other uncertainties, or if our plans regarding our assets change, additional impairment charges in the future could result. Therefore, we can provide no assurance that material impairment charges with respect to our properties held for development, redevelopment and sale and development in progress and our investment in Real Estate Affiliates will not occur in future periods. Accordingly, we will continue to monitor circumstances and events in future periods to determine whether additional impairments are warranted.

Impaired Asset
  Location   Method of Determining Fair Value   Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2010
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2010
 
 
   
   
  (In thousands)
 

Strategic Development:

                     
 

Various pre-development costs

      (2)   $ 208   $ 486  
                   

 

Impaired Asset
  Location   Method of Determining Fair Value   Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2009
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2009
 
 
   
   
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities:

                     
   

Maryland-Fairwood Community

  Columbia, MD   Projected sales price analysis(1)(3)   $   $ 52,767  

Strategic Development:

                     
   

Allen Towne Mall

  Allen, TX   Projected sales price analysis(1)(3)         24,166  
   

Nouvelle at Natick

  Natick, MA   Discounted cash flow analysis(3)     55,923     55,923  
   

Redlands Promenade

  Redlands, CA   Projected sales price analysis(1)(3)         6,667  
 

Various pre-development costs

      (2)     234     657  
                   

Total Strategic Development

            56,157     87,413  
                   

Total Provisions for impairment

          $ 56,157   $ 140,180  
                   

(1)
Projected sales price analysis incorporates available market information and other management assumptions.

(2)
Related to the write down of various pre-development costs that were determined to be non-recoverable due to the related projects being terminated.

(3)
These impairments were primarily driven by the carrying value of the assets, including costs expected to be incurred, not being recoverable by the projected sales price of such assets.

Fair Value Measurements

        Fair Value is defined as the price that would be received to sell or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date.

F-13



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)

        The accounting principles for Fair Value measurements establish a three-tier Fair Value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring Fair Value. These tiers include:

        The asset or liability Fair Value measurement level within the Fair Value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the Fair Value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Any Fair Values utilized or disclosed in our combined financial statements were developed for the purpose of complying with the accounting principles established for Fair Value measurements. The Fair Values of our assets or liabilities for enterprise value in our Chapter 11 Cases or as a component of our reorganization plan (see Note 1) will reflect differing assumptions and methodologies. These estimates will be subject to a number of approvals and reviews and therefore may be materially different.

        The following table summarizes our assets that are measured at Fair Value on a nonrecurring basis as of June 30, 2009.

 
  Total Fair
Value
Measurement
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets (Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
  Total Loss
Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2009
  Total Loss
Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Investments in real estate:

                                     
 

Allen Towne Mall

  $ 29,511   $   $ 29,511   $   $   $ (24,166 )
 

Maryland-Fairwood Master Planned Community

    12,629         12,629             (52,767 )
 

Nouvelle At Natick(1)

    64,661             64,661     (55,923 )   (55,923 )
 

Redlands Promenade

    6,727             6,727         (6,667 )
                           

Total investments in real estate

  $ 113,528   $   $ 42,140   $ 71,388   $ (55,923 ) $ (139,523 )
                           

(1)
The Fair Value is based on estimated sales value.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The Fair Values of our financial instruments approximate their carrying amount in our financial statements except for debt. Notwithstanding that we do not believe that a fully-functioning market for real property financing exists currently, GAAP guidance requires that management estimate the Fair Value of our debt. However, as a result of the THHC Debtors' Chapter 11 filings, the Fair Value for

F-14



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)


the outstanding debt that is included in liabilities subject to compromise in our Combined Balance Sheets cannot be reasonably determined at June 30, 2010 as the timing and amounts to be paid are subject to confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court. For the $207.6 million of mortgages, notes and loans payable outstanding that are not subject to compromise at June 30, 2010, management's required estimates of Fair Value are presented below. This Fair Value was estimated solely for financial statement reporting purposes and should not be used for any other purposes, including to estimate the value of any of the Company's securities or to estimate the appropriate interest rate for consensual and non-consensual restructuring of secured debt in our Chapter 11 Cases. We estimated the Fair Value of this debt based on quoted market prices for publicly-traded debt, recent financing transactions (which may not be comparable), estimates of the Fair Value of the property that serves as collateral for such debt, historical risk premiums for loans of comparable quality, current London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), a widely quoted market interest rate which is frequently the index used to determine the rate at which we borrow funds and US treasury obligation interest rates, and on the discounted estimated future cash payments to be made on such debt. The discount rates estimated reflect our judgment as to what the approximate current lending rates for loans or groups of loans with similar maturities and credit quality would be if credit markets were operating efficiently and assume that the debt is outstanding through maturity. We have utilized market information as available or present value techniques to estimate the amounts required to be disclosed, or, in the case of the debt of the Emerged Debtors, recorded due to GAAP bankruptcy emergence guidance. Since such amounts are estimates that are based on limited available market information for similar transactions and do not acknowledge transfer or other repayment restrictions that may exist in specific loans, it is unlikely that the estimated Fair Value of any of such debt could be realized by immediate settlement of the obligation.

 
  June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009  
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Fair Value
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Fixed-rate debt

  $ 207,646   $ 218,624   $ 208,860   $ 205,406  
                   

Revenue Recognition and Related Matters

        Revenues from land sales are recognized using the full accrual method provided that various criteria relating to the terms of the transactions and our subsequent involvement with the land sold are met. Criteria include the consummation of the sale, demonstration of the collectability of the sales price, the transfer of usual risks and rewards of ownership to the buyer and absence of substantial continuing involvement from the seller. Revenues relating to transactions that do not meet the established criteria are deferred and recognized when the criteria are met or using the installment or cost recovery methods, as appropriate in the circumstances. Revenues and cost of sales are recognized on a percentage of completion basis for land sale transactions in which we are required to perform additional services and incur significant costs after title has passed.

        Nouvelle at Natick is a 215 unit residential condominium project, located in Natick, Massachusetts. Pursuant to the Plan, only the unsold units at Nouvelle at Natick on the Effective Date will be distributed to us and no deferred revenue or sales proceeds from unit closings prior to the Effective Date will be allocated to us. As of June 30, 2010, 87 units were unsold at Nouvelle at Natick. Income

F-15



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)


related to unit sales subsequent to the Effective Date is expected to be accounted for on a unit-by-unit basis on the full accrual method.

        Minimum rent revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related leases. Minimum rent revenues also include amounts collected from tenants to allow the termination of their leases prior to their scheduled termination dates and accretion related to above and below-market tenant leases on acquired properties.

        Straight-line rent receivables, which represent the current net cumulative rents recognized prior to when billed and collectible as provided by the terms of the leases, of $3.0 million as of June 30, 2010 and $3.2 million as of December 31, 2009, are included in Accounts and notes receivable, net in our combined financial statements. Percentage rent in lieu of fixed minimum rent received from tenants was $1.1 million and $1.8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and $0.8 million and $1.6 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, and is included in Minimum Rents in our combined financial statements.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. For example, estimates and assumptions have been made with respect to useful lives of assets, capitalization of development and leasing costs, provision for income taxes, recoverable amounts of receivables and deferred taxes, initial valuations and related amortization periods of deferred costs and intangibles, particularly with respect to acquisitions, impairment of long-lived assets, Fair Value of debt of the Emerged Debtors and cost ratios and completion percentages used for land sales. Actual results could differ from these and other estimates.

Earnings Per Share ("EPS")

        Presentation of EPS information is not applicable as all of our common stock, since the date of our formation on July 1, 2010, is owned by GGP.

Debt Market Rate Adjustments

        We record market rate adjustments related to our mortgages, notes and loans payable primarily for debt held by the THHC Debtors upon emergence from bankruptcy. Such debt market rate adjustments are recorded based on the estimated Fair Value of the debt at the time of emergence and are recorded within mortgages, notes and loans payable on our Combined Balance Sheets. The debt market rate adjustments are amortized as interest expense over the remaining term of the loans using the effective interest method.

F-16



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

        The following table summarizes our intangible assets and liabilities:

 
  Gross Asset
(Liability)
  Accumulated
(Amortization)/
Accretion
  Net Carrying
Amount
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

As of June 30, 2010

                   

Tenant leases:

                   
 

In-place value

  $ 12,005   $ (10,139 ) $ 1,866  
 

Above-market

    2,270     (2,005 )   265  
 

Below-market

    (78 )   70     (8 )

Ground leases:

                   
 

Above-market

    (16,968 )   2,660     (14,308 )
 

Below-market

    23,096     (1,908 )   21,188  

As of December 31, 2009

                   

Tenant leases:

                   
 

In-place value

  $ 13,063   $ (10,875 ) $ 2,188  
 

Above-market

    2,323     (1,883 )   440  
 

Below-market

    (86 )   72     (14 )

Ground leases:

                   
 

Above-market

    (16,968 )   2,425     (14,543 )
 

Below-market

    23,096     (1,739 )   21,357  

        The gross asset balances of the in-place value of tenant leases are included in Buildings and equipment in our Combined Balance Sheets. The above-market and below-market tenant and ground leases are included in Prepaid expenses and other assets and Accounts payable and accrued expenses (Note 7) in our combined financial statements. The decrease in the gross asset (liability) accounts at June 30, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009 is primarily due to the write-off of fully amortized assets/(liabilities) in the six months ended June 30, 2010.

NOTE 3 REAL ESTATE AFFILIATES

        We own non-controlling investments in The Woodlands Partnerships and Circle T whereby, generally, we share in the profits and losses, cash flows and other matters relating to our investments in such Real Estate Affiliates in accordance with our respective ownership percentages. Our unaffiliated joint venture partners manage the properties owned by these joint ventures. As we have joint interest and control of these ventures with our venture partners, we account for these joint ventures using the equity method.

        As of June 30, 2010, approximately $373.7 million of the indebtedness was secured by the properties owned by our Real Estate Affiliates, our share of which was approximately $196.2 million. There can be no assurance that we will be able to refinance or restructure such debt (including the $171.2 million of debt maturing in 2010) on acceptable terms or otherwise, or that joint venture operations or contributions by us and/or our partners will be sufficient to repay such loans.

F-17



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3 REAL ESTATE AFFILIATES (Continued)

Condensed Combined Financial Information of Certain Real Estate Affiliates

        As The Woodlands Partnerships and Circle T are accounted for on the equity method, the following summarized financial information as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 is presented below.

 
  June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Condensed Combined Balance Sheets—Real Estate Affiliates

             

Assets:

             
 

Land

  $ 31,077   $ 31,077  
 

Buildings and equipment

    236,381     207,051  
 

Less accumulated depreciation

    (77,561 )   (73,866 )
 

Developments in progress

    29,104     55,996  
           
   

Net property and equipment

    219,001     220,258  
 

Investment property and property held for development and sale

    247,488     266,253  
           
   

Net investment in real estate

    466,489     486,511  
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    53,818     35,569  
 

Accounts and notes receivable, net

    58,857     66,460  
 

Deferred expenses, net

    636     1,189  
 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    47,074     40,561  
           
     

Total assets

  $ 626,874   $ 630,290  
           

Liabilities and Owners' Equity:

             
 

Mortgages, notes and loans payable

  $ 373,686   $ 377,964  
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    102,783     107,700  
 

Owners' equity

    150,405     144,626  
           
     

Total liabilities and owners' equity

  $ 626,874   $ 630,290  
           

Investment In and Loans To/From Real Estate Affiliates, Net:

             

Owners' equity

  $ 150,405   $ 144,626  

Less joint venture partners' equity

    (71,892 )   (69,147 )

Capital or basis differences and loans

    67,225     65,079  
           

Investment in and loans to/from

             
 

Real Estate Affiliates, net

  $ 145,738   $ 140,558  
           

F-18



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3 REAL ESTATE AFFILIATES (Continued)

 
  Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2010   2009   2010   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
  (In thousands)
 

Condensed Combined Statements of Income Real Estate Affiliates

                         

Revenues:

                         
 

Minimum rents

  $ 2,554   $ 5,494   $ 4,541   $ 10,794  
 

Land sales

    25,405     25,560     49,471     35,276  
 

Management and other fees

    16,351     17,037     30,179     34,006  
                   
   

Total revenues

    44,310     48,091     84,191     80,076  
                   

Expenses:

                         
 

Real estate taxes

    496     396     986     724  
 

Property maintenance costs

    555     606     468     1,222  
 

Other property operating costs

    15,024     19,436     28,546     38,816  
 

Land sales operations

    19,278     17,487     37,644     27,600  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    1,771     1,913     3,676     3,830  
                   
   

Total expenses

    37,124     39,838     71,320     72,192  
                   

Operating income

    7,186     8,253     12,871     7,884  

Interest income

   
571
   
142
   
1,339
   
350
 

Interest expense

    (2,730 )   (1,721 )   (5,632 )   (3,351 )

Provision for income taxes

    (827 )   (110 )   (1,137 )   (130 )
                   

Net income attributable to joint venture partners

  $ 4,200   $ 6,564   $ 7,441   $ 4,753  
                   

Equity In Income of Real Estate Affiliates:

                         

Net income attributable to joint venture partners

  $ 4,200   $ 6,564   $ 7,441   $ 4,753  

Joint venture partners' share of income

    (1,995 )   (3,117 )   (3,534 )   (2,255 )

Amortization of capital or basis differences

    1,475     918     1,265     1,623  
                   

Equity in income of Unconsolidated Real Estate Affiliates

  $ 3,680   $ 4,365   $ 5,172   $ 4,121  
                   

F-19



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4 MORTGAGES, NOTES AND LOANS PAYABLE

        Mortgages, notes and loans payable are summarized as follows:

 
  June 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Fixed-rate debt:

             
 

Collateralized mortgages, notes and loans payable

  $ 340,495   $ 342,833  
   

Less: Mortgages, notes and loans payable subject to compromise

    (132,849 )   (133,973 )
           
 

Total mortgages, notes and loans payable not subject to compromise

  $ 207,646   $ 208,860  
           

        As previously discussed, on April 16 and 22, 2009, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11, which triggered defaults on substantially all debt obligations of the Debtors. However, under section 362 of Chapter 11, the filing of a bankruptcy petition automatically stays most actions against the debtor's estate. Absent an order of the Bankruptcy Court, these pre-petition liabilities are subject to settlement under a plan of reorganization, and therefore are presented as Liabilities subject to compromise on the Combined Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Of the total amount of debt presented above, $207.6 million and 208.9 million is not subject to compromise, consisting of the collateralized mortgages of the THHC Debtors that have emerged from bankruptcy as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Also, as discussed in Note 1, the $68.5 million of mortgage debt of the remaining Emerged Debtor was reflected as subject to compromise at June 30, 2010 as the effective date of its plan of reorganization did not occur as of June 30, 2010. Such mortgage loan amount was reclassified to be reflected as not subject to compromise in July 2010.

        As of December 31, 2009, as described in Note 1, plans of reorganization for the Emerged Debtors, secured by approximately $146.8 million of mortgage debt, had been declared effective. The Emerged Plans for such Emerged Debtors provided for, in exchange for payment of certain extension fees and cure of previously unpaid amounts due on the applicable mortgage loans (primarily, principal amortization otherwise scheduled to have been paid since the Petition Date), the extension of the secured mortgage loans at previously existing non-default interest rates. As a result of the extensions, weighted average remaining duration of the secured loans associated with these properties is 5.17 years as of June 30, 2010. In conjunction with these extensions, certain financial and operating covenants and guarantees were created or reinstated. With respect to the loans of the THHC Debtors that remain in bankruptcy at June 30, 2010, we are currently recognizing interest expense based on contract rates in effect prior to bankruptcy as the Bankruptcy Court has ruled that interest payments based on such contract rates constitutes adequate protection to the secured lenders. Such debt that remains subject to compromise at June 30, 2010 is expected to be reinstated or satisfied pursuant to the Plan.

        The Plan Debtors, pursuant to their debt obligations, are required to comply with certain customary financial covenants and affirmative representations and warranties including, but not limited to, stipulations relating to leverage, net equity, cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness and interest or fixed charge coverage ratios. Such financial covenants are calculated from applicable information computed in accordance with GAAP, subject to certain exclusions or adjustments, as defined. As discussed in Note 1, the Predecessors were unable to repay or refinance certain debt as it became due, and our Chapter 11 Cases have stayed the enforcement of the default provisions of such covenants with respect to our properties.

F-20



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4 MORTGAGES, NOTES AND LOANS PAYABLE (Continued)

Collateralized Mortgages, Notes and Loans Payable

        As of June 30, 2010, $330.9 million of land, buildings and equipment and developments in progress (before accumulated depreciation) have been pledged as collateral for our mortgages, notes and loans payable. Certain of these secured loans are cross-collateralized with other properties. Substantially all of the $340.5 million of fixed and variable rate secured mortgage notes and loans payable are non-recourse. In addition, certain mortgage loans as of June 30, 2010 contain other credit enhancement provisions which have been provided by the TopCo Debtors upon which GGP does not expect to perform during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases. These security or credit enhancement provisions are to be modified pursuant to the Plan, including, among other things, to substitute us for GGP. Certain mortgage notes payable may be prepaid but are generally subject to a prepayment penalty equal to a yield-maintenance premium, defeasance or a percentage of the loan balance.

Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds

        We had outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds of $86.7 million as of June 30, 2010 and $76.5 million as of December 31, 2009. These letters of credit and bonds were issued primarily in connection with insurance requirements, special real estate assessments and construction obligations.

NOTE 5 INCOME TAXES

        Although GGP operated as a REIT, certain of the THHC Businesses operated as taxable REIT subsidiaries. Given the overall make-up of the THHC Businesses, particularly the undeveloped land in our Master Planned Communities segment, we will not elect to be treated as a REIT and thus will generally be taxed as a C corporation. However, one of our combined entities, Victoria Ward, Ltd. ("Ward", substantially all of which is owned by us) elected to be taxed as a REIT under sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), commencing with the taxable year beginning January 1, 2002. To qualify as a REIT, Ward must meet a number of organizational and operational requirements, including requirements to distribute at least 90% of its ordinary taxable income and to distribute to stockholders or pay tax on 100% of capital gains and to meet certain asset and income tests. Ward has satisfied such REIT distribution requirements for 2009.

        The deferred tax liability associated with the master planned communities is largely attributable to the difference between the basis and value determined as of the date of the acquisition by the Predecessors of The Rouse Company ("TRC") in 2004 adjusted for sales that have occurred since that time. The cash cost related to this deferred tax liability is dependent upon the sales price of future land sales and the method of accounting used for income tax purposes. The deferred tax liability related to deferred income is the difference between the income tax method of accounting and the financial statement method of accounting for prior sales of land in our Master Planned Communities.

        Unrecognized tax benefits recorded pursuant to uncertain tax positions were $126.2 million and $56.5 million as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, excluding interest, of which $0.4 million and $0 as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, would impact our effective tax rate. Accrued interest related to these unrecognized tax benefits amounted to $25.4 million as of June 30, 2010 and $9.6 million as of December 31, 2009. We recognized an increase of interest expense related to the unrecognized tax benefits of $14.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010; $15.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010; $0.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

F-21



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5 INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        Generally, we are currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ending December 31, 2005 through 2009 and are open to audit by state taxing authorities for years ending December 31, 2004 through 2009. Two of our subsidiaries are subject to IRS audit for the years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, and in connection with such audits, the IRS has proposed changes resulting in $148.2 million of additional tax. We have disputed the proposed changes and it is the Company's position that the tax law in question has been properly applied and reflected in the 2007 and 2008 returns for these two subsidiaries. We are currently considering a settlement offer from the IRS and cannot predict when these audits will be resolved. We have previously provided for the additional taxes sought by the IRS, through our uncertain tax position liability or deferred tax liabilities. Although we believe our tax returns are correct, the final determination of tax examinations and any related litigation could be different than what was reported on the returns. In the opinion of management, we have made adequate tax provisions for years subject to examination. Based on our assessment of the expected outcome of these examinations or examinations that may commence, or as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest, for tax positions taken regarding previously filed tax returns will materially change from those recorded at June 30, 2010. A material change in unrecognized tax benefits could have a material effect on our statements of income and comprehensive income. As of June 30, 2010, there are $126.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest, which due to the reasons above, could significantly increase or decrease during the next twelve months.

        There are certain tax attributes, such as net operating loss carry forwards, that may be limited in the event of an ownership change as defined under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. If an ownership change were to occur, there could be significant valuation allowances placed on deferred tax assets that do not have valuation allowances as of June 30, 2010.

NOTE 6 TRANSACTIONS WITH GGP AND OTHER GGP SUBSIDIARIES

Intercompany Transactions

        As described in Note 1, the accompanying combined financial statements present the operations of the THHC Businesses as carved-out from the consolidated financial statements of GGP. Transactions between the THHC Businesses have been eliminated in the combined presentation. Also as described in Note 1, an allocation of certain centralized GGP costs incurred for activities such as employee benefit programs, property management and asset management functions, centralized treasury, payroll and administrative functions have been made to the property operating costs of THHC Businesses. Accordingly, transactions between the THHC Businesses and GGP or other GGP subsidiaries have not been eliminated except that end-of-period intercompany balances between GGP and the THHC Businesses have been considered elements of THHC equity.

Incentive Stock Plans

        Prior to the Chapter 11 Cases, the Predecessors granted qualified and non-qualified stock options and restricted stock to certain GGP officers and key employees whose compensation costs related specifically to our assets. Accordingly, stock-based compensation costs pertaining to such employees have been reflected in our combined financial statements for the applicable periods. A similar stock option and restricted stock plan is expected to be in place for our employees after the Effective Date.

F-22



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6 TRANSACTIONS WITH GGP AND OTHER GGP SUBSIDIARIES (Continued)

        Pursuant to the Plan, each outstanding option to acquire shares of GGP stock will be converted into (i) an option to acquire the same number of shares of common stock of reorganized GGP and (ii) a separate option to acquire 0.0983 shares of our common stock for each existing option for one share of GGP common stock. The replacement options will have the same terms and conditions as the outstanding GGP Options. As of the Effective Date, we expect 507,307 shares of our common stock to be issuable upon exercise of the THHC Options. The exercise price per share of a THHC Option that is converted from a GGP Option shall be computed based upon the relative trading prices of our common stock and reorganized GGP's common stock during the last ten-day trading period ending on or before the sixtieth calendar day following the Effective Date. As the majority of the current outstanding options to acquire shares of GGP have an exercise price in excess of the current trading price of GGP stock, we do not expect such outstanding options for our stock to be materially dilutive as of the Effective Date. In addition, with respect to certain of the currently outstanding GGP options, the Plan provides that the holders of such options will be given the alternative of receiving, in cash, the excess of the highest reported share price of GGP stock during the sixty day period prior to the Effective Date over the exercise price of such option, and, accordingly, the amount of THHC common stock issuable on the Effective Date as a result of the currently outstanding GGP options will be less than the 507,307 shares to the extent such alternative is elected.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

        The Predecessors evaluated stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the GAAP related to share-based payments, which requires companies to estimate the Fair Value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of an award to our employees that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Combined Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss. The compensation expense for employees specifically attributed to the THHC Businesses have been included in the accompanying combined financial statements.

NOTE 7 OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

        The following table summarizes the significant components of prepaid expenses and other assets.

 
  June 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Special Improvement District receivable

  $ 48,765   $ 48,713  

Receivables—other

    41,995     37,355  

Below-market ground leases (Note 2)

    21,188     21,357  

Prepaid expenses

    17,088     9,465  

Security and escrow deposits

    6,818     9,487  

Other

    4,403     8,668  
           

  $ 140,257   $ 135,045  
           

F-23



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7 OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the significant components of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities.

 
  June 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Uncertain tax position liability

  $ 151,575   $ 66,129  

Construction payable

    57,656     108,437  

Payables to GGP

    31,712     30,359  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    25,483     23,087  

Above-market ground leases

    14,308     14,543  

Deferred gains/income

    7,465     9,045  

Accrued interest

    5,650     3,816  

Insurance reserve

    5,409     5,640  

Tenant and other deposits

    4,132     4,322  

Accrued real estate taxes

    4,026     4,548  

Accrued payroll and other employee liabilities

    2,264     2,754  

Other

    8,421     3,377  
           
 

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses

    318,101     276,057  
 

Less: amounts subject to compromise (Note 1)

    (100,774 )   (141,866 )
           
   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses not subject to compromise

  $ 217,327   $ 134,191  
           

NOTE 8 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        In the normal course of business, from time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings relating to the ownership and operations of our properties. In management's opinion, the liabilities, if any, that may ultimately result from such legal actions are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our combined financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

        We lease land or buildings at certain properties from third parties. The leases generally provide us with a right of first refusal in the event of a proposed sale of the property by the landlord. Rental payments are expensed as incurred and have, to the extent applicable, been straight-lined over the term of the lease. Contractual rental expense, including participation rent, was $0.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010; $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010; $0.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The same rent expense excluding amortization of above and below-market ground leases and straight-line rents, as presented in our combined financial statements, was $0.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010; $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010; $0.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

        See Note 5 for our obligations related to uncertain tax positions for disclosure of additional contingencies.

F-24



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Contingent Stock Agreement

        In conjunction with GGP's acquisition of The Rouse Company ("TRC") in November 2004, GGP assumed TRC's obligations under the Contingent Stock Agreement, (the "CSA"). TRC entered into the CSA in 1996 when it acquired The Hughes Corporation ("Hughes"). This acquisition included various assets, including Summerlin (the "CSA Assets"), a development in our Master Planned Communities segment. The CSA is an unsecured obligation of GGP and therefore, GGP's obligations to the former Hughes owners or their successors (the "Beneficiaries") under the CSA are subject to treatment in accordance with applicable requirements of the bankruptcy law and any plan of reorganization that will be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.

        Under the terms of the CSA, GGP was required through August 2009 to issue shares of its common stock semi-annually (February and August) to the Beneficiaries with the number of shares to be issued in any period based on cash flows from the development and/or sale of the CSA Assets and GGP's stock price. The Beneficiaries' share of earnings from the CSA Assets has been accounted for in our combined financial statements as a land sales operations expense, with the difference between such share of operations and the share of cash flows paid remaining as a contingent obligation. During 2009, GGP was not obligated to deliver any shares of its common stock under the CSA as the net development and sales cash flows were negative for the applicable periods. During 2008, 356,661 shares of GGP common stock (from treasury shares) were delivered to the Beneficiaries pursuant to the CSA.

        Under the terms of the CSA, GGP was also required to make a final distribution to the Beneficiaries in 2010, following a final valuation of the remaining CSA Assets as of December 31, 2009. The CSA set forth a methodology for establishing this final valuation and required the payment be made in shares of GGP common stock. On August 4, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order directing the parties to proceed with an expedited appraisal process for the CSA assets and directing the parties to choose an independent appraiser to assist in the valuation process. Although the final payment may be in a range of amounts, we have estimated an amount to satisfy the obligations with respect to the final CSA distribution requirement. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2009, we recorded an incremental intercompany liability from GGP classified in our equity net of the accrued contingent obligation related to the share of previous earnings of the CSA assets, with such amount reflected as additional investment (approximately $178 million) in the CSA Assets (that is, contingent consideration) that are to be transferred to us pursuant to the Plan and as an intercompany transaction with GGP. The actual amount of the final distribution by GGP to the Beneficiaries remains subject to determination by the Bankruptcy Court.

NOTE 9 RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        As of January 1, 2009, we adopted new GAAP related to business combinations, which will change how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact our financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods.

        On June 12, 2009, the FASB issued new generally accepted accounting guidance that amends the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities. The amendments to the consolidation guidance affect all entities and enterprises currently within the scope of the previous guidance and are effective to the Company on January 1, 2010. We have adopted this new pronouncement and it did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

F-25



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9 RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS (Continued)

        In June 2009, the FASB issued new GAAP guidance related to the accounting standards codification and the hierarchy of GAAP. The codification's content will carry the same level of authority, effectively superseding previous related guidance. The GAAP hierarchy has been modified to include only two levels of GAAP: authoritative and nonauthoritative. This new guidance was effective for us in the third quarter of 2009. The effect of the implementation of this new guidance on our combined financial statements resulted in the conversion of previously referenced specific accounting guidance to a "plain English" reference.

NOTE 10 SEGMENTS

        We have two business segments which offer different products and services. Our segments are managed separately because each requires different operating strategies or management expertise. We do not distinguish or group our combined operations on a geographic basis. Further, all operations are within the United States and no customer or tenant comprises more than 10% of combined revenues. Our reportable segments are as follows:

        The operating measure used to assess operating results for the business segments is adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization ("Adjusted EBITDA"). Adjusted EBITDA also excludes reorganization items, strategic initatives, provisions for impairment and allocation to noncontrolling interest and, accordingly, management believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information about a property's operating performance.

        The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1, except that we report the operations of our Real Estate Affiliates using the proportionate share method rather than the equity method. Under the proportionate share method, our share of the revenues and expenses of our Real Estate Affiliates are aggregated with the revenues and expenses of combined properties. Under the equity method, our share of the net revenues and expenses of our Real Estate Affiliates are reported as a single line item, Equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates, in our Combined Statements of Loss and Comprehensive loss. This difference affects only the reported revenues and operating expenses of the segments and has no effect on our reported net earnings. In addition, other revenue includes the Adjusted EBITDA of discontinued operations and is reduced by the Adjusted EBITDA attributable to our noncontrolling interests.

        The total cash expenditures for additions to long-lived assets for the Master Planned Communities segment was $30.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $24.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Similarly, cash expenditures for long-lived assets for the Strategic Development segment were $37.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and $18.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. Such amounts for the Master Planned Communities segment and the Strategic Development segment are included in the amounts listed as Land/residential development and

F-26



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 SEGMENTS (Continued)


acquisitions expenditures and Acquisition/development of real estate and property additions/improvements, respectively, in our Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

        Segment operating results are as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended June 30, 2010  
 
  Combined
Properties
  Real Estate
Affiliates
  Segment
Basis
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities

                   

Land sales

  $ 7,037   $ 13,337   $ 20,374  

Land sales operations

    (10,780 )   (8,759 )   (19,539 )
               
 

Master Planned Communities Adjusted EBITDA

    (3,743 )   4,578     835  
               

Strategic Development

                   

Property revenues:

                   
 

Minimum rents

  $ 16,969   $ 1,341   $ 18,310  
 

Tenant recoveries

    4,433         4,433  
 

Overage rents

    452         452  
 

Other, including noncontrolling interests

    1,738     8,585     10,323  
               
   

Total property revenues

    23,592     9,926     33,518  
               

Property operating expenses:

                   
 

Real estate taxes

    4,051     261     4,312  
 

Property maintenance costs

    1,439     291     1,730  
 

Marketing

    250         250  
 

Other property operating costs

    9,479     7,886     17,365  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    256         256  
 

Property management and other costs

    4,861         4,861  
               
   

Total property operating expenses

    20,336     8,438     28,774  
               
     

Strategic Development Adjusted EBITDA

    3,256     1,488     4,744  
               

Total Segments Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (487 ) $ 6,066   $ 5,579  
               

F-27



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 SEGMENTS (Continued)

 

 
  Three Months Ended June 30, 2009  
 
  Combined
Properties
  Real Estate
Affiliates
  Segment
Basis
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities

                   

Land sales

    22,448     13,419     35,867  

Land sales operations

    (21,845 )   (9,705 )   (31,550 )
               
 

Master Planned Communities Adjusted EBITDA

    603     3,714     4,317  
               

Strategic Development

                   

Property revenues:

                   
 

Minimum rents

  $ 17,169   $ 4,172   $ 21,341  
 

Tenant recoveries

    4,629         4,629  
 

Overage rents

    284         284  
 

Other, including noncontrolling interests

    1,622     8,944     10,566  
               
   

Total property revenues

    23,704     13,116     36,820  
               

Property operating expenses:

                   
 

Real estate taxes

    3,407     206     3,613  
 

Property maintenance costs

    1,125     318     1,443  
 

Marketing

    182         182  
 

Other property operating costs

    7,287     10,213     17,500  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    607         607  
 

Property management and other costs

    4,276         4,276  
               
   

Total property operating expenses

    16,884     10,737     27,621  
               
     

Strategic Development Adjusted EBITDA

    6,820     2,379     9,199  
               

Total Segments Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 7,423   $ 6,093   $ 13,516  
               

F-28



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 SEGMENTS (Continued)

 

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2010  
 
  Combined
Properties
  Real Estate
Affiliates
  Segment
Basis
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities

                   

Land sales

    12,107     25,972     38,079  

Land sales operations

    (20,597 )   (18,741 )   (39,338 )
               
   

Master Planned Communities Adjusted EBITDA

    (8,490 )   7,231     (1,259 )

Strategic Development

                   

Property revenues:

                   
 

Minimum rents

  $ 34,000   $ 2,384   $ 36,384  
 

Tenant recoveries

    9,252         9,252  
 

Overage rents

    912         912  
 

Other, including noncontrolling interests

    3,148     15,844     18,992  
               
   

Total property revenues

    47,312     18,228     65,540  
               

Property operating expenses:

                   
 

Real estate taxes

    7,029     518     7,547  
 

Property maintenance costs

    3,283     246     3,529  
 

Marketing

    507         507  
 

Other property operating costs

    17,694     14,986     32,680  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    357         357  
 

Property management and other costs

    8,996         8,996  
               
   

Total property operating expenses

    37,866     15,750     53,616  
               
     

Strategic Development Adjusted EBITDA

    9,446     2,478     11,924  
               

Total Segments Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 956   $ 9,709   $ 10,665  
               

F-29



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 SEGMENTS (Continued)

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2009  
 
  Combined
Properties
  Real Estate
Affiliates
  Segment
Basis
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities

                   

Land sales

    31,434     18,520     49,954  

Land sales operations

    (32,454 )   (14,473 )   (46,927 )
               
 

Master Planned Communities Adjusted EBITDA

    (1,020 )   4,047     3,027  

Strategic Development

                   

Property revenues:

                   
 

Minimum rents

  $ 33,517   $ 6,954   $ 40,471  
 

Tenant recoveries

    9,782         9,782  
 

Overage rents

    850         850  
 

Other, including minority interest

    (463 )   17,853     17,390  
               
   

Total property revenues

    43,686     24,807     68,493  
               

Property operating expenses:

                   
 

Real estate taxes

    6,282     377     6,659  
 

Property maintenance costs

    2,228     641     2,869  
 

Marketing

    460         460  
 

Other property operating costs

    16,020     20,397     36,417  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    1,212         1,212  
 

Property management and other costs

    8,431         8,431  
               
   

Total property operating expenses

    34,633     21,415     56,048  
               
     

Strategic Development Adjusted EBITDA

    9,053     3,392     12,445  
               

Total Segments Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 8,033   $ 7,439   $ 15,472  
               

F-30



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 SEGMENTS (Continued)

        The following reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP-basis operating loss:

 
  Three Months
Ended June 30,
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2010   2009   2010   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Segment Basis Adjusted EBITDA ("AEBITDA") and EBITDA to GAAP Net (Loss) Income Attributable to GGP

                         

AEBITDA

  $ 5,579   $ 13,516   $ 10,665   $ 15,472  

Strategic initiatives

        (2,054 )       (5,114 )

Provisions for impairment

    (208 )   (56,157 )   (486 )   (140,180 )

Debt extinguishment costs

        (9 )       (9 )

Reorganization items

    (10,019 )   (2,017 )   (26,614 )   (2,017 )
                   

EBITDA

    (4,648 )   (46,721 )   (16,435 )   (131,848 )

Depreciation and amortization

    (4,946 )   (5,966 )   (10,421 )   (12,805 )

Amortization of deferred finance costs

    (152 )   (119 )   (305 )   (552 )

Interest income

    253     233     762     516  

Interest expense

    (1,623 )   (752 )   (3,549 )   (1,437 )

Provision for income taxes

    (16,901 )   (4,600 )   (18,550 )   2,845  

Allocation to noncontrolling interests

    (25 )   (21 )   (73 )   (65 )
                   
 

Net loss attributable to GGP

  $ (28,042 ) $ (57,946 ) $ (48,571 ) $ (143,346 )
                   

        The following reconciles segment revenues to GAAP-basis combined revenues:

 
  Three Months
Ended June 30,
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2010   2009   2010   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Segment Basis Revenues to GAAP Revenues

                         

Master Planned Communities—Total Segment

  $ 20,374   $ 35,867   $ 38,079   $ 49,954  

Strategic Development—Total Segment

    33,518     36,820     65,540     68,493  
                   

Total Segment revenues

    53,892     72,687     103,619     118,447  
 

less:

                         
 

Woodlands land sales revenues

    13,337     13,419     25,972     18,520  
 

Strategic Development Real Estate Affiliates revenues

    9,926     13,116     18,228     24,807  
                   

Total combined revenues—GAAP basis

  $ 30,629   $ 46,152   $ 59,419   $ 75,120  
                   

F-31



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
General Growth Properties, Inc.
Chicago, Illinois

        We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of certain entities that are expected to be transferred to The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.), an indirect subsidiary of General Growth Properties, Inc., and are under common ownership and common control of General Growth Properties, Inc., (the "THHC Businesses"), as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related combined statements of loss and comprehensive loss, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the THHC Businesses' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. Certain entities within the THHC Businesses and General Growth Properties, Inc. are Debtors-in-Possession.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The THHC Businesses are not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the THHC Businesses' internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the THHC Businesses as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the combined results of their operations and their combined cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, the combined financial statements of the THHC Businesses include allocations of certain operating expenses from General Growth Properties, Inc. These costs may not be reflective of the actual level of costs which would have been incurred had the THHC Businesses operated as an independent, stand-alone entity separate from General Growth Properties, Inc.

        As discussed in Note 1 to the combined financial statements, certain entities of the THHC Businesses as well as General Growth Properties, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries have filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code ("Chapter 11"). The accompanying financial statements do not purport to reflect or provide for the consequences of the bankruptcy proceedings. In particular, such financial statements do not purport to show (a) as to assets, their realizable value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities; (b) as to prepetition liabilities, the amounts that may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof; (c) as to equity accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made in the capitalization of the THHC Businesses; or (d) as to operations, the effect of any changes that may be made in its business.

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the THHC Businesses will continue as a going concern. The Howard Hughes Corporation was formed in 2010 to hold the

F-32



THHC Businesses pursuant to the General Growth Properties, Inc. plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 (the "Plan"). The consummation of the Plan, and therefore the receipt of such assets and liabilities by The Howard Hughes Corporation, depends, in part, on General Growth Properties, Inc.'s ability to negotiate and obtain confirmation of the Plan. Uncertainties about the consummation of General Growth Properties, Inc.'s plan of reorganization raise substantial doubt about the THHC Businesses' ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans concerning these matters are also discussed in Note 1 to the combined financial statements. The combined financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Chicago, Illinois
August 24, 2010 (October 21, 2010 as to the effects of The Howard Hughes Corporation name change as described in Note 1)

F-33



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2008  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Assets:

             

Investment in real estate:

             
 

Land

  $ 194,700   $ 205,033  
 

Buildings and equipment

    451,279     522,780  
 

Less accumulated depreciation

    (85,639 )   (103,293 )
 

Developments in progress

    258,807     767,228  
           
   

Net property and equipment

    819,147     1,391,748  
 

Investment in and loans to/from Real Estate Affiliates

    140,558     169,885  
 

Investment property and property held for development and sale

    1,782,470     1,711,395  
           
   

Net investment in real estate

    2,742,175     3,273,028  

Cash and cash equivalents

    3,204     4,963  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

    17,359     17,362  

Deferred expenses, net

    7,444     9,206  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    135,045     139,397  
           
   

Total assets

  $ 2,905,227   $ 3,443,956  
           

Liabilities and Equity:

             

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

             
 

Mortgages, notes and loans payable

  $ 208,860   $ 358,467  
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    782,817     794,820  
 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    134,191     304,854  
           
   

Liabilities not subject to compromise

    1,125,868     1,458,141  

Liabilities subject to compromise

    275,839      
           
   

Total liabilities

    1,401,707     1,458,141  
           

Equity:

             
 

GGP Equity

    1,504,364     1,986,938  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1,744 )   (2,926 )
           
   

Total GGP equity

    1,502,620     1,984,012  
 

Noncontrolling interests in Combined Real Estate Affiliates

    900     1,803  
           
   

Total equity

    1,503,520     1,985,815  
           
     

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 2,905,227   $ 3,443,956  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-34



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   
 

Minimum rents

  $ 65,653   $ 68,441   $ 78,209  
 

Tenant recoveries

    19,642     21,592     22,449  
 

Overage rents

    2,701     3,519     5,194  
 

Land sales

    45,996     66,557     142,360  
 

Other

    2,356     12,398     12,286  
               
   

Total revenues

    136,348     172,507     260,498  
               

Expenses:

                   
 

Real estate taxes

    13,813     10,418     9,824  
 

Property maintenance costs

    5,586     6,113     7,232  
 

Marketing

    1,071     1,530     1,646  
 

Other property operating costs

    33,739     36,584     35,109  
 

Land sales operations

    49,062     63,421     114,210  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    2,539     1,174     1,301  
 

Property management and other costs

    17,643     20,656     26,799  
 

Strategic Initiatives

    5,380     1,496      
 

Provisions for impairment

    680,349     52,511     125,879  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    19,841     18,421     22,995  
               
   

Total expenses

    829,023     212,324     344,995  
               

Operating loss

    (692,675 )   (39,817 )   (84,497 )

Interest income

    1,689     1,914     1,650  

Interest expense

    (977 )   (809 )   (146 )
               

Loss before income taxes, equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates, reorganization items and noncontrolling interests

    (691,963 )   (38,712 )   (82,993 )

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

    23,969     (2,703 )   10,643  

Equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates

    (28,209 )   23,506     68,451  

Reorganization items

    (6,674 )        
               

Loss from continuing operations

    (702,877 )   (17,909 )   (3,899 )

Discontinued operations—loss on disposition

    (939 )        
               

Net loss

    (703,816 )   (17,909 )   (3,899 )

Allocation to noncontrolling interests

    204     (100 )   (101 )
               

Net loss attributable to GGP

  $ (703,612 ) $ (18,009 ) $ (4,000 )
               

Comprehensive Income (loss), Net:

                   
 

Net loss

  $ (703,816 ) $ (17,909 ) $ (3,899 )
 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    1,182     (1,956 )   253  
               
 

Comprehensive loss

    (702,634 )   (19,865 )   (3,646 )
   

Comprehensive income (loss) allocated to noncontrolling interests

    204     (100 )   (101 )
               
 

Comprehensive loss attributable to GGP

  $ (702,430 ) $ (19,965 ) $ (3,747 )
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-35



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

 
  GGP
Equity
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Noncontrolling
Interests in
Combined Real
Estate Affiliates
  Total
Equity
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Balance, January 1, 2007

  $ 1,362,511   $ (1,223 ) $ 3,950   $ 1,365,238  

Net income (loss)

    (4,000 )         101     (3,899 )

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                (2,105 )   (2,105 )

Other comprehensive income

          253           253  

Preferred dividends declared

                (12 )   (12 )

Common dividends declared

    (114,831 )               (114,831 )

Contributions from GGP, net

    366,028                 366,028  
                   

Balance, December 31, 2007

  $ 1,609,708   $ (970 ) $ 1,934   $ 1,610,672  
                   

Net income (loss)

    (18,009 )         100     (17,909 )

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                (219 )   (219 )

Other comprehensive loss

          (1,956 )         (1,956 )

Preferred dividends declared

                (12 )   (12 )

Common dividends declared

    (77,807 )               (77,807 )

Contributions from GGP, net

    473,046                 473,046  
                   

Balance, December 31, 2008

  $ 1,986,938   $ (2,926 ) $ 1,803   $ 1,985,815  
                   

Net loss

    (703,612 )         (204 )   (703,816 )

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                (687 )   (687 )

Other comprehensive income

          1,182           1,182  

Preferred dividends declared

                (12 )   (12 )

Contributions from GGP, net

    221,038                 221,038  
                   

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 1,504,364   $ (1,744 ) $ 900   $ 1,503,520  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-36



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

                   
 

Net loss

  $ (703,816 ) $ (17,909 ) $ (3,899 )
 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                   
     

Equity in income of Real Estate Affiliates (including provisions for impairment in 2009)

    28,209     (23,506 )   (68,451 )
     

Provision for doubtful accounts

    2,539     1,174     1,301  
     

Distributions received from Real Estate Affiliates

    1,406     2,478     73,856  
     

Depreciation

    17,145     15,637     20,883  
     

Amortization

    2,696     2,784     2,112  
     

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt market rate adjustments

    978     810     147  
     

Amortization (accretion) of intangibles other than in-place leases

    220     268     (247 )
     

Straight-line rent amortization

    (49 )   (306 )   (138 )
     

Deferred income taxes including tax restructuring benefit

    (23,120 )   (6,811 )   (53,229 )
     

Loss on dispositions

    939          
     

Provisions for impairment

    680,349     52,511     125,879  
     

Land/residential development and acquisitions expenditures

    (61,226 )   (147,757 )   (216,176 )
     

Cost of land sales

    22,019     24,516     48,794  
     

Reorganization items-finance costs related to emerged entities

    2,158          
     

Non-cash reorganization items

    (11,835 )        
     

Net changes:

                   
       

Accounts and notes receivable

    (2,487 )   3,215     3,810  
       

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    24,867     26,387     30,298  
       

Deferred expenses

    (1,850 )   (3,516 )   (2,764 )
       

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    1,941     15,658     (15,710 )
       

Other, net

    1,047     3,668     1,493  
               
     

Net cash used in operating activities

    (17,870 )   (50,699 )   (52,041 )
               

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

                   
 

Acquisition/development of real estate and property additions/improvements

    (27,738 )   (314,103 )   (144,860 )
 

Proceeds from sales of investment properties

    6,392     14,821      
 

Increase in investments in Real Estate Affiliates

    (288 )   (717 )   (1,348 )
 

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

    202     (202 )    
               
   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (21,432 )   (300,201 )   (146,208 )
               

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

                   
 

Principal payments on mortgages, notes and loans payable

    (10,465 )   (15,509 )   (59,276 )
 

Change in GGP investment, net

    50,865     374,154     259,297  
 

Finance costs related to emerged entities

    (2,158 )        
 

Cash distributions paid to preferred stockholders of Victoria Ward, Ltd. 

    (12 )   (12 )   (12 )
 

Cash distributions paid to common stockholders of Victoria Ward, Ltd. 

        (9,990 )   (14,831 )
 

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    (687 )   (219 )   (2,105 )
               
   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    37,543     348,424     183,073  
               

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,759 )   (2,476 )   (15,176 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    4,963     7,439     22,615  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 3,204   $ 4,963   $ 7,439  
               

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

                   
 

Interest paid

  $ 48,100   $ 38,200   $ 33,643  
 

Interest capitalized

    46,976     38,088     27,918  
 

Reorganization items paid

    2,384          

Non-Cash Transactions:

                   
 

Change in accrued capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ (15,222 ) $ 81,376   $ 21,047  
 

Change in CSA accrual

    178,130     (13,031 )   (5,268 )
 

Mortgage debt market rate adjustment related to emerged entities

    11,723          
 

Other non-cash GGP equity transactions

    2,612     44,106     12,009  
 

Recognition of note payable in conjunction with land held for development and sale

    6,520          
 

Non-cash dividends

        67,817     100,000  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-37



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION

General

        Spinco, Inc. was a newly formed Delaware corporation created on July 1, 2010 to hold certain assets and liabilities of General Growth Propertics, Inc. ("GGP") and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Predecessors"). On October 8, 2010, Spinco, Inc. changed its name to The Howard Hughes Corporation ("THHC" or the "Company"). On April 16, 2009 and April 22, 2009 (collectively, the "Petition Date"), GOP and certain of its subsidiaries (the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the "Chapter 11 Cases"). On August 17, 2010, GGP filed with the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the "Bankruptcy Court") its second amended and restated plan of reorganization (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Plan") for the Debtors remaining in the Chapter 11 Cases (the "Topco Debtors"). THHC is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of GGP Limited Partnership ("GGPLP"), which is majority owned by GGP. Pursuant to the Plan, THHC will receive certain of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessors (the "Separation"), which we refer to as our business or "the THHC Businesses." We expect the reorganization of GGP to be completed during the fourth quarter of 2010 (such time of completion being referred to as the "Effective Date"). On or prior to the Effective Date, approximately 32.5 million shares of common stock of THHC will be distributed or issued to the common and preferred unit holders of GGPLP, which includes GGP, and then GGP will distribute its portion of such shares pro rata to holders of GGP common stock (the "Distribution"). GOP will not retain any ownership interest in THHC. The Plan generally provides for the payment/settlement or reinstatement of claims against the TopCo Debtor's, funded with new equity capital provided by investors sponsoring the Plan (the "Plan Sponsors"). As part of the Plan Sponsors commitments, the Plan Sponsors will purchase approximately 5.3 million shares of our common stock for $250 million. The Predecessors' bankruptcies are being jointly administered under the case In re: General Growth Properties, Inc., et al., Case No. 09-11977 in the Bankruptcy Court.

        To date, we have not conducted any business as a separate company and have no material assets or liabilities. The operations of the business to be transferred to us by the Predecessors is presented as if the transferred business was our business for all historical periods described and at the historical cost/ carrying value of such assets and liabilities reflected in GGP's books and records. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us" and "our" refer to THHC and its combined subsidiaries after giving effect to the transfer of assets and liabilities from the Predecessors.

        On the Effective Date, our assets are expected to consist of the following:

        Our ownership interests in properties in which we own a majority or controlling interest are combined under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Our interests in TWCPC Holdings, L.P., ("The Woodlands Commercial"), the Woodlands Operating Company, LP ("The Woodlands Operating") and the Woodlands Land Development Company, LP ("The Woodlands MPC"), all located in Houston, Texas and, collectively, the "Woodlands Partnerships", and our interests in Westlake Retail Associates, Ltd ("Circle T Ranch") and 170 Retail

F-38



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)

Associates Ltd ("Circle T Power Center") and, together with Circle T Ranch, "Circle T", located in Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas, are held through joint venture entities in which we own non-controlling interests and are accounted for on the equity method. The Woodlands Partnerships, Circle T and certain cost method (see Note 5) and non-ownership rights are collectively referred to as our "Real Estate Affiliates".

The Predecessors' Bankruptcy

        In the fourth quarter of 2008 the Predecessors' halted or slowed nearly all development and redevelopment at our properties due to liquidity concerns, other than those that were substantially complete or could not be deferred as a result of contractual commitments. As described above, as the Predecessors had significant past due, or imminently due, and cross-collateralized or cross-defaulted debt, on the Petition Date, GGP, on behalf of itself and certain of its domestic subsidiaries including certain wholly-owned THHC Businesses, filed voluntary petitions for the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors that sought protection under Chapter 11 that are part of THHC are collectively referred to as the "THHC Debtors" and on the Petition Date comprised 33 entities with approximately $268.4 million of secured mortgage loans. However, the entities that own our Bridgeland and Columbia master planned communities, the entities which own substantially all of our eight undeveloped land parcels and our joint ventures, The Woodlands Partnerships and Circle T, among others (collectively, the "THHC Non-Debtors"), did not seek such relief.

        During the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors' are operating as Debtors in Possession and a debtor is afforded certain protection against its creditors and creditors are prohibited from taking certain actions (such as pursuing collection efforts or proceeding to foreclose on secured obligations) related to debts that were owed prior to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases. Accordingly, although the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases triggered defaults on substantially all debt obligations of the Debtors, creditors are stayed from taking any action as a result of such defaults. Absent an order of the Bankruptcy Court, these pre-petition liabilities are subject to settlement under a plan of reorganization.

        Since the Petition Date, the Bankruptcy Court has granted a variety of Debtors' motions that allow them to continue to operate its business in the ordinary course without interruption; and covering, among other things, employee obligations, critical service providers, tax matters, insurance matters, tenant and contractor obligations, claim settlements, ordinary course property sales, cash management, cash collateral, alternative dispute resolution, settlement of pre-petition mechanics liens and department store transactions.

        During December 2009, three of the THHC Debtors (the "Emerged Debtors") with $215.3 million of secured mortgage loans filed consensual plans of reorganization (the "Emerged Plans"). As of December 31, 2009, two of the Emerged Debtors with $146.8 million secured debt had emerged from bankruptcy. The plan of reorganization and emergence from bankruptcy of the remaining Emerged Debtor occurred on July 23, 2010. The THHC Debtors that remain in Chapter 11 at July 23, 2010 (the "Remaining THHC Debtors") are expected to emerge from bankruptcy pursuant to the Plan.

        The Company was formed in 2010 to hold the THHC Businesses pursuant to the Plan. The consummation of such plan, and therefore the receipt of such assets and liabilities by the Company, depends, in part, on GGP's ability to obtain confirmation of the Plan. Uncertainties about the consummation of the Plan raise substantial doubts as to the ability of the THHC Businesses to continue as a going concern. The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared in

F-39



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1 ORGANIZATION (Continued)


conformity with GAAP applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. However, as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, such realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities are subject to a significant number of uncertainties. Our combined financial statements do not reflect any adjustments related to the recoverability of assets and satisfaction of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Combination and Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of the THHC Businesses in which we have a controlling interest and are presented on a combined basis as the THHC Businesses have common control and ownership by GGP. The noncontrolling equity holders' share of the assets, liabilities and operations are reflected in noncontrolling interests within permanent equity of the Company. All significant intercompany balances and transactions between the THHC businesses have been eliminated.

        As discussed in Note 1, we were formed for the purpose of holding certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of the Predecessors pursuant to the Plan. We have not conducted any business and will not have any material assets or liabilities until the Separation and the Distribution are completed. No previous historical financial statements for the THHC Businesses have been prepared and, accordingly, our combined financial statements are derived from the books and records of GGP and were carved-out from GGP at a carrying value reflective of such historical cost in such GGP records. Our historical financial results reflect allocations for certain corporate expenses which include, but are not limited to, costs related to property management, human resources, security, payroll and benefits, legal, corporate communications, information services and restructuring and reorganization. Costs of the services that were allocated or charged to us were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to us based on a number of factors, most significantly the Company's percentage of GGP's adjusted revenue and assets and the number of properties. We believe these allocations are reasonable; however, these results do not reflect what our expenses would have been had the Company been operating as a separate stand-alone public company. In addition, the THHC Businesses were operated as subsidiaries of GGP, which operates as a real estate investment trust ("REIT"). We are expected to operate as a taxable corporation. The historical combined financial information presented will therefore not be indicative of the results of operations, financial position or cash flows that would have been obtained if we had been an independent, stand-alone public entity during the periods shown or of our future performance as an independent, stand-alone public entity.

Accounting for Reorganization

        The accompanying combined financial statements and the combined condensed financial statements of the THHC Debtors presented below have been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles related to financial reporting by entities in reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code, and on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Such accounting guidance also provides that if a debtor, or group of debtors, has significant combined assets and liabilities of entities which have not sought Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection, the debtors and non-debtors should continue to be combined. However, separate disclosure of financial statement information solely relating to the debtor entities should be presented. Therefore, the combined condensed financial statements presented

F-40



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


below solely reflect the financial position and results of operations for the THHC Debtors which have not emerged from bankruptcy as of December 31, 2009.


Combined Condensed Balance Sheet

 
  December 31, 2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Net investment in real estate

  $ 1,859,815  

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,194  

Accounts and notes receivable, net

    7,968  

Other

    111,977  
       
 

Total assets

  $ 1,980,954  
       

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

       
 

Deferred tax liabilities

  $ 827,264  
 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    120,139  

Liabilities subject to compromise

    275,839  

Equity

    757,712  
       
 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,980,954  
       

        As described above, since the THHC Debtors commenced their respective Chapter 11 Cases on two different dates in April 2009, combined condensed statements of operations and the combined condensed statement of cash flows is presented from May 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009.


Combined Condensed Statement of Loss

 
  May 1, 2009 to
December 31, 2009
 

Operating revenues

  $ 44,891  

Operating expenses

    (64,791 )

Provision for impairment

    (569,199 )
       
 

Operating loss

    (589,099 )

Interest income, net

    1,081  

Provision for income taxes

    (4,672 )

Equity in loss of Real Estate Affiliates

    (1,347 )

Reorganization items

    (10,922 )
       
 

Net loss attributable to GGP

  $ (604,959 )
       

F-41



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Combined Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

 
  May 1, 2009 to
December 31, 2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Net cash provided by (used in):

       
 

Operating activities

  $ (5,695 )
 

Investing activities

    1,347  
 

Financing activities

     
       
   

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (4,348 )
   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    5,542  
       
   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 1,194  
       

Pre-Petition Date claims and Classification of Liabilities Subject to Compromise

        During September 2009, the Debtors, including the THHC Debtors, filed with the Bankruptcy Court their schedules of the assets and liabilities existing on the Petition Date. In addition, November 12, 2009 was established by the Bankruptcy Court as the general bar date (the date by which most entities that wished to assert a pre-petition claim against a Debtor had to file a proof of claim in writing). The Debtors have made subsequent amendments to those schedules and, as the bar date has passed, are now in the process of evaluating, reconciling and resolving all claims that were timely submitted. The substantial majority of the claims submitted were erroneous, duplicative or protective and the Debtors have filed, and will continue to file, claim objections with the Bankruptcy Court. Claim objections, that is, differences between liability amounts estimated by the Debtors and claims submitted by creditors that cannot be resolved, will be submitted to the Bankruptcy Court which will make a final determination of the allowable claim. The plans of reorganization for the Emerged Debtors provide that all allowed claims, that is, undisputed or Bankruptcy Court affirmed claims of creditors against the Emerged Debtors, are to be paid in full. Our aggregate liabilities (consisting of Liabilities Subject to Compromise ("LSTC") and not subject to compromise as further described below) include provisions for claims against both the Emerged Debtors and the Remaining THHC Debtors that were timely submitted to the Bankruptcy Court and have been recorded, as appropriate, based upon the GAAP guidance for the recognition of contingent liabilities and on our evaluations of such claims. Accordingly, although submitted proofs of claim against all THHC Debtors exceed the amounts recorded for such claims, we currently believe that the aggregate amount of claims recorded by the THHC Debtors will not vary materially from the amount of claims that will ultimately be allowed or resolved by the Bankruptcy Court.

        Liabilities not subject to compromise at December 31, 2009 include: (1) Liabilities of the THHC non-Debtors; (2) liabilities incurred after the Petition Date; (3) pre-petition liabilities that the Emerged Debtors which have emerged from Bankruptcy at December 31, 2009 expect to pay in full, even though certain of these amounts may not be paid until after the applicable Emerged Debtor's plan of reorganization is effective; and (4) liabilities related to pre-petition contracts that affirmatively have not been rejected. Unsecured liabilities not subject to compromise as of December 31, 2009 with respect to the Emerged Debtors are reflected at the current estimate of the probable amounts to be paid. However, the amounts of such unsecured liabilities related to the associated liabilities not subject to compromise resolved or allowed by the Bankruptcy Court has not yet been determined. In such regard, during February 2010, payments commenced on the Emerged Debtor claims, a process expected to

F-42



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


continue for several months as the amounts to be allowed are confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. With respect to secured liabilities, GAAP bankruptcy guidance provides that Emerged Debtor mortgage loans should be recorded at their estimated Fair Value upon emergence. A discount of approximately $11.7 million was recorded on such $146.8 million of secured debt, with the resulting gain classified as a reorganization item for the year ended December 31, 2009. This discount will be accreted on an effective yield basis into interest expense in future periods as a non-cash item until maturity of the related debt obligation. With respect to the $68.5 million of mortgage loans related to the Emerged Debtor that emerged on July 23, 2010, an additional gain is expected to be recognized. The remaining debt subject to compromise at December 31, 2009 is expected to be reinstated or repaid as provided by the Plan.

        All liabilities incurred prior to the Petition Date other than those specified immediately above are considered LSTC. The amounts of the various categories of liabilities that are subject to compromise are set forth below. As described above, these amounts represent the Company's estimates of known or potential pre-petition claims that are likely to be resolved in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases. Such claims remain subject to future adjustments which may result from Plan Debtor/creditor negotiations, actions of the Bankruptcy Court, the determination as to the value of any collateral securing claims, amended proofs of claim, or other events. There can be no assurance that the liabilities represented by claims against a particular Debtor will not be found to exceed the Fair Value of its respective assets. This could result in claims being paid at less than 100% of their face value and the equity of the applicable Debtor being diluted or eliminated entirely. The amounts subject to compromise consisted of the following items:

 
  December 31, 2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Mortgages and secured notes

  $ 133,973  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    141,866  
       
 

Total liabilities subject to compromise

  $ 275,839  
       

        The classification of liabilities as LSTC or as liabilities not subject to compromise is based on currently available information and analysis. As the Chapter 11 Cases proceed and additional information is received and analysis is completed, or as the Bankruptcy Court rules on relevant matters, the classification of amounts between LSTC and liabilities not subject to compromise may change. The amount of any such changes could be material.

Reorganization Items

        Reorganization items are expense or income items that were incurred or realized by the THHC Debtors as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases and are presented separately in the Combined Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss and in the condensed combined statements of operations of the THHC Debtors presented above. These items include professional fees and similar types of expenses and gains directly related to the Chapter 11 Cases, resulting from activities of the reorganization process, and interest earned on cash accumulated by the THHC Debtors as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases. Reorganization items included in our Combined Statement of Loss and Comprehensive Loss and in the condensed combined statement of operations of the THHC Debtors presented above are specific to the THHC Businesses have been allocated to us and have been reflected in our combined financial statements and in the tables presented below.

F-43



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In addition, the key employee incentive program (the "KEIP") was subject to approval by the Bankruptcy Court. The KEIP is intended to retain certain key employees of GGP and provides for payment to these GGP employees upon successful emergence from bankruptcy. A portion of the KEIP has been deemed to relate specifically to our employees and probable of being paid and therefore, as of December 31, 2009, we have reflected $2.3 million of KEIP expenses in our combined financial statements.

        Reorganization items are as follows:

Reorganization Items
  Post-Petition
Period Ended
December 31, 2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Gains on liabilities subject to compromise(1)

  $ (11,822 )

U.S. Trustee fees(2)

    226  

Restructuring costs(3)

    18,270  
       
 

Total reorganization items

  $ 6,674  
       

(1)
This amount primarily relates to a $11.7 million gain that resulted from the required Fair Value of debt adjustment for the entities that emerged from bankruptcy in December 2009. This amount also includes gains from repudiation, rejection or termination of contracts or guarantee of obligations. In addition, such gains reflect agreements reached with certain critical vendors (as defined), which were authorized by the Bankruptcy Court and for which payments on an installment basis began in July 2009.

(2)
Estimate of fees due remain subject to confirmation and review by the Office of the United States Trustee ("U.S. Trustee").

(3)
Restructuring costs primarily includes (i) professional fees incurred related to the bankruptcy filings, including an allocation of KEIP costs and certain fees estimated to be payable upon successful emergence of all Debtors from bankruptcy and (ii) finance costs incurred by and the write off of unamortized deferred finance costs related to our properties that emerged from bankruptcy in December 2009.

Properties

        Real estate assets are stated at cost less any provisions for impairments. Construction and improvement costs incurred in connection with the development of new properties or the redevelopment of existing properties are capitalized to the extent the total carrying amount of the property does not exceed the estimated Fair Value of the completed property. Real estate taxes and interest costs incurred during construction periods are capitalized. Capitalized interest costs are based on qualified expenditures and interest rates in place during the construction period. Capitalized real estate taxes and interest costs are amortized over lives which are consistent with the constructed assets.

F-44



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Pre-development costs, which generally include legal and professional fees and other directly-related third-party costs, are capitalized as part of the property being developed. In the event a development is no longer deemed to be probable, the costs previously capitalized are expensed (see also our impairment policies in this Note 2 below).

        Tenant improvements, either paid directly or in the form of construction allowances paid to tenants, are capitalized and depreciated over the applicable lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Expenditures for significant betterments and improvements are capitalized.

        Depreciation or amortization expense is computed using the straight-line method based upon the following estimated useful lives:

 
  Years  

Buildings and improvements

    40 - 45  

Equipment, tenant improvements and fixtures

    5 - 10  

Impairment

Properties, developments in progress and land held for development or redevelopment, including assets to be sold after such development or redevelopment

        The generally accepted accounting principles related to accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets require that if impairment indicators exist and the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by an asset are less than its carrying amount, an impairment provision should be recorded to write down the carrying amount of such asset to its Fair Value. We review our real estate assets (including those held by our Real Estate Affiliates), including operating properties, land held for development and sale and developments in progress, for potential impairment indicators whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

        Impairment indicators for our Master Planned Communities segment are assessed separately for each community and include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in sales pace or average selling prices, significant increases in expected land development and construction costs or cancellation rates, and projected losses on expected future sales. Impairment indicators for our Strategic Development segment are assessed separately for each property and include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in comparable property sale prices, real estate property net operating income and occupancy percentages.

        Impairment indicators for pre-development costs, which are typically costs incurred during the beginning stages of a potential development, and developments in progress are assessed by project and include, but are not limited to, significant changes in projected completion dates, revenues or cash flows, development costs, market factors and sustainability of development projects.

        If an indicator of potential impairment exists, the asset is tested for recoverability by comparing its carrying amount to the estimated future undiscounted cash flow. The cash flow estimates used both for determining recoverability and estimating Fair Value are inherently judgmental and reflect current and projected trends in rental, occupancy and capitalization rates, and estimated holding periods for the applicable assets. Although the estimated value of certain assets may be exceeded by the carrying amount, a real estate asset is only considered to be impaired when its carrying amount cannot be

F-45



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


recovered through estimated future undiscounted cash flows. To the extent an impairment provision is necessary, the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its estimated Fair Value is expensed to operations. In addition, the impairment provision is allocated proportionately to adjust the carrying amount of the asset. The adjusted carrying amount, which represents the new cost basis of the asset, is depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset.

        We recorded impairment charges of $680.3 million, $52.5 million and $125.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, as presented in the table below. All of these impairment charges are included in provisions for impairment in our combined statement of loss and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Circle T also recorded impairment charges of $38.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 on the assets of our Real Estate Affiliates, our share of which, $19.0 million, was included in our equity in earnings of such Real Estate Affiliates.

Investment in Real Estate Affiliates

        In accordance with the GAAP related to the equity method of accounting for investments, a series of operating losses of an investee or other factors may indicate that a decrease in value of our investment in the Real Estate Affiliates has occurred which is other-than-temporary. The investment in each of the Real Estate Affiliates is evaluated periodically and as deemed necessary for recoverability and valuation declines that are other than temporary. Accordingly, in addition to the property-specific impairment analysis that we perform on the investment properties, land held for development and sale and developments in progress owned by such joint ventures (as part of our investment property impairment process described above), we also considered the ownership and distribution preferences and limitations and rights to sell and repurchase our ownership interests. We recorded impairment charges related to our investment in Circle T of $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to write these investments down to their estimated Fair Value, with such provisions reflected in our equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates. Based on such evaluations, no provisions for impairment were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 related to our investments in Real Estate Affiliates. See Note 5 for further disclosure of the provisions for impairment related to certain properties within our Real Estate Affiliates.

F-46



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Summary of all Impairment Provisions:

 
   
   
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
   
  Method of Determining Fair Value  
Impaired Asset
  Location   2009   2008   2007  
 
   
   
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities:

                           
 

Maryland-Columbia Community

  Columbia, MD   Projected sales price analysis(1)(5)   $   $   $ 75,726  
 

Maryland-Fairwood Community

  Columbia, MD   Projected sales price analysis(1)(5)     52,767         50,075  
                       

Total Master Planned Communities

          $ 52,767   $   $ 125,801  
                       

Strategic Development:

                           
 

Allen Towne Mall

  Allen, TX   Projected sales price analysis(1)(5)     29,063          
 

Century Plaza

  Birmingham, AL   Projected sales price analysis(1)(5)         7,819      
 

Cottonwood Mall

  Holladay, UT   Comparable property market analysis(4)     50,768          
 

Elk Grove Promenade

  Elk Grove, CA   Comparable property market analysis(4)     175,280          
 

Kendall Town Center

  Miami, FL   Projected sales price analysis(1)(5)     35,089         33  
 

Landmark Mall

  Alexandria, VA   Discounted cash flow analysis(5)     27,323          
 

Nouvelle at Natick

  Natick, MA   Discounted cash flow analysis(5)     55,923     40,346      
 

Princeton Land East, LLC

  Princeton, NJ   Comparable property market analysis(4)     8,904          
 

Princeton Land LLC

  Princeton, NJ   Comparable property market analysis(4)     13,356          
 

Redlands Promenade

  Redlands, CA   Projected sales price analysis(1)(5)     6,667          
 

The Bridges At Mint Hill

  Charlotte, NC   Comparable property market analysis(4)     16,636          
 

The Shops At Summerlin Centre

  Las Vegas, NV   Comparable property market analysis(4)     176,141          
 

The Village At Redlands

  Redlands, CA   Projected sales price analysis(1)(5)     5,537          
 

Various pre-development costs

      (2)     26,895     4,346     45  
                       

Total Strategic Development

            627,582     52,511     78  
                       

Total Provisions for impairment

          $ 680,349   $ 52,511   $ 125,879  
                       

Real Estate Affiliates

                           
 

Circle T Power Center

  Dallas, TX   Projected sales price analysis(1)(5)   $ 17,062   $   $  
 

The Shops at Circle T Ranch

  Dallas, TX   Projected sales price analysis(1)(5)     21,020          
                       
 

Total

          $ 38,082   $   $  
                       

Property held by Real Estate Affiliates, provisions for impairment at our ownership share

            19,041          
 

Impairment of Circle T Investment

            10,600          
                       

Real Estate Affiliates provisions for impairment, at our ownership share(3)

          $ 29,641   $   $  
                       

(1)
Projected sales price analysis incorporates available market information and other management assumptions.

(2)
Related to the write down of various pre-development costs that were determined to be non-recoverable due to the related projects being terminated.

(3)
Reflected in our equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates.

(4)
These impairments were primarily driven by the management's business plan that excludes these properties from a long term hold period.

F-47



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(5)
These impairments were primarily driven by the carrying value of the assets, including costs expected to be incurred, not being recoverable by the projected sales price of such assets.

General

        Certain of our properties had Fair Values less than their carrying amounts. However, based on the Company's plans with respect to those properties, we believe that the carrying amounts are recoverable and therefore, under applicable GAAP guidance, no additional impairments were taken. Nonetheless, due to the tight credit markets, the uncertain economic environment, as well as other uncertainties, or if our plans regarding our assets change, additional impairment charges may be taken in the future. Therefore, we can provide no assurance that material impairment charges with respect to operating properties, Real Estate Affiliates, development in progress or property held for development and sale will not occur in future periods. We will continue to monitor circumstances and events in future periods to determine whether additional impairments are warranted.

Acquisitions of Properties

        Certain of the THHC Businesses, particularly those properties in our Master Planned Communities segment, were purchased by the Predecessors rather than developed. Accordingly, the acquisitions of such properties were accounted for utilizing the acquisition method. Estimates of future cash flows and other valuation techniques were used to allocate the purchase price of acquired property between land, buildings and improvements, equipment, debt liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities such as amounts related to in-place at-market tenant leases, acquired above and below-market tenant and ground leases and tenant relationships.

Investments in Real Estate Affiliates

        We account for investments in joint ventures where we own a non-controlling participating interest using the equity method and, investments in joint ventures where we have virtually no influence on the joint venture's operating and financial policies, on the cost method. Under the equity method, the cost of our investment is adjusted for our share of the equity in earnings (losses) of such Real Estate Affiliates from the date of acquisition and reduced by distributions received. Generally, the operating agreements with respect to our Real Estate Affiliates provide that assets, liabilities and funding obligations are shared in accordance with our ownership percentages. Therefore, we generally also share in the profit and losses, cash flows and other matters relating to our Real Estate Affiliates in accordance with our respective ownership percentages. Differences between the carrying amount of our investment in the Real Estate Affiliates and our share of the underlying equity of such Real Estate Affiliates are amortized over lives ranging from five to forty five years. For cost method investments, we recognize earnings to the extent of distributions received from such investments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Highly-liquid investments with maturities at dates of purchase of three months or less are classified as cash equivalents.

Deferred Expenses

        Deferred expenses consist principally of financing fees and leasing costs and commissions. Deferred financing fees are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method (or other

F-48



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


methods which approximate the effective interest method) over the terms of the respective financing agreements. Deferred leasing costs and commissions are amortized using the straight-line method over periods that approximate the related lease terms. Deferred expenses in our Combined Balance Sheets are shown at cost, net of accumulated amortization, of $7.4 million as of December 31, 2009 and $9.2 million as of December 31, 2008.

Revenue Recognition and Related Matters

        Minimum rent revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related leases. Minimum rent revenues also include amounts collected from tenants to allow the termination of their leases prior to their scheduled termination dates and accretion related to above and below-market tenant leases on acquired properties. Termination income recognized for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Net accretion related to above and below-market tenant leases for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, yielded reductions in minimum rents of approximately $0.4 million in each year and an increase in minimum rents of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

        Straight-line rent receivables, which represent the current net cumulative rents recognized prior to when billed and collectible as provided by the terms of the leases, of $3.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and $4.8 million as of December 31, 2008, are included in Accounts and notes receivable, net in our combined financial statements.

        Percentage rent in lieu of fixed minimum rent received from tenants for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $3.0 million, $3.7 million and $4.3 million, respectively, and is included in Minimum rents in our combined financial statements.

        We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts against the portion of accounts receivable, including straight-line rents, which is estimated to be uncollectible. Such allowances are reviewed periodically based upon our recovery experience. We also evaluate the probability of collecting future rent which is recognized currently under a straight-line methodology. This analysis considers the long-term nature of our leases, as a certain portion of the straight-line rent currently recognizable will not be billed to the tenant until future periods. Our experience relative to unbilled deferred rent receivable is that a certain portion of the amounts recorded as straight-line rental revenue are never collected from (or billed to) tenants due to early lease terminations. For that portion of the otherwise recognizable deferred rent that is not deemed to be probable of collection, no revenue is recognized. Accounts receivable in our Combined Balance Sheets are shown net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $16.8 million as of December 31, 2009 and $21.7 million as of December 31, 2008. The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for doubtful accounts:

 
  2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance as of January 1

  $ 21,712   $ 22,041  
 

Provisions for doubtful accounts

    2,539     1,174  
 

Write-offs

    (7,439 )   (1,503 )
           

Balance as of December 31

  $ 16,812   $ 21,712  
           

        Overage Rent ("Overage Rent") is paid by a tenant when its sales exceed an agreed upon minimum amount. Overage Rent is calculated by multiplying the sales in excess of the minimum

F-49



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


amount by a percentage defined in the lease. Overage Rent is recognized on an accrual basis once tenant sales exceed contractual tenant lease thresholds. Recoveries from tenants are established in the leases or computed based upon a formula related to real estate taxes, insurance and other shopping center operating expenses and are generally recognized as revenues in the period the related costs are incurred.

        Revenues from land sales are recognized using the full accrual method provided that various criteria relating to the terms of the transactions and our subsequent involvement with the land sold are met. Criteria include the consummation of the sale with all consideration being exchanged, demonstration of the collectibility of the sales price, the transfer of usual risks and rewards of ownership to the buyer and no substantial continuing involvement by the Company. Revenues relating to transactions that do not meet the established criteria are deferred and recognized when the criteria are met or using the installment or cost recovery methods, as appropriate in the circumstances. Revenues and cost of sales are recognized on a percentage of completion basis for land sale transactions in which we are required to perform additional services and incur significant costs after title has passed.

        Cost of land sales is determined as a specified percentage of land sales revenues recognized for each community development project. These cost ratios used are based on actual costs incurred and estimates of future development costs and sales revenues to completion of each project. The ratios are reviewed regularly and revised for changes in sales and cost estimates or development plans. Significant changes in these estimates or development plans, whether due to changes in market conditions or other factors, could result in changes to the cost ratio used for a specific project. The specific identification method is used to determine cost of sales for certain parcels of land, including acquired parcels we do not intend to develop or for which development was complete at the date of acquisition.

        Nouvelle at Natick is a 215 unit residential condominium project, located in Natick, Massachusetts. Pursuant to the Plan, only the unsold units at Nouvelle at Natick on the Effective Date will be distributed to us and no deferred revenue or sales proceeds from unit closings prior to the Effective Date will be allocated to us. As of June 30, 2010, 87 units were unsold at Nouvelle at Natick. Income related to unit sales subsequent to the Effective Date is expected to be accounted for on a unit-by-unit basis on the full accrual method.

Income Taxes (Note 7)

        Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income taxes also reflect the impact of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is provided if we believe it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. An increase or decrease in the valuation allowance that results from a change in circumstances, and which causes a change in our judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax asset, is included in the current deferred tax provision. It is possible at or after the Effective Date that the Company could experience a change in control, as defined for federal income tax purposes, that could limit the benefit of deferred tax assets. In addition, we recognize and

F-50



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


report interest and penalties, if necessary, related to uncertain tax positions within our provision for income tax expense.

        In many of our Master Planned Communities, gains with respect to sales of land for commercial use are reported for tax purposes on the percentage of completion method. Under the percentage of completion method, gain is recognized for tax purposes as costs are incurred in satisfaction of contractual obligations. The method used for determining the percentage complete for income tax purposes is different than that used for financial statement purposes. In addition, gains with respect to sales of land for single family residences are reported for tax purposes under the completed contract method. Under the completed contract method, gain is recognized for tax purposes when 95% of the costs of our contractual obligations are incurred or the contractual obligation is transferred.

Earnings Per Share ("EPS")

        Presentation of EPS information is not applicable as all of our common stock (1,000 shares, authorized and issued), since the date of our formation on July 1, 2010, is owned by GGP.

Fair Value Measurements

        We adopted the generally accepted accounting principles related to Fair Value measurements as of January 1, 2008 for our financial assets and liabilities and as of January 1, 2009 for our non-financial assets and liabilities. We do not have any derivative financial instruments and our investments in marketable securities are immaterial to our combined financial statements.

        The accounting principles for Fair Value measurements establish a three-tier Fair Value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring Fair Value. These tiers include:

        The asset or liability Fair Value measurement level within the Fair Value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the Fair Value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Any Fair Values utilized or disclosed in our combined financial statements were developed for the purpose of complying with the accounting principles established for Fair Value measurements.

F-51



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities that are measured at Fair Value on a nonrecurring basis:

 
  Total Fair Value
Measurement
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
  Total (Loss) Gain
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Investments in real estate:

                               
 

Allen Towne Mall

  $ 25,900   $   $ 25,900   $   $ (29,063 )
 

The Bridges At Mint Hill

    14,100         14,100         (16,636 )
 

Cottonwood Mall(1)

    21,500             21,500     (50,768 )
 

Elk Grove Promenade

    21,900         21,900         (175,280 )
 

Fairwood Master Planned Community

    12,629         12,629         (52,767 )
 

Kendall Town Center(2)

    13,931             13,931     (35,089 )
 

Landmark Mall(1)

    49,501             49,501     (27,323 )
 

Nouvelle At Natick(2)

    64,661             64,661     (55,923 )
 

Princeton Land East, LLC

    8,802         8,802         (8,904 )
 

Princeton Land LLC

    11,948         11,948         (13,356 )
 

Redlands Promenade

    6,727             6,727     (6,667 )
 

The Shops At Summerlin Centre

    46,300         46,300         (176,141 )
 

The Village At Redlands

    7,545             7,545     (5,537 )
                       

Total investments in real estate

  $ 305,444   $   $ 141,579   $ 163,865   $ (653,454 )
                       

Debt:(3)

                               
 

Fair value of emerged entity mortgage debt

  $ 134,089   $   $   $ 134,089   $ 11,723  
                       

Total liabilities

  $ 134,089   $   $   $ 134,089   $ 11,723  
                       

(1)
The Fair Value was calculated based on a discounted cash flow analysis using property specific discount rates ranging from 9.25% to 12.00% and residual capitalization rates ranging from 8.50% to 11.50%.

(2)
The Fair Value is based on estimated sales value.

(3)
The Fair Value of debt relates to the 2 properties that emerged from bankruptcy in December 2009.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The Fair Values of our financial instruments approximate their carrying amount in our financial statements except for debt. Notwithstanding that we do not believe that a fully-functioning market for real property financing exists at December 31, 2009, GAAP guidance requires that management estimate the Fair Value of our debt. However, as a result of the THHC Debtors' Chapter 11 filings, the Fair Value for the outstanding debt that is included in liabilities subject to compromise in our Combined Balance Sheets cannot be reasonably determined at December 31, 2009 as the timing and amounts to be paid are subject to confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court. For the $208.9 million of

F-52



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


mortgages, notes and loans payable outstanding that are not subject to compromise at December 31, 2009, management's required estimates of Fair Value are presented below. This Fair Value was estimated solely for financial statement reporting purposes and should not be used for any other purposes, including to estimate the value of any of the Company's securities or to estimate the appropriate interest rate for consensual and non consensual restructuring of secured debt in our Chapter 11 Cases. We estimated the Fair Value of this debt based on quoted market prices for publicly-traded debt, recent financing transactions (which may not be comparable), estimates of the Fair Value of the property that serves as collateral for such debt, historical risk premiums for loans of comparable quality, current London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), a widely quoted market interest rate which is frequently the index used to determine the rate at which we borrow funds and US treasury obligation interest rates, and on the discounted estimated future cash payments to be made on such debt. The discount rates estimated reflect our judgment as to what the approximate current lending rates for loans or groups of loans with similar maturities and credit quality would be if credit markets were operating efficiently and assume that the debt is outstanding through maturity. We have utilized market information as available or present value techniques to estimate the amounts required to be disclosed, or, in the case of the debt of the Emerged Debtors, recorded due to GAAP bankruptcy emergence guidance (as described above and in Note 6). Since such amounts are estimates that are based on limited available market information for similar transactions and do not acknowledge transfer or other repayment restrictions that may exist in specific loans, it is unlikely that the estimated Fair Value of any of such debt could be realized by immediate settlement of the obligation.

 
  2009   2008  
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Fair Value
 
 
   
  (In thousands)
   
 

Fixed-rate debt

  $ 208,860   $ 205,406   $ 354,803   $ 358,447  

Variable-rate debt

            3,664     3,675  
                   

  $ 208,860   $ 205,406   $ 358,467   $ 362,122  
                   

        Included in such amounts for 2009 is $134.1 million of debt that relates to the 2 properties that emerged from bankruptcy in December 2009 where the carrying value of the debt was adjusted by $11.7 million to an estimated Fair Value of such debt (based on significant unobservable Level 3 Inputs).

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. For example, significant estimates and assumptions have been made with respect to useful lives of assets, capitalization of development and leasing costs, provision for income taxes, recoverable amounts of receivables and deferred taxes, initial valuations and related amortization periods of deferred costs and intangibles, allocations of the Predecessors' property and asset management costs to the THHC Businesses, impairment of long-lived assets, valuation of debt of emerged entities and cost ratios and completion percentages used for land sales. Actual results could differ from these and other estimates.

F-53



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3 INTANGIBLES

Intangible Assets and Liabilities

        The following table summarizes our intangible assets and liabilities:

 
  Gross Asset
(Liability)
  Accumulated
(Amortization)/
Accretion
  Net Carrying
Amount
 
 
   
  (In thousands)
   
 

As of December 31, 2009

                   

Tenant leases:

                   
 

In-place value

  $ 13,063   $ (10,875 ) $ 2,188  
 

Above-market

    2,323     (1,883 )   440  
 

Below-market

    (86 )   72     (14 )

Ground leases:

                   
 

Above-market

    (16,968 )   2,425     (14,543 )
 

Below-market

    23,096     (1,739 )   21,357  

As of December 31, 2008

                   

Tenant leases:

                   
 

In-place value

  $ 18,062   $ (15,033 ) $ 3,029  
 

Above-market

    2,858     (2,052 )   806  
 

Below-market

    (125 )   97     (28 )

Ground leases:

                   
 

Above-market

    (16,968 )   1,367     (15,601 )
 

Below-market

    23,096     (1,400 )   21,696  

        Changes in gross asset (liability) balances in 2009 are the result of the allocation of provisions for impairment (Note 2) and our policy of writing off fully amortized intangible assets.

        The gross asset balances of the in-place value of tenant leases are included in Buildings and equipment in our Combined Balance Sheets. Acquired in-place at-market tenant leases are amortized over periods that approximate the related lease terms. The above-market and below-market tenant and ground leases are included in Prepaid expenses and other assets and Accounts payable and accrued expenses as detailed in Note 10. Above and below-market lease values are amortized over the remaining non-cancelable terms of the respective leases.

        Amortization/accretion of these intangible assets and liabilities, and similar assets and liabilities from our Real Estate Affiliates at our share, decreased our income (excluding the impact of noncontrolling interest and the provision for income taxes) by $0.3 million in 2009, $1.4 million in 2008 and $6.7 million in 2007.

        Future amortization, including our share of such items from Real Estate Affiliates, is estimated to decrease income (excluding the impact of noncontrolling interest and the provision for income taxes) by $0.8 million in 2010, $0.5 million in 2011, $0.3 million in 2012, $0.2 million in 2013 and $0.1 million in 2014.

F-54



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4 DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND LOSS ON DISPOSITION OF INTEREST IN PROPERTY

        On December 21, 2009, we sold one office building (which, although located in Woodlands Texas, was owned separately from the Woodlands Partnerships) totaling approximately 38,400 square feet and 4.1995 acres of land for a total sales price of $2.0 million, resulting in a total loss of $0.9 million.

        We evaluated the operations of this property pursuant to the requirements of the generally accepted accounting principles related to business combinations and concluded that the operations of this office building did not materially impact the prior period results and therefore have not reported any prior operations of this property as discontinued operations in the accompanying combined financial statements.

NOTE 5 REAL ESTATE AFFILIATES

        We own noncontrolling investments in The Woodlands Partnerships and Circle T. We share in the profits and losses, cash flows and other matters relating to our investments in such Real Estate Affiliates in accordance with our respective ownership percentages. Our unaffiliated joint venture partners manage the properties owned by these joint ventures. As we have joint interest and control of these ventures with our venture partners, we account for these joint ventures using the equity method.

        As of December 31, 2009, approximately $377.9 million of indebtedness was secured by the properties owned by our Real Estate Affliliates, our share of which was approximately $198.4 million. There can be no assurance that we will be able to refinance or restructure such debt (including the $171.2 million of debt maturing in 2010) on acceptable terms or otherwise, or that joint venture operations or contributions by us and/or our partners will be sufficient to repay such loans.

        Circle T recorded a $38.1 million provision for impairment related to the properties and we recorded a $10.6 million provision for impairment with respect to our investment in such joint venture, for the year ended December 31, 2009 based on a projected sales price analysis incorporating available market information and other management assumptions. Such impairment charges are included in equity in income (loss) from Real Estate Affiliates in our combined financial statements.

Condensed Combined Financial Information of Certain Real Estate Affiliates

        We own a 52.5% economic interest in The Woodlands Partnerships. The Woodlands Partnerships include the venture developing the master planned community known as The Woodlands (whose operations are included in the Master Planned Communities segment) and also hold the beneficial interests in other commercial real estate within the Woodlands community, including the conference center (whose operations are reflected in the Strategic Development segment), all located near Houston, Texas. The remaining 47.5% economic interests in The Woodlands Partnerships are owned by Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund II, L.P., a majority owned subsidiary of which provides all the management services for The Woodlands Partnerships.

        We own a 50% interest in the two Circle T ventures with AIL Investment, LP., an investment partnership owned by Hillwood Development Company of Dallas, Texas. When developed, Circle T Ranch is envisioned to be a 1 million square foot, open-air regional mall and Circle T Power Center would be a 750,000 square feet big-box retail complex.

F-55



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5 REAL ESTATE AFFILIATES (Continued)

        As The Woodlands Partnerships and Circle T are accounted for on the equity method, the following summarized financial information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is presented below:

 
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Condensed Combined Balance Sheets—Real Estate Affiliates

             

Assets:

             
 

Land

  $ 31,077   $ 27,809  
 

Buildings and equipment

    207,051     170,813  
 

Less accumulated depreciation

    (73,866 )   (71,307 )
 

Developments in progress

    55,996     131,661  
           
   

Net property and equipment

    220,258     258,976  
 

Investment property and property held for development and sale

    266,253     282,636  
           
   

Net investment in real estate

    486,511     541,612  
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    35,569     52,888  
 

Accounts and notes receivable, net

    66,460     20,630  
 

Deferred expenses, net

    1,189     2,243  
 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    40,561     103,333  
           
     

Total assets

  $ 630,290   $ 720,706  
           

Liabilities and Owners' Equity:

             
 

Mortgages, notes and loans payable

  $ 377,964   $ 443,379  
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    107,700     125,022  
 

Owners' equity

    144,626     152,305  
           
     

Total liabilities and owners' equity

  $ 630,290   $ 720,706  
           

Investment In and Loans To/From Real Estate Affiliates, Net:

             

Owners' equity

  $ 144,626   $ 152,305  

Less joint venture partners' equity

    (69,147 )   (73,744 )

Capital or basis differences and loans

    65,079     91,324  
           

Investment in and loans to/from Real Estate Affiliates, net

  $ 140,558   $ 169,885  
           

F-56



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5 REAL ESTATE AFFILIATES (Continued)

 

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Condensed Combined Statements of Income (Loss)—Real Estate Affiliates

                   

Revenues:

                   
 

Minimum rents

  $ 21,713   $ 19,779   $ 15,136  
 

Land sales

    72,367     137,504     161,938  
 

Other

    62,762     80,360     210,723  
               
   

Total revenues

    156,842     237,643     387,797  
               

Expenses:

                   
 

Real estate taxes

    1,314     1,180     686  
 

Repairs and maintenance

    4,778     2,985     1,827  
 

Other property operating costs

    72,607     86,968     114,936  
 

Land sales operations

    60,717     81,833     91,539  
 

Provisions for impairment

    38,082          
 

Depreciation and amortization

    10,004     8,075     9,500  
               
   

Total expenses

    187,502     181,041     218,488  
               

Operating (loss) income

    (30,660 )   56,602     169,309  

Interest income

   
1,265
   
814
   
1,246
 

Interest expense

    (6,905 )   (11,297 )   (17,999 )

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

    678     (1,575 )   (5,955 )
               

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (35,622 )   44,544     146,601  
               

Net (loss) income attributable to joint venture partners

  $ (35,622 ) $ 44,544   $ 146,601  
               

Equity In Income (Loss) of Real Estate Affiliates:

                   

Net (loss) income attributable to joint venture partners

  $ (35,622 ) $ 44,544   $ 146,601  

Joint venture partners' share of loss (income)

    17,874     (21,157 )   (69,638 )

Amortization of capital or basis differences

    (10,461 )   119     (8,512 )
               

Equity in (loss) income of Real Estate Affiliates

  $ (28,209 ) $ 23,506   $ 68,451  
               

F-57



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6 MORTGAGES, NOTES AND LOANS PAYABLE

        Mortgages, notes and loans payable are summarized as follows (see Note 12 for the maturities of our long term commitments):

 
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Fixed Rate debt:

             

Collateralized mortgages, notes and loans payable

  $ 342,833   $ 354,803  

Variable Rate debt:

             

Collateralized mortgages, notes and loans payable

        3,664  
           
 

Total Mortgages, notes and loans payable

    342,833     358,467  
   

Less: Mortgages, notes and loans payable subject to compromise

    (133,973 )    
           

Total mortgages, notes and loans payable not subject to compromise

  $ 208,860   $ 358,467  
           

        As previously discussed, on April 16 and 22, 2009, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11, which triggered defaults on substantially all debt obligations of the Debtors. However, under section 362 of Chapter 11, the filing of a bankruptcy petition automatically stays most actions against the debtor's estate. Absent an order of the Bankruptcy Court, these pre-petition liabilities are subject to settlement under a plan of reorganization, and therefore are presented as Liabilities subject to compromise on the Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2009. Of the total amount of debt presented above, $208.9 million is not subject to compromise, consisting of the collateralized mortgages of the THHC Debtors that emerged from bankruptcy as of December 31, 2009. Also, as discussed in Note 1, $68.5 million of mortgages of the Emerged Debtors were reflected as subject to compromise at December 31, 2009 as the effective dates of their plans of reorganization did not occur as of December 31, 2009. Such mortgage loan amounts will be reclassified to be reflected as not subject to compromise in 2010. The remaining debt subject to compromise at December 31, 2009 is expected to be reinstated or repaid as provided by the Plan.

        As of December 31, 2009, as described in Note 1, plans of reorganization for the Emerged Debtors, associated with approximately $146.8 million of mortgage debt, were effective. The Emerged Plans for such Emerged Debtors provided for, in exchange for payment of certain extension fees and cure of previously unpaid amounts due on the applicable mortgage loans (primarily, principal amortization otherwise scheduled to have been paid since the Petition Date), the extension of the secured mortgage loans at previously existing non-default interest rates. As a result of the extensions, weighted average remaining duration of the secured loans associated with these properties is 4.61 years. In conjunction with these extensions, certain financial and operating covenants were agreed to or reinstated. With respect to those loans and THHC Debtors that remain in bankruptcy at December 31, 2009, we are currently recognizing interest expense on our loans based on contract interest rate payments rates in effect prior to bankruptcy as the Bankruptcy Court has ruled that such contract rates constitutes adequate protection to the secured lenders. In addition, our Chapter 11 Cases have stayed the enforcement of the default provisions of certain covenants with respect to the Remaining THHC Debtors.

F-58



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6 MORTGAGES, NOTES AND LOANS PAYABLE (Continued)

Collateralized Mortgages, Notes and Loans Payable

        As of December 31, 2009, $315.8 million of land, buildings and equipment and developments in progress (before accumulated depreciation) have been pledged as collateral for our mortgages, notes and loans payable. Substantially all of the $342.8 million of fixed and variable rate secured mortgage notes and loans payable are non-recourse. In addition, certain mortgage loans as of December 31, 2009 contain other credit enhancement provisions which have been provided by the TopCo Debtors upon which GGP does not expect to perform during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases. These security or credit enhancement provisions are to be modified pursuant to the Plan, including, among other things, to substitute us for GGP. Certain mortgage notes payable may be prepaid but are generally subject to a prepayment penalty equal to a yield-maintenance premium, defeasance or a percentage of the loan balance.

Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds

        We had outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds of $76.5 million as of December 31, 2009 and $109.0 million as of December 31, 2008. These letters of credit and bonds were issued primarily in connection with insurance requirements, special real estate assessments and construction obligations.

NOTE 7 INCOME TAXES

        Although GGP operated as a REIT, certain of the THHC Businesses operated as taxable REIT subsidiaries. Given the overall make-up of the THHC Businesses, particularly the business of our Master Planned Communities segment, we will not elect to be treated as a REIT and thus will generally be taxed as a C corporation. However, one of our combined entities, Victoria Ward, Ltd. ("Ward", substantially all of which is owned by us) elected to be taxed as a REIT under sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), commencing with the taxable year beginning January 1, 2002. To qualify as a REIT, Ward must meet a number of organizational and operational requirements, including requirements to distribute at least 90% of its ordinary taxable income and to distribute to stockholders or pay tax on 100% of capital gains and to meet certain asset and income tests. Ward has satisfied such REIT distribution requirements for 2009.

        As a REIT, Ward will generally not be subject to corporate level Federal income tax on taxable income distributed currently to its stockholders. If Ward fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, it will be subject to Federal income taxes at regular corporate rates (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) and may not be able to qualify as a REIT for four subsequent taxable years. Even if it qualified for taxation as a REIT, Ward may be subject to certain state and local taxes on its income or property, and to Federal income and excise taxes on undistributed taxable income. In addition, Ward is subject to rules which may impose corporate income tax on certain built-in gains recognized upon the disposition of assets owned by Ward or its qualified REIT subsidiaries where such entities (or other predecessors) had formerly been C corporations. These rules apply only where the disposition occurs within certain specified recognition periods. However, to the extent that any such properties subject to the built-in gain tax are to be sold, Ward intends to utilize tax strategies when prudent, such as dispositions through like-kind exchanges to limit or offset the amount of such gains and therefore the amount of tax paid, although the market climate and our business needs may not allow for such strategies to be implemented.

F-59



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7 INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was as follows:

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Current

  $ (849 ) $ 9,514   $ 42,586  

Deferred

    (23,120 )   (6,811 )   (53,229 )
               

Total

  $ (23,969 ) $ 2,703   $ (10,643 )
               

        Income tax expense computed by applying the Federal corporate tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is reconciled to the provision for income taxes as follows:

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Tax at statutory rate on earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ (254,653 ) $ (5,356 ) $ (5,123 )

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowances, net. 

    7,267     1,470      

State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit

    (2,728 )   476     (5,641 )

Tax at statutory rate on REIT earnings (losses) not subject to Federal income taxes

    220,836     18,589     6,082  

Tax expense (benefit) from change in tax rates, permanent differences and other

    257     (11,241 )   (1,631 )

Tax benefit from Private REIT/TRS restructuring

            (7,433 )

Expiration of capital loss carryforwards

    3,726          

Uncertain tax position expense, excluding interest

        200     (532 )

Uncertain tax position interest, net of Federal income tax benefit

    1,326     (1,435 )   3,635  
               

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (23,969 ) $ 2,703   $ (10,643 )
               

        Realization of a deferred tax benefit is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income in future periods. Our net operating loss carryforwards are currently scheduled to expire in subsequent years through 2030. Some of the net operating loss carryforward amounts are subject to annual limitations under Section 382 of the Code. This annual limitation under Section 382 is subject to modification if a taxpayer recognizes what are called "built-in gain items." It is possible that the Company could, in the future, experience a change in control pursuant to Section 382 that could put additional limits on the benefit of deferred tax assets.

        The amounts and expiration dates of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for tax purposes for the TRS's are as follows:

 
  Amount   Expiration Dates
 
  (In thousands)
   

Net operating loss carryforwards—Federal

  $ 61,868   2023 - 2030

Net operating loss carryforwards—State

    11,862   2010 - 2030

Tax credit carryforwards—Federal AMT

    847   n/a

        As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had gross deferred tax assets totaling $200.8 million and $178.0 million, and gross deferred tax liabilities of $975.0 million and $971.3 million,

F-60



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7 INCOME TAXES (Continued)


respectively. We have established a valuation allowance in the amount of $8.7 million and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, against certain deferred tax assets for which it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.

        The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards included in the net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized as follows:

 
  2009   2008  

Property Associated with Master Planned Communities, primarily differences in the tax basis of land assets and treatment of interest and other costs

  $ (704,541 ) $ (714,409 )

Operating Property, primarily differences in basis of assets and liabilities

    30,524     14,667  

Deferred income

    (270,382 )   (256,921 )

Interest deduction carryforwards

    142,073     142,073  

Operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

    28,246     21,241  

Valuation allowance

    (8,737 )   (1,471 )
           

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (782,817 ) $ (794,820 )
           

        The deferred tax liability associated with the master planned communities is largely attributable to the difference between the basis and value determined as of the date of the acquisition by the Predecessors of The Rouse Company ("TRC") in 2004 adjusted for sales that have occurred since that time. The cash cost related to this deferred tax liability is dependent upon the sales price of future land sales and the method of accounting used for income tax purposes. The deferred tax liability related to deferred income is the difference between the income tax method of accounting and the financial statement method of accounting for prior sales of land in our Master Planned Communities.

        Although we believe our tax returns are correct, the final determination of tax examinations and any related litigation could be different than what was reported on the returns. In the opinion of management, we have made adequate tax provisions for years subject to examination. Generally, we are currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ending December 31, 2005 through 2009 and are open to audit by state taxing authorities for years ending December 31, 2004 through 2009.

        Two of our subsidiaries are subject to IRS audit for the years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, and in connection with such audits, the IRS has proposed changes resulting in $148.2 million of additional tax. We have disputed the proposed changes and it is the Company's position that the tax law in question has been properly applied and reflected in the 2007 and 2008 returns for these two subsidiaries. We are currently considering a settlement offer from the IRS and cannot predict when these audits will be resolved. We have previously provided for the additional taxes sought by the IRS, through our uncertain tax position liability or deferred tax liabilities. Although we believe our tax returns are correct, the final determination of tax examinations and any related litigation could be different than what was reported on the returns. In the opinion of management, we have made adequate tax provisions for years subject to examination.

        On January 1, 2007, we adopted a generally accepted accounting principle related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before recognition in the financial statements and provides guidance on derecognition,

F-61



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7 INCOME TAXES (Continued)


measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition issues.

        At January 1, 2007, we had total unrecognized tax benefits of $64.1 million, excluding accrued interest, of which none would impact our effective tax rate. These unrecognized tax benefits increased our income tax liabilities by $0.4 million, and cumulatively reduced retained earnings by $0.4 million. As of January 1, 2007, we had accrued interest of $4.1 million related to these unrecognized tax benefits and no penalties. Prior to adoption of the generally accepted accounting principle related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we did not treat either interest or penalties related to tax uncertainties as part of income tax expense. With the adoption of the generally accepted accounting principle related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we have chosen to change this accounting policy. As a result, we will recognize and report interest and penalties, if necessary, within our provision for income tax expense from January 1, 2007 forward. We recognized potential interest expense (benefit) related to the unrecognized tax benefits of $2.0 million, $(2.2) million and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2009, we had total unrecognized tax benefits of $56.5 million, excluding interest, of which none would impact our effective tax rate.

 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Unrecognized tax benefits, opening balance

  $ 69,665   $ 69,967   $ 64,145  

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period

    41          

Gross increases—tax positions in current period

        3,247     6,270  

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

    (13,198 )   (3,549 )   (448 )
               

Unrecognized tax benefits, ending balance

  $ 56,508   $ 69,665   $ 69,967  
               

        Based on our assessment of the expected outcome of existing examinations or examinations that may commence, or as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest, for tax positions taken regarding previously filed tax returns will materially change from those recorded at December 31, 2009. A material change in unrecognized tax benefits could have a material effect on our statements of income and comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2009, there is approximately $56.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest, which due to the reasons above, could significantly increase or decrease during the next twelve months.

        Earnings and profits, which determine the taxability of dividends to stockholders, differ from net income reported for financial reporting purposes due to differences for Federal income tax reporting purposes in, among other things, estimated useful lives, depreciable basis of properties and permanent and temporary differences on the inclusion or deductibility of elements of income and deductibility of expense for such purposes.

F-62



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8 RENTALS UNDER OPERATING LEASES

        We receive rental income from the leasing of retail and other space under operating leases. The minimum future rentals based on operating leases of our combined properties held as of December 31, 2009 are as follows:

Year
  Total Minimum Rent  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2010

  $ 43,030  

2011

    36,053  

2012

    31,531  

2013

    26,247  

2014

    21,231  

Subsequent

    71,656  

        Minimum future rentals exclude amounts which are payable by certain tenants based upon a percentage of their gross sales or as reimbursement of operating expenses and amortization of above and below-market tenant leases. Such operating leases are with a variety of tenants, the majority of which are national and regional retail chains and local retailers, and consequently, our credit risk is concentrated in the retail industry.

NOTE 9 TRANSACTIONS WITH GGP AND OTHER GGP SUBSIDIARIES

Intercompany Transactions

        As described in Note 2, the accompanying combined financial statements present the operations of the THHC Businesses as carved-out from the consolidated financial statements of GGP. Transactions between the THHC Businesses have been eliminated in the combined presentation. Also as described in Note 2, an allocation of certain centralized GGP costs incurred for activities such as employee benefit programs, property management and asset management functions, centralized treasury, payroll and administrative functions have been made to the property operating costs of THHC Businesses. Transactions between the THHC Businesses and GGP or other GGP subsidiaries (for example, for rental income from GGP) have not been eliminated except that end-of-period intercompany balances between GGP and the THHC Businesses have been considered elements of THHC equity.

Incentive Stock Plans

        Prior to the Chapter 11 Cases, the Predecessors granted qualified and non-qualified stock options and restricted stock to certain GGP officers and key employees whose compensation costs related specifically to our assets. Accordingly, an allocation of stock-based compensation costs pertaining to such employees has been reflected in our combined financial statements for the applicable periods. A similar equity incentive plan is expected to be in place for our employees after the Effective Date.

        Pursuant to the Plan, each outstanding option to acquire shares of GGP stock will be converted into (i) an option to acquire the same number of shares of common stock of reorganized GGP and (ii) a separate option to acquire 0.0983 shares of our common stock for each existing option for one share of GGP common stock. The replacement options will have the same terms and conditions as the outstanding GGP Options. As of the Effective Date, we expect 507,307 shares of our common stock to be issuable upon exercise of the THHC Options. The exercise price per share of a THHC Option that is converted from a GGP Option shall be computed based upon the relative trading prices of our

F-63



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9 TRANSACTIONS WITH GGP AND OTHER GGP SUBSIDIARIES (Continued)


common stock and reorganized GGP's common stock during the last ten-day trading period ending on or before the sixtieth calendar day following the Effective Date. As the majority of the current outstanding options to acquire shares of GGP have an exercise price in excess of the current trading price of GGP stock, we do not expect that such outstanding options for our stock to be materially dilutive as of the Effective Date. In addition, with respect to certain of the currently outstanding GGP options, the Plan provides that the holders of such options will be given the alternative of receiving, in cash, the excess of the highest reported share price of GGP stock during the sixty day period prior to the Effective Date over the exercise price of such option, and, accordingly, the amount of THHC common stock issuable on the Effective Date as a result of the currently outstanding GGP options will be less than the 507,307 shares to the extent such alternative is elected.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

        The Predecessors evaluated stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles related to share-based payments, which requires companies to estimate the Fair Value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of an award to our employees that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Combined Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss. The compensation expense for employees specifically attributed to the THHC Businesses have been included in the accompanying combined financial statements.

NOTE 10 OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

        The following table summarizes the significant components of prepaid expenses and other assets.

 
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Special Improvement District receivable

  $ 48,713   $ 51,314  

Receivables—other

    37,355     36,231  

Below-market ground leases (Note 2)

    21,357     21,696  

Prepaid expenses

    9,465     11,562  

Security and escrow deposits

    9,487     9,784  

Other

    8,668     8,810  
           

  $ 135,045   $ 139,397  
           

F-64



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10 OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the significant components of accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Construction payable

  $ 108,437   $ 123,659  

Uncertain tax position liability

    66,129     77,245  

Payables to GGP*

    30,359     28,450  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    23,087     31,791  

Above-market ground leases (Note 3)

    14,543     15,601  

Deferred gains/income

    9,045     5,422  

Insurance reserve

    5,640     5,868  

Accrued real estate taxes

    4,548     4,040  

Tenant and other deposits

    4,322     5,672  

Accrued interest

    3,816     1,684  

Accrued payroll and other employee liabilities

    2,754     1,343  

Other

    3,377     4,079  
           
 

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses

    276,057     304,854  
 

Less: amounts subject to compromise (Note 2)

    (141,866 )    
           
   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses not subject to compromise

  $ 134,191   $ 304,854  
           

*
Expected to be eliminated pursuant to the Plan.

NOTE 11 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        In the normal course of business, from time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings relating to the ownership and operations of our properties. In management's opinion, the liabilities, if any, that may ultimately result from such legal actions are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our combined financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

        We lease land or buildings at certain properties from third parties. The leases generally provide us with a right of first refusal in the event of a proposed sale of the property by the landlord. Rental payments are expensed as incurred and have, to the extent applicable, been straight-lined over the term of the lease. Contractual rental expense, including participation rent, was $3.5 million in 2009, $3.7 million in 2008 and $3.6 million in 2007, while the same rent expense excluding amortization of above and below-market ground leases and straight-line rents, as presented in our combined financial statements, was $3.6 million in 2009, $3.8 million in 2008 and $3.6 million in 2007.

        See Note 7 for our obligations related to uncertain tax positions for disclosure of additional contingencies.

F-65



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 11 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the contractual maturities of our long-term commitments. Both long-term debt and ground leases include the related purchase accounting Fair Value adjustments:

 
  2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   Subsequent /
Other
  Total  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Long-term debt-principal(*)

  $ 48,196   $ 10,130   $ 3,740   $ 4,855   $ 54,975   $ 86,964   $ 208,860  

Ground lease payments

    2,802     2,801     2,809     2,825     2,825     105,921     119,983  

Uncertainty in income taxes, including interest

                        66,129     66,129  
                               

Total

  $ 50,998   $ 12,931   $ 6,549   $ 7,680   $ 57,800   $ 259,014   $ 394,972  
                               

(*)
Excludes approximately $134 million of long-term debt-principal that is subject to compromise.

Contingent Stock Agreement

        In conjunction with GGP's acquisition of The Rouse Company ("TRC") in November 2004, GGP assumed TRC's obligations under the Contingent Stock Agreement, (the "CSA"). TRC entered into the CSA in 1996 when it acquired The Hughes Corporation ("Hughes"). This acquisition included various assets, including Summerlin (the "CSA Assets"), a commitment in our Master Planned Communities segment. GGP's obligations to the former Hughes owners or their successors (the "Beneficiaries") under the CSA are subject to treatment in accordance with applicable requirements of the bankruptcy law and any plan of reorganization that may be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.

        Under the terms of the CSA, GGP was required through August 2009 to issue shares of its common stock semi-annually (February and August) to the Beneficiaries with the number of shares to be issued in any period based on cash flows from the development and/or sale of the CSA Assets and GGP's stock price. The Beneficiaries' share of earnings from the CSA Assets has been accounted for in our consolidated financial statements as a land sales operations expense, with the difference between such share of operations and the share of cash flows paid remaining as a contingent obligation. During 2009, GGP was not obligated to deliver any shares of its common stock under the CSA as the net development and sales cash flows were negative for the applicable periods. During 2008, 356,661 shares and during 2007, 698,601 shares of GGP common stock were delivered to the Beneficiaries pursuant to the CSA.

        Under the terms of the CSA, GGP was also required to make a final distribution to the Beneficiaries in 2010, following a final valuation of the remaining CSA Assets as of December 31, 2009. The CSA set forth a methodology for establishing this final valuation and required the payment be made in shares of GGP common stock. On August 4, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order directing the parties to proceed with an expedited appraisal process for the CSA assets and directing the parties to choose an independent appraiser to assist in the valuation process. Although the final payment may be in a range of amounts, we have estimated an amount to satisfy the obligations with respect to the final CSA distribution requirement. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2009, we recorded an incremental intercompany liability from GGP classified in our equity net of the accrued contingent obligation related to the share of previous earnings of the CSA assets, with such amount reflected as additional investment (approximately $178 million) in the CSA Assets (that is, contingent consideration) which is included in investment property and property held for development and sale.

F-66



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 11 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


The actual amount of the final distribution by GGP to the Beneficiaries remains subject to determination by the Bankruptcy Court.

NOTE 12 RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        As of January 1, 2009, we adopted a new generally accepted accounting principle related to business combinations, which will change how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact our financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods.

        On June 12, 2009, the FASB issued new generally accepted accounting guidance that amends the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities. The amendments to the consolidation guidance affect all entities and enterprises currently within the scope of the previous guidance and are effective to the Company on January 1, 2010. Although the amendments significantly affected the overall consolidation analysis under previously issued guidance, there was no significant impact to our combined financial statements for this new guidance.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued new generally accepted accounting guidance related to the accounting standards codification and the hierarchy of generally accepted accounting principles. The codification's content will carry the same level of authority, effectively superseding previous related guidance. The GAAP hierarchy has been modified to include only two levels of GAAP: authoritative and nonauthoritative. This new guidance was effective for us in the third quarter of 2009.

NOTE 13 SEGMENTS

        We have two business segments which offer different products and services. Our segments are managed separately because each requires different operating strategies or management expertise. We do not distinguish or group our combined operations on a geographic basis. Further, all operations are within the United States and no customer or tenant comprises more than 10% of combined revenues. Our reportable segments are as follows:

        The operating measure used to assess operating results for our business segments is adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization ("Adjusted EBITDA"). Adjusted EBITDA also excludes reorganization items, strategic initatives, provisions for impairment and allocation to noncontrolling interests. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information about a property's operating performance.

        The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2, except that we report the operations of our Real Estate Affiliates using the proportionate share method rather than the equity method. Under the proportionate share method, our share of the revenues and expenses of our Real Estate Affiliates are aggregated with the revenues and expenses of combined properties.

F-67



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13 SEGMENTS (Continued)


Under the equity method, our share of the net revenues and expenses of our Real Estate Affiliates are reported as a single line item, Equity in income (loss) of Real Estate Affiliates, in our Combined Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss. This difference affects only the reported revenues and operating expenses of the segments and has no effect on our reported net earnings. In addition, other revenue includes the Adjusted EBITDA of discontinued operations and is reduced by the Adjusted EBITDA attributable to our noncontrolling interests.

        The total cash expenditures for additions to long-lived assets for the Master Planned Communities segment was $61.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $147.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $216.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Similarly, cash expenditures for long-lived assets for the Strategic Development segment was $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $314.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $144.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Such amounts for the Master Planned Communities segment and the Strategic Development segment are included in the amounts listed as Land/residential development and acquisitions expenditures and Acquisition/development of real estate and property additions/improvements, respectively, in our Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

        Segment operating results are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2009  
 
  Combined
Properties
  Real Estate
Affiliates
  Segment
Basis
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities

                   

Land sales

  $ 45,996   $ 37,993   $ 83,989  

Land sales operations

    (49,062 )   (33,684 )   (82,746 )
               
 

Master Planned Communities Adjusted EBITDA

    (3,066 )   4,309     1,243  
               

Strategic Development

                   

Property revenues:

                   
 

Minimum rents

    65,653     12,686     78,339  
 

Tenant recoveries

    19,642         19,642  
 

Overage rents

    2,701         2,701  
 

Other

    2,356     32,950     35,306  
               
   

Total property revenues

    90,352     45,636     135,988  
               

Property operating expenses:

                   
 

Real estate taxes

    13,813     690     14,503  
 

Property maintenance costs

    5,586     2,508     8,094  
 

Marketing

    1,071         1,071  
 

Other property operating costs

    33,739     38,119     71,858  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    2,539         2,539  
 

Property management and other costs

    17,643         17,643  
               
   

Total property operating expenses

    74,391     41,317     115,708  
               
     

Strategic Development Adjusted EBITDA

    15,961     4,319     20,280  
               

Total Segments Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 12,895   $ 8,628   $ 21,523  
               

F-68



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13 SEGMENTS (Continued)

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2008  
 
  Combined
Properties
  Real Estate
Affiliates
  Segment
Basis
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities

                   

Land sales

  $ 66,557   $ 72,189   $ 138,746  

Land sales operations

    (63,421 )   (46,311 )   (109,732 )
               
 

Master Planned Communities Adjusted EBITDA

    3,136     25,878     29,014  
               

Strategic Development

                   

Property revenues:

                   
 

Minimum rents

    68,441     12,557     80,998  
 

Tenant recoveries

    21,592         21,592  
 

Overage rents

    3,519         3,519  
 

Other

    12,398     42,189     54,587  
               
   

Total property revenues

    105,950     54,746     160,696  
               

Property operating expenses:

                   
 

Real estate taxes

    10,418     619     11,037  
 

Property maintenance costs

    6,113     1,567     7,680  
 

Marketing

    1,530         1,530  
 

Other property operating costs

    36,584     45,658     82,242  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    1,174         1,174  
 

Property management and other costs

    20,656         20,656  
               
   

Total property operating expenses

    76,475     47,844     124,319  
               
     

Strategic Development Adjusted EBITDA

    29,475     6,902     36,377  
               

Total Segments Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 32,611   $ 32,780   $ 65,391  
               

F-69



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13 SEGMENTS (Continued)

 

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2007  
 
  Combined
Properties
  Real Estate
Affiliates
  Segment
Basis
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities

                   

Land sales

  $ 142,360   $ 85,017   $ 227,377  

Land sales operations

    (114,210 )   (57,813 )   (172,023 )
               
 

Master Planned Communities Adjusted EBITDA

    28,150     27,204     55,354  
               

Strategic Development

                   

Property revenues:

                   
 

Minimum rents

    78,209     10,504     88,713  
 

Tenant recoveries

    22,449         22,449  
 

Overage rents

    5,194         5,194  
 

Other

    12,286     58,218     70,504  
               
   

Total property revenues

    118,138     68,722     186,860  
               

Property operating expenses:

                   
 

Real estate taxes

    9,824     360     10,184  
 

Property maintenance costs

    7,232     959     8,191  
 

Marketing

    1,646         1,646  
 

Other property operating costs

    35,109     60,341     95,450  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    1,301         1,301  
 

Property management and other costs

    26,799         26,799  
               
   

Total property operating expenses

    81,911     61,660     143,571  
               
     

Strategic Development Adjusted EBITDA

    36,227     7,062     43,289  
               

Total Segments Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 64,377   $ 34,266   $ 98,643  
               

F-70



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13 SEGMENTS (Continued)

 
  Historical  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Reconciliation of Segment Basis Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to GAAP Net (Loss) Income Attributable to GGP

                   
 

AEBITDA

  $ 21,523   $ 65,391   $ 98,643  
 

Strategic Initiatives

    (5,380 )   (1,496 )    
 

Provisions for impairment

    (709,990 )   (52,511 )   (125,879 )
 

Debt extinguishment costs

    (9 )       (618 )
 

Reorganization items

    (6,674 )        
 

Discontinued operations gains (losses) on dispositions

    (939 )       41,975  
               
 

EBITDA

    (701,469 )   11,384     14,121  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    (25,110 )   (22,470 )   (25,690 )
 

Amortization of deferred finance costs

    (916 )   (720 )   (1,194 )
 

Interest income

    2,353     2,341     2,304  
 

Interest expense

    (2,999 )   (4,914 )   (957 )
 

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

    24,325     (3,530 )   7,517  
 

Allocation to noncontrolling interests

    204     (100 )   (101 )
               
 

Net loss attributable to GGP

  $ (703,612 ) $ (18,009 ) $ (4,000 )
               

        The following reconciles segment revenues to GAAP-basis combined revenues:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities—Total Segment

  $ 83,989   $ 138,746   $ 227,377  

Strategic Development—Total Segment

    135,988     160,696     186,860  
               

Total Segment revenues

    219,977     299,442     414,237  
 

less:

                   
 

Woodlands land sales revenues

    37,993     72,189     85,017  
 

Strategic Development Real Estate Affiliates revenues

    45,636     54,746     68,722  
               

Total combined revenues—GAAP basis

  $ 136,348   $ 172,507   $ 260,498  
               

        The assets by segment and the reconciliation of total segment assets to the total assets in the combined financial statements at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized as follows:

 
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Master Planned Communities

  $ 2,006,790   $ 1,908,222  

Strategic Development

    1,099,394     1,775,769  
           

Total segment assets

    3,106,184     3,683,991  

Real Estate Affiliates

    (330,452 )   (376,968 )

Corporate and other

    129,495     136,933  
           

Total combined assets

  $ 2,905,227   $ 3,443,956  
           

F-71



The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14 QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 
  2009  
 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Total revenues

  $ 28,968   $ 46,152   $ 30,260   $ 30,968  

Operating loss(1)

    (92,304 )   (55,744 )   (42,427 )   (502,200 )

Loss from continuing operations(1)

    (85,356 )   (57,925 )   (24,380 )   (535,216 )

Loss from discontinued operations

                (939 )

Net loss attributable to GGP(2)

    (85,400 )   (57,946 )   (24,415 )   (535,851 )

 

 
  2008  
 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Total revenues

  $ 38,283   $ 39,580   $ 31,919   $ 62,725  

Operating income (loss)

    5,229     2,459     (49,555 )   2,050  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    8,633     8,286     (43,255 )   8,427  

Net income (loss) attributable to GGP(2)

    8,604     8,264     (43,267 )   8,390  

(1)
Operating loss and loss from continuing operations in the fourth quarter of 2009 were primarily due to provisions for impairment (Note 2) and property level bankruptcy claims. Such losses were partially offset by gains on liabilities subject to compromise (Note 2).

(2)
Earnings (loss) per share for the quarters have not been presented due to 100% of our equity being owned by GGP for all applicable periods.

F-72



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
General Growth Properties, Inc.
Chicago, Illinois

        We have audited the combined financial statements of certain entities that are expected to be transferred to The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.), an indirect subsidiary of General Growth Properties, Inc., and are under common ownership and common control of General Growth Properties, Inc., (the "THHC Businesses"), as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, and have issued our report thereon dated August 24, 2010 (October 21, 2010 as to the effects of The Howard Hughes Corporation name change as described in Note 1 to the combined financial statements) (for which the report on the combined financial statements expresses an unqualified opinion and includes explanatory paragraphs regarding the THHC Businesses' inclusion of allocations of certain operating expenses from General Growth Properties, Inc., The THHC Businesses' bankruptcy proceedings, and the THHC Businesses' ability to continue as a going concern); such combined financial statements and report are included elsewhere in this Form S-1. Our audits also included the combined financial statement schedule of the THHC Businesses listed in the Index to Financial Statements of this Form S-1. This combined financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the THHC Businesses' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such combined financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic combined financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth herein.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Chicago, Illinois
August 24, 2010 (October 21, 2010 as to the effects of The Howard Hughes Corporation name change as described in Note 1 to the combined financial statements)

F-73


The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

SCHEDULE III—REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

DECEMBER 31, 2009

 
   
   
   
   
  Costs Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition(c)
  Gross Amounts at Which
Carried at Close of Period(d)
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Initial Cost(b)    
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Life Upon Which
Latest Income
Statement is
Computed
 
Name of Center
  Location   Encumbrances(a)   Land   Buildings
and
Improvements
  Land   Buildings
and
Improvements
  Land   Buildings
and
Improvements
  Total   Accumulated
Depreciation(e)
  Date of
Construction
  Date
Acquired
 

Master Planned Communities

                                                                             

Bridgeland

  Houston, TX   $ 29,812   $ 257,222   $   $ 130,053   $ 1,123   $ 387,275   $ 1,123   $ 388,398   $ 412           2004       (e)

Columbia

  Howard County, MD         457,552         (335,898 )   66     121,654     66     121,720     6           2004       (e)

Summerlin

  Summerlin, NV     52,199     990,179         241,532     33     1,231,711     33     1,231,744     2           2004       (e)

Other

                    16         16         16                        
                                                             

Total Master Planned Communities

        82,011     1,704,953         35,703     1,222     1,740,656     1,222     1,741,878     420                    
                                                             

Strategic Development:

                                                                             

110 N. Wacker

  Chicago, IL     44,959         29,035         4,269         33,304     33,304     9,007           1997       (e)

Alameda Plaza

  Pocatello, ID         740     2,060         13     740     2,073     2,813     387           2002       (e)

Century Plaza

  Birmingham, AL         3,164     28,514         (14,290 )   3,164     14,224     17,388     6           1997       (e)

Columbia Offices

  Howard County, MD           1,575     31,431         1,084     1,575     32,515     34,090     9,161           2005       (e)

Cottonwood Mall

  Salt Lake City, UT         7,613     42,987     (4,713 )   (25,583 )   2,900     17,404     20,304               2002       (e)

Cottonwood Square

  Salt Lake City, UT         1,558     4,339         218     1,558     4,557     6,115     847           2002       (e)

Landmark Mall

  Alexandria, VA         28,396     67,235     (10,038 )   (36,664 )   18,358     30,571     48,929               2003       (e)

Park West

  Peoria, AZ         16,526     77,548     1     (2,915 )   16,527     74,633     91,160     5,301     2008             (e)

Rio West Mall

  Gallup, NM             19,500         7,469         26,969     26,969     15,239           1986       (e)

Nouvelle at Natick

  Natick, MA                 1,920     39,898     1,920     39,898     41,818                        

Riverwalk Marketplace

  New Orleans, LA             94,513         (2,397 )       92,116     92,116     11,324           2004       (e)

South Street Seaport

  New York, NY             10,872         (5,382 )       5,490     5,490     2,416           2004       (e)

Ward Centers

  Honolulu, HI     202,997     164,007     89,321     (18,429 )   114,151     145,578     203,472     349,050     27,361           2002       (e)

Development in progress, and other

        12,866     25,895         (21,595 )   171,532     4,300     171,532     175,832     4,170                    
                                                             

Total Strategic Development

        260,822     249,474     497,355     (52,854 )   251,403     196,620     748,758     945,378     85,219                    
                                                             

Total THHC

      $ 342,833   $ 1,954,427   $ 497,355   $ (17,151 ) $ 252,625   $ 1,937,276   $ 749,980   $ 2,687,256   $ 85,639                    
                                                             

F-74


The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.)

SCHEDULE III—REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION (Continued)

NOTES TO SCHEDULE III

(a)
See description of mortgages, notes and other debt payable in Note 6 of Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

(b)
Initial cost for constructed malls is cost at end of first complete calendar year subsequent to opening.

(c)
For retail and other properties, costs capitalized subsequent to acquisitions is net of cost of disposals or other property write-downs. For Master Planned Communities, costs capitalized subsequent to acquisitions are net of land sales.

(d)
The aggregate cost of land, buildings and improvements for federal income tax purposes is approximately $2.2 billion.

(e)
Depreciation is computed based upon the following estimated lives:

 
  Years  

Buildings, improvements and carrying costs

    40-45  

Equipment, tenant improvements and fixtures

    5-10  

 

 
  Reconciliation of Real Estate  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

(In thousands)

                   

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 3,206,436   $ 2,787,779   $ 2,609,077  

Change in Master Planned Communities land

    179,765     191,857     84,394  

Additions

    238,020     630,868     340,171  

Impairments

    (680,349 )   (52,511 )   (125,879 )

Dispositions and write-offs

    (256,616 )   (351,557 )   (119,984 )
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 2,687,256   $ 3,206,436   $ 2,787,779  
               

 

 
  Reconciliation of Accumulated Depreciation  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

(In thousands)

                   

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 103,293   $ 101,384   $ 92,208  

Depreciation expense

    17,145     15,637     20,883  

Dispositions and write-offs

    (34,799 )   (13,728 )   (11,707 )
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 85,639   $ 103,293   $ 101,384  
               

F-75



Independent Accountants' Report

Executive Committee
TWLDC Holdings, L.P.
The Woodlands, Texas

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TWLDC Holdings, L.P., as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, changes in partners' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of The Woodlands Partnerships' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TWLDC Holdings, L.P., as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in Note 1, in 2009, The Woodlands Partnerships changed its method of accounting for noncontrolling interests in its consolidated financial statements.

    /s/ BKD, LLP

Houston, Texas
April 26, 2010

F-76



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands)

 
  2009   2008  

Assets

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 35,766   $ 52,886  
 

Trade receivables

    7,202     16,096  
 

Inventories

    583     666  
 

Prepaid and other current assets

    3,377     3,178  
 

Notes and contracts receivable, net

    78,791     73,283  
 

Real estate, net

    474,858     495,173  
 

Other assets

    4,943     5,789  
           
     

Total assets

  $ 605,520   $ 647,071  
           

Liabilities and Partners' Equity

             
 

Liabilities:

             
   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 25,583   $ 47,798  
   

Payables to affiliates

    2,400     2,525  
   

Credit facility

    306,539     306,539  
   

Other debt

    71,424     94,550  
   

Notes payable to partners

    34,657     28,449  
   

Deferred revenue

    61,625     57,345  
   

Other liabilities

    7,607     8,830  
           
     

Total liabilities

    509,835     546,036  
           
 

Partners' equity:

             
   

TWLDC Holdings, L.P. equity

    90,517     93,067  
   

Noncontrolling interests

    5,168     7,968  
           
     

Total partners' equity

    95,685     101,035  
           
     

Total liabilities and partners' equity

  $ 605,520   $ 647,071  
           

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-77



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands)

 
  2009   2008  

Revenues:

             
 

Residential lot sales

  $ 53,585   $ 92,833  
 

Commercial land sales

    12,681     27,590  
 

Hotel and country club operations

    38,706     53,148  
 

Other

    19,414     17,870  
           

    124,386     191,441  
           

Costs and expenses:

             
 

Residential lot cost of sales

    31,968     48,376  
 

Commercial land cost of sales

    2,593     7,926  
 

Hotel and country club operations

    38,751     47,631  
 

Operating expenses

    34,986     36,540  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    9,366     7,201  
           

    117,664     147,674  
           

Operating earnings

    6,722     43,767  
           

Other (income) expense:

             
 

Interest expense

    16,064     24,075  
 

Interest capitalized

    (4,988 )   (10,050 )
 

Amortization of debt costs

    1,930     1,806  
 

Other

    (4,966 )   (3,590 )
           

    8,040     12,241  
           

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    (1,318 )   31,526  

Provision (credit) for income taxes

    (714 )   1,576  
           

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

    (604 )   29,950  
           

Discontinued operations:

             
 

Gain from disposal of discontinued operations

    1,819     12,225  
 

Gain (loss) from operations of discontinued components, net of tax benefit (expense) of $37 and $-0- in 2009 and 2008, respectively

    1,830     (2,565 )
           

Gain from discontinued operations

    3,649     9,660  
           

Net earnings

    3,045     39,610  

Less: Net earnings attributable to the noncontrolling interests

    (5,595 )   (2,082 )
           

Net earnings (loss) attributable to TWLDC Holdings, L.P. 

  $ (2,550 ) $ 37,528  
           

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-78



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners' Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands)

 
  TWLDC
Holdings, L.P.
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total  

Balance, January 1, 2008

  $ 55,539   $ 5,886   $ 61,425  

Net earnings

    37,528     2,082     39,610  
               

Balance, December 31, 2008

    93,067     7,968     101,035  

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

        (8,395 )   (8,395 )

Net earnings (loss)

    (2,550 )   5,595     3,045  
               

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 90,517   $ 5,168   $ 95,685  
               

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-79



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

(dollars in thousands)

 
  2009   2008  

Operating Activities

             
 

Net earnings

  $ 3,045   $ 39,610  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash provided by operating activities:

             
   

Cost of land sold

    34,561     56,302  
   

Land development capital expenditures

    (18,493 )   (48,105 )
   

Depreciation and amortization

    10,005     8,528  
   

Amortization of debt costs

    2,050     2,025  
   

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

    (1,819 )   (12,225 )
   

Increase (decrease) in notes and contracts receivable

    1,840     (932 )
   

Other liabilities and deferred revenue

    (25 )   6,443  
   

Other

    2,286     (6,369 )
   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             
     

Trade receivables, inventories and prepaid assets

    8,761     (2,036 )
     

Other assets

    (1,139 )   (3,707 )
     

Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and net payables with affiliates

    (16,115 )   258  
           
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    24,957     39,792  
           

Investing Activities

             
 

Distribution from equity investee

        4,300  
 

Capital expenditures

    (44,600 )   (110,312 )
 

Proceeds from sales of assets

    34,044     80,498  
           
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (10,556 )   (25,514 )
           

Financing Activities

             
 

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

    (8,395 )    
 

Debt borrowings

    8,095     118,629  
 

Debt repayments

    (31,221 )   (119,665 )
           
       

Net cash used in financing activities

    (31,521 )   (1,036 )
           

Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

    (17,120 )   13,242  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year

   
52,886
   
39,644
 
           

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year

  $ 35,766   $ 52,886  
           

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

             
 

Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)

  $ 13,630   $ 21,472  
 

Federal income tax paid

        222  
 

Sale of land in exchange for equity interest in Waterway Avenue Partners, L.L.C.

        10,700  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-80



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The Woodlands Partnerships' real estate activities are concentrated in The Woodlands, a master-planned community located north of Houston, Texas. Consequently, these operations and the associated credit risks may be affected, either positively or negatively, by changes in economic conditions in this geographical area. Activities associated with The Woodlands Partnerships include residential and commercial land sales and the construction, operation and management of office and industrial buildings, apartments, golf courses and a hotel facility.

        TWLDC Holdings, L.P. (Woodlands Development), a Texas limited partnership, is owned by entities controlled by The Rouse Company (Rouse) (which is controlled by General Growth Properties, Inc.) and Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund II, L.P. (Morgan Stanley). Woodlands Development consolidates a variable interest entity (VIE), TWCPC Holdings, L.P. (Woodlands Commercial), a Texas limited partnership, based on significant debt guarantees provided by Woodlands Development to Woodlands Commercial. Woodlands Commercial consolidates a VIE, The Woodlands Operating Company, L.P. (Woodlands Operating), a Texas limited partnership, from which it receives management and leasing services for its properties. Rouse and Morgan Stanley also own Woodlands Commercial and Woodlands Operating. Woodlands Development, Woodlands Commercial and Woodlands Operating are hereinafter referred to as The Woodlands Partnerships. GGP and Morgan Stanley are limited and general partners of The Woodlands Partnerships.

        Also included in the consolidation is The Woodlands Community Facilities Development Corporation, an entity that has $14,417,000 in assets and $10,214,000 in debt, all of which is owed to Woodlands Development. The Woodlands Community Facilities Development Corporation's purpose is to promote the health, safety, common good and social welfare of the residents of The Woodlands, Texas, by developing parks, pathways and other amenities. The Woodlands Partnerships also consolidated 10101 Woodloch Forest LLC in which The Woodlands Partnerships and a third party each had a 50 percent interest. The purpose of this entity was to construct and own an office building that is leased by an affiliate of the third party. The noncontrolling member contributed $6,393,000 in cash to the entity and The Woodlands' partners contributed a total of $6,393,000 in cash, land and other assets. The building was sold in 2009 and after repayment of the outstanding debt, the noncontrolling member received a distribution of $8,395,000.

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Woodlands Partnerships and their majority and wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

        Trade receivables are stated at the amount billed to customers. The Woodlands Partnerships provides an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is based on a review of outstanding receivables, historical collection information and existing economic conditions. Trade receivables are ordinarily due 30 days after the issuance of the billing. Accounts past due more than 120 days are considered

F-81



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

delinquent. Delinquent receivables are written off based on individual credit evaluation and specific circumstances of the customer.

        Real estate assets are stated at cost. Costs associated with the acquisition and development of real estate, including holding costs consisting principally of interest and ad valorem taxes, are capitalized as incurred to the extent the total carrying value of the property does not exceed the estimated fair value of the completed property. Capitalization of such holding costs is limited to properties for which active development continues. Capitalization ceases upon completion of a property or cessation of development activities. Where practicable, capitalized costs are specifically assigned to individual assets; otherwise, costs are allocated based on estimated values of the affected assets. Capitalized real estate taxes and interest costs are amortized over lives which are consistent with the related commercial properties or written off as a component of cost of sales for land.

        Pre-development costs, which generally include legal and professional fees and other directly related third-party costs, are capitalized as part of the property being developed. In the event a development is no longer deemed to be probable, the costs previously capitalized are expensed.

        In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable or the useful life has changed. Assets are evaluated based on their cash flows and profitability, including estimated future operating results, and trends or other determinants of fair value. If the total of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, no impairments were recognized.

        Earnings from sales of real estate are recognized when a third-party buyer has made an adequate cash down payment and has attained the attributes of ownership. Capitalized cost related to real estate is determined as a specific percentage of the sales revenues recognized for each land development project. The amount capitalized is based on actual costs incurred, total estimated development costs and sales revenues for each project. These estimates are revised annually and are based on the then-current development strategy and operating assumptions utilizing internally developed projections for product type, revenue and related development cost. Capitalized costs are depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset.

        Revenues from land sales are recognized using the full accrual method provided that various criteria relating to the terms of the transactions and our subsequent involvement with the land sold are met. Revenues relating to transactions that do not meet the established criteria are deferred and recognized when the criteria are met or using the installment or cost recovery methods, as appropriate in the circumstances. For land sale transactions in which we are required to perform additional services

F-82



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

and incur significant costs after title has passed, revenues and cost of sales are recognized on a percentage of completion basis.

        Cost of land sales is determined as a specified percentage of land sales revenues recognized for each community development project. The cost ratios used are based on actual costs incurred and estimates of development costs and sales revenues to completion of each project. The ratios are reviewed regularly and revised for changes in sales and cost estimates or development plans. Significant changes in these estimates or future development plans, whether due to changes in market conditions or other factors, could result in changes to the cost ratio used for a specific project.

        The specific identification method is used to determine cost of sales for certain parcels of land, including acquired parcels we do not intend to develop or for which development is complete at the date of acquisition.

        Revenue is recognized as services are performed. Hotel revenue primarily represents room rentals and food and beverage sales. Country club revenues primarily represent dues, green fees, cart rentals, and food and beverage sales. Refundable initiation fees are included in deferred revenues on the consolidated balance sheets.

        Sales of commercial properties are generally accounted for under the full accrual method. Under that method, gain is not recognized until the collectibility of the sales price is reasonably assured and the earnings process is complete. When a sale does not meet the requirements for income recognition, gain is deferred until those requirements are met. Sales of real estate are accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method when The Woodlands Partnerships have material obligations under sales contracts to provide improvements after the property is sold. Under the percentage-of-completion method, the gain on sale is recognized as the related obligations are fulfilled.

        Commercial properties are leased to third-party tenants generally involving multi-year terms. These leases are accounted for as operating leases. See Note 3 for further information.

        Depreciation of operating assets is recorded on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range predominantly from 15 to 40 years for land improvements and buildings, 3 to 20 years for leasehold improvements, and 3 to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.

        Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, advertising costs totaled $3,995,000 and $5,424,000, respectively.

F-83



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Costs incurred to obtain debt financing are deferred and amortized over the estimated term of the related debt using the interest method.

        The Woodlands Partnerships are not income tax-paying entities and all income and expenses are reported by the partners for tax reporting purposes. No provision for federal income taxes is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for these entities, except as follows. Effective March 1, 2002, WECCR GP, a wholly owned subsidiary of Woodlands Operating, elected to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a provision for federal income tax has been provided.

        Significant changes were made to the Texas franchise tax during the 79th and 80th sessions of the Texas Legislature, whereby the Legislature extended the state franchise tax to partnerships (general, limited and limited liability). In previous years, The Woodlands Partnerships did not pay franchise taxes, since they were organized as partnerships and franchise taxes were not imposed. The revised tax base is based on a taxable entity's margin. The margin tax is calculated at a rate of 1 percent on the lesser of three calculations: a) total revenue less cost of goods sold, b) total revenue less compensation, or c) total revenue times 70 percent. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, The Woodlands Partnerships recorded margin tax expense of $835,000 and $1,367,000, respectively.

        The tax returns, the qualification of The Woodlands Partnerships for tax purposes and the amount of distributable partnership income or loss are subject to examination by federal taxing authorities. If such examinations result in changes with respect to partnership qualification or in changes to distributable partnership income or loss, the tax liability of the partners could be changed accordingly. The 2007 and 2008 federal income tax returns are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for three years after they were filed. The 2007 and 2008 state franchise tax returns are subject to examination by the Texas Comptroller for four years after they were filed.

        During 2009, The Woodlands Partnerships adopted certain portions of FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, concerning the accounting for uncertain tax positions. The Woodlands Partnerships had no material uncertain tax positions.

        Inventory is carried at the lower of cost or market and consists primarily of golf-related clothing, equipment sold at golf course pro shops, and food and beverages sold at the hotel facility in The Woodlands. Cost is determined based on a first-in, first-out method.

        The Woodlands Partnerships considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, cash equivalents consisted primarily of money market accounts.

F-84



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        One or more of the financial institutions holding The Woodlands Partnerships' cash accounts are participating in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's (FDIC) Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Under the program, through December 31, 2010, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at these institutions are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account.

        For financial institutions opting out of the FDIC's Transaction Account Guarantee Program or interest-bearing cash accounts, the FDIC's insurance limits increased to $250,000 effective October 3, 2008. The increase in federally insured limits is currently set to expire December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2009, The Woodlands Partnerships had no cash accounts that exceeded federally insured limits.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Effective January 1, 2009, The Woodlands Partnerships adopted the guidance in FASB ASC 810-10-65, Transition Related to FASB Statement No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB 51. Upon adoption, minority interest previously presented in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets has been retrospectively reclassified as noncontrolling interests within equity. In addition, the consolidated net earnings presented in the consolidated statements of earnings and consolidated statements of changes in partners' equity have been retrospectively revised to include the net earnings attributable to the noncontrolling interests. Beginning January 1, 2009, losses attributable to the noncontrolling interests will be allocated to the noncontrolling interests even if the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interests is reduced below zero. Any changes in ownership after January 1, 2009, that do not result in a loss of control will be prospectively accounted for as equity transactions.

        In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events. Topic 855 establishes general standards of accounting for, and disclosures of, events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. Financial statements are available to be issued when they are in a format that complies with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and all approvals necessary for issuance have been given. Topic 855 requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. The adoption of Topic 855 did not have a material impact on The Woodlands Partnerships' consolidated financial statements. Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 26, 2010, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

F-85



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In June 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810)—Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Included with Variable Interest Entities. Topic 810 amends the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities and the definition of a variable interest entity, and requires enhanced disclosures to provide more information about an enterprise's involvement in a variable interest entity. This statement also requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. ASU 2009-17 is effective for The Woodlands Partnerships' fiscal year beginning January 1, 2010. The Woodlands Partnerships are currently reviewing the effect of ASU 2009-17 on their consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC Topic 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principals. Topic 105 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB that are applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The adoption of Topic 105 did not change generally accepted accounting principles and did not have a material impact on The Woodlands Partnerships' consolidated financial statements.

        Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2008 consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2009 consolidated financial statement presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net earnings.

Note 2: Notes and Contracts Receivable

        Notes receivable are carried at cost, net of discounts. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, Woodlands Development held notes and contracts receivable totaling $78,791,000 and $73,283,000, respectively. Included in the notes receivable were amounts related to utility district receivables totaling $74,491,000 and $71,585,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Utility district receivables, the collection of which is dependent on the ability of utility districts in The Woodlands to sell bonds, had a market interest rate of approximately 5.25 percent and 5.50 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Included in the utility district receivables was a reserve of approximately $4,278,000 and $4,290,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The utility district receivables are analyzed on a monthly basis for valuation and collectibility utilizing a review of outstanding receivables, historical bond issuance information and economic conditions of the various districts located in The Woodlands. Utility district receivables are written off when the receivables are known to be uncollectible. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the other notes receivable totaled $4,300,000 and $1,697,000, respectively. The notes bear interest at an average rate of 3.12 percent and 6.41 percent for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Maturities of the notes receivable are $1,689,000 in 2010, $1,110,000 in 2013 and $1,500,000 in 2019.

F-86



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 3: Real Estate

        The following is a summary of real estate at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

 
  2009   2008  

Land

  $ 265,183   $ 282,900  

Commercial properties

    258,424     261,146  

Equity investments

    12,841     13,263  

Other assets

    12,275     9,171  
           

    548,723     566,480  

Accumulated depreciation

    (73,865 )   (71,307 )
           

  $ 474,858   $ 495,173  
           

        The principal land development is The Woodlands, a mixed-use, master-planned community located north of Houston, Texas. Residential land is divided into eight villages in various stages of development. Each village has or is planned to contain a variety of housing, neighborhood retail centers, schools, parks and other amenities. Woodlands Development controls the development of the residential communities and produces finished lots for sale to qualified builders. Housing is constructed in a wide range of pricing and product styles.

        Commercial land is divided into distinct centers that serve or are planned to serve as locations for office buildings, retail and entertainment facilities, industrial and warehouse facilities, research and technology facilities, and college and training facilities. Woodlands Development produces finished sites for third parties or for its own building development activities.

        Commercial and industrial properties owned or leased by The Woodlands Partnerships are leased to third-party tenants. Lease terms, including renewal periods, range from 4 to 15 years with an average remaining term of 7 years. Contingent rents include pass-throughs of incremental operating costs. Minimum future lease revenues from noncancellable operating leases and subleases exclude contingent rentals that may be received under certain lease agreements. Tenant rents include rent for noncancellable operating leases, cancelable leases and month-to-month rents and are included in other revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, tenant rents totaled $6,145,000 and $7,480,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, contingent rents totaled $1,006,000 and $1,554,000, respectively. Minimum future lease rentals for 2010 through 2014 and thereafter total $9,871,000, $9,358,000, $8,143,000, $7,710,000, $7,044,000 and $26,320,000, respectively.

F-87



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 3: Real Estate (Continued)

        A summary of the operations from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  2009   2008  

Revenues

  $ 3,514   $ 4,647  

Operating expenses

    (34 )   (3,850 )

Depreciation

    (639 )   (1,327 )

Interest expense

    (533 )   (1,303 )

Other expense

    (441 )   (732 )

Income tax expense

    (37 )    
           

Net earnings (loss)

  $ 1,830   $ (2,565 )
           

        During 2009, Woodlands Development sold an office building for $42,000,000, recognized a profit of $2,054,000 and repaid related debt totaling $28,513,000. A partnership in which Woodlands Commercial has an interest sold an office building for $2,000,000. Woodlands Commercial recognized a $235,000 loss on the transaction. During 2008, Woodlands Development sold an office building for $85,250,000, recognized a profit of $12,230,000 and repaid related debt totaling $45,229,000. Additionally, during 2008, Woodlands Development abandoned the Woodlands Athletic Center operations and facility and recognized a net loss of $652,000.

        Operating results for the assets sold and abandoned are reported as discontinued operations on the consolidated statements of earnings.

Note 4: Equity Method Investments

        During 2009 and 2008, The Woodlands Partnerships' principal partnership and corporation interests included the items listed below:

 
  Ownership
and Economic
Interest
  Nature of
Operations

Woodlands Development:

       
 

Stewart Title of Montgomery County, Inc. 

  50%   Title company
 

Waterway Avenue Partners, L.L.C. 

  84%   Apartments

Woodlands Commercial:

       
 

Woodlands Office Equities—'95 Limited

  25%   Office building in
The Woodlands
 

FV-93 Limited

  50%
(economic interest)
  Apartments

        Other partnerships own various commercial properties, all of which are located in The Woodlands. Woodlands Operating provides various management and leasing services to these affiliated entities. The Woodlands Partnerships' net investment in each of these entities is included in the real estate caption

F-88



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 4: Equity Method Investments (Continued)


on the consolidated balance sheets and their shares of these entities' pretax earnings is included in other revenues on the consolidated statements of earnings. A summary of The Woodlands Partnerships' net investments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and their share of pretax earnings for the years then ended are as follows (in thousands):

 
  2009   2008  

Net investment:

             
 

Waterway Avenue Partners, L.L.C. 

  $ 10,376   $ 10,700  
 

Stewart Title of Montgomery County, Inc. 

    1,184     1,129  
 

Woodlands Office Equities—'95 Limited

    220     1,004  
 

FV-93 Limited

    789     788  
 

Woodlands Sarofim #1 Ltd. 

        (629 )
 

Others that own properties in The Woodlands

    272     271  
           

  $ 12,841   $ 13,263  
           

 

 
  2009   2008  

Equity in pretax earnings:

             
 

Stewart Title of Montgomery County, Inc. 

  $ 404   $ 498  
 

Woodlands Office Equities—'95 Limited

    (97 )   100  
 

Waterway Avenue Partners, L.L.C. 

    (324 )    
 

Woodlands Sarofim #1 Ltd. 

    800     82  
 

Others that own properties in The Woodlands

    6     6  
           

  $ 789   $ 686  
           

        Summarized financial statement information (unaudited) for partnerships and a corporation in which The Woodlands Partnerships have an equity ownership interest at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the years then ended (in thousands) as follows:

 
  2009   2008  

Assets

  $ 59,619   $ 47,623  

Debt payable to third parties:

             
 

The Woodlands Partnerships' proportionate share:

             
   

Recourse to The Woodlands Partnerships

    67     72  
   

Nonrecourse to The Woodlands Partnerships

    11,474     3,639  
   

Other parties' proportionate share, of which $940 was guaranteed by The Woodlands Partnerships

    19,071     14,664  

Accounts payable and deferred credits

    4,772     1,893  

Owners' equity

    24,235     27,355  

Revenues

    12,684     13,892  

Operating earnings

    2,268     3,737  

Pretax earnings

    1,729     2,916  

The Woodlands Partnerships' share of pretax earnings

    789     686  

F-89



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 4: Equity Method Investments (Continued)

        Woodlands Commercial has guaranteed mortgage debt of its unconsolidated affiliates totaling $1,007,000 and $1,142,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These guarantees reduce in varying amounts through 2011 and would require payments only in the event of default on payment by the respective debtors.

Note 5: Debt

        A summary of The Woodlands Partnerships' outstanding debt at December 31, 2009 and 2008, is as shown on the following page (in thousands).

 
  2009   2008  

Senior credit facility

  $ 306,539   $ 306,539  

The Woodlands Conference Center debt

    40,000     40,000  

Other credit facilities

    17,798     38,781  

Mortgages payable

    13,626     15,769  
           

  $ 377,963   $ 401,089  
           

        Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial have a bank credit agreement consisting of a $280,000,000 term loan and a $70,000,000 revolving credit loan. During 2009, the credit agreement was extended one year to August 2010 and has one remaining one-year extension option. Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial paid an $875,000 extension fee. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately $43,461,000 was unborrowed under the revolving credit agreements. The interest rate, based on the LIBOR plus a margin, was approximately 2.4 percent and 4.1 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest is paid monthly. Commitment fees, based on 0.25 percent of the unused commitment, totaled $110,000 and $126,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        The credit agreement contains certain restrictions that, among other things, require the maintenance of specified financial ratios, restrict indebtedness and sale, lease or transfer of certain assets and limit the right of Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial to merge with other companies and make distributions to their partners. Certain assets of Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial, including cash, receivables and real estate, secure the credit agreement. Mandatory debt maturities for 2010 are $306,539,000. Payments may be made by Woodlands Development or Woodlands Commercial or both at their option. Principal payments may be required based on certain covenant tests. Prepayments can also be made at the discretion of Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial without penalty.

        The debt consists of a credit facility related to and secured by The Woodlands Conference Center (the Conference Center). The credit facility has an average interest rate of 3.2 percent and 4.4 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest is paid monthly. The credit facility matures in October 2011 or is required to be repaid upon the sale of the Conference Center.

F-90



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 5: Debt (Continued)

        The Conference Center credit facility contains financial covenants requiring maintenance of minimum debt service coverage and a maximum loan to value ratio. Due to reduced business performance, the debt service coverage ratio at December 31, 2009, was below the minimum 1.40 coverage requirement. The lenders can, among other things, increase the interest rate by 200 basis points and accelerate the loan due date and demand immediate repayment. A default under the Conference Center credit facility is also an event of default under the Senior Credit Facilities and can cause the amounts due under the Senior Credit Facility to be accelerated.

        At December 31, 2009, Town Center Development Company, L.P. (TCDC), a wholly owned subsidiary of Woodlands Development, had two loan commitments totaling $18,528,000 secured by new commercial construction. At December 31, 2008, TCDC had three loan commitments totaling $49,203,000. The interest rate, based on the LIBOR plus a margin, was approximately 2.1 percent and 3.3 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the outstanding balance was $17,798,000 and $38,781,000, respectively. Mandatory debt maturities are $13,142,000 for 2010 and $4,656,000 for 2011.

        As a strategy to maintain acceptable levels of exposure to the risk of changes in future cash flows due to interest rate fluctuations, The Woodlands Partnerships have entered into various derivative agreements.

        Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial entered into an interest rate cap agreement with a commercial bank to reduce the impact of increases in interest rates on their bank credit agreement. The interest rate cap agreement effectively limits the interest rate exposure on a notional amount of $100,000,000 to LIBOR rates of 6.50 percent. The $100,000,000 interest rate cap agreement expires in 2010.

        Management has designated the interest rate cap agreement as a hedging instrument. However, management has deemed amounts associated with the derivatives and hedging transactions to be immaterial to the consolidated financial statements and, as a result, the agreement has not been reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

        The mortgages payable had an average interest rate of 6.4 percent and 6.3 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Debt maturities for 2010 through 2014 and thereafter total $6,901,000, $664,000, $1,548,000, $4,412,000, $-0- and $101,000, respectively. Mortgages payable are all secured by real estate.

Note 6: Notes Payable to Partners

        At December 31, 2009 and 2008, Woodlands Development had notes payable to its partners totaling $34,657,000 and $28,449,000, respectively. The notes bear interest at 15 percent. Interest is payable quarterly. All outstanding balances are due in 2012. These notes are subordinate to the bank credit agreement and mortgages payable described previously.

F-91



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 7: Commitments and Contingencies

        At December 31, 2009 and 2008, The Woodlands Partnerships issued letters of credit in the amount of $1,166,000 and $1,169,000, respectively. The letters of credit act as guarantees of payment to third parties in accordance with specific terms and conditions of each letter. The term of these letters of credit is for a period of 12 months from the date of the original agreement.

        At December 31, 2009 and 2008, The Woodlands Partnerships guaranteed road bonds in the amount of $2,132,000 and $2,382,000, respectively. These guarantees act as a warranty on the roads for a period of 12 months from the date the roads are completed. Under these agreements, The Woodlands Partnerships have guaranteed they will make all repairs necessary to maintain the roads in good condition.

        The Woodlands Partnerships have various noncancellable facilities and equipment lease agreements that provide for aggregate future payments of approximately $1,463,000. Capital lease obligations are included as other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Below are minimum rental payments for the years subsequent to December 31, 2009 (in thousands).

 
  Capital
Leases
  Operating
Leases
   
 
 
  Woodlands
Development
  Woodlands
Operating
  Total  

2010

  $ 420   $ 153   $ 573  

2011

    415     103     518  

2012

    231     80     311  

2013

    36     21     57  

2014

    4         4  
               

  $ 1,106   $ 357   $ 1,463  
               

        Rental expense for operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, was $3,758,000 and $3,310,000, respectively.

        The Woodlands Partnerships are subject to claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of their business and to recurring examinations by the Internal Revenue Service and other regulatory agencies. Management believes, after consultation with outside counsel, that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of The Woodlands Partnerships.

        As of December 31, 2009, The Woodlands Partnerships had unrecorded development contract commitments outstanding of approximately $85,289,000.

F-92



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 8: Related-party Transactions

        Woodlands Operating provides services to Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial under management and advisory services agreements. These agreements are automatically renewed annually. Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial pay Woodlands Operating a management and advisory fee equal to cost plus 3 percent. In addition, they reimburse Woodlands Operating for all costs and expenses incurred on their behalf. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, Woodlands Operating recorded revenues of $13,839,000 and $13,301,000, respectively, for services provided to Woodlands Development and $1,404,000 and $1,723,000, respectively, for services provided to Woodlands Commercial. These revenues are eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

        Woodlands Operating, through WECCR GP, operates the Conference Center (the Facilities), which is owned by Woodlands Commercial. The Facilities consist of a 440-room hotel and conference center. Woodlands Commercial also owned golf course facilities that were sold in May 2007. WECCR GP operates the Facilities and pays Woodlands Commercial rent of $700,000 per month plus percentage rent based on revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, rent totaled $9,866,000 and $9,653,000, respectively. These amounts are eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. WECCR GP has contracted with an affiliate of Morgan Stanley to manage the Facilities for a management fee equal to 2.5 percent of cash receipts, as defined in the agreement. During 2009 and 2008, the management fee totaled $824,000 and $1,092,000, respectively.

Note 9: Partners' Equity

        Rouse's ownership interests in The Woodlands Partnerships are through TWC Land Development L.P. (which owns a 42.5 percent interest in Woodlands Development), TWC Commercial Properties L.P. (which owns a 42.5 percent interest in Woodlands Commercial) and TWC Operating L.P. (which owns a 42.5 percent interest in Woodlands Operating). Morgan Stanley's ownership interests are through MS/TWC Joint Venture and MS TWC, Inc., which own the remaining interests in Woodlands Development, Woodlands Commercial and Woodlands Operating. The partners' percentage interests are summarized on the following page.

 
  General
Partner
Interest
  Limited
Partner
Interest
 

Woodlands Development:

             
 

TWC Land Development L.P. 

    42.5 %    
 

MS/TWC Joint Venture

        56.5 %
 

MS TWC, Inc. 

    1.0 %    

Woodlands Commercial:

             
 

TWC Commercial Properties L.P. 

    42.5 %    
 

MS/TWC Joint Venture

        56.5 %
 

MS TWC, Inc. 

    1.0 %    

Woodlands Operating:

             
 

TWC Operating L.P. 

    42.5 %    
 

MS/TWC Joint Venture

        56.5 %
 

MS TWC, Inc. 

    1.0 %    

F-93



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 9: Partners' Equity (Continued)

        The partnership agreements for each of the partnerships provide, among other things, the following:

Note 10: Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Topic 820 also specifies a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize

F-94



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 10: Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)


the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

   
   
  Level 1   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2

 

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

Level 3

 

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

        Following is a description of the inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

        Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, money market funds are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Money market funds are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Money market funds approximated $0 and $46,569,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at amounts other than fair value:

F-95



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 11: Employee Plans

        Woodlands Operating has a 401(k) defined contribution plan that is available to all full-time employees who meet specified service requirements. The plan is administered by a third party. Contributions to the plan are based on a match of employee contributions up to a specified limit. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, Woodlands Operating contributions totaled approximately $368,000 and $523,000, respectively.

        Woodlands Operating has deferred compensation arrangements for a select group of management employees that provide the opportunity to defer a portion of their cash compensation. Woodlands Operating's obligations under this plan are unsecured general obligations to pay in the future, the value of the deferred compensation adjusted to reflect the performance of its investments, whether positive or negative, of selected measurement options, chosen by each participant, during the deferral period. Woodlands Operating has established trust accounts on behalf of the participating employees totaling $912,000 and $840,000 that are included in other assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        Woodlands Operating instituted an incentive compensation plan for certain employees in 2001. The plan is unfunded, and while certain payments are made currently, a portion of these payments is deferred and will be paid based on a vesting period of up to three years. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, expenses recognized by The Woodlands Partnerships under this plan totaled $913,000 and $1,750,000, respectively.

Note 12: Income Taxes

        The income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  2009   2008  

Deferred income tax

  $ (930 ) $ 25  

Current income taxes

    253     1,551  
           

  $ (677 ) $ 1,576  
           

F-96



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 12: Income Taxes (Continued)

        The income tax benefit reflected in the consolidated statements of earnings differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35 percent to income before income taxes as follows (in thousands):

 
  2009   2008  

Income tax benefit at statutory rate

  $ (1,530 ) $ 201  

Texas margin tax

    835     1,367  

Permanent differences

    18     87  

NOL carryforward/change to prior year book/tax differences

         

Other

        (79 )
           

  $ (677 ) $ 1,576  
           

        Deferred taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of WECCR GP's assets and liabilities and for operating loss carryforwards. Significant components of WECCR GP's net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are as shown on the following page.

 
  2009   2008  

Deferred tax assets:

             
 

Net operating loss

  $ 1,032   $  
 

Other

    147     249  

Deferred tax liabilities

         
           

Net deferred tax asset

  $ 1,179   $ 249  
           

        Topic 740 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, management has provided no valuation allowance at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

        The net deferred tax assets are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

        At December 31, 2009, The Woodlands Partnerships had an unused net operating loss carryforward of approximately $3,000,000, which will expire in 2029.

Note 13: Significant Estimates and Concentrations

        Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require disclosure of certain significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations. Those matters include the following:

        The State of Texas allows for the creation of MUDs which may reimburse Woodlands Development for construction costs associated with building water distribution and purification systems,

F-97



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 13: Significant Estimates and Concentrations (Continued)

sewer facilities and drainage facilities. Woodlands Development constructs the facilities and once the MUDs have enough value on the ground (tax base), the MUDs will issue bonds to reimburse Woodlands Development for costs (including interest) according to the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (the Commission). Woodlands Development estimates the costs which they believe will be eligible for reimbursement as MUD receivables. Periodically, management evaluates these receivable balances and makes adjustments to reflect changes in conditions related to such receivables. Actual receivables could differ from the estimates recorded in these consolidated financial statements.

        During development projects, Woodlands Development estimates sales prices on a per lot basis as villages are developed. These sales estimates are then utilized throughout the project to estimate a percentage of cost of sales to be applied when portions of a development are sold. These cost of sales estimates are updated annually based on actual land costs incurred plus estimates to complete the villages.

        As discussed in Note 5, Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial have a bank credit agreement with approximately $306,539,000 due in August 2010. The agreement has one remaining one-year extension option. However, as of April 26, 2010, The Woodlands Partnerships had not obtained a commitment to extend. Inability to extend the existing agreement, or otherwise renegotiate or refinance the agreement, could adversely affect The Woodlands Partnerships future operations.

        In accordance with ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, The Woodlands Partnerships evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable or the useful life has changed. These assets are evaluated based on their estimated cash flows and profitability, including estimated future operating results, and trends or other determinants of fair value. Actual cash flows, profitability and trends could differ materially from these estimates.

Note 14: Current Economic Conditions

        The current protracted economic decline continues to present real estate entities with unprecedented circumstances and challenges, which, in some cases, have resulted in large declines in the fair value of real estate, investments and other assets, declines in occupancy, constraints on liquidity and difficulty obtaining financing. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared using values and information currently available to The Woodlands Partnerships.

        Current economic and financial market conditions have led many employers to downsize, relocate or cease operations. Such conditions may significantly impact the rate at which our tenants fulfill or renew existing lease agreements and our ability to fill unoccupied space, which could adversely affect our results of operations in future periods. Additionally, the current instability in the financial markets

F-98



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2009 and 2008

Note 14: Current Economic Conditions (Continued)


may make it difficult for certain builders to obtain financing to fund construction projects. Difficulty in obtaining adequate financing may significantly impact the rate at which builders delay or cancel proposed new construction projects. Such delays or cancellations could also have an adverse impact on The Woodlands Partnership's future operating results.

        In addition, given the volatility of current economic conditions, the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated financial statements could change rapidly, resulting in material future adjustments in real estate values, investment values and allowances for MUD receivables that could negatively impact The Woodlands Partnerships' ability to meet debt covenants or maintain sufficient liquidity.

        During 2009, General Growth Properties, Inc. (GGP), filed bankruptcy on certain of its companies. Due to continued weakness in the credit markets, GGP has indicated there can be no assurance they will be able to continue to refinance a substantial amount of debt on acceptable terms or otherwise. Additionally, GGP has experienced downgrades of their debt by national credit agencies, as well as real or perceived declines in the value of their properties based on deteriorating general and retail economic conditions. Due to these conditions, The Woodlands Partnerships may not be able to obtain future contributions or other funding to support its operations, if needed, from Rouse (which is owned by GGP). Management has indicated The Woodlands Partnerships have not received any capital contributions since inception and do not anticipate receiving any in the future.

Note 15: Subsequent Event

        The Conference Center credit facility contains financial covenants including maintenance of minimum debt service coverage. Due to reduced business performance, the debt service coverage ratio at December 31, 2009, was below the minimum coverage requirement. In April 2010, the credit facility was amended to waive the coverage requirement for the year ended December 31, 2009, and reduce the minimum debt service coverage requirement through all of 2010 from 1.40x to 1.10x. In order to effect this change, the interest rate on the credit facility was increased and prohibitions were placed on distributions by Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial to their partners until certain debt and liquidity levels are met.

F-99



Independent Accountants' Report

Executive Committee
TWLDC Holdings, L.P.
The Woodlands, Texas

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of TWLDC Holdings, L.P., as of December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, changes in partners' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TWLDC Holdings, L.P., as of December 31, 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Houston, Texas
February 27, 2009

F-100



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2007

(dollars in thousands)

 
   
 

Assets

       
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 39,644  
 

Trade receivables

    13,596  
 

Inventories

    746  
 

Prepaid and other current assets

    3,613  
 

Notes and contracts receivable, net

    72,351  
 

Real estate, net

    457,339  
 

Other assets

    4,719  
       
     

Total assets

  $ 592,008  
       

Liabilities and Partners' Equity

       
 

Liabilities:

       
   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 44,014  
   

Payables to affiliates

    2,154  
   

Credit facility

    291,539  
   

Other debt

    110,586  
   

Notes payable to partners

    25,000  
   

Deferred revenue

    47,634  
   

Other liabilities

    15,276  
       
     

Total liabilities

    536,203  

Partners' Equity

   
55,805
 
       
     

Total liabilities and partners' equity

  $ 592,008  
       

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-101



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Consolidated Statement of Earnings

Year Ended December 31, 2007

(dollars in thousands)

Revenues:

       
 

Residential lot sales

  $ 114,253  
 

Commercial land sales

    35,470  
 

Hotel and country club operations

    52,534  
 

Other

    17,907  
       

    220,164  
       

Costs and expenses:

       
 

Residential lot cost of sales

    58,865  
 

Commercial land cost of sales

    8,609  
 

Hotel and country club operations

    48,329  
 

Operating expenses

    38,890  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    7,876  
       

    162,569  
       

Operating earnings

    57,595  
       

Other (income) expense:

       
 

Interest expense

    33,552  
 

Interest capitalized

    (15,137 )
 

Amortization of debt costs

    1,274  
 

Other

    (2,154 )
       

    17,535  
       

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

    40,060  

Income taxes

    1,972  
       

Earnings from continuing operations

    38,088  
       

Discontinued operations:

       

Gain from disposal of discontinued operations

    102,672  

Gain (loss) from operations of discontinued components net of tax expense of $3,984

    934  
       

Gain from discontinued operations

    103,606  
       

Net earnings

  $ 141,694  
       

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-102



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Partners' Equity (Deficit)

Year Ended December 31, 2007

(dollars in thousands)

 
  TWC Land
Development
L.P.
  TWC
Commercial
Properties,
L.P.
  TWC
Operating
L.P.
  MS/TWC
Joint Venture
  MS TWC, Inc.   Total  

Balance (Deficit), January 1, 2007

  $ 37,904   $ (29,443 ) $ (2,394 ) $ 38,742   $ 450   $ 45,259  

Distributions

    (61,363 )   (7,875 )       (60,599 )   (1,311 )   (131,148 )

Net earnings (loss)

    74,510     (2,903 )   2,783     65,888     1,416     141,694  
                           

Balance (Deficit), December 31, 2007

  $ 51,051   $ (40,221 ) $ 389   $ 44,031   $ 555   $ 55,805  
                           

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-103



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2007

(dollars in thousands)

Operating activities

       
 

Net earnings

  $ 141,694  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash provided by operating activities:

       
   

Cost of land sold

    67,474  
   

Land development capital expenditures

    (57,758 )
   

Depreciation and amortization

    9,794  
   

Amortization of debt costs

    1,500  
   

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

    (102,672 )
   

Increase in notes and contracts receivable

    (15,279 )
   

Other liabilities and deferred revenue

    5,529  
   

Other

    (972 )
   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       
     

Trade receivables, inventories and prepaid assets

    (2,007 )
     

Other assets

    2,709  
     

Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and net payables with affiliates

    (3,482 )
       
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    46,530  
       

Investing activities

       
 

Capital expenditures

    (69,798 )
 

Proceeds from sales of assets

    175,761  
       
       

Net cash provided by investing activities

    105,963  
       

Financing activities

       
 

Distributions to partners

    (131,148 )
 

Contributions from partners

    5,000  
 

Debt borrowings

    23,657  
 

Debt repayments

    (59,267 )
       
       

Net cash used in financing activities

    (161,758 )
       

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (9,265 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

   
48,909
 
       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 39,644  
       

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

       
 

Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)

  $ 37,359  
 

Federal income tax paid

    350  

F-104



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2007

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The Woodlands Partnerships' real estate activities are concentrated in The Woodlands, a master-planned community located north of Houston, Texas. Consequently, these operations and the associated credit risks may be affected, either positively or negatively, by changes in economic conditions in this geographical area. Activities associated with The Woodlands Partnerships include residential and commercial land sales and the construction, operation and management of office and industrial buildings, apartments, golf courses and a hotel facility.

        TWLDC Holdings, L.P. (Woodlands Development), a Texas limited partnership, is owned by entities controlled by The Rouse Company (Rouse) (which is controlled by General Growth Properties, Inc.) and Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund II, L.P. (Morgan Stanley). Woodlands Development consolidates a variable interest entity (VIE), TWCPC Holdings, L.P. (Woodlands Commercial), a Texas limited partnership, based on significant debt guarantees provided by Woodlands Development to Woodlands Commercial. Woodlands Commercial consolidates a VIE, The Woodlands Operating Company, L.P. (Woodlands Operating), a Texas limited partnership, from which it receives management and leasing services for its properties. Rouse and Morgan Stanley also own Woodlands Commercial and Woodlands Operating. Woodlands Development, Woodlands Commercial and Woodlands Operating are hereinafter referred to as The Woodlands Partnerships.

        Also included in the consolidation is The Woodlands Community Facilities Development Corporation, an entity that has $11,613,000 in assets and $8,605,000 in debt, all of which is owed to Woodlands Development. The Woodlands Community Facilities Development Corporation's purpose is to promote the health, safety, common good and social welfare of the residents of The Woodlands, Texas, by developing parks, pathways and other amenities. The Woodlands Partnerships also consolidated 10101 Woodloch Forest LLC, a newly formed entity, in which The Woodlands Partnerships and a third party each have a 50 percent interest. The purpose of this entity is to construct and own an office building that will be leased by an affiliate of the third party. The minority member contributed $5,000,000 in cash to the entity and The Woodlands partners contributed a total of $5,000,000 in cash, land and other assets. Minority interest is included as a component of other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Woodlands Partnerships and their majority and wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

        Trade receivables are stated at the amount billed to customers. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is based on a review of outstanding receivables, historical collection information and existing economic conditions. Trade receivables are ordinarily due 30 days after the issuance of the billing. Accounts past due more than 120 days are considered delinquent. Delinquent receivables are written off based on individual credit evaluation and specific circumstances of the customer.

F-105



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Real estate assets are stated at cost. Costs associated with the acquisition and development of real estate, including holding costs consisting principally of interest and ad valorem taxes, are capitalized as incurred to the extent the total carrying value of the property does not exceed the estimated fair value of the completed property. Capitalization of such holding costs is limited to properties for which active development continues. Capitalization ceases upon completion of a property or cessation of development activities. Where practicable, capitalized costs are specifically assigned to individual assets; otherwise, costs are allocated based on estimated values of the affected assets. Capitalized real estate taxes and interest costs are amortized over lives which are consistent with the related commercial properties or written off as a component of cost of sales for land.

        Pre-development costs, which generally include legal and professional fees and other directly related third-party costs, are capitalized as part of the property being developed. In the event a development is no longer deemed to be probable, the costs previously capitalized are expensed.

        In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable or the useful life has changed. Assets are evaluated based on their cash flows and profitability, including estimated future operating results, and trends or other determinants of fair value. If the total of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset. For the year ended December 31, 2007, no impairment was recognized.

        Earnings from sales of real estate are recognized when a third-party buyer has made an adequate cash down payment and has attained the attributes of ownership. Capitalized cost related to real estate is determined as a specific percentage of the sales revenues recognized for each land development project. The amount capitalized is based on actual costs incurred, total estimated development costs and sales revenues for each project. These estimates are revised annually and are based on the then-current development strategy and operating assumptions utilizing internally developed projections for product type, revenue and related development cost. Capitalized costs are depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset.

        Revenues from land sales are recognized using the full accrual method provided that various criteria relating to the terms of the transactions and our subsequent involvement with the land sold are met. Revenues relating to transactions that do not meet the established criteria are deferred and recognized when the criteria are met or using the installment or cost recovery methods, as appropriate in the circumstances. For land sale transactions in which we are required to perform additional services and incur significant costs after title has passed, revenues and cost of sales are recognized on a percentage of completion basis.

        Cost of land sales is determined as a specified percentage of land sales revenues recognized for each community development project. The cost ratios used are based on actual costs incurred and

F-106



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


estimates of development costs and sales revenues to completion of each project. The ratios are reviewed regularly and revised for changes in sales and cost estimates or development plans. Significant changes in these estimates or future development plans, whether due to changes in market conditions or other factors, could result in changes to the cost ratio used for a specific project.

        The specific identification method is used to determine cost of sales for certain parcels of land, including acquired parcels we do not intend to develop or for which development is complete at the date of acquisition.

        Revenue is recognized as services are performed. Hotel revenue primarily represents room rentals and food and beverage sales. Country club revenues primarily represent dues, green fees, cart rentals, and food and beverage sales. Revenues may also include non-refundable initiation fees that are considered earned during the period. Non-refundable fees are amortized over the estimated membership life of nine years.

        Sales of commercial properties are generally accounted for under the full accrual method. Under that method, gain is not recognized until the collectibility of the sales price is reasonably assured and the earnings process is complete. When a sale does not meet the requirements for income recognition, gain is deferred until those requirements are met. Sales of real estate are accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method when The Woodlands Partnerships have material obligations under sales contracts to provide improvements after the property is sold. Under the percentage-of-completion method, the gain on sale is recognized as the related obligations are fulfilled.

        Commercial properties are leased to third-party tenants generally involving multi-year terms. These leases are accounted for as operating leases. See Note 3 for further information.

        Depreciation of operating assets is recorded on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range predominantly from 15 to 40 years for land improvements and buildings, 3 to 20 years for leasehold improvements, and 3 to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.

        Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2007, advertising costs totaled $4,361,000.

        Costs incurred to obtain debt financing are deferred and amortized over the estimated term of the related debt using the interest method.

F-107



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Woodlands Partnerships are not income tax-paying entities and all income and expenses are reported by the partners for tax reporting purposes. No provision for federal income taxes is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for these entities. Effective March 1, 2002, WECCR GP, a wholly owned subsidiary of Woodlands Operating, elected to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a provision for federal income tax has been provided.

        Significant changes were made to the Texas franchise tax during the 79th and 80th sessions of the Texas legislature, whereby the Legislature extended the state franchise tax to partnerships (general, limited and limited liability). In previous years, The Woodlands Partnerships did not pay franchise taxes, since they were organized as partnerships and franchise taxes were not imposed. The revised tax base is based on a taxable entity's margin. The margin tax is calculated at a rate of 1 percent on the lesser of three calculations: a) total revenue less cost of goods sold, b) total revenue less compensation, or c) total revenue times 70 percent. For the year ended December 31, 2007, The Woodlands Partnerships recorded margin tax expense of $2,289,000.

        The tax returns, the qualification of The Woodlands Partnerships for tax purposes and the amount of distributable partnership income or loss are subject to examination by federal taxing authorities. If such examinations result in changes with respect to partnership qualification or in changes to distributable partnership income or loss, the tax liability of the partners could be changed accordingly.

        The Company has elected to defer the effective date of FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, until after its fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The Company has continued to account for any uncertain tax positions in accordance with literature that was authoritative immediately prior to the effective date of FIN 48, such as the FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, and FASB Statement No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies.

        Inventory is carried at the lower of cost or market and consists primarily of golf-related clothing, equipment sold at golf course pro shops, and food and beverages sold at the hotel facility in The Woodlands. Cost is determined based on a first-in, first-out method.

        The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2007, cash equivalents consisted primarily of money market accounts. At December 31, 2007, Woodlands Development cash accounts exceeded federally insured limits by approximately $9,595,000.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the

F-108



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements (SFAS 160). The noncontrolling interest shall be reported separately from the parent's equity in the statement of financial position. Revenue, expenses, gains and losses, and net income or loss shall be reported in the consolidated financial statements at the consolidated amounts, which will include amounts attributable to the parent and the noncontrolling interest. The net income or loss attributable to the parent and noncontrolling interest shall also be disclosed. Certain additional disclosures may also be required in the parent's consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. SFAS 160 is effective for consolidated financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Woodlands Partnerships are currently reviewing the effect of this statement on their consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161). SFAS 161 expands the disclosure requirements in SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, regarding an entity's derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS 161 is effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 161 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

        The FASB has recently issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (FAS 141(R)), which replaces FAS 141. While many of the fundamental requirements of FAS 141 are retained, some of the more significant changes or new requirements include a broadened scope, requiring that all assets acquired and liabilities assumed be measured at fair value at the acquisition date, requiring certain costs be recognized separately from the acquisition as an expense when incurred, changing the requirements for recognition of contingent assets and liabilities, requiring recognition of contingent consideration at the acquisition date and requiring "negative goodwill" to be recognized immediately as a gain at the time of acquisition. FAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and may not be applied before that date.

Note 2: Notes and Contracts Receivable

        Notes receivable are carried at cost, net of discounts. At December 31, 2007, Woodlands Development held notes and contracts receivable totaling $72,351,000. Included in the notes receivable were amounts related to utility district receivables totaling $70,626,000. Utility district receivables, the collection of which is dependent on the ability of utility districts in The Woodlands to sell bonds, had a market interest rate of approximately and 4.8 percent at December 31, 2007. Included in the utility district receivables was a reserve of approximately $4,340,000 at December 31, 2007. The utility district receivables are analyzed on a monthly basis for valuation and collectibility utilizing a review of outstanding receivables, historical bond issuance information and economic conditions of the various districts located in The Woodlands. Utility district receivables are written off when the receivables are known to be uncollectible. At December 31, 2007, the other note receivable totaled $1,725,000. This

F-109



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 2: Notes and Contracts Receivable (Continued)


note bears interest at an average rate of 7.3 percent for the year ending December 31, 2007, and matures in 2009.

Note 3: Real Estate

        The following is a summary of real estate at December 31, 2007 (in thousands):

Land

  $ 286,971  

Commercial properties

    222,654  

Equity investments

    2,709  

Other assets

    10,359  
       

    522,693  

Accumulated depreciation

    (65,354 )
       

  $ 457,339  
       

        The principal land development is The Woodlands, a mixed-use, master-planned community located north of Houston, Texas. Residential land is divided into eight villages in various stages of development. Each village has or is planned to contain a variety of housing, neighborhood retail centers, schools, parks and other amenities. Woodlands Development controls the development of the residential communities and produces finished lots for sale to qualified builders. Housing is constructed in a wide range of pricing and product styles.

        Commercial land is divided into distinct centers that serve or are planned to serve as locations for office buildings, retail and entertainment facilities, industrial and warehouse facilities, research and technology facilities, and college and training facilities. Woodlands Development produces finished sites for third parties or for its own building development activities.

        Commercial and industrial properties owned or leased by The Woodlands Partnerships are leased to third-party tenants. Lease terms, including renewal periods, range from 1 to 15 years with an average remaining term of 8 years. Contingent rents include pass-throughs of incremental operating costs. Minimum future lease revenues from noncancellable operating leases and subleases exclude contingent rentals that may be received under certain lease agreements. Tenant rents include rent for noncancellable operating leases, cancelable leases, and month-to-month rents and are included in other revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2007, tenant rents totaled $5,080,000 and contingent rents totaled $301,000. Minimum future lease rentals for 2008 through 2012 and thereafter total $17,987,000, $18,998,000, $11,044,000, $9,299,000, $8,557,000 and $37,379,000, respectively.

F-110



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 3: Real Estate (Continued)

        A summary of the operations from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, is as follows (in thousands):

Revenues

  $ 39,136  

Operating expenses

    (28,250 )

Depreciation

    (1,918 )

Interest expense

    (3,896 )

Other expense

    (154 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (3,984 )
       

Net earnings

  $ 934  
       

        During 2007, Woodlands Development sold a hotel property for $137,000,000 and recognized a profit of $99,976,000. Woodlands Development repaid debt totaling $50,000,000 related to the hotel property. Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial sold certain country club assets for $34,000,000 and recognized a profit of $1,257,000. Woodlands Commercial repaid $640,000 of its Conference Center debt as part of the sale. Woodlands Development sold a retail property for $5,800,000 and recognized a profit of $1,439,000. Woodlands Development repaid debt totaling $2,838,000 in connection with this sale.

        Operating results for the assets sold and abandoned are reported as discontinued operations on the consolidated statements of earnings.

Note 4: Equity Method Investments

        During 2007, The Woodlands Partnerships' principal partnership and corporation interests included the items listed in the table on the following page.

 
  Ownership and
Economic
Interest
  Nature of
Operations

Woodlands Development:

       
 

Stewart Title of Montgomery County, Inc. 

  50%   Title company

Woodlands Commercial:

       
 

Woodlands Office Equities—'95 Limited

  25%   Office buildings in The Woodlands
 

FV-93 Limited

  50%
(economic interest)
  Apartments

        Other partnerships own various commercial properties, all of which are located in The Woodlands. Woodlands Operating provides various management and leasing services to these affiliated entities. The Woodlands Partnerships' net investment in each of these entities is included in the real estate caption on the consolidated balance sheets and their shares of these entities' pretax earnings is included in other revenues on the consolidated statements of earnings. A summary of The Woodlands Partnerships'

F-111



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 4: Equity Method Investments (Continued)


net investments as of December 31, 2007, and their share of pretax earnings for the year then ended are as follows (in thousands):

Net investment:

       
 

Stewart Title of Montgomery County, Inc. 

  $ 1,132  
 

Woodlands Office Equities—'95 Limited

    1,122  
 

FV-93 Limited

    786  
 

Others that own properties in The Woodlands

    (331 )
       

  $ 2,709  
       

Equity in pretax earnings:

       
 

Stewart Title of Montgomery County, Inc. 

  $ 816  
 

Woodlands Office Equities—'95 Limited

    25  
 

FV-93 Limited

    3  
 

Others that own properties in The Woodlands

    45  
       

  $ 889  
       

        Summarized financial statement information (unaudited) for partnerships and a corporation in which The Woodlands Partnerships have an equity ownership interest at December 31, 2007, and for the year then ended are as follows (in thousands):

Assets

  $ 32,184  

Debt payable to third parties:

       
 

The Woodlands Partnerships' proportionate share:

       
     

Recourse to The Woodlands Partnerships

    76  
     

Nonrecourse to The Woodlands Partnerships

    1,594  
   

Other parties' proportionate share, of which $1,006 was guaranteed by The Woodlands Partnerships

    13,911  

Accounts payable and deferred credits

    1,839  

Owners' equity

    14,764  

Revenues

    14,709  

Operating earnings

    4,454  

Pretax earnings

    3,367  

The Woodlands Partnerships' share of pretax earnings

    889  

        Woodlands Commercial has guaranteed mortgage debt of its unconsolidated affiliates totaling $1,142,000 at December 31, 2007, respectively. These guarantees reduce in varying amounts through 2010 and would require payments only in the event of default on payment by the respective debtors.

F-112



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 5: Debt

        A summary of The Woodlands Partnerships' outstanding debt at December 31, 2007, is as follows (in thousands):

Senior credit facility

  $ 291,539  

Conference Center debt

    59,360  

Other credit facilities

    25,381  

Mortgages payable

    25,845  
       

  $ 402,125  
       

        Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial have a bank credit agreement consisting of a $280,000,000 (previously $230,000,000) term loan and a $70,000,000 revolving credit loan. The credit agreement has a three-year term expiring in August 2009 with two one-year extension options. At December 31, 2007, approximately $43,461,000 was available to be borrowed under the revolving credit agreements. The interest rate, based on the LIBOR plus a margin, was approximately 7.2 percent at December 31, 2007. Interest is paid monthly. Commitment fees, based on 0.25 percent of the unused commitment, totaled $152,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007.

        The credit agreement contains certain restrictions that, among other things, require the maintenance of specified financial ratios, restrict indebtedness and sale, lease or transfer of certain assets and limit the right of Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial to merge with other companies and make distributions to their partners. Certain assets of Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial, including cash, receivables and real estate, secure the credit agreement. Mandatory debt maturities for 2009 are $306,539,000. Payments may be made by Woodlands Development or Woodlands Commercial or both at their option. Principal payments may be required based on certain covenant tests. Prepayments can also be made at the discretion of Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial without penalty.

        The debt consists of a credit facility related to and secured by The Woodlands Conference Center. The credit facility has an average interest rate of 8.0 percent at December 31, 2007. Interest is paid monthly. The credit facility matures in October 2011 or is required to be repaid upon the sale of The Woodlands Conference Center.

        At December 31, 2007, Town Center Development Company, L.P. (TCDC), a wholly owned subsidiary of Woodlands Development, had three loan commitments totaling $74,103,000 secured by new commercial construction. The interest rate, based on the LIBOR plus a margin, was approximately 6.4 percent at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007, the outstanding balance was $25,381,000. Mandatory debt maturities for 2008 to 2010 are $-0-, $4,768,000 and $20,613,000, respectively.

F-113



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 5: Debt (Continued)

        As a strategy to maintain acceptable levels of exposure to the risk of changes in future cash flows due to interest rate fluctuations, The Woodlands Partnerships have entered into various derivative agreements.

        Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial entered into interest rate cap agreements with two commercial banks to reduce the impact of increases in interest rates on their bank credit agreements. The interest rate cap agreements effectively limit the interest rate exposure on a notional amount of $200,000,000 to LIBOR rates of 6.50 percent, and exposure on a notional amount of $50,000,000 to LIBOR rates of 5.75 percent. The $200,000,000 interest rate cap agreement expires in 2009 and the $50,000,000 interest rate cap agreement expires in 2008.

        Management has designated the interest rate cap agreements as a hedging instrument. However, management has deemed amounts associated with the derivatives and hedging transactions to be immaterial to the consolidated financial statements and, as a result, the agreements have not been reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

        The mortgages payable had an average interest rate of 7.0 percent at December 31, 2007. Debt maturities for 2008 through 2012 and thereafter total $3,463,000, $8,473,000, $13,808,000, $-0-, $-0- and $101,000, respectively. Mortgages payable are all secured by real estate.

Note 6: Notes Payable to Partners

        At December 31, 2007, Woodlands Development had notes payable to its partners totaling $25,000,000. The notes bear interest at 15 percent. Interest is payable quarterly. All outstanding balances are due in 2010. These notes are subordinate to the bank credit agreement and mortgages payable described previously.

Note 7: Commitments and Contingencies

        At December 31, 2007, The Woodlands Partnerships issued letters of credit in the amount of $801,000. The letters of credit act as guarantees of payment to third parties in accordance with specific terms and conditions of each letter. The term of these letters of credit is for a period of 12 months from the date of the original agreement.

        At December 31, 2007, The Woodlands Partnerships guaranteed road bonds in the amount of $1,932,000. These guarantees act as a warranty on the roads for a period of 12 months from the date the roads are completed. Under these agreements, The Woodlands Partnerships have guaranteed they will make all repairs necessary to maintain the roads in good condition.

F-114



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 7: Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        The Woodlands Partnerships have various noncancellable facilities and equipment lease agreements that provide for aggregate future payments of approximately $4,103,000. Capital lease obligations are included as other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. On the following page are minimum rental payments for the years subsequent to December 31, 2007 (in thousands).

 
  Capital
Leases
  Operating Leases    
 
 
  Woodlands
Development
  Woodlands
Commercial
  Woodlands
Operating
  Total  

2008

  $ 366   $ 2,238   $ 558   $ 3,162  

2009

    131     2,238     561     2,930  

2010

    37         124     161  

2011

    27         70     97  

2012

    18         52     70  
                   

  $ 579   $ 4,476   $ 1,365   $ 6,420  
                   

        Rental expense for operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $4,588,000.

        The Woodlands Partnerships are subject to claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of their business and to recurring examinations by the Internal Revenue Service and other regulatory agencies. Management believes, after consultation with outside counsel, that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.

        As of December 31, 2007, the Woodlands Partnerships had unrecorded development contract commitments outstanding of approximately $184,687,000.

Note 8: Related-party Transactions

        Woodlands Operating provides services to Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial under management and advisory services agreements. These agreements are automatically renewed annually. Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial pay Woodlands Operating a management and advisory fee equal to cost plus 3 percent. In addition, they reimburse Woodlands Operating for all costs and expenses incurred on their behalf. For the year ended December 31, 2007, Woodlands Operating recorded revenues of $10,700,000 for services provided to Woodlands Development and $1,148,000 for services provided to Woodlands Commercial. These revenues are eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

        Woodlands Operating, through WECCR GP, operates The Woodlands Conference Center (the Facilities) which is owned by Woodlands Commercial. The Facilities consist of a 440-room hotel and

F-115



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 8: Related-party Transactions (Continued)


conference center. Woodlands Commercial also owned golf course facilities that were sold in May 2007. WECCR GP operates the Facilities and pays Woodlands Commercial rent of $700,000 per month. For the year ended December 31, 2007, rent totaled $8,650,000. These amounts are eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. WECCR GP has contracted with an affiliate of Morgan Stanley to manage the Facilities for a management fee equal to 2.5 percent of cash receipts, as defined in the agreement. During 2007, the management fee totaled $1,107,000.

Note 9: Partners' Equity

        Rouse's ownership interests in The Woodlands Partnerships are through TWC Land Development L.P. (which owns a 42.5 percent interest in Woodlands Development), TWC Commercial Properties L.P. (which owns a 42.5 percent interest in Woodlands Commercial), and TWC Operating L.P. (which owns a 42.5 percent interest in Woodlands Operating). Morgan Stanley's ownership interests are through MS/TWC Joint Venture and MS TWC, Inc., which own the remaining interests in Woodlands Development, Woodlands Commercial and Woodlands Operating. The partners' percentage interests are summarized as follows:

 
  General
Partner
Interest
  Limited
Partner
Interest
 

Woodlands Development:

             
 

TWC Land Development L.P. 

    42.5 %    
 

MS/TWC Joint Venture

        56.5 %
 

MS TWC, Inc. 

    1.0 %    

Woodlands Commercial:

             
 

TWC Commercial Properties L.P. 

    42.5 %    
 

MS/TWC Joint Venture

        56.5 %
 

MS TWC, Inc. 

    1.0 %    

Woodlands Operating:

             
 

TWC Operating L.P. 

    42.5 %    
 

MS/TWC Joint Venture

        56.5 %
 

MS TWC, Inc. 

    1.0 %    

        The partnership agreements for each of the partnerships provide, among other things, the following:

F-116



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 9: Partners' Equity (Continued)

Note 10: Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The estimated fair values of The Woodlands Partnerships' financial instruments as of December 31, 2007, approximated their carrying amounts, with the exception of the notes payable to partners for Woodlands Development, which had an estimated fair value of $29,261,000. Fair values of notes and contracts receivable were estimated by discounting future cash flows using interest rates at which similar loans currently could be made for similar maturities to borrowers with comparable credit ratings. Fair values of fixed-rate, long-term debt were based on current interest rates offered to The Woodlands Partnerships for debt with similar remaining maturities. For floating-rate debt obligations, carrying amounts and fair values were assumed to be equal because of the nature of these obligations. The carrying amounts of The Woodlands Partnerships' other financial instruments approximate their fair values.

Note 11: Employee Plans

        Woodlands Operating has a 401(k) defined contribution plan that is available to all full-time employees who meet specified service requirements. The plan is administered by a third party. Contributions to the plan are based on a match of employee contributions up to a specified limit. For the year ended December 31, 2007, Woodlands Operating contributions totaled approximately $783,000.

F-117



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 11: Employee Plans (Continued)

        Woodlands Operating has deferred compensation arrangements for a select group of management employees that provide the opportunity to defer a portion of their cash compensation. Woodlands Operating's obligations under this plan are unsecured general obligations to pay in the future, the value of the deferred compensation adjusted to reflect the performance of its investments, whether positive or negative, of selected measurement options, chosen by each participant, during the deferral period. Woodlands Operating has established trust accounts on behalf of the participating employees totaling $1,447,000 that are included in other assets at December 31, 2007.

        Woodlands Operating instituted an incentive compensation plan for certain employees in 2001. The plan is unfunded, and while certain payments are made currently, a portion of these payments is deferred and will be paid based on a vesting period of up to three years. For the year ended December 31, 2007, expenses recognized by The Woodlands Partnerships under this plan totaled $3,506,000.

Note 12: Income Taxes

        The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2007, is as follows (in thousands):

Deferred income tax

  $ (274 )

Current income taxes

    6,230  
       

  $ 5,956  
       

        The income tax benefit reflected in the consolidated statements of earnings differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35 percent to income before income taxes as follows (in thousands):

Income tax benefit at statutory rate

  $ 3,689  

Texas margin tax

    2,289  

Permanent differences

    146  

NOL carryforward/change to prior year book/tax differences

    (274 )

Other

    106  
       

  $ 5,956  
       

        Deferred taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of WECCR GP's assets and liabilities and for operating loss carryforwards. Significant

F-118



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 12: Income Taxes (Continued)


components of WECCR GP's net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2007, are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

       
 

Other

  $ 274  

Deferred tax liabilities

     
       

Net deferred tax asset

  $ 274  
       

        WECCR GP had net operating loss carryforwards of $784,000 at December 31, 2006, that was applied to reduce taxable income in 2007. There is no net operating loss carryforward at December 31, 2007.

        SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, management has provided no valuation allowance at December 31, 2007.

        The net deferred tax assets are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2007.

Note 13: Significant Estimates and Concentrations

        Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require disclosure of certain significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations. Those matters include the following:

        The state of Texas allows for the creation of MUDs which may reimburse Woodlands Development for construction costs associated with building water distribution and purification systems, sewer facilities and drainage facilities. Woodlands Development constructs the facilities and once the MUDs have enough value on the ground (tax base), the MUDs will issue bonds to reimburse Woodlands Development for costs (including interest) according to the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). Woodlands Development estimates the costs which they believe will be eligible for reimbursement as MUD receivables. Periodically, management evaluates these receivable balances and makes adjustments to reflect changes in conditions related to such receivables. Actual receivables could differ from the estimates recorded in these financial statements.

        During development projects, Woodlands Development estimates sales prices on a per lot basis as villages are developed. These sales estimates are then utilized throughout the project to estimate a percentage of cost of sales to be applied when portions of a development are sold. These cost of sales estimates are updated annually based on actual land costs incurred plus estimates to complete the villages.

F-119



TWLDC Holdings, L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2007

Note 13: Significant Estimates and Concentrations (Continued)

        As discussed in Note 5, Woodlands Development and Woodlands Commercial have a bank credit agreement with approximately $291,539,000 due in August 2009. The agreement has two one-year extension options. However, as of February 27, 2009, the Partnerships had not obtained a commitment to extend. Inability to extend the existing agreement, or otherwise renegotiate or refinance the agreement, could adversely affect The Woodlands Partnerships future operations.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 144, the Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable or the useful life has changed. These assets are evaluated based on their estimated cash flows and profitability, including estimated future operating results, and trends or other determinants of fair value. Actual cash flows, profitability and trends could differ materially from these estimates.

F-120


Table of Contents

Until                        , 2010, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

22,338,388 shares of Common Stock

Warrants to purchase up to 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION



PROSPECTUS



This prospectus is dated                        , 2010


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

        The expenses expected to be incurred by The Howard Hughes Corporation (the "Registrant") in connection with the registration and distribution of the securities being registered under this registration statement are estimated to be as follows:

SEC Fee

  $ 77,203.21  

Printing and Engraving

    *  

Legal Fees and Expenses

    *  

Accounting Fees and Expenses

    *  
 

Total

  $ *  
       

*
To be completed by amendment.

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

        The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties as directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under the DGCL, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer of us, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that it must indemnify and advance reasonable expenses to our directors and officers, subject to our receipt of an undertaking from the indemnified party as may be required under the DGCL. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and certain officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by the director or officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer. We are also expressly authorized to carry directors' and officers' insurance to protect us, our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. However, this provision does not limit or eliminate our rights, or those of any stockholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director's duty of care. The provisions will not alter the liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding against any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is being sought.

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

        On July 1, 2010, we issued 1,000 shares to GGPLP, our parent company. The shares were issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to 4(2) of the Securities Act.

II-1


Table of Contents


ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

        The exhibits listed below in the "Exhibit Index" are part of this registration statement and are numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.


Exhibit Index

 
  Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
      2.1   Form of Separation Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

 

 

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Howard Hughes Corporation

 

 

 

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Howard Hughes Corporation

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Brookfield Investor

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Fairholme

 

 

 

4.3

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement among The Howard Hughes Corporation, Blackstone and Pershing Square

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation, M.B. Capital Partners, M.B. Capital Partners III and M.B. Capital Units LLC

 

 

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP as the validity of the securities being registered

 

 

 

10.1

 

Form of Transition Services Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

 

 

10.2*

 

Form of Tax Matters Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

 

 

10.3*

 

Form of Non-Control Agreement among The Howard Hughes Corporation and Pershing Square Capital management, L.P.

 

 

 

10.4

 

Management Services Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Brookfield Advisors, dated August 6, 2010

 

 

 

10.5

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for officers and directors

 

 

 

10.6*

 

Form of Warrant Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon

 

 

 

10.10

 

Form of 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan for officers, directors and other employees

 

 

 

10.11

 

Form of Letter Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Brookfield Investor

 

 

 

10.12

 

Form of Letter Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Fairholme

 

 

 

10.13

 

Form of Letter Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Pershing Square

 

 

 

10.14

 

Form of Option Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Thomas Nolan, Jr.

 

 

 

10.15

 

Form of Option Agreement among The Howard Hughes Corporation, Adam Metz and Thomas Nolan, Jr.

II-2


Table of Contents

 
  Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
      21.1   List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of BKD, LLP

 

 

 

23.3

 

Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1)

 

 

 

23.4

 

Consent of William Ackman to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.5

 

Consent of David Arthur to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.6

 

Consent of Gary Krow to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.7

 

Consent of Allen Model to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.8

 

Consent of Adam Flatto to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.9

 

Consent of Jeffrey Furber to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.10

 

Consent of Steven Shepsman to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.11

 

Consent of R. Scot Sellers to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages to this Registration Statement on Form S-1)

*
To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

        To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

II-3


Table of Contents

        That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on October 21, 2010.

    THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DAVID ARTHUR

        Name:   David Arthur
        Title:   Interim Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        The undersigned directors and officers hereby constitute and appoint David Arthur, Adam Metz and Thomas Nolan, Jr., and each of them, with full power to act and with full power of substitution and resubstitution, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact with full power to execute in our name and behalf in the capacities indicated below any and all amendments to this registration statement on Form S-1, including post-effective amendments to this registration statement on Form S-1, and to sign any and all additional registration statements relating to the same offering of securities as this registration statement on Form S-1 that are filed pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby ratify and confirm that such attorneys-in-fact, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities as indicated on October 21, 2010.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ DAVID ARTHUR

David Arthur
  Interim Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ RAEL DIAMOND

Rael Diamond

 

Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ ADAM METZ

Adam Metz

 

Director

/s/ THOMAS NOLAN, JR.

Thomas Nolan, Jr.

 

Director

II-5


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

 
  Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
      2.1   Form of Separation Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

 

 

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Howard Hughes Corporation

 

 

 

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Howard Hughes Corporation

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Brookfield Investor

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Fairholme

 

 

 

4.3

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement among The Howard Hughes Corporation, Blackstone and Pershing Square

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation, M.B. Capital Partners, M.B. Capital Partners III and M.B. Capital Units LLC

 

 

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP as the validity of the securities being registered

 

 

 

10.1

 

Form of Transition Services Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

 

 

10.2*

 

Form of Tax Matters Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

 

 

10.3*

 

Form of Non-Control Agreement among The Howard Hughes Corporation and Pershing Square Capital management, L.P.

 

 

 

10.4

 

Management Services Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Brookfield Advisors, dated August 6, 2010

 

 

 

10.5

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for officers and directors

 

 

 

10.6*

 

Form of Warrant Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon

 

 

 

10.10

 

Form of 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan for officers, directors and other employees

 

 

 

10.11

 

Form of Letter Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Brookfield Investor

 

 

 

10.12

 

Form of Letter Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Fairholme

 

 

 

10.13

 

Form of Letter Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Pershing Square

 

 

 

10.14

 

Form of Option Agreement between The Howard Hughes Corporation and Thomas Nolan, Jr.

 

 

 

10.15

 

Form of Option Agreement among The Howard Hughes Corporation, Adam Metz and Thomas Nolan, Jr.

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of BKD, LLP

II-6


Table of Contents

 
  Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
      23.3   Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1)

 

 

 

23.4

 

Consent of William Ackman to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.5

 

Consent of David Arthur to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.6

 

Consent of Gary Krow to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.7

 

Consent of Allen Model to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.8

 

Consent of Adam Flatto to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.9

 

Consent of Jeffrey Furber to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.10

 

Consent of Steven Shepsman to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

23.11

 

Consent of R. Scot Sellers to be named as Director Nominee

 

 

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages to this Registration Statement on Form S-1)

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-7




Exhibit 2.1

 

 

SEPARATION AGREEMENT

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

GENERAL GROWTH PROPERTIES, INC.

 

AND

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

Dated [·], 2010

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

2

1.1

Certain Definitions

2

1.2

Other Terms

12

ARTICLE II

THE RESTRUCTURING

13

2.1

Transfer of Assets; Assumption of Liabilities

13

2.2

Spinco Assets

15

2.3

Spinco Liabilities

16

2.4

Approvals and Notifications of Spinco Assets and Liabilities

18

2.5

Transfer of Non-Transferred Assets; Assumption of Non-Transferred Liabilities

19

2.6

Novation of Liabilities

21

2.7

Termination of Agreements and Arrangements

22

2.8

Bank Accounts; Cash Balances

22

2.9

Replacement of Letters of Credit Relating to the Spinco Business

24

2.10

Payment of Certain Ordinary Course, Pre-Petition Obligations

24

2.11

Payment of Certain Legal Fees of K&L Gates LLP

24

2.12

Mechanics’ and Materialman’s Liens

24

2.13

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties

24

ARTICLE III

THE DISTRIBUTION

25

3.1

Actions on or Prior to the Plan Effective Date

25

3.2

Conditions Precedent to Distribution

26

3.3

The Distribution

27

3.4

GGP Authorization of Agreement

27

ARTICLE IV

ACCESS TO INFORMATION

28

4.1

Agreement for Exchange of Information; Archives

28

4.2

Ownership of Information

29

4.3

Compensation for Providing Information

29

4.4

Record Retention

29

4.5

Liability

30

4.6

Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information

30

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

4.7

Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation

31

4.8

Privileged Matters

32

ARTICLE V

RELEASE; INDEMNIFICATION; AND GUARANTEES

34

5.1

Release of Pre-Distribution Claims

34

5.2

General Indemnification by Spinco

36

5.3

General Indemnification by GGP

37

5.4

Disclosure Indemnification

37

5.5

Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts

38

5.6

Procedures for Indemnification of Third Party Claims

38

5.7

Additional Matters

40

5.8

Remedies Cumulative; Limitations of Liability

41

5.9

Survival of Indemnities

41

5.10

Guarantees

41

ARTICLE VI

OTHER AGREEMENTS

43

6.1

Further Assurances

43

6.2

Confidentiality

43

6.3

Insurance Matters

46

6.4

Allocation of Costs and Expenses

49

6.5

Litigation; Cooperation

49

6.6

Tax Matters

50

6.7

Employment Matters

51

6.8

Real Estate Agreements

51

ARTICLE VII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

51

7.1

General Provisions

51

7.2

Consideration by Senior Executives

52

7.3

Arbitration

52

7.4

Specific Performance

54

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

54

8.1

Corporate Power

54

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

8.2

Governing Law

55

8.3

Survival of Covenants

55

8.4

Force Majeure

55

8.5

Notices

55

8.6

Termination

56

8.7

Severability

56

8.8

Entire Agreement

56

8.9

Assignment; No Third-Party Beneficiaries

56

8.10

Public Announcements

57

8.11

Amendment

57

8.12

Rules of Construction

57

8.13

Counterparts

57

 

iii



 

EXHIBITS

 

A-1

Form of Ala Moana Condominium Declaration

A-2

Form of Ala Moana Development Agreement

B

Form of Arizona 2 Promissory Note

C

Form of Assumption Agreement

D

Form of Columbia Development Agreement

E

Form of Employee Leasing Agreement

F

Form of Employee Matters Agreement

G

Form of Fashion Show Core Principles

H

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

I-1

Form of REP Investments Stockholders Agreement

I-2

Form of Fairholme Stockholders Agreement

I-3

Form of Pershing Square Stockholders Agreement

J-1

Form of 110 N. Wacker (Chicago Headquarters) Sublease Term Sheet

J-2

Form of 10,000 W. Charleston (Las Vegas Headquarters) Sublease Term Sheet

J-3

Form of Columbia Headquarters Sublease Term Sheet

K

Form of Surety Bond Indemnity Agreement

L

Form of Tax Matters Agreement

M-1

Form of Transition Services Agreement

M-2

Form of Reverse Transition Services Agreement

N

Form of Warrant and Registration Rights Agreement

 

SCHEDULES

 

2.1(a)

Spinoff Plan

6.5(a)

Assumed Actions

 

iv



 

SEPARATION AGREEMENT

 

This SEPARATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [·], 2010, is by and between General Growth Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GGP”), and The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Spinco”).  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article I hereof or as otherwise expressly set forth herein.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of GGP has determined that it is in the best interests of GGP and its shareholders to create a new publicly traded company which shall operate the Spinco Business;

 

WHEREAS, Spinco has been incorporated solely for these purposes and has not engaged in activities except in preparation for its corporate restructuring and the distribution of its stock;

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of GGP and the board of directors of Spinco have approved the transfer of the Spinco Assets to Spinco and its Subsidiaries and the assumption by Spinco and certain of its Subsidiaries of the Spinco Liabilities, all as more fully described in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Order, the Bankruptcy Court approved the distribution of shares of the common stock, no par value per share, of Spinco (the “Spinco Common Stock”) to the holders of issued and outstanding units of GGP LP as of the close of business on the Record Date;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Order, the Bankruptcy Court has further approved the distribution of Spinco Common Stock to the holders of issued and outstanding common shares, $0.01 par value per share, of GGP (the “GGP Common Shares”) as of the close of business on the Record Date, on the basis of 0.0983 shares of Spinco Common Stock for every one (1) GGP Common Share; provided, however, that no fractional shares shall be issued (the “Distribution”);

 

WHEREAS, GGP and Spinco have prepared, and Spinco has filed with the SEC, the Form 10, including the information statement contained therein, and which sets forth disclosure concerning Spinco and the Distribution;

 

WHEREAS, commencing on April 16, 2009 and continuing thereafter, GGP and certain of its Subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”), Case No. 09-11977 (ALG) (collectively, the (the “Bankruptcy Cases”);

 

WHEREAS, the Distribution will be implemented in connection with the Joint Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code by GGP and certain of its Subsidiaries filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New

 



 

York on [·], as it may be subsequently amended and supplemented, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court (the “Plan”) and;

 

WHEREAS, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, certain steps of the Restructuring and the Distribution are intended to qualify for tax-free treatment under Sections 351, 355, 368(a) and related provisions of the Code;

 

WHEREAS, GGP has received a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that, among other things, (i) certain steps of the Restructuring and the Distribution, taken together, qualify as a transaction (a) that is described in Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(G) of the Code, (b) in which the Spinco Common Stock distributed is “qualified property” under Section 361(c) of the Code and (c) in which the holders of GGP Common Shares recognize no income or gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Code, and (ii) certain other steps of the Spinoff Plan qualify as transactions that are described in Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(G) of the Code (the “Private Letter Ruling”);

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to be a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.368-2(g); and

 

WHEREAS, it is appropriate and desirable to set forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Restructuring and the Distribution and to set forth certain other agreements that will, following the Distribution, govern certain matters relating to the Restructuring and the Distribution and the relationship of GGP, Spinco and their respective Subsidiaries.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                               Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1:

 

Action” means any demand, action, claim, dispute, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, subpoena, proceeding or investigation of any nature (whether criminal, civil, legislative, administrative, regulatory, prosecutorial or otherwise) by or before any federal, state, local, foreign or international Governmental Authority or any arbitration or mediation tribunal.

 

Affiliate” (including, with a correlative meaning, “affiliated”) means, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that directly or indirectly, through one (1) or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person.  For the purpose of this definition, “control” (including with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), when used with respect to any specified Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

 

2



 

management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by Contract, agreement, obligation, promise, arrangement or otherwise.  It is expressly agreed that, from and after the Effective Time and for purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, no member of the Spinco Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the GGP Group, and no member of the GGP Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the Spinco Group.

 

Ala Moana Condominium Declaration” means a Declaration of Condominium Property Regime of 1555 Kapiolani Condominium in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 to be recorded concurrently with the execution of the Ala Moana Development Agreement.

 

Ala Moana Development Agreement” means the Development Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 to be entered into by Kapiolani Retail LLC and Kapiolani Residential, LLC on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Ancillary Documents” means the Tax Matters Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Reverse Transition Services Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Employee Leasing Agreement, the Real Estate Agreements, the Transfer Documents, the Subleases, the Surety Bond Indemnity Agreement, [the Spinco Option Agreements] and the Assumption Agreement.

 

Approvals or Notifications” means any consents, waivers, approvals, permits or authorizations to be obtained from, notices, registrations or reports to be submitted to, or other filings to be made with, any third Person, including any Governmental Authority.

 

Arizona 2 Promissory Note” means the Promissory Note in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B to be made by GGP LP on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the assets, properties, claims and rights (including goodwill) held by or in the name of such Person, wherever located (including in the possession of vendors or other third Persons or elsewhere), of every kind, character and description, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible, intangible or contingent, known or unknown, in each case whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of such Person, including the following:

 

(a)                                 all accounting and other books, records and files whether in paper, microfilm, microfiche, computer tape or disc, magnetic tape, electronic or any other form;

 

(b)                                 all apparatus, computers and other electronic data processing and communications equipment, fixtures, machinery, equipment, furniture, office equipment, automobiles, trucks, motor vehicles and other transportation equipment and other tangible personal property;

 

(c)                                  all inventories of materials, parts, raw materials, components, supplies, work-in-process and finished goods and products;

 

3



 

(d)                                 all interests in real property of whatever nature, including easements, whether as owner, mortgagee or holder of a Security Interest in real property, lessor, sublessor, lessee, sublessee, licensor, licensee or otherwise;

 

(e)                                  (i) all interests in any capital stock or other equity interests of any Subsidiary or any other Person, (ii) all bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any Subsidiary or any other Person, (iii) all loans, advances or other extensions of credit or capital contributions to any Subsidiary or any other Person and (iv) all other investments in securities of any Person;

 

(f)                                   all license agreements, leases of personal property, open purchase orders for raw materials, supplies, parts or services and other Contracts, agreements or commitments;

 

(g)                                  all written (including in electronic form) or oral technical information, data, specifications, research and development information, engineering drawings and specifications, operating and maintenance manuals, and materials and analyses prepared by consultants and other third Persons;

 

(h)                                 all Intellectual Property and Technology;

 

(i)                                     all Software;

 

(j)                                    all cost information, sales and pricing data, customer prospect lists, supplier records, customer and supplier lists, customer and vendor data, correspondence and lists, product data and literature, artwork, design, formulations and specifications, quality records and reports and other books, records, studies, surveys, reports, plans and documents;

 

(k)                                 all prepaid expenses, trade accounts and other accounts and notes receivable;

 

(l)                                     all rights under Contracts, agreements and entitlements, all claims or rights against any Person arising from the ownership of any Asset or otherwise, all rights in connection with any bids or offers and all claims, choses in action or similar rights, whether accrued or contingent;

 

(m)                             all rights under insurance policies and all rights in the nature of insurance, indemnification or contribution;

 

(n)                                 all licenses, permits, approvals and authorizations which have been issued by any Governmental Authority;  and

 

(o)                                 all interest rate, currency, commodity or other swap, collar, cap or other hedging or similar agreements or arrangements.

 

Assumption Agreement” means the Assumption Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C to be entered into by GGP and Spinco on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

4


 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Columbia Development Agreement” means the Development Agreement and Memorandum of Intent in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D to be entered into by GGP LP and Spinco on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Contract” means any contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, mortgage, loan, instrument, lease, license, commitment or other arrangement, understanding, undertaking, commitment or obligation, whether written or oral.

 

Cornerstone Investment Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Cornerstone Investment Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between GGP and REP Investments LLC, as it may be further amended.

 

Disclosure Statement” means the disclosure statement in respect of the Plan, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and as approved by the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Distribution Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (and/or its affiliates).

 

Effective Time” means the time at which the Distribution occurs as provided in the Order.

 

Employee Leasing Agreement” means the Employee Leasing Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, to be entered into by and between GGP and Spinco or a Subsidiary thereof on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Employee Matters Agreement” means the Employee Matters Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, to be entered into by and between GGP and Spinco or a Subsidiary thereof on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Environmental Law” means any applicable Law relating to pollution, protection or restoration of or prevention of harm to the environment or natural resources, including the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials.

 

Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time that reference is made.

 

Fairholme Investment Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between GGP and The Fairholme Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc., and Fairholme Focused Income Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc., as it may be further amended.

 

5



 

Fashion Show Core Principles” means the Fashion Show Air Rights — Core Principles in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G to be entered into by GGP LP and Spinco on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Force Majeure” means, with respect to a party, an event beyond the reasonable control of such party (or any Person acting on its behalf), and includes acts of God, storms, floods, riots, fires, sabotage, civil commotion or civil unrest, interference by civil or military authorities, acts of war (declared or undeclared) or armed hostilities or other national or international calamity or one (1) or more acts of terrorism or failure of energy sources or distribution facilities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the receipt by a party of an unsolicited takeover offer or other acquisition proposal, even if unforeseen or unavoidable, and such party’s response thereto shall not be deemed an event of Force Majeure.

 

Form 10” means the registration statement on Form 10 filed by Spinco with the SEC on August 25, 2010 to effect the registration of Spinco Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with the listing of Spinco’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, as such registration statement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

GGP Accounts” means the bank and brokerage accounts owned by GGP or any other member of the GGP Group.

 

GGP Business” means the businesses and operations conducted immediately prior to the Effective Time by any member of the GGP Group that are not included in the Spinco Business.

 

GGP Disclosure Documents” means any registration statement filed with the SEC in the name of any member of the GGP Group as registrant, and any prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar disclosure document, whether or not filed with the SEC or any other Governmental Authority, that is prepared in connection with any such registration statement.

 

GGP Group” means GGP and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries immediately following implementation of the Spinoff Plan, expressly excluding the Spinco Group.

 

GGP Intellectual Property” means (i) the GGP Name and GGP Marks and (ii) all other Intellectual Property that is owned by any member of the GGP Group immediately after the Effective Time.

 

GGP LP” means GGP Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

GGP Name and GGP Marks” means the names, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source or business identifiers of GGP or any of its Subsidiaries using or containing “GGP” (in block letters or otherwise), “GGP” either alone or in combination with other words or elements and all names, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source or business identifiers confusingly similar to or embodying any of the foregoing either alone or in combination with other words or elements, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing.

 

6



 

GGP Software” means all Software that is owned by any member of the GGP Group immediately after the Effective Time.

 

GGP Technology” means all Technology that is owned by any member of the GGP Group immediately after the Effective Time.

 

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, government and any executive official thereof.

 

Group” means the GGP Group or the Spinco Group, as the context requires.

 

Hazardous Materials” means any chemical, material, substance, waste, classified, regulated or otherwise classified as “hazardous,” “toxic,” “pollutant” or “contaminant,” or words of similar meaning or effect or any other material, substance or waste, that could result in liability under, or that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to, any Environmental Law, and any natural or artificial substance (whether solid, liquid or gas, noise, ion, vapor or electromagnetic) which could cause harm to the environment, including petroleum, petroleum products and byproducts, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, electronic, medical or infectious wastes, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, radioactive substances, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances.

 

Information” means information, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, in written, oral, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms, stored in any medium, including studies, reports, records, books, Contracts, instruments, surveys, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, prototypes, samples, flow charts, data, computer data, disks, diskettes, tapes, computer programs or other software, marketing plans, customer names, communications by or to attorneys (including attorney-client privileged communications), memoranda and other materials prepared by attorneys or under their direction (including attorney work product), and other technical, financial, employee or business information or data.

 

Insurance Policies” means the insurance policies written by insurance carriers, including any self-insurance arrangements, pursuant to which Spinco or one (1) or more of its Subsidiaries (or their respective officers or directors) will be insured parties after the Effective Time.

 

Insurance Proceeds” means those monies (i) received by an insured from an insurance carrier, (ii) paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the insured or (iii) received (including by way of set off) from any third Person in the nature of insurance, contribution or indemnification in respect of any Liability; in any such case net of any applicable premium adjustments (including reserves and retrospectively rated premium adjustments) and net of any costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof.

 

7



 

Intellectual Property” means all of the following whether arising under the Laws of the United States or of any other foreign or multinational jurisdiction: (i) patents, patent applications (including patents issued thereon) and statutory invention registrations, including reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, substitutions, renewals, extensions and reexaminations of any of the foregoing, and all rights in any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, trade dress, logos and other source or business identifiers, including all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, and any and all common law rights in and to any of the foregoing, registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing, all rights in and to any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, and all reissues, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) Internet domain names, (iv) copyrightable works, copyrights, moral rights, mask work rights, database rights and design rights, in each case, other than Software, whether or not registered, and all registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing, and all rights in and to any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, (v) confidential and proprietary information, including trade secrets, invention disclosures, processes and know-how, in each case, other than Software, and (vi) intellectual property rights arising from or in respect of any Technology.

 

Investment Agreements” means the Cornerstone Investment Agreement, Fairholme Investment Agreement and Pershing Investment Agreement.

 

IP Application” means any application for the registration, issuance or perfection of any intellectual property rights, including patent applications, copyright applications and trademark applications.

 

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Law” means any national, supranational, federal, state, provincial, local or similar law (including common law), statute, code, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty (including any income tax treaty), license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, decree, injunction, binding judicial or administrative interpretation or other requirement, in each case, enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by a Governmental Authority.

 

Liabilities” means any and all debts, guarantees, liabilities, costs, expenses, interest and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, reserved or unreserved, or determined or determinable (now or in the future), including those arising under any Law, claim (including any third Person product liability claim), demand, Action, whether asserted or unasserted, or order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority and those arising under any Contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment or undertaking, or any fines, damages or equitable relief that is imposed, in each case, including all costs and expenses relating thereto.

 

Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the Distribution.

 

Pershing Investment Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between GGP and Pershing Square

 

8



 

Capital Management, L.P. on behalf of Pershing Square, L.P., Pershing Square II, L.P., Pershing Square International, Ltd. and Pershing Square International V, Ltd., as it may be further amended.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan Effective Date” means the date on which distributions to holders of claims and equity interests commences pursuant to the Plan, or such other time as determined by GGP in accordance with Section 3.3.

 

Pre-GGP Insurance Policies” means third-party insurance policies held by GGP or its Subsidiaries that are in effect immediately after the Effective Time that satisfy each of the following conditions: (i) such insurance policy was acquired directly or indirectly by GGP as a result of GGP’s acquisition of the holder of such insurance policy, and (ii) at the time of such acquisition, the business of the holder of such insurance policy related to some or all of the businesses comprising the Spinco Business.

 

Real Estate Agreements” means the Ala Moana Condominium Declaration, the Ala Moana Development Agreement, the Arizona 2 Promissory Note, the Columbia Development Agreement and the Fashion Show Core Principles.

 

Record Date” means [·], 2010.

 

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, to be entered into by and between certain purchasers to be named therein and Spinco, as of the Effective Time.

 

Restructuring” means the transfer of the Spinco Assets to Spinco and its Subsidiaries and the assumption of the Spinco Liabilities by Spinco and its Subsidiaries, and the transfer of certain Excluded Assets to GGP and its Subsidiaries and the assumption by GGP and its Subsidiaries of certain Excluded Liabilities, all as more fully described in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and including the steps set forth in the Spinoff Plan and the Plan.

 

Reverse Transition Services Agreement” means the Reverse Transition Services Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit M-2, to be entered into by and between GGP and Spinco, and/or any of their respective Subsidiaries, on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time that reference is made.

 

9



 

Security Interest” means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge, claim, option, right to acquire, voting or other restriction, right-of-way, covenant, condition, easement, encroachment, restriction on transfer, or other encumbrance of any other nature.

 

Software” means any and all (i) computer programs, including any and all software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (ii) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (iii) descriptions, flow charts and other work products used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons, and (iv) documentation, including user manuals and other training documentation, relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Spinco Balance Sheet” means Spinco’s unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet in Item 2 of the Form 10.

 

Spinco Business” means the management, operation and development of the properties and assets described in Item 1 of the Form 10, as conducted by any member of the Spinco Group immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

Spinco Contracts” means the following Contracts, to the extent in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time:

 

(a)                                  any Contracts to which one or more members of the Spinco Group is a party; provided that no members of the GGP Group are also party to such Contracts;

 

(b)                                 any Contracts that relate exclusively to the Spinco Business; and

 

(c)                                  any Contract that is otherwise expressly contemplated pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to be assigned to Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group.

 

Spinco Disclosure Documents” means any registration statement (including the Form 10) filed with the SEC in the name of any member of the Spinco Group as registrant, and any prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar disclosure document, whether or not filed with the SEC or any other Governmental Authority, that is prepared in connection with any such registration statement.

 

Spinco Employees” means all Business Employees (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) and all Leased Employees (as defined in the Employee Leasing Agreement).

 

Spinco Group” means Spinco and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries immediately following implementation of the Spinoff Plan.

 

[“Spinco Option Agreements” means (i) that certain option agreement entered into between Spinco and Thomas Nolan and (ii) that certain option agreement entered into between Spinco and Adam Metz, pursuant to which Spinco will issue options to purchase Spinco

 

10



 

Common Stock to Thomas Nolan and Adam Metz, respectively, in accordance with the terms thereof.]

 

Stockholders Agreements” means the letters substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits I-1 — I-3, to be entered into by and between Spinco and each of REP Investments LLC (and/or its affiliates), The Fairholme Fund (and/or its affiliates) and Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P. (and/or its affiliates) on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Subleases” means the subleases substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits J-1 — J-3, to be entered into by and between GGP (and/or a Subsidiary thereof) and Spinco (and/or a Subsidiary thereof) on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Subsidiary” or “subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, joint venture or partnership of which such Person (i) beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of (A) the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities of such Person, (B) the total combined equity interests or (C) the capital or profit interests, in the case of a partnership, or (ii) otherwise has the power to vote, either directly or indirectly, sufficient securities, or the contractual right, to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body or the managing partner or managing member.

 

Surety Bond Indemnity Agreement” means the Surety Bond Indemnity Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit K, to be entered into by and between GGP and Spinco on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Tax” has the meaning set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.

 

Tax Attributes” has the meaning set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.

 

Tax Matters Agreement” means the Tax Matters Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit L, to be entered into by and between GGP and Spinco on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Technology” means all technology, designs, formulae, algorithms, procedures, methods, discoveries, processes, techniques, ideas, know-how, research and development, technical data, tools, materials, specifications, processes, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice) apparatus, creations, improvements, works of authorship in any media, confidential, proprietary or non-public information, and other similar materials, and all recordings, graphs, drawings, reports, analyses and other writings, and other tangible embodiments of the foregoing in any form whether or not listed herein, in each case, other than Software.

 

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Warrant and Registration Rights Agreement and the Stockholders Agreements.

 

Transactions” means, collectively, (i) the Restructuring, (ii) the Distribution, and (iii) all other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

11



 

Transition Services Agreement” means the Transition Services Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit M-1, to be entered into by and between GGP and Spinco, and/or any of their respective Subsidiaries, on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

Warrant and Registration Rights Agreement” means the Warrant and Registration Rights Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit N, to be entered into by and between Spinco and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as of the Effective Time.

 

1.2                                 Other Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth in the sections indicated.

 

Term

 

Section

 

 

 

Agreement

 

Preamble

Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

3.1(c)

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

3.1(c)

Assumed Actions

 

6.5(a)

Bankruptcy Cases

 

Recitals

Bankruptcy Closing

 

7.1(a)

Bankruptcy Court

 

Recitals

CPR

 

7.3(a)

CPR Arbitration Rules

 

7.3(a)

Dispute

 

7.1(b)

Distribution

 

Recitals

Excluded Assets

 

2.2(b)

Excluded Liabilities

 

2.3(b)

GGP

 

Preamble

GGP Accounts

 

2.8(a)

GGP Common Shares

 

Recitals

GGP Confidential Information

 

6.2(b)

GGP Indemnified Parties

 

5.2

Guarantee Release

 

5.10(b)

Indemnified Party

 

5.5(a)

Indemnifying Party

 

5.5(a)

Indemnity Payment

 

5.5(a)

Initial Notice

 

7.2

linked

 

2.8(a)

Non-Transferred Asset

 

2.5(a)

Non-Transferred Liability

 

2.5(a)

Petition Date

 

2.10

Plan

 

Recitals

Private Letter Ruling

 

Recitals

Released Party

 

2.6(a)

Representatives

 

6.2(a)

Response

 

7.2

Responsible Party

 

2.6(a)

Shared Information

 

6.2(c)

 

12



 

Term

 

Section

 

 

 

Special Damages

 

5.8

Spinco

 

Preamble

Spinco Accounts

 

2.8(a)

Spinco Assets

 

2.2(a)

Spinco Common Stock

 

Recitals

Spinco Confidential Information

 

6.2(a)

Spinco Indemnified Parties

 

5.3

Spinco Liabilities

 

2.3(a)

Spinoff Plan

 

2.1(a)

Third Party Claim

 

5.6(a)

Transfer Documents

 

2.1(b)

Transferee Party

 

2.5(a)

Transferor Party

 

2.5(a)

Transferred Actions

 

6.5(b)

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE RESTRUCTURING

 

2.1                                 Transfer of Assets; Assumption of Liabilities.

 

(a)                                  Prior to the Distribution, in accordance with the plan and structure set forth on Schedule 2.1(a) (such plan and structure being referred to herein as the “Spinoff Plan”) and to the extent not previously effected pursuant to the steps of the Spinoff Plan that have been completed prior to the date hereof:

 

(i)                                     GGP shall, and shall cause its applicable Subsidiaries to, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Spinco or certain of Spinco’s Subsidiaries designated by Spinco, and Spinco or such Subsidiaries shall accept from GGP and its applicable Subsidiaries, all of GGP’s and such Subsidiaries’ respective direct or indirect right, title and interest in and to all Spinco Assets existing immediately prior to the Distribution in accordance with Schedule 2.1(a);

 

(ii)                                  Spinco and certain of its Subsidiaries designated by Spinco shall accept, assume and agree faithfully to perform, discharge and fulfill all the Spinco Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms.  Spinco and such Subsidiaries shall be responsible for all Spinco Liabilities, regardless of when or where such Spinco Liabilities arose or arise, or whether the facts on which they are based occurred prior to or subsequent to the Plan Effective Date, regardless of where or against whom such Spinco Liabilities are asserted or determined (including any Spinco Liabilities arising out of claims made by GGP’s or Spinco’s respective directors, officers, employees, agents or Subsidiaries against any member of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group) or whether asserted or determined prior to the date hereof, and, except as set forth in Section 2.3(b)(iii), regardless of whether arising from or alleged to arise from negligence, recklessness, violation of Law, fraud or misrepresentation by any member of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or Subsidiaries;

 

13



 

(iii)                               GGP shall cause its applicable Subsidiaries to assign, transfer, convey and deliver to certain of its other Subsidiaries designated by GGP, and such other Subsidiaries shall accept from such applicable Subsidiaries, such applicable Subsidiaries’ respective right, title and interest in and to any Excluded Assets specified by GGP to be so assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered, all as more fully set forth in the Spinoff Plan; and

 

(iv)                              GGP shall and shall cause GGP LP, as a Subsidiary of GGP, to accept and assume as designated by GGP, and agree faithfully to perform, discharge and fulfill certain Excluded Liabilities specified by GGP, and GGP and such Subsidiary shall be responsible for all Excluded Liabilities, regardless of when or where such Excluded Liabilities arose or arise, or whether the facts on which they are based occurred prior to or subsequent to the Plan Effective Date, regardless of where or against whom such Excluded Liabilities are asserted or determined (including any such Excluded Liabilities arising out of claims made by GGP’s or Spinco’s respective directors, officers, employees, agents, Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries against any member of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group) or whether asserted or determined prior to the date hereof, and regardless of whether arising from or alleged to arise from negligence, recklessness, violation of Law, fraud or misrepresentation by any member of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                 In furtherance of the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of the Assets and the assumption of the Liabilities in accordance with Section 2.1(a), on the date that such Assets are assigned, transferred, conveyed or delivered or such Liabilities are assumed (i) GGP and Spinco, as applicable, shall execute and deliver, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to execute and deliver, such bills of sale, quitclaim deeds, stock powers, certificates of title, assignments of partnership interests, assignments of Contracts and other instruments of transfer, conveyance and assignment as and to the extent reasonably necessary to evidence the transfer, conveyance and assignment of all right, title and interest in and to such Assets to the applicable transferee thereof provided in the Spinoff Plan, and (ii) GGP and Spinco shall execute and deliver, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to execute and deliver, such assumptions of Contracts and other instruments of assumption as and to the extent necessary to evidence the valid and effective assumption of such Liabilities by the applicable assignee thereof provided in the Spinoff Plan.  All of the foregoing documents contemplated by this Section 2.1(b) shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Transfer Documents.”

 

(c)                                  Spinco hereby waives compliance by each and every member of the GGP Group with the requirements and provisions of any “bulk-sale” or “bulk-transfer” Laws of any jurisdiction that may otherwise be applicable with respect to the transfer or sale of any or all of the Spinco Assets to any member of the Spinco Group.

 

(d)                                 GGP hereby waives compliance by each and every member of the Spinco Group with the requirements and provisions of any “bulk-sale” or “bulk-transfer” Laws of any jurisdiction that may otherwise be applicable with respect to the transfer or sale of any or all of the Excluded Assets to any member of the GGP Group.

 

14


 

2.2                                 Spinco Assets.

 

(a)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, “Spinco Assets” shall mean (without duplication) the following Assets (except to the extent they constitute Excluded Assets):

 

(i)                                     all Assets owned by any member of the Spinco Group immediately prior to the Effective Time, wherever such Assets may be located;

 

(ii)                                  any cash and cash equivalents in the Spinco Accounts as of the Effective Time (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any cash and cash equivalents in the GGP Accounts as of the Effective Time that the parties mutually agree should have been in the Spinco Accounts as of the Effective Time pursuant to an express agreement set forth in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document), subject to Section 2.8(g);

 

(iii)                               any cash proceeds received directly or indirectly by GGP in respect of any sales of real property in the Summerlin master planned community in Clark County, Nevada to the extent such sales are closed by GGP or any of its then current Subsidiaries during the period beginning on September 7, 2010 and ending immediately prior to the Effective Time (net of any out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);

 

(iv)                              all Spinco Contracts;

 

(v)                                 subject to Section 6.3, any rights or claims of any member of the Spinco Group under any of the Insurance Policies, including any rights or claims thereunder arising after the Effective Time in respect of any Insurance Policies;

 

(vi)                              any and all Assets reflected as Assets of Spinco and its Subsidiaries in the Spinco Balance Sheet, subject to any dispositions of such Assets subsequent to the date of the Spinco Balance Sheet;

 

(vii)                           any and all other Assets that are expressly provided by this Agreement, the Plan, the Spinoff Plan or any other Transaction Document as Assets to be transferred to Spinco or any other member of the Spinco Group; and

 

(viii)                        any and all Assets, other than Intellectual Property, Software and Technology, owned or held immediately prior to the Effective Time by GGP or any of its Subsidiaries that are used exclusively in the Spinco Business (the intention of this clause (viii) is only to rectify any inadvertent omission of transfer or conveyance of any Assets that, had the parties given specific consideration to such Asset as of the date hereof, would have otherwise been classified as a Spinco Asset; no Asset shall be deemed to be a Spinco Asset solely as a result of this clause (viii) if such Asset is within the category or type of Asset expressly covered by the terms of another Transaction Document unless the party claiming entitlement to such Asset can establish that the omission of the transfer or conveyance of such Asset was inadvertent, and no Asset shall be deemed a Spinco Asset solely as a result of this clause (viii) unless a claim with respect thereto is made by Spinco on or prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Plan Effective Date).

 

(b)                                 For the purposes of this Agreement, “Excluded Assets” shall mean (without duplication):

 

15



 

(i)                                     the GGP Intellectual Property, GGP Software and the GGP Technology;

 

(ii)                                  any cash and cash equivalents (other than cash and cash equivalents specified in Section 2.2(a)(ii) and Section 2.2(a)(iii));

 

(iii)                               any and all Assets that are expressly contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan, the Spinoff Plan or any other Transaction Document as Assets to be retained by GGP or any other member of the GGP Group;

 

(iv)                              any and all other Assets owned by any member of the GGP Group immediately prior to the Effective Time, wherever such Assets may be located (other than Spinco Assets); and

 

(v)                                 any and all Assets owned or held immediately prior to the Effective Time by GGP or any of its Subsidiaries that are not used exclusively in the Spinco Business (the intention of this clause (v) is only to rectify any inadvertent transfer or conveyance of any Assets that, had the parties given specific consideration to such Asset as of the date hereof, would have otherwise been classified as an Excluded Asset; no Asset shall be deemed to be an Excluded Asset solely as a result of this clause (v) if such Asset is within the category or type of Asset expressly covered by the terms of another Transaction Document unless the party claiming entitlement to such Asset can establish that the transfer or conveyance of such Asset was inadvertent, and no Asset shall be deemed an Excluded Asset solely as a result of this clause (v) unless a claim with respect thereto is made by GGP on or prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Plan Effective Date).

 

2.3                                 Spinco Liabilities.

 

(a)                                  For the purposes of this Agreement, “Spinco Liabilities” shall mean (without duplication) the following Liabilities (except to the extent they constitute Excluded Liabilities):

 

(i)                                     any and all Liabilities of any member of the Spinco Group;

 

(ii)                                  all Liabilities reflected as liabilities or obligations of Spinco or its Subsidiaries in the Spinco Balance Sheet, subject to any discharge of such Liabilities subsequent to the date of the Spinco Balance Sheet;

 

(iii)                               all other Liabilities that are expressly provided by this Agreement, the Plan, the Spinoff Plan or any other Transaction Document as Liabilities to be assumed by Spinco or any other member of the Spinco Group and all agreements or obligations of any member of the Spinco Group under this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents;

 

(iv)                              except as expressly provided in the Plan or this Agreement, all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

 

(A)                              the operation of the Spinco Business, as conducted at any time before, at or after the Effective Time (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or

 

16



 

resulting from any act or omission by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority));

 

(B)                                the operation of any business conducted by any member of the Spinco Group at any time before, at or after the Effective Time (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority));

 

(C)                                any Spinco Assets (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Spinco Contracts); and

 

(D)                               any Liability relating to the protection or restoration of, or prevention of harm to, the environment or natural resources, the protection of human and occupational health and safety, or otherwise arising under Environmental Laws or relating to Hazardous Materials arising out of (i) the operation of the Spinco Business, as conducted at any time before, at or after, the Effective Time, (ii) any of the Spinco Assets, including any other businesses, operations or properties associated with the Spinco Assets (including any businesses, operations or properties for which a current or future owner or operator of the Spinco Assets or the Spinco Business may be alleged to be responsible as a matter of Law, contract or otherwise due to such ownership or operation of the Spinco Assets or Spinco Business), in any such case, whether arising before, at or after the Effective Time or (iii) the operation of any business conducted by any member of the Spinco Group at any time before, at or after the Effective Time; and

 

(v)                                 all Liabilities arising out of any claim made by any Spinco Employee arising in the course of such employee’s employment against any member of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group, regardless of whether such claim arises prior to or after the Effective Time.

 

(b)                                 For the purposes of this Agreement, “Excluded Liabilities” shall mean (without duplication):

 

(i)                                     any and all Liabilities that are expressly contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan, the Spinoff Plan or any other Transaction Document as Liabilities to be retained or assumed by GGP or any other member of the GGP Group, and all agreements and obligations of any member of the GGP Group under this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents;

 

(ii)                                  any and all Liabilities of a member of the GGP Group to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Excluded Assets;

 

(iii)                               any and all liabilities arising from a knowing violation of Law, intentional fraud or intentional misrepresentation by any member of the GGP Group or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents (other than any individual who at the time of such act was acting in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of any member of the Spinco Group or on behalf of the Spinco Business);

 

17



 

(iv)                              all Liabilities arising out of any claim made by any employee of any member of the GGP Group other than a Spinco Employee arising in the course of such employee’s employment against any member of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group, regardless of whether such claim arises prior to or after the Effective Time;

 

(v)                                 any and all Liabilities of any members of the GGP Group that are not Spinco Liabilities; and

 

(vi)                              any and all Liabilities arising from claims set forth in Class 4.2 of the Plan.

 

2.4                                 Approvals and Notifications of Spinco Assets and Liabilities.

 

(a)                                  If and to the extent that the valid, complete and perfected transfer or assignment to the Spinco Group of any Spinco Assets or assumption by the Spinco Group of any Spinco Liabilities would be a violation of applicable Law or require any Approvals or Notifications in connection with the Restructuring, or the Distribution, that has not been obtained or made by the Effective Time then, unless the parties hereto mutually shall otherwise determine, the transfer or assignment to the Spinco Group of such Spinco Assets or the assumption by the Spinco Group of such Spinco Liabilities, as the case may be, shall be automatically deemed deferred and any such purported transfer, assignment or assumption shall be null and void until such time as all legal impediments are removed or such Approvals or Notifications have been obtained or made in accordance with this Section 2.4 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Spinco Assets or Spinco Liabilities shall continue to constitute Spinco Assets and Spinco Liabilities for all other purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 If any transfer or assignment of any Spinco Asset or any assumption of any Spinco Liabilities intended to be transferred, assigned or assumed hereunder, as the case may be, is not consummated on or prior to the Plan Effective Date, whether as a result of the provisions of Section 2.4(a) or for any other reason, then, insofar as reasonably possible, the member of the GGP Group retaining such Spinco Asset or such Spinco Liability, as the case may be, shall thereafter hold such Spinco Asset or Spinco Liability, as the case may be, for the use and benefit of the member of the Spinco Group entitled thereto (at the expense of the member of the Spinco Group entitled thereto).  In addition, the member of the GGP Group retaining such Spinco Asset or such Spinco Liability shall, insofar as reasonably possible and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, treat such Spinco Asset or Spinco Liability in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested (pursuant to Section 2.5(b) and otherwise) by the member of the Spinco Group to whom such Spinco Asset is to be transferred or assigned, or which will assume such Spinco Liability, as the case may be, in order to place such member of the Spinco Group in a substantially similar position as if such Spinco Asset or Spinco Liability had been transferred, assigned or assumed as contemplated hereby and so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such Spinco Asset or Spinco Liability, as the case may be, including use, risk of loss, potential for gain, and dominion, control and command over such Spinco Asset or Spinco Liability, as the case may be, is to inure from and after the Effective Time to the Spinco Group.

 

18



 

(c)                                  If and when the Approvals or Notifications, the absence of which caused the deferral of transfer or assignment of any Spinco Asset or the deferral of assumption of any Spinco Liability pursuant to Section 2.4(a), are obtained or made, and, if and when any other legal impediments for the transfer or assignment of any Spinco Asset or the assumption of any Spinco Liability have been removed, the transfer or assignment of the applicable Spinco Asset or the assumption of the applicable Spinco Liability, as the case may be, shall be effected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and/or the applicable Transaction Document.

 

(d)                                 The reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with any such transfers or assignments of Spinco Assets or assumption of Spinco Liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and all recording or similar fees, shall be borne by GGP until the six month anniversary of the date of the Distribution, and thereafter by Spinco; provided, that the GGO Promissory Note (as defined in the Investment Agreements) shall be issued, and subsequently adjusted, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Investment Agreements.

 

2.5                                 Transfer of Non-Transferred Assets; Assumption of Non-Transferred Liabilities.

 

(a)                                  If at any time or from time to time following the Effective Time, any party hereto (or any member of such party’s respective Group), shall receive or otherwise possess any Asset or Liability (including any Intellectual Property or Technology) that is allocated to any other Person pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, such Person (or any member of such party’s respective Group, the “Transferor Party”) shall promptly transfer, or cause to be transferred, such Asset (each, a “Non-Transferred Asset”) or Liability (each, a “Non-Transferred Liability”), as the case may be, to the Person (or any member of such party’s respective Group, the “Transferee Party”) entitled to such Non-Transferred Asset or responsible for such Non-Transferred Liability, as the case may be, and the Transferee Party entitled to such Non-Transferred Asset or responsible for such Non-Transferred Liability shall accept such Non-Transferred Asset or accept, assume and agree faithfully to perform, discharge such Non-Transferred Liability, as applicable.

 

(b)                                 In furtherance of the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of Non-Transferred Assets and the assumption of Non-Transferred Liabilities set forth in this Section 2.5, (i) the Transferor Party shall execute and deliver such bills of sale, quitclaim deeds, stock powers, certificates of title, assignments of contract and other instruments of transfer, conveyance and assignment as and to the extent necessary to evidence the transfer, conveyance and assignment of all of the Transferee Party’s right, title and interest in and to the Non-Transferred Assets, and (ii) the Transferee Party shall execute and deliver such assumptions of contract and other instruments of assumption as and to the extent necessary to evidence the valid and effective assumption of the Non-Transferred Liabilities.

 

(c)                                  To the extent that the transfer or assignment of any Non-Transferred Assets or the assumption of any Non-Transferred Liabilities requires any Approvals or Notifications, the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain or make such Approvals or Notifications as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, however, that, except to the extent expressly provided in any of the other Transaction Documents, no member of the GGP Group or Spinco Group shall be obligated to contribute capital or pay any consideration in any

 

19



 

form (including providing any letter of credit, guaranty or other financial accommodation) to any Person in order to obtain or make such Approvals or Notifications.

 

(d)                                 If and to the extent that the valid, complete and perfected transfer or assignment to the Transferee Party of any Non-Transferred Assets or the assumption by the Transferee Party of any Non-Transferred Liabilities would be a violation of applicable Law or require any material Approval or Notification that has not been made or obtained on or before the Plan Effective Date, then, unless the parties hereto mutually shall otherwise determine, the transfer or assignment to the Transferee Party of such Non-Transferred Assets or the assumption by the Transferee Party of such Non-Transferred Liabilities shall be automatically deemed deferred and any such purported transfer, assignment or assumption shall be null and void until such time as all legal impediments are removed or such Approvals or Notifications have been obtained or made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Non-Transferred Assets that are Excluded Assets or Non-Transferred Liabilities that are Excluded Liabilities shall continue to constitute Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities for all other purposes of this Agreement, and any such Non-Transferred Assets that are Spinco Assets or Non-Transferred Liabilities that are Spinco Liabilities shall continue to constitute Spinco Assets or Spinco Liabilities for all other purposes of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                  If any transfer or assignment of any Non-Transferred Asset under this Section 2.5, is not consummated on or prior to the Plan Effective Date, whether as a result of the provisions of Section 2.5(d) or for any other reason, then, insofar as reasonably possible, the Transferor Party retaining such Non-Transferred Asset, shall thereafter hold such Non-Transferred Asset for the use and benefit of the Transferee Party entitled thereto (at the expense of the member of the Transferee Party entitled thereto).  In addition, the Transferor Party retaining such Non-Transferred Asset shall, insofar as reasonably possible and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, treat such Non-Transferred Asset in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the Transferee Party to whom such Non-Transferred Asset is to be transferred or assigned, in order to place such Transferee Party in a substantially similar position as if such Non-Transferred Asset had been transferred as contemplated hereby and so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such Non-Transferred Asset, including use, risk of loss, potential for gain, and dominion, control and command over such Non-Transferred Asset, is to inure from and after the Effective Time to the Transferee Party.

 

(f)                                    If and when the Approvals or Notifications, the absence of which caused the deferral of transfer or assignment of any Non-Transferred Asset or the deferral of assumption of any Non-Transferred Liability, are obtained or made, and, if and when any other legal impediments for the transfer or assignment of any Non-Transferred Assets or the assumption of any Non-Transferred Liabilities have been removed, the transfer or assignment of the applicable Non-Transferred Asset or the assumption of the applicable Non-Transferred Liability, as the case may be, shall be effected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and/or the applicable Transaction Document.

 

(g)                                 The reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with any such transfers or assignments of Non-Transferred Assets or assumption of Non-Transferred Liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and all recording or similar fees, shall be borne

 

20



 

by the party that would have been responsible for such costs and expenses if the transfer, assignment or assumption had occurred at or prior to the Effective Time.

 

2.6                                 Novation of Liabilities.

 

(a)                                  Each of GGP and Spinco, at the request of the other, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, as soon as reasonably practicable, any consent, substitution, approval or amendment required to novate or assign all obligations under agreements, leases, licenses and other obligations or Liabilities that constitute Excluded Liabilities or Spinco Liabilities, as applicable, or to obtain in writing the unconditional release of all parties to such arrangements other than any member of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group, as applicable (the “Released Party”), so that, in any such case, the members of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group, as applicable (the “Responsible Party”) will be solely responsible for such Liabilities; provided, however, that, except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the other Transaction Documents, neither GGP nor Spinco shall be obligated to contribute any capital or pay any consideration in any form (including providing any letter of credit, guaranty or other financial accommodation) to any third Person from whom any such consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release is requested.

 

(b)                                 If the Released Party is unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any such required consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release, the Released Party shall continue to be bound by such agreement, lease, license or other obligation or Liability and, unless not permitted by the terms thereof or by Law, the Responsible Party shall, as agent or subcontractor for the Released Party, pay, perform and discharge fully all the obligations or other Liabilities of the Released Party thereunder from and after the Effective Time.  The Responsible Party shall indemnify the Released Party and any other members of its respective Group and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing and hold each of them harmless against any Liabilities arising in connection therewith; provided, that pursuant hereto the Responsible Party shall have no obligation to indemnify any Person that has engaged in any knowing violation of Law, fraud or misrepresentation in connection therewith.  The Released Party shall cause each member of its respective Group, without further consideration, to pay and remit, or cause to be paid or remitted, to the Responsible Party or its designee promptly all money, rights and other consideration received by it or any member of its respective Group in respect of the document, agreement, Contract, obligation or Liability that gave rise to such performance (unless any such consideration is an Asset expressly allocated to the Released Party pursuant to this Agreement).  If and when any such consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release shall be obtained or the obligations under such agreement, lease, license or other obligations or Liabilities shall otherwise become assignable or able to be novated, the Released Party shall promptly assign, or cause to be assigned, all its obligations and other Liabilities thereunder or any obligations of any member of its respective Group without payment of further consideration and the Responsible Party, without the payment of any further consideration, shall, or shall cause another member of its respective Group to, assume such obligations.

 

21



 

2.7                                 Termination of Agreements and Arrangements.

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in Section 2.7(b), in furtherance of the releases and other provisions of Section 5.1, Spinco and each member of the Spinco Group, on the one hand, and GGP and each member of the GGP Group, on the other hand, hereby terminate, effective as of the Effective Time, any and all agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings, whether or not in writing, solely between or among Spinco and/or any member of the Spinco Group, on the one hand, and GGP and/or any member of the GGP Group, on the other hand, effective as of the Effective Time; provided, however, to the extent that termination of any such agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding is inconsistent with any other Transaction Document, such termination shall be determined pursuant to the applicable Transaction Document.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Groups shall settle all intercompany receivables and payables as of the Effective Time, and after the Effective Time neither Group shall owe any further amounts to the other Group in respect of such intercompany receivables and payables.  No such terminated agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding (including any provision thereof which purports to survive termination) shall be of any further force or effect after the Effective Time (or, to the extent contemplated by the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, after the effective date of the applicable Transaction Document).  Each party shall, at the reasonable request of any other party, take, or cause to be taken, such other actions as may be necessary to effect the foregoing.

 

(b)                                 The provisions of Section 2.7(a) shall not apply to any of the following agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings (or to any of the provisions thereof):

 

(i)                                     this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (and each other agreement or instrument expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to be entered into or continued by any of the parties hereto or any of the members of their respective Groups);

 

(ii)                                  any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings to which any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective wholly-owned Subsidiaries is a party (it being understood that (A) directors’ qualifying shares, preferred or similar interests or shares issued by entities issuing such shares to satisfy REIT qualification requirements or the Code, will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Subsidiary is wholly owned and (B) to the extent that the rights and obligations of the parties and the members of their respective Groups under any such agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings constitute Spinco Assets or Spinco Liabilities, they shall be assigned pursuant to Section 2.1); and

 

(iii)                               any other agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings that this Agreement, the Plan, the Spinoff Plan or any other Transaction Document expressly contemplates will survive the Plan Effective Date.

 

2.8                                 Bank Accounts; Cash Balances.

 

Except as may be set forth in the Transition Services Agreement:

 

(a)                                  GGP and Spinco each agrees to take, or cause the respective members of their respective Groups to take, to be effective at the Effective Time (or such earlier time as GGP

 

22



 

and Spinco may agree), all actions necessary to amend all Spinco Contracts governing each bank and brokerage account owned by Spinco or any other member of the Spinco Group (collectively, the “Spinco Accounts”), so that such Spinco Accounts, if currently linked (whether by automatic withdrawal, automatic deposit or any other authorization to transfer funds from or to, hereinafter “linked”) to any bank or brokerage account owned by GGP or any other member of the GGP Group (collectively, the “GGP Accounts”), are de-linked from the GGP Accounts effective on the Plan Effective Date.

 

(b)                                 GGP and Spinco each agrees to take, or cause the respective members of their respective Groups to take, to be effective at the Effective Time (or such earlier time as GGP and Spinco may agree), all actions necessary to amend all Spinco Contracts governing the GGP Accounts so that such GGP Accounts, if currently linked to a Spinco Account, are de-linked from the Spinco Accounts.

 

(c)                                  It is intended that, following consummation of the actions contemplated by Sections 2.8(a) and 2.8(b), there will continue to be in place a centralized cash management process pursuant to which the Spinco Accounts will be managed centrally and funds collected will be transferred into one (1) or more centralized accounts maintained by Spinco.

 

(d)                                 It is intended that, following consummation of the actions contemplated by Sections 2.8(a) and 2.8(b), there will continue to be in place a centralized cash management process pursuant to which the GGP Accounts will be managed centrally and funds collected will be transferred into one (1) or more centralized accounts maintained by GGP.

 

(e)                                  With respect to any outstanding checks issued by GGP, Spinco, or any of their respective Subsidiaries prior to the Effective Time, such outstanding checks shall be honored following the Effective Time by the Person or Group owning the account on which the check is drawn with prompt reimbursement from the Person or Group that issued such check, if applicable, in each case subject to the express provisions in the Plan or the Investment Agreements regarding payment of claims.

 

(f)                                    As between GGP and Spinco (and the members of their respective Groups) all payments and reimbursements received after the Effective Time by either party (or member of its Group) in the ordinary course of business that relate to a business, Asset or Liability of the other party (or member of its Group), shall be held by such party in trust for the use and benefit of the party entitled thereto and, promptly upon receipt by such party of any such payment or reimbursement, such party shall pay over, or shall cause the applicable member of its Group to pay over to the other party the amount of such payment or reimbursement without right of set-off.

 

(g)                                 Each of GGP and Spinco agrees that, prior to the Effective Time, GGP or any other member of the GGP Group may withdraw any and all cash or cash equivalents (other than the cash proceeds specified in Section 2.2(a)(iii)) from the Spinco Accounts for the benefit of GGP or any other member of the GGP Group; provided, however, that neither GGP nor any other member of the GGP Group shall be entitled to withdraw any cash or cash equivalents from any Spinco Account if, and to the extent that, the amount of such cash or cash equivalents is necessary to cover any checks or wires made from or against (or to be made from or against) a

 

23



 

Spinco Account as of, or prior to, the Effective Time and which has not been paid or withdrawn as of the Effective Time.

 

2.9                                 Replacement of Letters of Credit Relating to the Spinco Business.  Spinco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to replace, as promptly as practicable following the Effective Time, each letter of credit relating to the Spinco Business in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time with a new letter of credit that does not involve any recourse, contingent or otherwise, to any member of the GGP Group.

 

2.10                           Payment of Certain Ordinary Course, Pre-Petition Obligations.  Notwithstanding Section 2.3 hereof, with respect to any claims for ordinary course obligations of any member of the Spinco Group that were incurred prior to the filing of the Bankruptcy Cases (the “Petition Date”) that are subject to the Plan but have been neither allowed nor disallowed as of the Plan Effective Date, GGP shall satisfy, or cause to be satisfied, such claims if and to the extent they become allowed claims; provided, however, that the aggregate Liability of the GGP Group with respect to this Section 2.10 shall not exceed a cap of $5,000,000 (it being understood that Liabilities allocated to the GGP Group in Section 2.3(b)(vi) shall not count towards such cap), and any Liabilities related to such claims in excess of such cap shall be borne by the Spinco Group.

 

2.11                           Payment of Certain Legal Fees of K&L Gates LLP.  GGP shall pay, or cause to be paid, the reasonable legal fees of K&L Gates LLP in connection with the Transactions, but only to the extent such fees are incurred on or prior to the Plan Effective Date and set forth on an itemized invoice delivered to GGP; provided, however, that the aggregate payment obligation of the GGP Group with respect to this Section 2.11 shall not exceed a cap of $600,000, and any payment obligations in excess of such cap shall be borne by the Spinco Group.

 

2.12                           Mechanics’ and Materialman’s Liens.  In connection with any financing, sale or other transfer involving all or any portion of any Asset of any member of the Spinco Group, GGP shall, promptly following request by Spinco, bond off, cause the removal from record of or otherwise address in a commercially reasonable manner, which is reasonably acceptable to Spinco, to the applicable lender, purchaser or other transferee, and to any title insurance company involved in such financing, sale or other transfer, any mechanics’ or materialmans’ liens affecting such Asset for which GGP is responsible for payment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that GGP chooses to bond off any such lien, GGP may request that Spinco be responsible for such bonding process, in which event GGP agrees to promptly reimburse Spinco for all actual third party costs incurred by Spinco or by any member of the Spinco Group in connection therewith.

 

2.13                           Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties.  EACH OF GGP (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH MEMBER OF THE GGP GROUP) AND SPINCO (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH MEMBER OF THE SPINCO GROUP) UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, OR OTHERWISE, IS REPRESENTING OR WARRANTING TO ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO OR THERETO IN ANY WAY AS TO

 

24


 

THE ASSETS, BUSINESSES OR LIABILITIES TRANSFERRED OR ASSUMED AS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, AS TO ANY APPROVALS OR NOTIFICATIONS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH, AS TO THE VALUE OR FREEDOM FROM ANY SECURITY INTERESTS OF, OR ANY OTHER MATTER CONCERNING, ANY ASSETS OF SUCH PARTY, OR AS TO THE ABSENCE OF ANY DEFENSES OR RIGHT OF SETOFF OR FREEDOM FROM COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR OTHER ASSET, INCLUDING ANY ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, OF ANY PARTY, OR AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY OF ANY ASSIGNMENT, DOCUMENT, CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT DELIVERED HEREUNDER TO CONVEY TITLE TO ANY ASSET OR THING OF VALUE UPON THE EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND FILING HEREOF OR THEREOF.  EXCEPT AS MAY EXPRESSLY BE SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, ALL SUCH ASSETS ARE BEING TRANSFERRED ON AN “AS IS,” “WHERE IS” BASIS (AND, IN THE CASE OF ANY REAL PROPERTY, BY MEANS OF A QUITCLAIM OR SIMILAR FORM DEED OR CONVEYANCE) AND THE RESPECTIVE TRANSFEREES SHALL BEAR THE ECONOMIC AND LEGAL RISKS THAT (I) ANY CONVEYANCE SHALL PROVE TO BE INSUFFICIENT TO VEST IN THE TRANSFEREE GOOD TITLE, FREE AND CLEAR OF ANY SECURITY INTEREST, AND (II) ANY NECESSARY APPROVALS OR NOTIFICATIONS ARE NOT OBTAINED OR MADE OR THAT ANY REQUIREMENTS OF LAWS OR JUDGMENTS ARE NOT COMPLIED WITH.

 

ARTICLE III

 

THE DISTRIBUTION

 

3.1                                 Actions on or Prior to the Plan Effective Date.  Prior to the Distribution, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                                  Listing.  Spinco shall prepare, file and pursue an application to permit listing of the Spinco Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(b)                                 Bankruptcy.  The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered an order confirming the Plan and there shall not be a stay or injunction (or similar prohibition) in effect with respect to such order.

 

(c)                                  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.  (i) GGP and Spinco shall each take all necessary action that may be required to provide for the adoption by Spinco of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Spinco in substantially the form attached to the Plan (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), and the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Spinco in substantially the form attached to the Plan (the “Amended and Restated Bylaws”) and (ii) Spinco shall file the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Spinco with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

(d)                                 The Distribution Agent.  GGP shall enter into a distribution agent agreement with the Distribution Agent or otherwise provide instructions to the Distribution Agent regarding the Distribution.

 

25



 

(e)                                  Stock-Based Employee Benefit Plans.  At or prior to the Effective Time, GGP and Spinco shall take all actions as may be necessary to approve the stock-based employee benefit plans of Spinco in order to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

3.2                                 Conditions Precedent to Distribution.  In no event shall the Distribution occur unless each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived by GGP, in whole or in part, in its sole discretion):

 

(a)                                  the Restructuring shall have been completed in accordance with the Plan;

 

(b)                                 the Plan Effective Date shall have occurred;

 

(c)                                  the Private Letter Ruling shall have been received and shall not have been revoked or modified in any material respect;

 

(d)                                 the Form 10 filed with the SEC shall have been declared effective by the SEC, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Form 10 shall be in effect, no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC;

 

(e)                                  the Spinco Common Stock to be delivered in the Distribution shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

(f)                                    each of the other Transaction Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto;

 

(g)                                 no order, injunction or decree issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the Distribution or any of the transactions related thereto, including the Restructuring, shall be in effect;

 

(h)                                 prior to the Distribution, all of GGP’s representatives or designees shall have resigned or been removed as officers from all members of the Spinco Group, and all of Spinco’s representatives or designees shall have resigned or been removed as officers from all members of the GGP Group;

 

(i)                                     the designees of REP Investments LLC (or its affiliates) and Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P. (or its affiliates), as set forth in the Cornerstone Investment Agreement and the Pershing Investment Agreement, shall have been appointed to the to the board of directors of Spinco; and

 

(j)                                     no event or development shall have occurred or exist that, in the judgment of the board of directors of GGP, in its sole discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the Restructuring, the Distribution or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Each of the foregoing conditions is for the sole benefit of GGP and shall not give rise to or create any duty on the part of GGP or its board of directors to waive or not to waive any such condition or to effect the Restructuring and the Distribution, or in any way limit GGP’s rights of

 

26



 

termination set forth in this Agreement.  Any determination made by GGP prior to the Distribution concerning the satisfaction or waiver of any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 3.2 shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.

 

3.3                                 The Distribution.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, (i) on or prior to the Plan Effective Date, GGP shall deliver to the Distribution Agent for the benefit of holders of record of GGP Common Shares on the Record Date, book-entry transfer authorizations for such number of the issued and outstanding shares of Spinco Common Stock necessary to effect the Distribution, (ii) the Distribution shall be effective at the Effective Time and (iii) GGP shall instruct the Distribution Agent to distribute, on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Time, to each holder of record of GGP Common Shares as of the Record Date, by means of a pro rata distribution, 0.0983 shares of Spinco Common Stock for every one (1) GGP Common Share; provided, however, that no fractional shares shall be issued.  Following the Plan Effective Date, Spinco agrees to provide all book-entry transfer authorizations for shares of Spinco Common Stock that GGP or the Distribution Agent shall require (after giving effect to Section 3.4) in order to effect the Distribution.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, GGP shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the Plan Effective Date and all terms of the Distribution, including the form, structure and terms of any transactions and/or offerings to effect the Distribution and the timing of and conditions to the consummation thereof.  In addition, GGP may at any time and from time to time until the completion of the Distribution decide to abandon the Distribution or modify or change the terms of the Distribution, including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the Distribution.

 

(c)                                  The parties agree that this Agreement constitutes a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-2(g).

 

(d)                                 The parties agree that the steps of the Spinoff Plan shall be effected in the order and manner prescribed in the Spinoff Plan and the occurrence of each step shall be conditioned upon the completion of the preceding step.

 

3.4                                 GGP Authorization of Agreement.  GGP has all requisite power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to be executed by GGP in connection with the consummation of Distribution, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized and approved by all required action on the part of GGP.  This Agreement has been, and each of the Transaction Documents will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by GGP and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Spinco) this Agreement constitutes, and each of the Transaction Documents when so executed and delivered will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of GGP, enforceable against GGP in accordance with its terms.

 

27



 

ARTICLE IV

 

ACCESS TO INFORMATION

 

4.1                                 Agreement for Exchange of Information; Archives.

 

(a)                                  After the Effective Time (or such earlier time as the parties may agree) and until the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement, each of GGP and Spinco, on behalf of its respective Group, agrees to provide, or cause to be provided, to the other Group, as soon as reasonably practicable after written request therefor, any Information in the possession or under the control of such respective Group which the requesting party reasonably needs (i) to comply with reporting, disclosure, filing or other requirements imposed on the requesting party (including under applicable securities Laws) by a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the requesting party, (ii) to carry out its human resources functions or to establish, assume or administer its benefit plans or payroll functions, (iii) in order to satisfy audit, accounting or other similar requirements (except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1(d)), or (iv) to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; provided, however, that in the event that any party determines that any such provision of Information could be commercially detrimental, violate any Law or agreement, or waive any attorney-client privilege, the parties shall take all reasonable measures to permit the compliance with such obligations in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence.

 

(b)                                 After the Effective Time (or such earlier time as the parties may agree) and until the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement, (i) Spinco and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated representatives shall have access during regular business hours (as in effect from time to time) to the documents and objects of historic significance that relate to the Spinco Business that are located in archives retained or maintained by any member of the GGP Group, and (ii) Spinco may obtain copies (but not originals unless it is a Spinco Asset) of documents for bona fide business purposes and may obtain objects for exhibition purposes for commercially reasonable periods of time if required for such bona fide business purposes; provided, that Spinco shall cause any such objects to be returned promptly in the same condition in which they were delivered to Spinco and Spinco shall comply with any rules, procedures or other requirements, and shall be subject to any restrictions (including prohibitions on removal of specified objects), that are then applicable to GGP; provided, further, that, notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 4.1(b), any request for Information or access to Representatives in connection with any Third Party Claims shall be subject to Section 4.7.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to restrict the access of any member of the GGP Group to any such documents or objects or to impose any liability on any member of the GGP Group if any such documents or objects are not maintained or preserved by GGP.

 

(c)                                  After the Effective Time (or such earlier time as the parties may agree) and until the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of this Agreement, (i) GGP and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated representatives shall have access during regular business hours (as in effect from time to time) to the documents and objects of historic significance that relate to the GGP Business that are located in archives retained or maintained by any member of the Spinco Group and (ii) GGP may obtain copies (but not originals unless it is not a Spinco Asset) of documents for bona fide business purposes and may obtain objects for

 

28



 

exhibition purposes for commercially reasonable periods of time if required for such bona fide business purposes; provided, that GGP shall cause any such objects to be returned promptly in the same condition in which they were delivered to GGP and GGP shall comply with any rules, procedures or other requirements, and shall be subject to any restrictions (including prohibitions on removal of specified objects), that are then applicable to Spinco; provided, further, that, notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 4.1(c), any request for Information or access to Representatives in connection with any Third Party Claims shall be subject to Section 4.7.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to restrict the access of any member of the Spinco Group to any such documents or objects or to impose any liability on any member of the Spinco Group if any such documents or objects are not maintained or preserved by Spinco.

 

(d)                                 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, until the second (2nd) Spinco fiscal year end occurring after the Effective Time (and for a reasonable period of time afterwards as required for each of GGP and Spinco to prepare consolidated financial statements or complete a financial statement audit for the fiscal year during which the Plan Effective Date occurs), each of GGP and Spinco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other party’s Information requests to enable (i) the other party to meet its timetable for dissemination of its earnings releases, financial statements and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Items 307 and 308, respectively, of Regulation S-K, and (ii) the other party’s accountants to timely complete their review of the quarterly financial statements and audit of the annual financial statements, including, to the extent applicable to such party, its auditor’s audit of its internal control over financial reporting and management’s assessment thereof in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC’s and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s rules and auditing standards thereunder.

 

4.2                                 Ownership of Information.  Any Information owned by one Group that is provided to a requesting party pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be deemed to remain the property of the providing party, except where such Information is an Asset of the requesting party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.  Unless specifically set forth herein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as granting or conferring rights of license or otherwise in any Information requested or provided pursuant to Section 4.1.

 

4.3                                 Compensation for Providing Information.  The party requesting Information agrees to reimburse the other party for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, if any, of creating, gathering and copying such Information (including any costs and expenses incurred in any review of Information for purposes of protecting the privileged Information of the providing party or in connection with the restoration of backup tapes for purposes of providing the requested Information), to the extent that such costs are incurred in connection with such other party’s provision of Information in response to the requesting party.

 

4.4                                 Record Retention.

 

(a)                                  To facilitate the possible exchange of Information pursuant to this Article IV and other provisions of this Agreement after the Effective Time, the parties agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to retain all Information in their respective possession or control in accordance with the policies or ordinary course practices of GGP or Spinco, as

 

29



 

applicable, in effect on the Plan Effective Date (including any Information that is subject to a “Litigation Hold” issued by either party prior to the Plan Effective Date) or such other policies or practices as may be reasonably adopted by the appropriate party after the Effective Time.

 

(b)                                 Except in accordance with its, or its applicable Subsidiaries’, policies and ordinary course practices, no party will destroy, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to destroy, any Information that would, in accordance with such policies or ordinary course practices, be archived or otherwise filed in a centralized filing system by such party or its applicable Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (i) in the case of any Information relating to employee benefits, no party will destroy, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to destroy, any such Information until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to any extensions thereof), (ii) in the case of any Information relating to a pending or threatened Action (including any pending or threatened investigation by a Governmental Authority) that is known to the members of the Group in possession of such Information, the parties shall comply with the requirements of the applicable “Litigation Hold” (provided, that, with respect to any pending or threatened Action arising after the Plan Effective Date, the requirements of this clause (ii) shall apply only to the extent that whichever member of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group that is in possession of such Information has been notified in writing pursuant to a “Litigation Hold” by the other party of such pending or threatened Action) and (iii) no party will destroy, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to destroy, any Information required to be retained by applicable Law.

 

(c)                                  In the event of either party’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ inadvertent failure to comply with its applicable document retention policies as required under this Section 4.4, such party shall be liable to the other party solely for the amount of any monetary fines or penalties imposed or levied against such other party by a Governmental Authority (which fines or penalties shall not include any Liabilities asserted in connection with the claims underlying the applicable Action, other than fines or penalties resulting from any claim of spoliation) as a result of such other party’s inability to produce Information caused by such inadvertent failure and, notwithstanding Sections 5.2 and 5.3, shall not be liable to such other party for any other Liabilities.

 

4.5                                 Liability.  No party shall have any liability to any other party in the event that any Information exchanged or provided pursuant to this Agreement which is an estimate or forecast, or which is based on an estimate or forecast, is found to be inaccurate in the absence of willful misconduct by the party providing such Information.

 

4.6                                 Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information.

 

(a)                                  The rights and obligations granted under this Article IV are subject to any specific limitations, qualifications or additional provisions on the sharing, exchange, retention or confidential treatment of Information set forth in any other Transaction Document.

 

(b)                                 Any party that receives, pursuant to a request for Information in accordance with this Article IV, Information that is not relevant to its request shall (i) either destroy such Information or return it to the providing party and (ii) deliver to the providing party a certificate certifying that such Information was destroyed or returned, as the case may be,

 

30



 

which certificate shall be signed by an officer of the requesting party holding the title of vice president or above.

 

(c)                                  When any Information provided by one Group to the other (other than Information provided pursuant to Section 4.4) is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and is no longer required to be retained by applicable Law, the receiving party will promptly after request of the other party either return to the other party all Information in a tangible form (including all copies thereof and all notes, extracts or summaries based thereon) or certify to the other party that it has destroyed such Information (and such copies thereof and such notes, extracts or summaries based thereon).

 

(d)                                 The parties agree to comply with the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, in connection with the sharing of Information pursuant to this Article IV, including by entering into any business associate agreements that may be required for such compliance.

 

4.7                                 Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation.

 

(a)                                  After the Effective Time (or such earlier time as the parties may agree), except in the case of an adversarial Action by one party against another party, each party hereto shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available to each other party, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the members of its respective Group as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that any such person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with any Action or IP Application in which the requesting party may from time to time be involved, regardless of whether such Action or IP Application is a matter with respect to which indemnification may be sought hereunder.  The requesting party shall bear all out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith.

 

(b)                                 If an Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or to seek to compromise or settle any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to such Indemnifying Party, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the members of its respective Group as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that any such persons (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with such defense, settlement or compromise, or the prosecution, evaluation or pursuit thereof, as the case may be, and shall otherwise cooperate in such defense, settlement or compromise, or such prosecution, evaluation or pursuit, as the case may be.  The Indemnifying Party shall bear all out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith.

 

(c)                                  In furtherance and without limiting the provisions of Sections 4.7(a) and (b), the parties shall cooperate and consult to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to (i) any Third Party Claims and (ii) any written request for access to Information or

 

31



 

Representatives of the other party and members of such other party’s Group in connection with any Third Party Claim; provided that such request shall sufficiently identify the applicable custodian of the requested Information and, to the extent known to the requesting party, the date of, or any applicable time periods relating to, the requested Information and any other descriptions necessary to sufficiently identify the requested Information.

 

(d)                                 Without limiting any provision of this Section 4.7, each of the parties agrees to reasonably cooperate, and to cause each member of its respective Group to reasonably cooperate, with each other in the defense of any infringement, misappropriation or similar claim with respect to any Intellectual Property and shall not claim to acknowledge, or permit any member of its respective Group to claim to acknowledge, the validity, enforceability or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property of a third Person in a manner that would hamper or undermine the defense of such infringement, misappropriation or similar claim except as required by Law.

 

(e)                                  The obligation of the parties to provide witnesses pursuant to this Section 4.7 is intended to be interpreted in a manner so as to facilitate cooperation and shall include the obligation to provide as witnesses inventors and other officers without regard to whether the witness or the employer of the witness could assert a possible business conflict (subject to the exception set forth in the first (1st) sentence of Section 4.7(a)).

 

(f)                                    In connection with any matter contemplated by this Section 4.7, the parties will enter into a mutually acceptable joint defense agreement so as to maintain to the extent practicable any applicable attorney-client privilege, work product immunity or other applicable privileges or immunities of any member of any Group.

 

(g)                                 For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 4.7 are in furtherance of the provisions of Section 4.1 and shall not be deemed to in any way limit or otherwise modify the parties’ rights and obligations under Section 4.1.

 

4.8                                 Privileged Matters.

 

(a)                                  The parties recognize that legal and other professional services that have been and will be provided prior to the Effective Time have been and will be rendered for the collective benefit of each of the members of the GGP Group and the Spinco Group, and that each of the members of the GGP Group and the Spinco Group should be deemed to be the client with respect to such services for the purposes of asserting all privileges which may be asserted under applicable Law in connection therewith.  The parties recognize that legal and other professional services will be provided following the Effective Time, which services will be rendered solely for the benefit of the GGP Group or the Spinco Group, as the case may be.

 

(b)                                 The parties agree as follows:

 

(i)                                     GGP shall be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all privileges in connection with any privileged Information that relates solely to the GGP Business and not to the Spinco Business, whether or not the privileged Information is in the possession or under the control of any member of the GGP Group or any member of the Spinco Group. GGP shall also be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all

 

32



 

privileges in connection with any privileged Information that relates solely to any Excluded Liabilities resulting from any Actions that are now pending or may be asserted in the future, whether or not the privileged Information is in the possession or under the control of any member of the GGP Group or any member of the Spinco Group; and

 

(ii)                                  Spinco shall be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all privileges in connection with any privileged Information that relates solely to the Spinco Business and not to the GGP Business, whether or not the privileged Information is in the possession or under the control of any member of the Spinco Group or any member of the GGP Group. Spinco shall also be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all privileges in connection with any privileged Information that relates solely to any Spinco Liabilities resulting from any Actions that are now pending or may be asserted in the future, whether or not the privileged Information is in the possession or under the control of any member of the Spinco Group or any member of the GGP Group.

 

(c)                                  Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.8, the parties agree that they shall have a shared privilege, each with equal right to assert any such shared privilege, with respect to all privileges not allocated pursuant to Section 4.8(b) and all privileges relating to any Actions or other matters that involve both the GGP Group and the Spinco Group and in respect of which both parties have Liabilities under this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Subject to Sections 4.8(e) and (f), no party may waive any privilege that could be asserted under any applicable Law, and in which the other party has a shared privilege, without the consent of the other party, which consent shall (i) not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (ii) be in writing and (iii) be deemed to be granted unless written objection is made within twenty (20) days after notice has been given to the other party requesting such consent.

 

(e)                                  In the event of any Actions between GGP and Spinco, or any members of their respective Groups, either party may waive a privilege in which the other party or member of such other party’s Group has a shared privilege, without obtaining consent pursuant to Section 4.8(d); provided, that such waiver of a shared privilege shall be effective only as to the use of Information with respect to the Action between the parties and/or the applicable members of their respective Groups, and shall not operate as a waiver of the shared privilege with respect to any third Person.

 

(f)                                    If any dispute arises between GGP and Spinco, or any members of their respective Groups, regarding whether a privilege should be waived to protect or advance the interests of either the GGP Group or the Spinco Group, each party agrees that it shall (i) negotiate with the other party in good faith, (ii) endeavor to minimize any prejudice to the rights of the other party and (iii) not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay consent to any request for waiver by the other party.  Further, each party specifically agrees that it will not withhold its consent to the waiver of a privilege for any purpose except to protect its own legitimate interests.

 

(g)                                 Upon receipt by either party, or by any member of its respective Group, of any subpoena, discovery or other request that may reasonably be expected to result in the production or disclosure of Information subject to a shared privilege or as to which another party

 

33



 

has the sole right hereunder to assert a privilege, or if either party obtains knowledge that any of its, or any member of its respective Group’s, current or former directors, officers, agents or employees have received any subpoena, discovery or other requests that may reasonably be expected to result in the production or disclosure of such privileged Information, such party shall promptly notify the other party of the existence of the request (which notice shall be delivered to such other party no later than five (5) business days following the receipt of any such subpoena, discovery or other request) and shall provide the other party a reasonable opportunity to review the Information and to assert any rights it or they may have under this Section 4.8 or otherwise to prevent the production or disclosure of such privileged Information.

 

(h)                                 The transfer of all Information pursuant to this Agreement is made in reliance on the agreement of GGP and Spinco set forth in this Section 4.8 and in Section 6.2 to maintain the confidentiality of privileged Information and to assert and maintain all applicable privileges.  The parties agree that their respective rights to any access to Information, witnesses and other Persons, the furnishing of notices and documents and other cooperative efforts between the parties contemplated by this Agreement, and the transfer of privileged Information between the parties and members of their respective Groups pursuant to this Agreement, shall not be deemed a waiver of any privilege that has been or may be asserted under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

(i)                                     In furtherance of the parties’ agreement under this Section 4.8, GGP and Spinco shall, and shall cause applicable members of their respective Group to, maintain their respective separate and joint privileges, including by executing joint defense and common interest agreements where necessary or useful for this purpose.

 

ARTICLE V

 

RELEASE; INDEMNIFICATION; AND GUARANTEES

 

5.1                                 Release of Pre-Distribution Claims.

 

(a)                                  Except as provided in (i) Section 5.1(c), (ii) any exceptions to the indemnification provisions of Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4, and (iii) any other Transaction Document, effective as of the Effective Time, Spinco does hereby, for itself and each other member of the Spinco Group, their respective Subsidiaries, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Spinco Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge GGP and the other members of the GGP Group, their respective Subsidiaries, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders, equityholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the GGP Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at Law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any Contract or agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Plan Effective Date, including in connection with the Bankruptcy Cases, the Plan, the transactions and all other

 

34


 

activities to implement the Restructuring, the Distribution and any of the other transactions contemplated hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                                 Except as provided in (i) Section 5.1(c), (ii) any exceptions to the indemnification provisions of Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4, and (iii) any other Transaction Document, effective as of the Plan Effective Date, GGP does hereby, for itself and each other member of the GGP Group, their respective Subsidiaries, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the GGP Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge Spinco, the respective members of the Spinco Group, their respective Subsidiaries, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Spinco Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Liabilities whatsoever, whether at Law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any Contract or agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Plan Effective Date, including in connection with the Bankruptcy Cases, the Plan, the transactions and all other activities to implement the Restructuring, the Distribution and any of the other transactions contemplated hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents.

 

(c)                                  Nothing contained in Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) shall impair any right of any party to enforce this Agreement, or any other Transaction Document, in accordance with its terms.  Nothing contained in Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b) shall release any Person from:

 

(i)                                     any Liability, contingent or otherwise, assumed, transferred, assigned or allocated to the Group of which such Person is a member in accordance with, or any other Liability of any member of any Group under, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

(ii)                                  any Liability for the sale, lease, construction or receipt of goods, property or services purchased, obtained or used in the ordinary course of business by a member of one Group from a member of the other Group prior to the Effective Time;

 

(iii)                               any Liability that the parties may have with respect to indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise for claims brought against the parties by third Persons, which Liability shall be governed by the provisions of this Article V and, if applicable, the appropriate provisions of the other Transaction Documents; or

 

(iv)                              as to the GGP Group, any Liability expressly provided for in the Plan.

 

In addition, nothing contained in Section 5.1(a) shall release GGP from indemnifying any director, officer or employee of Spinco who was a director, officer or employee of GGP or any of its Subsidiaries on or prior to the Effective Time, to the extent such

 

35



 

director, officer or employee is or becomes a named defendant in any Action with respect to which he or she was entitled to such indemnification pursuant to then existing obligations, it being understood that if the underlying obligation giving rise to such Action is a Spinco Liability, Spinco shall indemnify GGP for such Liability (including GGP’s costs to indemnify the director, officer or employee) in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Article V.

 

(d)                                 Spinco shall not make, and shall not permit any member of the Spinco Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against GGP or any member of the GGP Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 5.1(a), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 5.1(a).  GGP shall not, and shall not permit any member of the GGP Group, to make any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification against Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 5.1(b), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 5.1(b).

 

(e)                                  It is the intent of each of GGP and Spinco, by virtue of the provisions of this Section 5.1, to provide for a full and complete release and discharge of all Liabilities existing or arising from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur and all conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Plan Effective Date, between or among Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group, on the one hand, and GGP or any member of the GGP Group, on the other hand (including any contractual agreements or arrangements existing or alleged to exist between or among any such members on or before the Plan Effective Date), except as expressly set forth in Section 5.1(c).  At any time, at the request of any other party, each party shall cause each member of its respective Group to execute and deliver releases reflecting the provisions hereof.

 

5.2                                 General Indemnification by Spinco.  Spinco shall, and shall cause the other members of the Spinco Group to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless each member of the GGP Group and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “GGP Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the GGP Indemnified Parties relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

 

(a)                                  any Spinco Liability;

 

(b)                                 the failure of Spinco or any other member of the Spinco Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any Spinco Liabilities or Spinco Contract in accordance with its respective terms, whether prior to or after the Effective Time;

 

(c)                                  any guarantee, indemnification obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding by any member of the GGP Group for the benefit of any member of the Spinco Group that survives the Effective Time, except to the extent any of the foregoing is (i) expressly governed by the Surety Bond Indemnity Agreement or (ii) an Excluded Liability; and

 

36



 

(d)                                 any breach (including any breach of any representation or warranty) of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents by any member of the Spinco Group, or any action by Spinco in contravention of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as they exist at the Effective Time;

 

provided, however, that the indemnification provisions of this Section 5.2 shall not apply to the Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Leasing Agreement and the Subleases, which instead shall be subject to the indemnification provisions contained therein.

 

5.3                                 General Indemnification by GGP.  GGP shall, and shall cause the other members of the GGP Group to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless each member of the Spinco Group and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Spinco Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the Spinco Indemnified Parties relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

 

(a)                                  any Excluded Liability;

 

(b)                                 the failure of any member of the GGP Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any Excluded Liabilities, whether prior to or after the Effective Time;

 

(c)                                  any guarantee, indemnification obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding by any member of the Spinco Group for the benefit of any member of the GGP Group that survives the Effective Time, except to the extent any of the foregoing is a Spinco Liability; and

 

(d)                                 any breach (including any breach of any representation or warranty) of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents by any member of the GGP Group;

 

provided, however, that the indemnification provisions of this Section 5.3 shall not apply to the Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Leasing Agreement and the Subleases, which instead shall be subject to the indemnification provisions contained therein.

 

5.4                                 Disclosure Indemnification.

 

(a)                                  Spinco agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the GGP Indemnified Parties and each Person, if any, who controls any member of the GGP Group within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all Liabilities (whether arising before or after the Effective Time) out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Spinco Disclosure Document, or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(b)                                 GGP agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Spinco Indemnified Parties and each Person, if any, who controls any member of the Spinco Group within the

 

37



 

meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all Liabilities (whether arising before or after the Effective Time) out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a GGP Disclosure Document, or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

5.5                                 Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts.

 

(a)                                  Any Liability subject to indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Article V, will be net of Insurance Proceeds that actually reduce the amount of the Liability or Loss, as applicable.  Accordingly, the amount which any party (an “Indemnifying Party”) is required to pay to any Person entitled to indemnification under this Article V (an “Indemnified Party”) will be reduced by any Insurance Proceeds theretofore actually recovered by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party in respect of the related Liability.  If an Indemnified Party receives a payment (an “Indemnity Payment”) required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Liability and subsequently receives Insurance Proceeds, then the Indemnified Party will pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to such Insurance Proceeds but not exceeding the amount of the Indemnity Payment paid by the Indemnifying Party in respect of such Liability.

 

(b)                                 An insurer who would otherwise be obligated to pay any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect thereto or, solely by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof, have any subrogation rights with respect thereto.  The Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to seek to collect or recover any third-party Insurance Proceeds (other than Insurance Proceeds under an arrangement where future premiums are adjusted to reflect prior claims in excess of prior premiums) to which the Indemnified Party is entitled in connection with any Liability for which the Indemnified Party seeks indemnification pursuant to this Article V; provided, that the Indemnified Party’s inability to collect or recover any such Insurance Proceeds shall not limit the Indemnifying Party’s obligations hereunder.

 

(c)                                  Subject to Section 5.7(e), any indemnity payment under this Article V shall be increased to take into account any inclusion in income of the Indemnified Party arising from the receipt of such indemnity payment and shall be decreased to take into account any reduction in income of the Indemnified Party arising from such indemnified Liability.  For purposes hereof, any inclusion or reduction shall be determined (i) using the highest marginal rates in effect at the time of the determination and applicable to a corporate resident of Chicago, Illinois and (ii) assuming that the Indemnified Party, including any entity that qualifies as a real estate investment trust, will be liable for Taxes at such rate and has no Tax Attributes at the time of the determination.

 

5.6                                 Procedures for Indemnification of Third Party Claims.

 

(a)                                  If an Indemnified Party receives written notice that a Person (including any Governmental Authority) that is not a member of GGP Group or Spinco Group has asserted any claim or commenced any Action (collectively, a “Third Party Claim”) that may implicate an Indemnifying Party’s obligation to indemnify pursuant to Sections 5.2, 5.3 or 5.4, or any other

 

38



 

Section of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the Indemnified Party shall provide the Indemnifying Party written notice thereof as promptly as practicable (and no later than twenty (20) days or sooner, if the nature of the Third Party Claim so requires) after becoming aware of the Third Party Claim.  Such notice shall describe the Third Party Claim in reasonable detail and include copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnified Party relating to the Third Party Claim.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of an Indemnified Party to provide notice in accordance with this Section 5.6(a) shall not relieve an Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent to which the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by the Indemnified Party’s failure to provide notice in accordance with this Section 5.6(a).

 

(b)                                 Subject to this Section 5.6(b) and Section 5.6(c), an Indemnifying Party may elect to defend (and seek to settle or compromise), at its own expense and with its own counsel, any Third Party Claim.  Within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from an Indemnified Party in accordance with Section 5.6(a) (or sooner, if the nature of the Third Party Claim so requires), the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party whether the Indemnifying Party will assume responsibility for defending the Third Party Claim and shall specify any reservations or exceptions to its defense.  After receiving notice of an Indemnifying Party’s election to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, whether with or without any reservations or exceptions with respect to such defense, an Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in (but not control) the defense, compromise, or settlement thereof, but the Indemnified Party shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of its counsel and, in any event, shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense and make available to the Indemnifying Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, all witnesses, information and materials in such Indemnified Party’s possession or under such Indemnified Party’s control relating thereto as are reasonably required by the Indemnifying Party.  If an Indemnifying Party has elected to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, whether with or without any reservations or exceptions with respect to such defense, then such Indemnifying Party shall be solely liable for all fees and expenses incurred by it in connection with the defense of such Third Party Claim and shall not be entitled to seek any indemnification or reimbursement from the Indemnified Party for any such fees or expenses incurred during the course of its defense of such Third Party Claim, regardless of any subsequent decision by the Indemnifying Party to reject or otherwise abandon its assumption of such defense.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding Section 5.6(b), if any Indemnified Party shall in good faith determine that there is an actual conflict of interest if counsel for the Indemnifying Party represented both the Indemnified Party and Indemnifying Party, then the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in (but not control) the defense, compromise, or settlement thereof, and the Indemnifying Party shall bear the reasonable fees and expenses of one (1) separate counsel for all Indemnified Parties.

 

(d)                                 If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume responsibility for defending a Third Party Claim, or fails to notify an Indemnified Party of its election within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from an Indemnified Party as provided in Section 5.6(b), the Indemnified Party may defend the Third Party Claim at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party.  If the Indemnified Party is conducting the defense against any such Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall cooperate with the Indemnified Party in such defense and make

 

39



 

available to the Indemnified Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, all witnesses, information and materials in such Indemnifying Party’s possession or under such Indemnifying Party’s control relating thereto as are reasonably required by the Indemnified Party.

 

(e)                                  Without the prior written consent of any Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, no Indemnified Party may settle or compromise, or seek to settle or compromise, any Third Party Claim; provided, however, in the event that the Indemnifying Party elects not to assume responsibility for defending a Third Party Claim or fails to notify the Indemnified Party of its election within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from the Indemnified Party as provided in Section 5.6(b), the Indemnified Party shall have the right to settle or compromise such Third Party Claim in its sole discretion.  Without the prior written consent of any Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, no Indemnifying Party shall consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of any pending or threatened Third Party Claim if such Indemnified Party is or could have been a party to the pending or threatened Third Party Claim and could have sought indemnity pursuant to this Section 5.6, unless such judgment or settlement is solely for monetary damages, and provides for a full, unconditional and irrevocable release of that Indemnified Party from all liability in connection with the Third Party Claim.

 

5.7                                 Additional Matters.

 

(a)                                  Indemnification or contribution payments in respect of any Liabilities for which an Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Article V shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party as such Liabilities are incurred upon reasonable demand by the Indemnified Party, including reasonably satisfactory documentation setting forth the basis for the amount of such indemnification or contribution payment, including documentation with respect to calculations made and consideration of any Insurance Proceeds that actually reduce the amount of such Liabilities.  The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Article V shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party, (ii) the knowledge by the Indemnified Party of Liabilities for which it might be entitled to indemnification or contribution hereunder and (iii) any termination of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Any claim on account of a Liability which does not result from a Third Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the Indemnified Party to the applicable Indemnifying Party.  Such Indemnifying Party shall have a period of thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice within which to respond thereto.  If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such thirty (30)-day period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have refused to accept responsibility to make payment.  If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such thirty (30)-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, such Indemnified Party shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such party as contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents without prejudice to its continuing rights to pursue indemnification or contribution hereunder.

 

(c)                                  If payment is made by or on behalf of any Indemnifying Party to any Indemnified Party in connection with any Third Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be

 

40



 

subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnified Party as to any events or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnified Party may have any right, defense or claim relating to such Third Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting such Third Party Claim or against any other Person.  Such Indemnified Party shall cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right, defense or claim.

 

(d)                                 In an Action in which the Indemnifying Party is not a named defendant, if either the Indemnified Party or Indemnifying Party shall so request, the parties shall endeavor to substitute the Indemnifying Party for the named defendant if they conclude that substitution is desirable and practical.  If such substitution or addition cannot be achieved for any reason or is not requested, the named defendant shall allow the Indemnifying Party to manage the Action as set forth in this Section 5.7(d), and the Indemnifying Party shall fully indemnify the named defendant against all costs of defending the Action (including court costs, sanctions imposed by a court, attorneys’ fees, experts fees and all other external expenses), the costs of any judgment or settlement, and the cost of any interest or penalties relating to any judgment or settlement.

 

(e)                                  For all Tax purposes, GGP and Spinco agree to treat (i) any payment required by this Agreement (other than payments with respect to interest accruing after the Effective Time) as either a contribution by GGP to Spinco or a distribution by Spinco to GGP, as the case may be, occurring immediately prior to the Effective Time or as a payment of an assumed or retained Liability, and (ii) any payment of interest as taxable or deductible, as the case may be, to the party entitled under this Agreement to retain such payment or required under this Agreement to make such payment, in either case except as otherwise required by applicable Law.

 

5.8                                 Remedies Cumulative; Limitations of Liability.  The rights provided in this Article V shall be cumulative and, subject to the provisions of Article VII, shall not preclude assertion by any Indemnified Party of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Spinco or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, nor GGP or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, shall be liable to the other for any special, indirect, punitive, exemplary, remote, speculative or similar damages in excess of compensatory damages (collectively, “Special Damages”) of the other arising in connection with the Transactions (provided, that any such liability with respect to a Third Party Claim shall be considered direct damages).

 

5.9                                 Survival of Indemnities.  The rights and obligations of each of GGP and Spinco and their respective Indemnified Parties under this Article V shall survive the sale or other transfer by any party of any Assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities.

 

5.10                           Guarantees.

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise specified in any other Transaction Document, on or prior to the Effective Time or as soon as practicable thereafter, (i) GGP shall (with the reasonable cooperation of the applicable member(s) of the Spinco Group) use its commercially reasonable efforts to have any member(s) of the Spinco Group removed as guarantor of or obligor for any Excluded Liability, to the extent that they relate to Excluded Liabilities, and (ii)

 

41



 

Spinco shall (with the reasonable cooperation of the applicable member(s) of the GGP Group) use its commercially reasonable efforts to have any member(s) of the GGP Group removed as guarantor of or obligor for any Spinco Liability, to the extent that they relate to Spinco Liabilities.

 

(b)                                 On or prior to the Effective Time, to the extent required to obtain a release from a guarantee (a “Guarantee Release”):

 

(i)                                     of any member of the GGP Group, Spinco shall execute a guarantee agreement in the form of the existing guarantee or such other form as is agreed to by the relevant parties to such guarantee agreement, except to the extent that such existing guarantee contains representations, covenants or other terms or provisions either (A) with which Spinco would be reasonably unable to comply or (B) which would be reasonably expected to be breached; and

 

(ii)                                  of any member of the Spinco Group, GGP shall execute a guarantee agreement in the form of the existing guarantee or such other form as is agreed to by the relevant parties to such guarantee agreement, except to the extent that such existing guarantee contains representations, covenants or other terms or provisions either (A) with which GGP would be reasonably unable to comply or (B) which would be reasonably expected to be breached.

 

(c)                                  If GGP or Spinco is unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any such required removal as set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.10, (i) the relevant member of the GGP Group or Spinco Group, as applicable, that has assumed the Liability with respect to such guarantee shall indemnify and hold harmless the guarantor or obligor for any Liability arising from or relating thereto (in accordance with the provisions of this Article V) and shall or shall cause one (1) of its Subsidiaries, as agent or subcontractor for such guarantor or obligor to pay, perform and discharge fully all the obligations or other Liabilities of such guarantor or obligor thereunder, and (ii) each of GGP and Spinco, on behalf of themselves and the members of their respective Groups, agree not to renew or extend the term of, increase its obligations under, or transfer to a third Person, any loan, guarantee, lease, Contract or other obligation for which the other party or member of such party’s Group is or may be liable unless all obligations of such other party and the other members of such party’s Group with respect thereto are thereupon terminated by documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such party; provided, however, with respect to leases, in the event a Guarantee Release is not obtained and the relevant beneficiary wishes to extend the term of such guaranteed lease, then such beneficiary shall have the option of extending the term if it provides such security as is reasonably satisfactory to the guarantor under such guaranteed lease.

 

42



 

ARTICLE VI

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

6.1                                 Further Assurances.

 

(a)                                  In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto will cooperate with each other and use (and will cause their respective Subsidiaries to use) commercially reasonable efforts, prior to, on and after the Plan Effective Date, to take, or to cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary on its part under applicable Law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                                 Without limiting the foregoing, prior to, on and after the Plan Effective Date, each party hereto shall cooperate with the other parties, and without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting party from and after the Effective Time, to execute and deliver, or use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, and to obtain or make any Approvals or Notifications from or with any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument, and to take all such other actions as such party may reasonably be requested to take by any other party hereto from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the transfers of the Spinco Assets and the assignment and assumption of the Spinco Liabilities and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  Without limiting the foregoing, each party will, at the reasonable request, cost and expense of any other party, take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to vest in such other party good and marketable title to the Assets allocated to such party under this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, free and clear of any Security Interest.

 

(c)                                  At or prior to the Effective Time, GGP and Spinco in their respective capacities as direct and indirect stockholders of their respective Subsidiaries, shall each ratify any actions that are reasonably necessary or desirable to be taken by Spinco or any other Subsidiary of GGP or Spinco, as the case may be, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Upon a party’s written request of the other party regarding any pre-existing and specifically identifiable database, spreadsheet or other proprietary information that such requesting party determines in good faith is reasonably necessary to operate its business in the manner it was operated immediately prior to the Effective Time, the parties shall work in good faith to enter into a reasonable and customary cross-licensing arrangement, or another mutually agreeable arrangement, providing rights to use (but no obligation to maintain or update) such requested information.

 

6.2                                 Confidentiality.

 

(a)                                  From and after the Effective Time, subject to Section 6.2(d) and except as contemplated by or otherwise provided in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, without the prior written consent of Spinco (which may be withheld in Spinco’s sole discretion), GGP shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and officers, directors, employees, and other agents and representatives, including attorneys, agents, customers, suppliers, contractors, consultants and other representatives of any Person providing financing (collectively,

 

43



 

Representatives”), not to, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person other than Representatives of such party or of its Subsidiaries who reasonably need to know such information to provide services to any member of the GGP Group, or use or otherwise exploit for its own benefit or for the benefit of any third Person, any Spinco Confidential Information.  If any disclosures are made in connection with providing services to any member of the GGP Group under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, then the Spinco Confidential Information so disclosed shall be used for the sole purpose of performing such services.  GGP shall use the same degree of care to prevent and restrain the unauthorized use or disclosure of the Spinco Confidential Information by any of its Representatives as it currently uses for its own confidential information of a like nature, but in no event less than a reasonable standard of care.  For purposes of this Section 6.2(a), any Information, material or document exclusively relating to the Spinco Business that is furnished to, or in the possession of, GGP, irrespective of the form of communication, and all notes, analyses, compilations, forecasts, data, translations, studies, memoranda or other documents prepared by GGP or its officers, directors and Subsidiaries, that contain or otherwise reflect such information, material or document, is herein referred to as “Spinco Confidential Information.”  Spinco Confidential Information does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect to, information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public, other than as a result of a disclosure by GGP not otherwise permissible hereunder, (ii) GGP can demonstrate was or became available to GGP from a source other than Spinco or its Subsidiaries or (iii) is developed independently by GGP without reference to the Spinco Confidential Information; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (ii), the source of such information was not known by GGP to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group with respect to such information.

 

(b)                                 From and after the Effective Time, subject to Section 6.2(d) and except as contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, without the prior written consent of GGP (which may be withheld in GGP’s sole discretion), Spinco shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and their respective Representatives, not to, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person other than Representatives of such party or of its Subsidiaries who reasonably need to know such information to provide services to Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group, or use or otherwise exploit for its own benefit or for the benefit of any third Person, any GGP Confidential Information.  If any disclosures are made in connection with providing services to any member of the Spinco Group under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, then the GGP Confidential Information so disclosed shall be used for the sole purpose of performing such services.  The Spinco Group shall use the same degree of care to prevent and restrain the unauthorized use or disclosure of the GGP Confidential Information by any of their Representatives as they currently use for their own confidential information of a like nature, but in no event less than a reasonable standard of care.  For purposes of this Section 6.2(b), any Information, material or document exclusively relating to the businesses currently or formerly conducted, or proposed to be conducted, by GGP or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any member of the Spinco Group) that is furnished to, or in the possession of, any member of the Spinco Group, irrespective of the form of communication, and all notes, analyses, compilations, forecasts, data, translations, studies, memoranda or other documents prepared by Spinco, any member of the Spinco Group or their respective officers, directors and Subsidiaries, that contain or otherwise reflect such information, material or document, is herein referred to as

 

44


 

GGP Confidential Information.”  GGP Confidential Information does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect to, information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public, other than as a result of a disclosure by any member of the Spinco Group not otherwise permissible hereunder, (ii) Spinco can demonstrate was or became available to Spinco from a source other than GGP and its respective Subsidiaries or (iii) is developed independently by such member of the Spinco Group without reference to the GGP Confidential Information; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (ii), the source of such information was not known by Spinco to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, GGP or its Subsidiaries with respect to such information.

 

(c)                                  From and after the Effective Time, subject to Section 6.2(d) and except as contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, without the prior written consent of the other party (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), each party shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and their respective Representatives, not to, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate any Shared Information to any Person other than Representatives of such party or of its Subsidiaries who reasonably need to know such information for the purpose of operating such party’s business in its ordinary course.  The GGP Group and the Spinco Group shall use the same degree of care to prevent and restrain the unauthorized use or disclosure of the Shared Information by any of their Representatives as they currently use for their own confidential information of a like nature, but in no event less than a reasonable standard of care.  For purposes of this Section 6.2(c), any Information, material or document relating to both (i) the businesses currently or formerly conducted, or proposed to be conducted, by GGP or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any member of the Spinco Group) and (ii) the Spinco Business that is furnished to, or in the possession of, any member of the GGP Group or any member of the Spinco Group, irrespective of the form of communication, and all notes, analyses, compilations, forecasts, data, translations, studies, memoranda or other documents prepared by, for or on behalf of the party possessing such Information, material or document, is herein referred to as “Shared Information.”  Shared Information does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect to, information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public, other than as a result of a disclosure by any member of the GGP Group or any member of the Spinco Group (as applicable) not otherwise permissible hereunder, (ii) GGP or Spinco (as applicable) can demonstrate was or became available to such party from a source other than the other party and its respective Subsidiaries or (iii) is developed independently without reference to the Shared Information; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (ii), the source of such information was not known by such party to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, the other party or its Subsidiaries with respect to such information.

 

(d)                                 If GGP or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, or Spinco or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, are requested or required (by oral question, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) by any Governmental Authority or pursuant to applicable Law to disclose or provide any Shared Information (applicable to both parties) or Spinco Confidential Information or GGP Confidential Information (as applicable), the Person receiving such request or demand shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the other party with written notice of such request or demand as promptly as practicable under the circumstances so that such other party shall have an

 

45



 

opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order.  The party receiving such request or demand agrees to take, and cause its representatives to take, at the requesting party’s expense, all other reasonable steps necessary to obtain confidential treatment by the recipient.  Subject to the foregoing, the party that received such request or demand may thereafter disclose or provide any Shared Information, Spinco Confidential Information or GGP Confidential Information, as the case may be, to the extent required by such Law (as so advised by counsel) or by lawful process or such Governmental Authority.  This Section 6.2(d) shall not apply to any Information furnished pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                  Each of GGP and Spinco acknowledges that it and the other members of its Group may have in their possession confidential or proprietary information of third Persons that was received under confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements with such third Person prior to the Plan Effective Date.  GGP and Spinco each agrees that it will hold, and will cause the other members of its Group and their respective Representatives to hold, in strict confidence the confidential and proprietary information of third Persons to which it or any other member of its respective Group has access, in accordance with the terms of any agreements entered into prior to the Plan Effective Date between or among one (1) or more members of the applicable party’s Group and such third Persons.

 

6.3                                 Insurance Matters.

 

(a)                                  Except as expressly provided herein or in any of the other Transaction Documents, Spinco acknowledges and agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of each other member of the Spinco Group, that, from and after the Effective Time, neither Spinco nor any member of the Spinco Group shall have any rights to or under any of GGP’s or its Subsidiaries’ insurance policies, other than any insurance policies acquired prior to the Effective Time directly by and in the name of a member of the Spinco Group or as expressly provided in this Section 6.3 or in the Transition Services Agreement or the Employee Matters Agreement; provided, however, that Spinco shall be entitled to any loss recoveries paid to any member of the GGP Group subsequent to the Effective Time in respect of any insurance claims to the extent related to the Spinco Business that were formally filed and open prior to the Effective Time less the amount of (i) any Liabilities (other than Excluded Liabilities) that GGP or its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any member of the Spinco Group) incurred and paid in connection therewith prior to the Effective Time and (ii) any Liabilities incurred by any member of the GGP Group in connection with obtaining such insurance recoveries.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), from and after the Effective Time, with respect to losses, damages, wrongful acts or liability incurred prior to the Effective Time, Spinco may access GGP’s insurance policies as follows:

 

(i)                                     to file claims against GGP’s occurrence policies including Workers’ Compensation, Employers Liability, General Liability, Automobile Liability and Excess Umbrella Policies for losses occurring on or before the Effective Time; and

 

(ii)                                  to file claims against GGP’s claims made policies including Directors & Officers, Fiduciary Liability, Employment Practices Liability, Crime, and Pollution

 

46



 

Legal Liability coverage in force at the time the claim is made if the act giving rise to the claim occurred prior to the Effective Time;

 

provided, however, that, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), such access to, and the right to make claims under such insurance policies, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable insurance policies, including any limits on coverage or scope, any deductible and other fees and expenses, and shall be subject to:

 

(A)                              For so long as Spinco may access GGP’s policies, Spinco shall report as promptly as practicable (1) claims under the Workers’ Compensation and Automobile Liability policy directly to the applicable insurance company in accordance with GGP’s claim reporting procedures in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time and provide copies of such reported claims to GGP’s Corporate Insurance and Risk Management Department and (2) claims under all other insurance policies to the GGP Corporate Insurance Department;

 

(B)                                Spinco shall indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse GGP and its Subsidiaries for any deductibles and self-insured retention incurred by GGP or its Subsidiaries to the extent resulting from any access to, any claims made by Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries under, any insurance provided pursuant to Section 6.3(b)(i) and Section 6.3(b)(ii), including any indemnity payments, settlements, judgments, legal fees and allocated claims expenses and claim handling fees, whether such claims are made by Spinco, its employees or third Persons;

 

(C)                                Spinco shall exclusively bear and be responsible for (and GGP shall have no obligation to repay or reimburse Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries for) and pay the applicable insurers as required under the applicable insurance policies for any and all costs as a result of having access to, or making claims under, any insurance provided pursuant to Pre-GGP Insurance Policies, including any deductibles and self-insured retention associated with such claims, retrospective, retroactive or prospective premium adjustments associated with the applicable insurance policies, catastrophic coverage charges, overhead, claim handling and administrative costs, Taxes, surcharges, state assessments, reinsurance costs, other related costs and claim payments, relating to all open, closed or re-opened claims covered by the applicable policies, whether such claims are made by Spinco, its employees or third Persons; and

 

(D)                               Spinco shall exclusively bear (and GGP shall have no obligation to repay or reimburse Spinco or its Subsidiaries for) and shall be liable for all uninsured, uncovered, unavailable or uncollectible amounts of all such claims made by Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries under the policies as provided for in this Section 6.3(b).

 

(c)                                  Any payments, costs and adjustments required pursuant to Section 6.3(b) (other than payments, costs and adjustments with respect to Pre-GGP Insurance Policies, which payments, costs and adjustments shall be paid by Spinco directly to the applicable insurers) shall be billed by GGP to Spinco on a monthly basis and payable within thirty (30) days from receipt of invoice.  If payment is not made within ninety (90) days of invoice, the outstanding amount will accrue interest from and including the ninetieth (90th) day following the date of the invoice to (but excluding) the date of payment at a rate per annum equal to ten percent (10%).  If GGP

 

47



 

incurs costs to enforce Spinco’s obligations herein, Spinco agrees to indemnify GGP for such enforcement costs, including attorneys’ fees.

 

(d)                                 Except as set forth in the proviso to Section 6.3(a) and the Employee Matters Agreement, Spinco acknowledges and agrees on its own behalf, and on behalf of each other member of the Spinco Group, that neither Spinco nor any member of the Spinco Group shall have any right or claim against GGP or any of its Subsidiaries for reimbursement, payment or any other obligation arising from any insurance policy covering Spinco, any Spinco Asset or any member of the Spinco Group, and hereby irrevocably releases, as of the Effective Time, GGP and its Subsidiaries from all of the duties, obligations, responsibilities and liabilities, known or unknown, reported or not reported, imposed upon GGP or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent resulting from, relating to or arising out of any such insurance policy, without recourse to GGP or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(e)                                  GGP shall retain the exclusive right to control its insurance policies and programs, including the right to exhaust, settle, release, commute, buy-back or otherwise resolve disputes with respect to any of its insurance policies and programs and to amend, modify or waive any rights under any such insurance policies and programs, notwithstanding whether any such policies or programs apply to any Spinco Liabilities and/or claims Spinco has made or could make in the future, and no member of the Spinco Group shall, without the prior written consent of GGP, erode, exhaust, settle, release, commute, buy-back or otherwise resolve disputes with GGP’s insurers with respect to any of GGP’s insurance policies and programs, or amend, modify or waive any rights under any such insurance policies and programs.  Spinco shall cooperate with GGP and share such information as is reasonably necessary in order to permit GGP to manage and conduct its insurance matters as it deems appropriate.

 

(f)                                    At the Effective Time, Spinco shall have in effect, except as contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement, all insurance programs required to comply with law or Spinco’s contractual obligations and such other insurance policies as reasonably necessary or customary for companies operating a business similar to Spinco’s.

 

(g)                                 Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(i), GGP and its Subsidiaries shall have no obligation to secure extended reporting for any claims under any of GGP’s or its Subsidiaries’ claims-made or occurrence-reported liability policies for any acts or omissions by any member of the Spinco Group incurred prior to the Effective Time.

 

(h)                                 GGP has obtained and shall provide for the joint benefit of GGP and Spinco, a fully paid directors and officers liability run-off insurance policy, for claims made after the Effective Time covering wrongful acts which take place after the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases and on or prior to the Effective Time and arising out of or relating to the entities and business that are part of the Spinco Group as of immediately after the Effective Time, with a policy period of at least three (3) years from and after the Effective Time, covering (i) current as of the Effective Time and former directors and officers of GGP, (ii) current as of the Effective Time and former directors and officers of the entities and business that are part of the Spinco Group as of immediately after the Effective Time, (iii) current as of the Effective Time and former GGP employees for securities claims and (iv) GGP and its Subsidiaries and the entities and business that are part of the Spinco Group as of immediately after the Effective Time

 

48



 

and its Subsidiaries for securities claims.  Such directors and officers liability run-off insurance policy shall be materially consistent with the directors and officers liability insurance policy currently maintained by GGP (except for the policy period and provisions excluding coverage for wrongful acts occurring after the Effective Time).

 

(i)                                     This Agreement shall not be considered as an attempted assignment of any policy of insurance or as a contract of insurance and shall not be construed to waive any right or remedy of any member of the GGP Group in respect of any of the GGP insurance policies and programs or any other Contract or policy of insurance.

 

6.4                                 Allocation of Costs and Expenses.  Subject to the terms of the Investment Agreements, GGP shall pay for all out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by GGP or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Effective Time in connection with the Transactions, including (i) the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement, each other Transaction Document (unless otherwise expressly provided therein), each of the financing transactions described in the Form 10 as occurring on or prior to the Plan Effective Date, including any financing transactions to be entered into by Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries and all other documentation related to the Transactions and all related transactions, (ii) the preparation and execution or filing of any and all other documents, agreements, forms, applications, Contracts or consents associated with the Transactions and all related transactions, (iii) the preparation and filing of Spinco’s and its Subsidiaries’ organizational documents, (iv) the preparation, printing and filing of the Form 10 and the information statement contained therein and/or any other required securities filings, including all fees and expenses of complying with applicable federal and state securities Laws and domestic securities exchange rules and regulations, together with fees and expenses of counsel retained to effect such compliance, (v) obtaining the Private Letter Ruling, (vi) the initial listing of the Spinco Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, (vii) the fees and expenses of Deloitte & Touche incurred in connection with the Form 10 and the information statement contained therein and/or any other required securities filings, (viii) the fees and expenses related to the bankruptcy proceeding of GGP and (ix) the fees and expenses of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP incurred in connection with rendering the legal opinions of outside tax counsel contemplated by Section 3.2(c).

 

6.5                                 Litigation; Cooperation.

 

(a)                                  As of the Effective Time, Spinco shall assume and thereafter, except as provided in Article V, be responsible for the administration of all Liabilities that may result from the Assumed Actions and all fees and costs relating to the defense of the Assumed Actions, including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred after the Effective Time.  “Assumed Actions” means those Actions (in which any member of the GGP Group or any Subsidiary of a member of the GGP Group is a defendant or the party against whom the claim or investigation is directed) primarily relating to the Spinco Business, including the Actions listed on Schedule 6.5(a).  Spinco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each member of the GGP Group to be removed from the Assumed Actions; provided, however, that if Spinco is unable to cause each member of the GGP Group to be removed from an Assumed Action, GGP and Spinco shall cooperate and consult to the extent necessary or advisable with respect to such Assumed Action.

 

49



 

(b)                                 The GGP Group shall transfer the Transferred Actions to Spinco, and Spinco shall receive and have the benefit of all of the proceeds of such Transferred Actions. “Transferred Actions” means those Actions (in which any member of the GGP Group or any Subsidiary of a member of the GGP Group is a plaintiff or claimant) primarily relating to the Spinco Business.  Spinco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each member of the GGP Group to be removed from the Transferred Actions; provided, however, that if Spinco is unable to cause each member of the GGP Group to be removed from a Transferred Action, GGP and Spinco shall cooperate and consult to the extent necessary or advisable with respect to such Transferred Action.

 

(c)                                  (i)                                     GGP agrees that at all times from and after the Effective Time if a Third Party Claim relating primarily to the GGP Business is commenced naming both a member of the GGP Group and a member of the Spinco Group as defendants thereto, then GGP shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such member of the Spinco Group to be removed from such Third Party Claim; provided, that, if GGP is unable to cause each such member of the Spinco Group to be removed from such Third Party Claim, GGP and Spinco shall cooperate and consult to the extent necessary or advisable with respect to such Third Party Claim.

 

(ii)                                  Spinco agrees that at all times from and after the Effective Time if a Third Party Claim relating primarily to the Spinco Business is commenced naming both a member of the GGP Group and a member of the Spinco Group as defendants thereto, then Spinco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each member of the GGP Group to be removed from such Third Party Claim; provided, that, if Spinco is unable to cause each member of the GGP Group to be removed from such Third Party Claim, GGP and Spinco shall cooperate and consult to the extent necessary or advisable with respect to such Third Party Claim.

 

(iii)                               GGP and Spinco agree that at all times from and after the Effective Time if a Third Party Claim which does not relate primarily to the Spinco Business or the GGP Business is commenced naming both GGP (or any member of the GGP Group) and Spinco (or any member of the Spinco Group) as defendants thereto, then GGP and Spinco shall cooperate fully with each other, maintain a joint defense (in a manner that would preserve for both parties and their respective Subsidiaries any attorney-client privilege, joint defense or other privilege with respect thereto) and consult each other to the extent necessary or advisable with respect to such Third Party Claim.

 

(d)                                 GGP and Spinco agree that, with respect to any Assumed Action, Transferred Action, Third Party Claim, or any other Action to which either a member of the GGP Group or a member of the Spinco Group is a party and that is governed by this Section 6.5, neither GGP or any member of the GGP Group, on the one hand, nor Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group, on the other hand, shall settle such Action in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any liability or equitable relief, contingent or otherwise, against the other.

 

6.6                                 Tax Matters.  GGP and Spinco shall enter into the Tax Matters Agreement on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.  To the extent any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements between the parties with respect to Taxes or other matters are set forth in the Tax

 

50



 

Matters Agreement, such Taxes and other matters shall be governed exclusively by the Tax Matters Agreement and not by this Agreement.

 

6.7                                 Employment Matters.  GGP and Spinco shall enter into the Employee Matters Agreement concurrent with this Agreement.  To the extent that any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements between the parties with respect to employment matters are set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement, such employment matters shall be governed exclusively by the Employee Matters Agreement and not by this Agreement, if applicable, with respect to Spinco Employees.

 

6.8                                 Real Estate Agreements.  GGP and Spinco shall enter into the Real Estate Agreements on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.  To the extent that any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matters contemplated by the Real Estate Agreements are set forth in the Real Estate Agreements, such subject matters shall be governed exclusively by the Real Estate Agreements and not by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

7.1                                 General Provisions.

 

(a)                                  Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement that arises prior to the closing of the Bankruptcy Cases (such time, the “Bankruptcy Closing”) shall be subject to the jurisdiction of and determination by the Bankruptcy Court, and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement that arises after the Bankruptcy Closing shall be subject to the procedures in this Article VII.  Each of the parties hereto (i) consents to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court (prior to the Bankruptcy Closing) or the procedures set forth in this Article VII (after the Bankruptcy Closing) in connection with any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such courts for actions brought prior to the Bankruptcy Closing and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement in any court other than the Bankruptcy Court (prior to the Bankruptcy Closing), unless such court first determines it does not have subject matter jurisdiction or otherwise declines to hear the dispute.

 

(b)                                 Subject to Section 7.1(a), any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents (other than the Transition Services Agreement and the Tax Matters Agreement, which shall be subject to the dispute resolution provisions contained therein), or the validity, interpretation, breach or termination thereof that arises after the final determination of the Bankruptcy Cases (a “Dispute”), shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article VII, which shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of any such Dispute unless otherwise specified in the applicable Transaction Document or in this Article VII below.

 

51



 

(c)                                  Commencing with a request contemplated by Section 7.2 set forth below, all communications between the parties or their representatives in connection with the attempted resolution of any Dispute shall be deemed to have been delivered in furtherance of a Dispute settlement and shall be exempt from discovery and production, and shall not be admissible into evidence for any reason (whether as an admission or otherwise), in any arbitral or other proceeding for the resolution of any Dispute.

 

(d)                                 THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY WAIVE AND FOREGO ANY RIGHT TO (I) SPECIAL DAMAGES, AS DEFINED HEREIN (PROVIDED, THAT LIABILITY FOR ANY SUCH SPECIAL DAMAGES, AS DEFINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIM SHALL BE CONSIDERED DIRECT DAMAGES) AND (II) TRIAL BY JURY.

 

(e)                                  The specific procedures set forth in this Article VII below, including the time limits referenced therein, may be modified by agreement of both of the parties in writing.

 

(f)                                    All applicable statutes of limitations and defenses based upon the passage of time shall be tolled while the procedures specified in this Article VII are pending.  The parties will take any necessary or appropriate action required to effectuate such tolling.

 

7.2                                 Consideration by Senior Executives.  Following the Bankruptcy Closing, if a Dispute is not resolved in the normal course of business at the operational level, the parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve the Dispute by negotiation between the Groups’ executives who hold, respectively, the office of Vice President (or a more senior office).  Either party may initiate the executive negotiation process by providing a written notice to the other (the “Initial Notice”).  Within fifteen (15) days, the receiving party shall submit to the other a written response (the “Response”).  The Initial Notice and the Response shall include (i) a statement of the Dispute and of each party’s position and (ii) the name and title of the executive who will represent that party and of any other person who will accompany the executive.  The parties agree that such executives shall have full and complete authority to resolve any Disputes submitted pursuant to this Section 7.2.  Such executives will meet in person or by teleconference or video conference within thirty (30) days (or, where the Dispute relates to the a matter controlled by the Transition Services Agreement, then within the time periods set forth therein with respect to the Transition Services Agreement, twenty-five (25) days) of the date of the Initial Notice to seek a resolution of the Dispute.  In the event that the executives are unable to agree to a location or format for such meeting, the meeting shall be convened by teleconference.

 

7.3                                 Arbitration.

 

(a)                                  Following the Bankruptcy Closing, if a Dispute is not resolved by negotiation as provided in Section 7.2 within forty-five (45) days (or, where the Dispute relates to the Transition Services Agreement, thirty (30) days) from the delivery of the Initial Notice, then either party shall (i) pursuant to its rights under Section 7.1, submit a request for interim injunctive relief to the arbitrator appointed pursuant to Section 7.3(b) (provided, that, if the tribunal shall not have been constituted, either party may seek interim relief either before a special arbitrator, as provided for in Rule 14 of the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution (the “CPR”) Arbitration Rules, or before any court of competent jurisdiction) without first complying

 

52



 

with the provisions of Section 7.2 if, in the reasonable opinion of such party, such interim injunctive relief is necessary to preserve its rights pending resolution of the Dispute, and (ii) if such Dispute is not finally resolved pursuant to Section 7.2, submit such Dispute to be finally resolved by binding arbitration, in each case, pursuant to the CPR Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration as then in effect (the “CPR Arbitration Rules”).

 

(b)                                 The neutral organization for purposes of the CPR Arbitration Rules will be the CPR.  The arbitrator will be composed of one (1) arbitrator.  The one (1) arbitrator will be appointed by CPR from a list of six (6) proposed neutrals submitted by the CPR.  Each party may strike no more than two (2) neutrals from the list submitted by CPR.

 

(c)                                  Arbitration will take place in the Borough of Manhattan in New York, New York.  Along with the arbitrator appointed, the parties will agree to a mutually convenient date and time to conduct the arbitration, but in no event will the hearing(s) be scheduled less than nine (9) months from submission of the Dispute to arbitration unless the parties agree otherwise in writing; provided, that, if injunctive or other interim relief contemplated by Section 7.3(d) below is requested, the hearing(s) will be expedited in accordance with any order entered by the court, tribunal or special arbitrator adjudicating that request.

 

(d)                                 The arbitrator will have the right to award, on an interim basis, or include in the final award, money damages (with interest on unpaid amounts from the due date), injunctive relief (including specific performance) and attorneys’ fees and costs; provided, that the arbitrator will not award any relief not specifically requested by the parties and, in any event, will not award Special Damages.  Upon appointment of the arbitrator following any grant of interim relief by a special arbitrator or court pursuant to Sections 7.3(a) and 7.4, the tribunal may affirm or disaffirm that relief, and the parties will seek modification or rescission of the order entered by the special arbitrator or court as necessary to accord with the tribunal’s decision.

 

(e)                                  The parties agree to be bound by the provisions of Rule 13 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure with respect to compulsory counterclaims (as the same may be amended from time to time); provided, that any such compulsory counterclaim shall be filed within thirty (30) days of the filing of the original claim.

 

(f)                                    So long as either party has a timely claim to assert, the agreement to arbitrate Disputes set forth in this Section 7.3 will continue in full force and effect subsequent to, and notwithstanding the completion, expiration or termination of, this Agreement.

 

(g)                                 A party obtaining an order of interim injunctive relief may enter judgment upon such award in any court of competent jurisdiction.  The final award in an arbitration pursuant to this Article VII shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties, and a party obtaining a final award may enter judgment upon such award in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(h)                                 It is the intent of the parties that the agreement to arbitrate Disputes set forth in this Section 7.3 shall be interpreted and applied broadly such that all reasonable doubts as to arbitrability of a Dispute shall be decided in favor of arbitration.

 

53



 

(i)                                     If a Dispute includes both arbitrable and nonarbitrable claims, counterclaims or defenses, the parties shall arbitrate all such arbitrable claims, counterclaims or defenses and shall concurrently litigate all such nonarbitrable claims, counterclaims or defenses.

 

(j)                                     The parties agree that any Dispute submitted to mediation and/or arbitration shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, Section 8.2 and, except as otherwise provided in this Article VII or mutually agreed to in writing by the parties, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq., shall govern any arbitration between the parties pursuant to this Section 7.3.

 

(k)                                  Each party shall bear (i) its own fees, costs and expenses and (ii) an equal share of other expenses of the arbitration, including the fees, costs and expenses of the one (1) arbitrator; provided, in the case of any Disputes relating to the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to indemnification under Article V, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reimbursement by the other party of its reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the arbitration.

 

7.4                                 Specific Performance.  In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement or any of the Real Estate Agreements, the party or parties who are or are to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief (on an interim or permanent basis) of its rights under such agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  The parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach, including monetary damages, may be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived.  Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived by each of the parties to this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to breaches of Section 6.2 of this Agreement, specific performance can only be sought and granted in proceedings before the Bankruptcy Court or the independent arbitrator pursuant to this Article VII.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1                                 Corporate Power.  GGP represents on behalf of itself and on behalf of other members of the GGP Group, and Spinco represents on behalf of itself and on behalf of other members of the Spinco Group, as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

(a)                                  each such Person has the requisite corporate power and authority and has taken all corporate action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform each of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

 

54


 

(b)                                 this Agreement and each Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

8.2                                 Governing Law.  This Agreement and, unless expressly provided therein, each other Transaction Document, shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York irrespective of the choice of Laws principles of the State of New York.

 

8.3                                 Survival of Covenants.  Except as expressly set forth in any other Transaction Document, the covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document, and liability for the breach of any obligations contained herein or therein, shall survive each of the Restructuring and the Distribution and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8.4                                 Force Majeure.  No party hereto (or any Person acting on its behalf) shall have any liability or responsibility for failure to fulfill any obligation (other than a payment obligation) under this Agreement or, unless otherwise expressly provided therein, any other Transaction Document, so long as and to the extent to which the fulfillment of such obligation is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure.  A party claiming the benefit of this provision shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of any such event, (i) notify the other parties of the nature and extent of any such Force Majeure condition and (ii) use due diligence to remove any such causes and resume performance under this Agreement as soon as feasible.

 

8.5                                 Notices.  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement and, to the extent applicable and unless otherwise provided therein, under each of the other Transaction Documents shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile or electronic transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 8.5):

 

 

(i)

if to GGP:

 

 

 

 

 

General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

 

110 N. Wacker Drive

 

 

Chicago, IL 60606

 

 

Attention:

General Counsel

 

 

Facsimile:

(312) 960-5485

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if to Spinco:

 

55



 

 

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation

 

 

13355 Noel Road

 

 

Suite 950

 

 

Dallas, TX 75240

 

 

Attention:

Grant Herlitz

 

 

Facsimile:

(214) 741-3021

 

 

 

a copy of all notices should also be sent to:

 

 

 

 

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

 

 

767 Fifth Avenue

 

 

New York, NY 10153

 

 

Attention:

Gary Holtzer and Marcia Goldstein

 

 

Facsimile:

(212) 310-8007

 

8.6                                 Termination.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated and the Distribution abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time by and in the sole discretion of GGP without the prior approval of any Person, including Spinco.  In the event of such termination, this Agreement shall become void and no party, or any of its officers and directors, shall have any liability to any Person by reason of this Agreement.  After the Effective Time, this Agreement may not be terminated except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties to this Agreement.

 

8.7                                 Severability.  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced under any Law or as a matter of public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties to this Agreement shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

8.8                                 Entire Agreement.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between or on behalf of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

8.9                                 Assignment; No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may assign (i) any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement in connection with a sale or disposition of any assets or entities or lines of business; provided, however, that, in each case, no such assignment shall (i) release the assigning party from any liability or obligation under this Agreement or (ii) change any of the steps in the Spinoff Plan or the Plan.  Except as provided in Article V with respect to Indemnified Parties, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties to this Agreement and members of their

 

56



 

respective Group and their permitted successors and assigns and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

8.10                           Public Announcements.  From and after the Effective Time, GGP and Spinco shall consult with each other before issuing, and give each other the opportunity to review and comment upon, any press release or other public statements with respect to any matters covered by this Agreement, and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation, except as may be required by applicable Law, court process or by obligations pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities exchange or national securities quotation system.

 

8.11                           Amendment.  No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by all the parties to this Agreement.  No waiver by any party of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving.  The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other subsequent breach.

 

8.12                           Rules of Construction.  Interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the following rules of construction:  (i) in the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any Ancillary Document, the terms and conditions of the Ancillary Document shall govern and control this Agreement, unless otherwise specified herein; (ii) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires; (iii) references to the terms Article, Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit and Schedule are references to the Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (iv) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto,” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto; (v) references to “$” shall mean U.S. dollars; (vi) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless otherwise specified; (vii) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (viii) references to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form; (ix) unless the context requires otherwise, references to “party” shall mean GGP or Spinco, as appropriate, and references to “parties” shall mean GGP and Spinco; (x) provisions shall apply, when appropriate, to successive events and transactions; (xi) the table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; (xii) GGP and Spinco have each participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and if an ambiguity or question of interpretation should arise, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or burdening either party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions in this Agreement or any interim drafts of this Agreement; and (xiii) a reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

8.13                           Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one (1) or more counterparts, and by the different parties to each such agreement in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this

 

57



 

Agreement by facsimile or portable document format (PDF) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of any such Agreement.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

58



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above by their respective duly authorized officers.

 

 

GENERAL GROWTH PROPERTIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Separation Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

Form of Ala Moana Condominium Declaration

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

Form of Ala Moana Development Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Arizona 2 Promissory Note

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Assumption Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Columbia Development Agreement

 

See attached.

 


 

EXHIBIT E

 

Form of Employee Leasing Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT F

 

Form of Employee Matters Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT G

 

Form of Fashion Show Core Principles

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT H

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT I-1

 

Form of REP Investments Stockholders Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT I-2

 

Form of Fairholme Stockholders Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT I-3

 

Form of Pershing Square Stockholders Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT J-1

 

Form of 110 N. Wacker (Chicago Headquarters) Sublease Term Sheet

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT J-2

 

Form of 10,000 W. Charleston (Las Vegas Headquarters) Sublease Term Sheet

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT J-3

 

Form of Columbia Headquarters Sublease Term Sheet

 

See attached.

 


 

EXHIBIT K

 

Form of Surety Bond Indemnity Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT L

 

Form of Tax Matters Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT M-1

 

Form of Transition Services Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT M-2

 

Form of Reverse Transition Services Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT N

 

Form of Warrant and Registration Rights Agreement

 

See attached.

 



 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a)

 

Spinoff Plan

 

See attached.

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.5(a)

 

Assumed Actions

 

See attached.

 




Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

The present name of the corporation is The Howard Hughes Corporation (the “Corporation”).  The Corporation was incorporated under the name “Spinco, Inc.” by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 1, 2010, which name was changed to “The Howard Hughes Corporation” by the filing of a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 8, 2010.  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).  The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) shall be The Howard Hughes Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle.  The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.  The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

A.            Classes and Number of Shares.  The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Two Hundred Million (200,000,000) shares, consisting of (i) Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), and (ii) One Hundred Fifty Million (150,000,000) shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

B.            Common Stock.  The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote on all questions to the exclusion of all other stockholders, each holder of record

 



 

of Common Stock being entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the name of the stockholder on the books of the Corporation, except as may be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), in a Preferred Stock Designation (as hereinafter defined), or as required by law.

 

C.            Preferred Stock.  The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series and, by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”), to establish from time to time for each such series the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designations, powers, rights and preferences of the shares of each such series, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.  The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

(1)           The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title.

 

(2)           The number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding).

 

(3)           Whether dividends, if any, shall be paid, and, if paid, the date or dates upon which, or other times at which, such dividends shall be payable, whether such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative, the rate of such dividends (which may be variable) and the relative preference in payment of dividends of such series.

 

(4)           The redemption provisions and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series.

 

(5)           The terms and amounts of any sinking fund or similar fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series.

 

(6)           The amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

(7)           Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series of such other security, the conversion price or prices, or rate or rates, any adjustments thereto, the date or dates on which such shares shall be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion may be made.

 

(8)           Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series.

 

(9)           The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series.

 

2



 

D.            Issuance of Rights to Purchase Securities and Other Property.  Subject to the express rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if any outstanding, but only to the extent expressly set forth in the Preferred Stock Designation with respect thereto, the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to create and to authorize and direct the issuance (on either a pro rata or a non-pro rata basis) by the Corporation of rights, options and warrants for the purchase of shares of capital stock of the Corporation or other securities of the Corporation, at such times, in such amounts, to such persons, for such consideration, with such form and content (including without limitation the consideration for which any shares of capital stock of the Corporation or other securities of the Corporation are to be issued) and upon such terms and conditions as it may, from time to time, determine upon, subject only to the restrictions, limitations, conditions and requirements imposed by the DGCL, other applicable laws and this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE V

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any amendment, alteration, modification or repeal of a Bylaw or adoption of a new provision in the Bylaws, in each case by the stockholders, may provide that it cannot be further amended, altered, modified or repealed by the Board of Directors, in which case the Board of Directors shall not be authorized to further amend, alter, modify or repeal such Bylaw amendment or such new Bylaw provision.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

A.            Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if any outstanding, as set forth in a Preferred Stock Designation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Bylaws of the Corporation and may be increased or decreased from time to time in such a manner as may be prescribed by the Bylaws and the DGCL.

 

B.            Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

C.            Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if any outstanding, with respect to the election of directors under specified circumstances, any director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Voting Stock”), voting together as a single class.

 

D.            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VI and any limitations contained in any Preferred Stock Designation, each director shall serve until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s death, resignation or removal.  No change in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten or increase the term of any incumbent director.

 

3



 

ARTICLE VII

 

The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, shall indemnify and hold harmless any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory, arbitral or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is a legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability entity, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss (including judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person (other than proceedings to enforce rights conferred by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation) only if the commencement of such proceeding was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors.  To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized hereby.  The Corporation may, by action of the Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation or its subsidiaries with the same (or lesser) scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

No director shall be personally liable either to the Corporation or to any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.  Any amendment, modification or repeal of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability, expense or loss asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability, expense or loss under the

 

4



 

provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation or the DGCL. To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such person shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such person.

 

ARTICLE X

 

The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, modify or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Designation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware in force at such time may be added or inserted in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein or by applicable law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Article X; provided, however, that any amendment, modification or repeal of Article VII or Article VIII of this Certificate of Incorporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as set forth in a Preferred Stock Designation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing of such stockholders.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

The Corporation shall not issue any class of non-voting equity securities unless and solely to the extent permitted by Section 1123(a)(6) of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) as in effect on the date of filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; provided, however, that this Article XIII (a) will have no further force and effect beyond that required under Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) will have such force and effect, if any, only for so long as Section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code is in effect and applicable to the Corporation and (c) in all events may be amended or eliminated from time to time in accordance with applicable law.

 

5



 

ARTICLE XIV

 

In addition to any votes required by applicable law and subject to the express rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if any outstanding, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, modify or repeal any provision, or adopt any new or additional provision, in a manner inconsistent with Articles V, VII, XII and this Article XIV.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

It is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders that certain restrictions on the transfer or other disposition of certain corporation securities, as relates to the preservation of certain tax attributes, be established as more fully set forth in this Article XV.

 

A.            Certain Definitions.              As used in this Article XV, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

 

“Acquire” means the acquisition of ownership of Corporation Securities by any means, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise of any rights under any option, warrant, convertible security, pledge or other security interest or similar right to acquire shares, (ii) the entering into of any swap, hedge or other arrangement that results in the acquisition of any of the economic consequences of ownership of Corporation Securities, or (iii) any other acquisition or transaction treated under the applicable rules under Section 382 of the Code as a direct or indirect acquisition (including the acquisition of an ownership interest in a Substantial Holder), but shall not include the acquisition of any such rights unless, as a result, the acquirer would be considered an owner within the meaning of the United States federal income tax laws. The terms “Acquires” and “Acquisition” shall have the same meaning.

 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any reference to a section of the Code shall include any comparable successor provision.

 

“Corporation Securities” means (i) shares of Common Stock, (ii) shares of Preferred Stock (unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in connection with the issuance or reissuance of such shares), and (iii) warrants, rights or options (including within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-4(d)(8)) to purchase stock of the Corporation, but only to the extent such warrants, rights or options are treated as exercised pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-4(d) or otherwise regarded as “stock” under general federal income tax principles.

 

“Investment Agreements” means (i) that certain Amended and Restated Cornerstone Investment Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between General Growth Properties, Inc. and REP Investments LLC, (ii) that certain Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between General Growth Properties, Inc. and The Fairholme Fund and Fairholme Focused Income Fund and (iii) that certain

 

6



 

Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between General Growth Properties, Inc. and Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P., on behalf of Pershing Square L.P., Pershing Square II, L.P., Pershing Square International, Ltd. and Pershing Square International V, Ltd.; each as may be further amended or modified from time to time.

 

“Percentage Stock Ownership” means percentage stock ownership as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-2T(g), (h) (without regard to the rule that treats stock of an entity as to which the constructive ownership rules apply as no longer owned by that entity), (j) and (k).

 

“Person” means an individual, corporation, estate, trust, association, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or similar organization or “entity” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-3.

 

“Plan of Reorganization” means the bankruptcy plan of reorganization of General Growth Properties, Inc. and its subsidiaries pursuant to which the Common Stock of the Corporation is distributed to, among others, the shareholders of General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

“Prohibited Acquisition” means any purported Acquisition of Corporation Securities to the extent that such Acquisition is prohibited and/or void under this Article XV.

 

“Restriction Release Date” means the earlier of (i) the first day after the date on which a majority of the Board of Directors determines that the restrictions contained in this Article XV are no longer necessary for the preservation of the Tax Benefits, (ii) the first day after the date on which a majority of the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation and the shareholders for the restrictions contained in this Article XV to continue to apply, (iii) [November 10, 2013] or (iv) the repeal of Section 382 of the Code.

 

“Substantial Holder” means a Person holding Corporation Securities representing a Percentage Stock Ownership (including indirect ownership, as determined under applicable Treasury Regulations) in any class of Corporation Securities of at least 4.99%.

 

“Tax Benefits” means the net operating loss carryovers, capital loss carryovers, general business credit carryovers, alternative minimum tax credit carryovers and foreign tax credit carryovers, as well as any “net unrealized built-in loss” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof.

 

“Treasury Regulation” means a Treasury regulation promulgated under the Code.

 

B.            Restrictions.

 

(1)           Except as provided in paragraph C of this Article XV, no Person shall be permitted to make an Acquisition and any such purported Acquisition will be void ab initio, (i) to the extent that after giving effect to such purported Acquisition the purported transferee or a Person related to the purported transferee would become a Substantial Holder and such purported Acquisition would decrease the purported transferor’s

 

7



 

Percentage Stock Ownership of Corporation Securities, or (ii) if such Person is a Substantial Holder and such purported Acquisition would increase such Substantial Holder’s Percentage Stock Ownership of Corporation Securities; provided, however, that nothing in this Article XV shall apply to any Acquisition pursuant to which the acquiring Person owns at least 80% (or such other lesser amount as may be required from time to time to conduct a merger in accordance with Section 253 of the DGCL) of the Voting Stock.  The prior sentence is not intended to prevent the Corporation Securities from being DTC-eligible and shall not preclude the settlement of any transactions in the Corporation Securities entered into through the facilities of a national securities exchange, but such transaction, if prohibited by the prior sentence, shall nonetheless be a Prohibited Acquisition.

 

(2)           The Corporation may require as a condition to the registration of the Acquisition of any Corporation Securities or the payment of any distribution on any Corporation Securities that the proposed acquirer or payee furnish to the Corporation the information reasonably necessary to allow the Corporation to determine whether a transaction would constitute a Prohibited Acquisition (including with respect to all the direct or indirect ownership interests in such Corporation Securities).  The Corporation may make such arrangements or issue such instructions to its stock transfer agent as may be determined by the Board of Directors to be necessary or advisable to implement this Article XV, including, without limitation, authorizing such transfer agent to require an affidavit from a purported transferee regarding such Person’s actual and constructive ownership of Corporation Securities and other evidence that an Acquisition will not be prohibited by this Article XV as a condition to registering any Acquisition.

 

C.            Certain Exceptions.  The restrictions set forth in paragraph B of this Article XV shall not apply to (i) a proposed Acquisition if the transferor or the transferee, upon providing at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of such proposed Acquisition to the Board of Directors, obtains the written consent to the proposed Acquisition from a majority of the Board of Directors, (ii) a proposed Acquisition that is made as part of (A) a tender or exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Corporation Securities, (B) a purchase program effected by the Corporation on the open market and not the result of a privately-negotiated transaction, (C) any optional or required redemption of a Corporation Security pursuant to the terms of such security, or (D) the acquisition of any capital stock or other equity interest or exercise of any subscription right or warrant or option issued pursuant to or contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization or the Investment Agreements, or (iii) an Acquisition after the Restriction Release Date.  In determining whether to grant its consent to a proposed Acquisition, the Board of Directors is permitted, but not required, to assume, among other things, that any shares held by a Substantial Holder will shortly be sold and to take into account potential capital transactions in which the Corporation may seek to engage in the future (whether or not currently under consideration).  As a condition to granting its consent, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require (at the expense of the transferor and/or transferee) such representations from the transferor and/or transferee or such opinions of counsel to be rendered by counsel selected by the Board of Directors, in each case as to such matters as the Board of Directors determines.

 

8



 

D.            Treatment of Excess Securities.

 

(1)           No employee or agent of the Corporation shall record any Prohibited Acquisition, and the purported acquirer in a Prohibited Acquisition (the “Purported Acquirer”) shall not be recognized as a stockholder of the Corporation for any purpose whatsoever in respect of the Corporation Securities which are the subject of the Prohibited Acquisition (the “Excess Securities”).  The Purported Acquirer shall not be entitled with respect to such Excess Securities to any rights of stockholders of the Corporation, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Excess Securities and to receive dividends or distributions, whether liquidating or otherwise, in respect thereof, but, once the Excess Securities have been acquired in an Acquisition that is not a Prohibited Acquisition, such Corporation Securities shall cease to be Excess Securities.

 

(2)           If the Board of Directors determines that a Prohibited Acquisition has been recorded by an agent or employee of the Corporation, such recording and the Prohibited Acquisition shall be void ab initio and have no legal effect and, upon written demand by the Corporation, the Purported Acquirer shall transfer or cause to be transferred any certificate or other evidence of ownership or proceeds from the resale by such Purported Acquirer of the Excess Securities within the Purported Acquirer’s possession or control, together with any dividends or other distributions that were received by the Purported Acquirer from the Corporation with respect to the Excess Securities (the “Prohibited Distributions”), to an agent designated by the Board of Directors (the “Agent”).  The Agent shall thereupon sell to a buyer or buyers the Excess Securities transferred to it in one or more arm’s-length transactions (including over a national securities exchange on which the Corporation Securities may be traded, if possible); provided, however, that the Agent, in its sole discretion, shall effect such sale or sales in an orderly fashion and shall not be required to effect any such sale within any specific time frame if, in the Agent’s discretion, such sale or sales would disrupt the market for the Corporation Securities or otherwise would adversely affect the value of the Corporation Securities; provided, further, however, that if the Agent holds any Excess Securities constituting Voting Stock on or after the record date for any vote of the stockholders, the Agent shall vote all such securities in connection with such vote in accordance with the recommendation of the Designated Proxy Firm and shall abstain if no such recommendation has been made.  For the purposes of this subsection (2), the “Designated Proxy Firm” means [Institutional Shareholder Services Inc.] or any successor thereto or a nationally recognized proxy advisory firm designated by the vote of a majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors in their discretion from time to time; provided, however, that the independent members of the Board of Directors shall not designate a Designated Proxy Firm after the date on which a meeting of stockholders has been called until after such meeting has been held; provided, further, however that if such meeting has been adjourned, no designation of a Designated Proxy Firm shall occur until after the date on which such adjourned meeting has been held.  The Purported Acquirer shall be deemed to have given, as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the Prohibited Acquisition that results in the transfer of the Excess Securities to the Agent, an irrevocable proxy to the Trustee to vote the Excess Securities constituting shares of Voting Stock in accordance with this subsection (2).  If the Purported Acquirer has resold the Excess Securities before receiving the Corporation’s demand to surrender the Excess Securities to the Agent, the Purported Acquirer shall be deemed to have sold the Excess Securities for the Agent, and shall be

 

9



 

required to transfer to the Agent any Prohibited Distributions and proceeds of such sale, except to the extent that the Corporation grants written permission to the Purported Acquirer to retain a portion of such sales proceeds not exceeding the amount that the Purported Acquirer would have received from the Agent pursuant to paragraph D(3) of this Article XV if the Agent, rather than the Purported Acquirer, had resold the Excess Securities; or

 

(3)           The Agent shall apply any proceeds of a sale by it of Excess Securities and, if the Purported Acquirer had previously resold the Excess Securities, any amounts received by it from a Purported Acquirer, as follows:

 

(a)           first, such amounts shall be paid to the Agent to the extent necessary to cover its costs and expenses incurred in connection with its duties hereunder;

 

(b)           second, any remaining amounts shall be paid to the Purported Acquirer, up to the amount paid by the Purported Acquirer for the Excess Securities (or in the case of any Prohibited Acquisition by gift, devise or inheritance or any other Prohibited Acquisition without consideration, the fair market value, (1) calculated on the basis of the closing market price for the Corporation Securities on the day before the Prohibited Acquisition, or (2) if the Corporation Securities are not listed or admitted to trading on any stock exchange but are traded in the over-the-counter market, calculated based upon the difference between the highest bid and lowest asked prices, as such prices are reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers through its NASDAQ system or any successor system on the day before the Prohibited Acquisition or, if none, on the last preceding day for which such quotations exist, or (3) if the Corporation Securities are neither listed nor admitted to trading on any stock exchange nor traded in the over-the counter market, then as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, which amount (or fair market value) shall be determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors); and

 

(c)           third, any remaining amounts, subject to the limitations imposed by the following proviso, shall be paid to one or more organizations qualifying under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code (or any comparable successor provision) (“Section 501(c)(3)”) selected by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that if the Excess Securities (including any Excess Securities arising from a previous Prohibited Acquisition not sold by the Agent in a prior sale or sales) represent a 4.99% or greater Percentage Stock Ownership interest in the Corporation, then such remaining amounts shall be paid to two or more organizations qualifying under Section 501(c)(3) selected by the Board of Directors such that no organization qualifying under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code shall possess Percentage Stock Ownership in the Corporation in excess of 4.99%.

 

The recourse of any Purported Acquirer in respect of any Prohibited Acquisition shall be limited to the amount payable to the Purported Acquirer pursuant to clause (b) above. Except as may be required by law, in no event shall the proceeds of any sale of Excess Securities pursuant to this Article XV inure to the benefit of the Corporation.

 

(4)           If the Purported Acquirer fails to surrender the Excess Securities (as applicable) or the proceeds of a sale thereof to the Agent within thirty (30) days from the date on which the Corporation makes a demand pursuant to paragraph D(2) of this Article 

 

10



 

XV, then the Corporation shall use its best efforts to enforce the provisions hereof, including the institution of legal proceedings to compel the surrender.

 

(5)           Notwithstanding any other provision this paragraph D, where a Prohibited Acquisition occurs between Persons identified by the Corporation, the Corporation may require that the Prohibited Acquisition be rescinded; provided, that the Purported Acquirer derives no net benefit from the Prohibited Acquisition and its rescission or any net benefit is treated in accordance with clause (c) of paragraph D(3).  The Corporation may institute legal proceedings to force a rescission pursuant to this paragraph D(5).

 

(6)           In the event of any Acquisition which does not involve a transfer of Corporation Securities but which would cause a Substantial Holder to violate a restriction on Acquisition provided for in Article XV, the application of this paragraph D shall be modified as described in this paragraph D(6).  In such case, no such Substantial Holder shall be required to dispose of any interest that is not a Corporation Security, but such Substantial Holder and/or any Person whose ownership of Corporation Securities is attributed to such Substantial Holder shall be deemed to have disposed of and shall be required to dispose of sufficient Corporation Securities (which Corporation Securities shall be disposed of in the inverse order in which they were acquired) to cause such Substantial Holder, following such disposition, not to be in violation of this Article XV.  Such disposition shall be deemed to occur simultaneously with the Purported Acquisition giving rise to the application of this provision, and the number of Corporation Securities that are deemed to be disposed of shall be considered Excess Securities and shall be disposed of as provided in paragraph D(2); provided, however, that the maximum aggregate amount payable either to such Substantial Holder or to such other Person that was the direct holder of such Excess Securities in connection with such sale shall be the fair market value of such Excess Securities at the time of the Purported Acquisition.  All expenses incurred by the Agent in disposing of such Excess Securities shall be paid out of any amounts due such Substantial Holder or such other Person.  The purpose of this paragraph D(6) is to make clear the remedy for situations in which there is a Prohibited Acquisition without a direct Acquisition of Corporation Securities, and this paragraph D(6), along with the other provisions of this Article XV, shall be interpreted to produce the same results, with differences as the context requires, as a direct Acquisition of Corporation Securities.

 

E.             Bylaws, Legends, etc.

 

(1)           The Bylaws may make appropriate provisions to effectuate the requirements of this Article XV.

 

(2)           Until the Restriction Release Date, all certificates representing Corporation Securities during the effectiveness of this Article XV shall bear a conspicuous legend as follows:

 

THE TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS SUBJECT TO OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE XV OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF [                        ], INC.  THE

 

11



 

CORPORATION WILL FURNISH A COPY OF ITS AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION TO THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST ADDRESSED TO THE CORPORATION AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

 

(3)           The Corporation shall have the power to make appropriate notations upon its stock transfer records and instruct any transfer agent, registrar, securities intermediary or depository with respect to the requirements of this Article XV for any uncertificated Corporation Securities or Corporation Securities held in an indirect holding system.

 

(4)           The Board of Directors shall have the power to determine all matters necessary for determining compliance with this Article XV, including, without limitation, determining (A) the identification of Substantial Holders, (B) whether an Acquisition is a Prohibited Acquisition, (C) the Percentage Stock Ownership of any Substantial Holder or other Person, (D) whether an instrument constitutes a Corporation Security, (E) the amount (or fair market value) due to a Purported Acquirer pursuant to clause (b) of paragraph D(3) of this Article XV, and (F) any other matters which the Board determines to be relevant. The good faith determination of the Board on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for the purposes of this Article XV.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event of a change in law or Treasury Regulations making one or more of the following actions necessary or desirable, the Board of Directors may (i) modify the specific application of the transfer restrictions set forth in this Article XV, or (ii) modify the definitions of any terms set forth in this Article XV; provided, that a majority of the Board of Directors shall determine in writing that such acceleration, extension, change or modification is reasonably necessary or advisable to preserve the Tax Benefit under the Code and the regulations thereunder or that the continuation of these restrictions is no longer reasonably necessary for the preservation of the Tax Benefit.

 

(5)           The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article XV without any requirement of the posting of a bond in connection therewith or any related appellate proceeding and each holder of Corporation Securities is deemed to have waived any right to require the posting of any such bond.

 

(6)           No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

 

F.             DamagesAny Person subject to the provisions of this Article XV who knowingly violates or any Person who knowingly causes a stockholder of the Corporation under such Person’s control and subject to the provisions of this Article XV to knowingly violate the provisions of this Article XV shall be jointly and severally liable to the Corporation for, and shall indemnify and hold the Corporation harmless against, any and all damages suffered as a result of such violation, including but not limited to damages resulting from a reduction in, or elimination

 

12



 

of, the Corporation’s ability to utilize its Tax Benefits, and attorneys’ and auditors’ fees incurred in connection with such violation.

 

G.            Reliance.  The Corporation and the members of the Board of Directors shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the information, opinions, reports or statements of the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the Corporation or of the Corporation’s legal counsel, independent auditors, transfer agent, investment bankers or other employees and agents in making the determinations and findings contemplated by this Article XV, and the members of the Board of Directors shall not be responsible for any good faith errors made in connection therewith.

 

H.            Severability.  Any provision in this Article XV which is judicially determined to be prohibited, invalid or otherwise unenforceable (whether on its face or as applied to a particular stockholder, transferee or Acquisition) under the laws of the State of Delaware shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability without prohibiting, invalidating or rendering unenforceable the remaining provisions of this Article XV and of this Certificate of Incorporation, which shall be thereafter interpreted as if the prohibited, invalid or unenforceable part had been reformed to the extent required to be valid, legal and enforceable, and, to the maximum extent possible, in a manner consistent with preserving the Corporation’s use of the Tax Benefits without any Code Section 382 limitation.

 

I.              Waiver of Restrictions.  Upon the occurrence of the Restriction Release Date, the Board of Directors shall promptly cause the Corporation to (i) announce waiver of the restrictions in paragraph B of this Article XV by press release and the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission and (ii) following the delivery by any stockholder to the Company of a certificate representing Corporation Securities legended in accordance with paragraph E(2) of this Article XV, deliver or cause to be delivered to such stockholder a certificate representing such Corporation Securities that is free from such legend.

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its [                                    ] this [    ] day of November, 2010.

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Name: [                                ]

 

Its: [                                ]

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 


 



Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

[    ], 2010

 



 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS
OF
THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION
([    ], 2010)

 

ARTICLE I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 1.           Stockholder Meetings.

 

(a)           The annual meeting of stockholders of The Howard Hughes Corporation (the “Corporation”) for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held each year at such date, time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

(b)           A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Board of Directors.  A special meeting of stockholders shall be called by the Secretary promptly upon and in accordance with the written request, stating the purpose, date, time and place within or without the State of Delaware of the meeting, of stockholders of record who together hold fifteen percent (15%) or more of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Voting Stock”).

 

SECTION 2.           Notice of Meetings.  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present and vote at such meeting, the place at which the list of stockholders may be examined, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and any other information required by law to be included in the notice. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), or these amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”), the notice of any meeting shall be mailed or otherwise delivered (including pursuant to electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”)) not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting and shall otherwise comply with applicable law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be given at the times provided in the DGCL. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and (unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides) any special meeting of the stockholders called by the Board of Directors may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public announcement made prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

 

1



 

SECTION 3.           Quorum and Adjournment.  Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of stockholders shall consist of the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock, present in person or by proxy, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business.  The chairman of the meeting may (i) from time to time adjourn any meeting that is not a special meeting called by a stockholder(s) pursuant to Section 1(b), whether or not there is such a quorum and (ii) adjourn a special meeting called by a stockholder(s) pursuant to Section 1(b) only if there is not such a quorum; provided, that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting is announced at the meeting such adjournment is taken; provided, however, that notice shall be provided if the meeting is adjourned for more than 30 days or otherwise required by law.  The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

SECTION 4.           Organization.  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Chairman”), or if none or in the Chairman’s absence the Presiding Director, or if none or in the Presiding Director’s absence, the Vice-Chairman, or if none or in the Vice-Chairman’s absence the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is present, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at the meeting.  The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the Secretary’s absence an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint any person present to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

SECTION 5.           Voting; Proxies; Required Vote.

 

(a)           At each meeting of stockholders, every stockholder shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s duly authorized attorney in fact and otherwise complying with requirements of the DGCL and any stock exchange(s) upon which the Voting Stock is then listed (but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period), and, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise, shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote registered in the name of such stockholder on the books of the Corporation on the applicable record date fixed pursuant to these Bylaws.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, which shall be governed by Section 8 of this Article I, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders.

 

(b)           When specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2



 

SECTION 6.           Inspectors.  The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not unless required by law, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If an inspector or inspectors are not so appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors.  In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat.  Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.  The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.  On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by such inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact found by such inspector or inspectors.

 

SECTION 7.           Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Other Business.

 

(a)           Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

 

(1)           Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 7 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and at the time of the annual meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 7 as to such business or nomination.  Clause (C) of the preceding sentence shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than matters or nominations properly brought under Rule 14a-8 or Rule 14a-11 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”) and included in the Corporation’s proxy statement) at an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(2)           Without qualification or limitation of any other requirement, for any nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 7, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of  business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day nor later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than

 

3



 

thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is less than one hundred (100) days prior to the date of such annual meeting, not later than the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation).  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(3)           To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice delivered pursuant to this Section 7 must set forth: (A) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (i) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in contested election, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, (ii) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected and (iii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder and, if applicable, the beneficial owner of the shares held of record by such stockholder (the “Beneficial Owner”), if any, and their respective affiliates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and such persons’ respective affiliates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any Beneficial Owner, if any, or any affiliate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; (B) if the notice relates to any business other than a nomination of a director or directors that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the Beneficial Owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and Beneficial Owner, if any, (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the Beneficial Owner, if any, (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such Beneficial Owner, if any, (ii) (a) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such Beneficial Owner, (b) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, (c) any short interest in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of these Bylaws a person shall be deemed have a short interest of such stockholders and Beneficial Owner, if any, in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship

 

4



 

or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (d) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder and Beneficial Owner, if any, that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation and (e) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, (iii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such stockholder and such Beneficial Owner, if any, any of their respective affiliates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing with respect to such nomination or proposal, (iv) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (v) a representation whether the stockholder or the Beneficial Owner, if any, intends to be or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding Voting Stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and Beneficial Owner, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act.  In addition, the stockholder’s notice with respect to the election of directors must include, with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 9 of this Article I.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the information required by clauses (a)(3)(C)(ii) and (a)(3)(C)(iii) of this Section 7 shall be updated by such stockholder and Beneficial Owner, if any, not later than ten (10) days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such information as of the record date.

 

(4)           Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 7 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 7 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(b)           Special Meetings of Stockholders.  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected

 

5



 

pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, or (2) provided, that the Board of Directors, such committee or stockholder(s) pursuant to Section 1(b) hereof have determined that a purpose of the meeting is to elect directors, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 7 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and at the time of the special meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 7 as to such nomination.  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (a)(3) hereof with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by these Bylaws) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such special meeting is less than one hundred (100) days prior to the date of such special meeting, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)           Conduct of Meetings. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

6



 

(d)           General.

 

(1)           Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7 and the Certificate of Incorporation shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such other business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the person presiding at the meeting of stockholders shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7 (including whether the stockholder or Beneficial Owner, if any, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (a)(3)(C)(v) of this Section 7) and (b) if the presiding person determines that any proposed nomination or other business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 7, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed other business shall not be transacted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or other business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed other business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 7, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(2)           For purposes of this Section 7, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(3)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 7; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 7 (including clause (a)(1)(C) and paragraph (b) hereof), and compliance with clause (a)(1)(C) and paragraph (b) of this Section 7 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business, as applicable (other than matters or nominations brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 or Rule 14a-11 of the Exchange Act).  Nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation

 

7



 

(“Preferred Stock”) to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

SECTION 8.           Required Vote for Election of Directors.

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and except as provided by Section 12 of Article II with respect to the filling of vacancies, directors shall be elected by a majority of votes cast by the shares represented at a meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote thereon, a quorum being present at such meeting, unless the election is contested, in which case directors shall be elected by a plurality of votes cast by the shares represented at such meeting.  A “majority of votes cast” means that the number of votes cast “for” the election of the nominee exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes cast “for” and “against” the election of that nominee.  Stockholders shall also be provided the opportunity to abstain from voting with respect to the election of a director.  In voting on the election of directors, abstentions, votes designated to be withheld from the election of a director and shares present but not voted in respect of the election of a director shall not be considered as votes cast.  An election shall be considered “contested” if the number of nominees for election is greater than the number of directors to be elected.  For purposes hereof, the number of nominees shall be determined as of the later of (i) the tenth (10th) day preceding the date the Corporation first mails its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders of the Corporation and (ii) the last date on which a stockholder in accordance with these Bylaws may give notice of the nomination of a person for election as a director in order for such nomination to be required to be presented for a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.  Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, incapacity, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.

 

(b)           If a nominee for director who is an incumbent director is not elected and no successor has been elected at such meeting, the director shall promptly tender such director’s resignation to the Board of Directors.  The Nominating and Governance Committee shall make a recommendation to the Board of Directors as to whether to accept or reject the tendered resignation, or whether other action should be taken.  The Board of Directors shall act on the tendered resignation, taking into account the Nominating and Governance Committee’s recommendation, and publicly disclose (by a press release, a filing with the SEC or other broadly disseminated means of communication) its decision regarding the tendered resignation and the rationale behind the decision within ninety (90) days from the date of the certification of the election results.  The Nominating and Governance Committee in making its recommendation, and the Board of Directors in making its decision, may each consider any factors or other information that it considers appropriate and relevant.  The director who tenders a resignation shall not participate in the recommendation of the Nominating and Governance Committee or the decision of the Board of Directors with respect to such resignation.  If such incumbent director’s resignation is not accepted by the Board of Directors, such director shall continue to serve until the next annual meeting and until such director’s successor is duly elected, or such director’s earlier resignation or removal.  If a director’s resignation is accepted by the Board of Directors pursuant to these Bylaws, or if a nominee for director is not elected and the nominee is not an incumbent director, then the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may fill any resulting

 

8



 

vacancy pursuant to the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws or may decrease the size of the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Article II, Section 2 of these Bylaws.

 

SECTION 9.           Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement.  To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Article I, Section 7 of these Bylaws) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (A) will abide by the requirements of Article I, Section 8 of these Bylaws, (B) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, (C) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and (D) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 10.         Removal of Director.  Unless otherwise provided by law and subject to  the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, if any outstanding, with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, the stockholders, acting at a duly called annual meeting or a duly called special meeting of the stockholders, at which there is a proper quorum and where notice has been provided in accordance with Section 7 of this Article I, may remove a director or directors of the Corporation, but only for cause.

 

ARTICLE II

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 1.           General Powers.  The business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of Directors.  In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

9



 

SECTION 2.           Qualification; Number; Term; Remuneration.

 

(a)           Each director shall be at least 18 years of age.  A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware.  The total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the “Whole Board”) shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by action of the Board of Directors, one of whom may be selected by the Board of Directors to be its Chairman.

 

(b)           Directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

(c)           Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and directors who are not employees of the Corporation may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and each meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors on which such director serves or a stated salary as director or such other compensation scheme (which may include awards of stock, options, or other incentive awards) as the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines from time to time.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for committee service.

 

SECTION 3.           Quorum and Manner of Voting.  Except as otherwise provided by law or in these Bylaws, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum.  A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting from time to time to another time and place without notice.  The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

 

SECTION 4.           Places of Meetings.  Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, or as may be specified in the notice of meeting.

 

SECTION 5.           Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.  Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.           Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, Presiding Director, President, Chief Executive Officer or by any two (2) of the directors then in office.

 

SECTION 7.           Notice of Meetings.  A notice of the place, date and time and the purpose or purposes of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by mail, personal delivery, electronic transmission or telephone at least twenty-four (24) hours before the day of the meeting; provided, however, if notice is sent by United States Mail, it shall be deposited in the United States Mail at least five (5) days before the date of the meeting. 

 

10



 

Notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of mailing, but said twenty-four (24) hours’ notice need not be given to any director who consents in writing, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him.

 

SECTION 8.           Chairman of the Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or in Section 9 of this Article II, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 9.           Presiding Director.  If at any time the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be an executive officer or former executive officer of the Corporation or for any reason shall not be an independent director, a Presiding Director shall be selected by the independent directors from among the directors who are not executive officers or former executive officers of the Corporation and are otherwise independent. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present, the Presiding Director shall chair meetings of the Board of Directors.  The Presiding Director shall chair any meeting of the independent directors and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned to the Presiding Director by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 10.         Organization.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the Chairman, or if none or in the Chairman’s absence or inability to act, the Presiding Director, or if none or in the Presiding Director’s absence or inability to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or inability to act any Vice-President who is a member of the Board of Directors, or if none or in such Vice-President’s absence or inability to act, a chairman chosen by the directors shall preside.  The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors when present, and, in the Secretary’s absence, the presiding officer may appoint any person to act as secretary.

 

SECTION 11.         Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation and, except for a resignation tendered pursuant to Section 8(b) of Article I, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the resignation.

 

SECTION 12.         Vacancies.  Subject to applicable law and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, if any outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided, that a majority of the Whole Board is present, unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines that such directorships should be filled by the affirmative vote of the stockholders of record of at least a majority of the Voting Stock, and any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled generally by the majority vote of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum is present.  No change in the number of authorized directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten or increase the term of any incumbent director.

 

11



 

SECTION 13.         Conference Telephone Meetings.  Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 14.         Action by Unanimous Written Consent.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the directors consent thereto in writing (which may be provided by electronic transmission), and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE III

 

COMMITTEES

 

SECTION 1.           Appointment.  From time to time the Board of Directors, by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, may appoint any committee or committees, each committee to consist of two (2) (or such other minimum number, if any, mandated by law and the applicable listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or the principal stock exchange on which the Corporation’s common stock is listed), as in effect from time to time) or more directors of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes, to the extent lawful, which shall have powers as shall be determined and specified by the Board of Directors in the resolution of appointment, including the following committees:

 

(a)           an Executive Committee, which shall have such authority as has been or shall be delegated by the Board of Directors and shall advise the Board of Directors from time to time with respect to such matters as the Board of Directors shall direct; and

 

(b)           an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating & Governance Committee, each of which shall have such authority (i) as has been or shall be set forth in the charter for such committee (as in effect from time to time and approved by the Board of Directors), which authority shall at all times be not less than that mandated by law and the applicable listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or the principal stock exchange on which the Corporation’s common stock is listed), and (ii) as shall otherwise be delegated by the Board of Directors.

 

The Board of Directors shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee, provided, that each committee shall consist of at least such minimum number of directors, if any, mandated by law and the applicable listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or the principal stock exchange on which the Corporation’s common stock is listed), as in effect from time to time.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board of Directors from appointing one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that no such committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.           Procedures, Quorum and Manner of Acting.  Each committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such rules or by resolution of

 

12



 

the Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the presence of a majority of the then appointed members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that committee, and in every case where a quorum is present the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the committee present shall be the act of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings, and actions taken by a committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3.           Action by Unanimous Written Consent.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the committee consent thereto in writing (which may be provided by electronic transmission), and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the committee.

 

SECTION 4.           Term; Termination.  In the event any person shall cease to be a director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously therewith cease to be a member of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 1.           Election and Qualifications.  The Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation, which shall include a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary, and may include, by election or appointment, one or more Vice-Presidents (any one or more of whom may be given an additional designation of rank or function), a Treasurer and such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem proper.  Each officer shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws and as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person; provided, however, no person shall simultaneously hold the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Secretary.

 

SECTION 2.           Term of Office and Remuneration.  The term of office of all officers shall be one year or until their respective successors have been elected and qualified, but any officer may be removed from office, either with or without cause, at any time by a vote of the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy in any office arising from any cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.  The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation may be fixed by the Board of Directors or in such manner as the Board of Directors shall provide.

 

SECTION 3.           Resignation; Removal.  Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the resignation.  Any officer shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by a vote of the Board of Directors.

 

13


 

 

SECTION 4.                                Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have such duties as customarily pertain to that office.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have general management and supervision of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation and over its other officers and may appoint and remove assistant officers and other agents and employees other than officers referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV.

 

SECTION 5.                                Vice-President.  A Vice-President shall have such other authority as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

SECTION 6.                                Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall in general have all duties incident to the position of Treasurer and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

SECTION 7.                                Secretary.  The Secretary shall in general have all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

SECTION 8.                                Assistant Officers.  Any assistant officer shall have such powers and duties of the officer such assistant officer assists as such officer or the Board of Directors shall from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 9.                                Other Officers.  The Board of Directors may elect other officers from time to time, and vest such officers with such powers and duties, as the Board of Directors may deem proper.

 

ARTICLE V

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

SECTION 1.                                Location.  The books and records of the Corporation may be kept at such place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the respective officers in charge thereof may from time to time determine.  The record books containing the names and addresses of all stockholders, the number and class of shares of stock held by each and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof shall be kept by the Secretary and by such officer or agent as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.                                Addresses of Stockholders.  Notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be delivered (i) personally or mailed to each stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or (ii) any other method permitted by applicable law and rules and regulations of the SEC as they presently exist or may hereafter be amended.

 

SECTION 3.                                Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

 

(a)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall

 

14



 

not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)                                 In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

STOCK

 

SECTION 1.                                Stock; Signatures.  Shares of the Corporation’s stock may be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock or may be issued in uncertificated form in accordance with applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended.  The Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution or the issuance of shares in uncertificated form shall not affect shares already represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.  Every holder of shares of stock in the Corporation that is represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation and registered in certificated form.  Stock certificates shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer or Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificated form.  Any and all signatures on any such certificate may be facsimiles.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.  The name of the holder of record of the shares represented by certificated or uncertificated shares, with the number of such shares and the date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 2.                                Transfers of Stock.  Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation after receipt of a request with proper evidence of succession, assignation, or authority to transfer by the record holder of such stock, or by an

 

15



 

attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and in the case of stock represented by a certificate, upon surrender of the certificate.  Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors may make such rules and regulations as it shall deem necessary or appropriate concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of stock of the Corporation, and to appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers.

 

SECTION 3.                                Fractional Shares.  The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue certificates for fractions of a share where necessary to effect authorized transactions, or the Corporation may pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or it may issue scrip in registered or bearer form over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the Corporation or of its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a stockholder except as therein provided.

 

SECTION 4.                                Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate, theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the legal representative thereof, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificated or uncertificated shares.

 

SECTION 5.                                Special Designation on Certificates. If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of any certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 5 or otherwise required by law or with respect to this Section 5 a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

16



 

ARTICLE VII

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation (including the terms of any Preferred Stock provided for therein), the Board of Directors shall have full power to determine whether any, and, if any, what part of any, funds legally available for the payment of dividends shall be declared as dividends and paid to stockholders; the division of the whole or any part of such funds of the Corporation shall rest wholly within the lawful discretion of the Board of Directors, and it shall not be required at any time, against such discretion, to divide or pay any part of such funds among or to the stockholders as dividends or otherwise; and before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

RATIFICATION

 

Any transaction, questioned in any lawsuit on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of director, officer or stockholder, nondisclosure, miscomputation, or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and if so ratified shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been originally duly authorized.  Such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

CORPORATE SEAL

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation, and shall be in such form and contain such other words and/or figures as the Board of Directors shall determine.  The corporate seal may be used by printing, engraving, lithographing, stamping or otherwise making, placing or affixing, or causing to be printed, engraved, lithographed, stamped or otherwise made, placed or affixed, upon any paper or document, by any process whatsoever, an impression, facsimile or other reproduction of said corporate seal.  Affixing the corporate seal shall not be required for the validity of any contract or agreement, deed, promissory note or other document executed and delivered by the Corporation, except as otherwise required by law.

 

17



 

ARTICLE X

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever notice is required to be given by these Bylaws or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the person or persons entitled to said notice may consent in writing, whether before or after the time stated therein, to waive such notice requirement.  Notice shall also be deemed waived by any person who attends a meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

BANK ACCOUNTS, DRAFTS, CONTRACTS, ETC.

 

SECTION 1.                                Bank Accounts and Drafts.  In addition to such bank accounts as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, the chief financial officer, the Treasurer or any person designated by said chief financial officer or Treasurer, whether or not an employee of the Corporation, may authorize such bank accounts to be opened or maintained in the name and on behalf of the Corporation as such person may deem necessary or appropriate, payments from such bank accounts to be made upon and according to the check of the Corporation in accordance with the written instructions of said chief financial officer, or other person so designated by the Treasurer.

 

SECTION 2.                                Contracts.  The Board of Directors may authorize any person or persons, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, any officer of the Corporation may execute and deliver any deed, bond, mortgage, contract or other obligation or instrument on behalf of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 3.                                Proxies; Powers of Attorney; Other Instruments.  The Chief Executive Officer, the Treasurer or any other person designated by either of them shall have the power and authority to execute and deliver proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments on behalf of the Corporation in connection with the rights and powers incident to the ownership of stock by the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer, the Treasurer or any other person authorized by proxy or power of attorney executed and delivered by either of them on behalf of the Corporation may attend and vote at any meeting of stockholders of any company in which the Corporation may hold stock, and may exercise on behalf of the Corporation any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or otherwise as specified in

 

18



 

the proxy or power of attorney so authorizing any such person.  The Board of Directors, from time to time, may confer like powers upon any other person.

 

SECTION 4.                                Financial Reports.  The Board of Directors may appoint the chief financial officer, the Treasurer or other fiscal officer or any other officer to cause to be prepared and furnished to stockholders entitled thereto any special financial notice and/or financial statement, as the case may be, which may be required by any provision of law.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

SECTION 1.                                The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such Covered Person, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was, at any time during which these Bylaws are in effect or any time prior thereto (whether or not such Covered Person continues to serve in such capacity at the time any indemnification or payment of expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought), a director or officer of the Corporation, or has or had agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or while a director or officer of the Corporation is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered (including, without limitation, any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), actually and reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in connection with such proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators, and the Corporation may enter into agreements with any such person for the purpose of providing for such indemnification.  For purposes of this Article XIII, a director or officer of the Corporation serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of a company of which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares or other interests entitled to vote in the selection of its directors or the members of a comparable governing body or of an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any such company shall be deemed to have served in such capacity at the request of the Corporation and actions taken or omitted by a Covered Person on behalf of such an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, if done in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed was in the best interests of the employee benefit plan or its participants or beneficiaries, shall be deemed to have been done in a

 

19



 

manner not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and actions taken or omitted on behalf of a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation (even if not wholly owned by the Corporation), if done in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the subsidiary or its owners, shall be deemed to have been done in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.  Except as otherwise provided in this Article XIII, and other than proceedings to enforce rights conferred by the Certificate of Incorporation or this Article XIII, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.  The right to indemnification conferred in this Article XIII shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time (and subject to filing a written request for indemnification pursuant to the following paragraph of Section 1 of this Article XIII); provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer (or a former director or officer) in such person’s capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such expenses under this Article XIII or otherwise.  The rights conferred upon Covered Persons in this Article XIII shall be contract rights that vest at the time of such person’s service to or at the request of the Corporation and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

To obtain advancement or indemnification under this Article XIII, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to advancement or indemnification.  Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows:  (1) if requested by the claimant, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined), or (2) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination by Independent Counsel, (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (iv) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by the stockholders of the Corporation.  In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of the claimant, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors unless there shall have occurred within two (2) years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a “Change

 

20



 

of Control” (as defined below), in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors.  If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within sixty (60) days after such determination.  As used herein, “Change in Control” means the happening of any of the following events: (A) any Person (as hereinafter defined) acquires Beneficial Ownership (as hereinafter defined) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; (B) consummation of a Business Combination (as hereinafter defined), unless, following such Business Combination, (x) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the Beneficial Owners of the outstanding Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a company that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the voting power of the Voting Stock, and (y) no Person Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of such entity; (C) approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation; or (D) individuals who, as of [Effective Date], 2010, constitute the Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors (provided, however, that any individual whose election or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors comprising the incumbent Board of Directors as of such election or nomination, shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board).  In this paragraph, the terms (I) “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” are used as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act (but without taking into account any contractual restrictions or limitations on voting or other rights), (II) “Business Combination” means (a) any merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar business combination transaction involving the Corporation with any Person or (b) the sale or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of its assets; and (III) “Person” means an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

 

SECTION 2.                                If a claim for indemnification or advancement under this Article XIII is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim pursuant has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.   It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an

 

21



 

actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

SECTION 3.                                The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred on any Covered Person by this Article XIII (i) shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise and (ii) cannot be terminated by the Corporation, the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation with respect to a Covered Person’s service occurring prior to the date of such termination.  The Corporation may enter into agreements providing for indemnity of or advancement of expenses to a director or officer containing such provisions further to or alternative to the provisions of this Article XIII as the Board of Directors determines is in the best interests of the Corporation.  However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation’s obligation to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person has collected as indemnification from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, nonprofit entity, or other enterprise; and, in the event the Corporation has fully paid such expenses, the Covered Person shall return to the Corporation any amounts subsequently received from such other source of indemnification.

 

Any repeal, other termination, amendment, alteration or modification of the provisions of this Article XIII that in any way diminishes, limits, restricts, adversely affects or eliminates any right of an indemnitee or such person’s successors to indemnification, advancement of expenses or otherwise shall be prospective only and shall not in any way diminish, limit, restrict, adversely affect or eliminate any such right with respect to any actual or alleged act or omission occurring prior thereto while such a person was a director or officer of the Corporation or any actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission then or previously existing, or any action, suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission.

 

SECTION 4.                                This Article XIII shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and advance expenses (on substantially similar terms and subject to the same obligations as those set forth in Sections 1 through 3 of this Article XIII) to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by the Board of Directors.  In addition, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person and any employee or agent of the Corporation or its subsidiaries against any liability, expense or loss asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or obligation to indemnify such person against such liability, expense or loss.

 

SECTION 5.                                If any provision or provisions of this Article XIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:  (1) the validity, legality and

 

22



 

enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article XIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article XIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article XIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Article XIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

SECTION 6.                                For purposes of this Article XIII:

 

(1)                                  “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

 

(2)                                  “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and indemnification issues and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or the claimant in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under this Article XIII.

 

SECTION 7.                                Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to the Corporation under this Article XIII shall be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by telecopy, telex, telegram, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be effective only upon receipt by the Secretary.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The Board of Directors shall have power to amend, modify or repeal these Bylaws or adopt any new provision authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware in force at such time.  The stockholders of the Corporation shall have the power to amend, modify or repeal these Bylaws, or adopt any new provision authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware in force at such time, at a duly called meeting of the stockholders; provided, that notice of the proposed adoption, amendment, modification or repeal was given in the notice of the meeting; provided, further, notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, modify or repeal any provision, or adopt any new or additional provision, in a manner inconsistent with Sections 7 and 8 of Article I, Article XIII and this Article XIV of these Bylaws.

 

23



 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation

 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting [                            ] of The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws were adopted as the Corporation’s bylaws on November [    ], 2010 by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set such person’s hand this [        ] day of               , 2010.

 

 

By:

/s/

 

[                                                      ]

 




Exhibit 4.1

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of [•], 2010 (this “Agreement”), by and between the purchasers listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Purchasers”) and The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

R E C I T A L S

 

WHEREAS, Purchasers have, pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Cornerstone Investment Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between General Growth Properties, Inc. (“GGP”) and REP Investments LLC (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Cornerstone Investment Agreement”) agreed, among other things, to purchase [2,625,000] shares of common stock, par value $0.01, of the Company (the “Common Stock”); and

 

WHEREAS, in case any securities held by a Purchaser or its transferees are at any time not freely transferable by the holder in accordance with applicable laws, the Company and the Purchasers desire to define certain registration rights with respect to the Common Stock, certain warrants and certain other securities on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate:  shall mean as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise;

 

Agreement:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

Blackstone:  shall mean Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and [·];

 

Brookfield Consortium Member: shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Cornerstone Investment Agreement;

 

Closing Date: shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Cornerstone Investment Agreement;

 



 

Commission:  shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act;

 

Common Stock:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto;

 

Company:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

Cornerstone Investment Agreement:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto;

 

Demand Notice: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof;

 

Exchange Act:  shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor act), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

Fairholme Holders:  shall mean the “Holders” defined in that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and The Fairholme Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc. a Maryland corporation, and Fairholme Focused Income Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as amended from time to time;

 

Fairholme Stock Purchase Agreementshall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between GGP and the Fairholme Holders, as amended from time to time;

 

Fairholme/Pershing Holders:  shall mean, collectively, the Fairholme Holders and Pershing Holders;

 

Fairholme/Pershing Investors:  shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Cornerstone Investment Agreement;

 

FINRA:  shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority;

 

Holder:  shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement, solely in their capacity as such, including Permitted Assignees;

 

Indemnified Party:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(iii) hereof;

 

Indemnifying Party:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(iii) hereof;

 

Initial Investors:  shall mean (i) the Purchasers, (ii) any Brookfield Consortium Members, (iii) Blackstone and (iv) any Permitted Assignees under clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 3(e) hereof;

 

Initiating Holder(s):  shall mean any Holder or any group of Holders, other than Blackstone, with respect to the Registrable Securities it is designated to receive pursuant to the Investment Agreements;

 

2



 

Investment Agreements:  shall mean, collectively, the Cornerstone Investment Agreement, the Fairholme Stock Purchase Agreement and the Pershing Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

Investors:  shall mean (i) any Initial Investors and (ii) any Permitted Assignees under clause (iii) of Section 3(e) hereof;

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus:  shall mean an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of Registrable Securities;

 

Losses:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(i) hereof;

 

Other Stockholders:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iii) hereof;

 

Participating Holders:  shall mean Holders participating in the Registration relating to the Registrable Securities;

 

Permitted Assignees:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereto;

 

Pershing Holders:  shall mean the “Holders” defined in that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company, Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P., on behalf of Pershing Square, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Pershing Square II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Pershing Square International, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company and Pershing Square International V, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, and Blackstone as amended from time to time;

 

Pershing Stock Purchase Agreement:  shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between GGP and the Pershing Holders, as amended from time to time;

 

Person:  shall mean an individual, partnership, joint-stock company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or political subdivision thereof;

 

Prospectus:  shall mean the prospectus (including any preliminary, final or summary prospectus) included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus;

 

Purchasers:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

Qualifying Employee Stock:  shall mean (i) rights and options issued in the ordinary course of business under employee benefits plans of the Company or any predecessor or otherwise to executives in compensation arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any predecessor and any securities issued after the date hereof upon exercise of such rights and options and options issued to employees of the Company or any predecessor as a

 

3



 

result of adjustments to options in connection with the reorganization of the Company or any predecessor and (ii) restricted stock and restricted stock units issued after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business under employee benefit plans and securities issued after the date hereof in settlement of any such restricted stock units;

 

Register, Registered and Registration:  shall mean a registration effected by preparing and (a) filing a Registration Statement in compliance with the Securities Act (and any post-effective amendments filed or required to be filed) and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such Registration Statement, or (b) filing a Prospectus and/or prospectus supplement in respect of an appropriate effective Registration Statement;

 

Registrable Securities:  shall mean (A) any shares of Common Stock acquired or held by an Initial Investor on or after the date hereof (whether or not acquired pursuant to the Cornerstone Investment Agreement), including without limitation shares of Common Stock acquired in connection with the exercise of any Warrants and shares of Common Stock which at any time an Initial Investor has a right or obligation to purchase under the Cornerstone Investment Agreement, (B) (i) any securities of the Company or its Affiliates issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in conversion, exercise or replacement of, any Registrable Securities described in (A) or (C) (the “Initial Securities”) or securities that may become Registrable Securities by virtue of clause (B)(iii) or (ii) any securities of the Company or its Affiliates offered wholly or partly in consideration of the Initial Securities or securities that may become Registrable Securities by virtue of clause (B)(iii) in any tender or exchange offer or (iii) any securities of the Company or its Affiliates issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in conversion, exercise or replacement of or offered wholly or partly in any tender or exchange offer in consideration of any Registrable Securities described in (B)(i) or (B)(ii), (C) Warrants acquired or held by an Initial Investor on or after the date hereof and (D) any Registrable Securities described in (A), (B) or (C) above acquired or held by a Person, for which rights and obligations have been assigned pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3(e) and in accordance with the terms of Section 3(e) hereof; provided, that as to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) after such securities have been sold in accordance with Rule 144 (but not Rule 144A), (iii) after such securities shall have otherwise been transferred and new securities not subject to transfer restrictions under any federal securities laws and not bearing any legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, all applicable holding periods shall have expired, and no other applicable and legally binding restriction on transfer by the holder thereof shall exist, (iv) when such securities are eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale, or (v) when such securities cease to be outstanding;

 

Registration Expenses:  shall mean (a) any and all expenses incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries in effecting any Registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all (i) Registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky”

 

4



 

qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any Registration Statements, Prospectuses, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters requested pursuant to the terms hereof), (vii) fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such Registration, (viii) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of any underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter”, (ix) reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and expenses of counsel, (x) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (xi) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering and (xii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the Registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities and (b) reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one counsel for all of the Participating Holders, which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holder holding the largest number of the Registrable Securities to be sold in the applicable Registration.  Registration Expenses shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Participating Holders;

 

Registration Statement:  shall mean any registration statement of the Company that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement filed with, or to be filed with, the Commission under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits, financial information and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement;

 

Required Shelf Registration Statement: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c);

 

Rule 144; Rule 144A:  shall mean Rule 144 and Rule 144A, respectively, under the Securities Act (or any successor provisions then in force);

 

S-1 Registration Statement: shall mean a registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (or any comparable or successor form) filed with the Commission registering any Registrable Securities;

 

Scheduled Black-Out Period:  shall mean the period from and including the last day of a fiscal quarter of the Company to and including the earliest of (i) the Business Day after the day on which the Company publicly releases its earnings information for such quarter or

 

5



 

annual earnings information, as applicable, and (ii) the day on which the executive officers and directors of the Company are no longer prohibited by Company policies applicable with respect to such quarterly earnings period from buying or selling equity securities of the Company;

 

security, securities:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act;

 

Securities Act:  shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any successor statute thereto), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

Selling Expenses:  shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all fees and disbursements of counsel for each of the Holders, other than the fees and expenses of one counsel for all of the Holders, which shall be paid for by the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in clause (b) of the definition of “Registration Expenses” set forth herein;

 

Shelf Registration Statement:  shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company that covers all the Registrable Securities (and may cover other securities of the Company) on Form S-3 and under Rule 415 or, if the Company is not then eligible to file on Form S-3, on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule that may be adopted by the Commission, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein;

 

Transfer:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(j)(ii) hereof; and

 

Warrants:  shall mean the warrants issued by the Company from time to time pursuant to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of November [    ], 2010, by and between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC.

 

SECTION 2.  REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

(a)                                  Demand Registration.

 

(i)                                     Request for Registration.  Subject to the limitations and conditions of Section 2(a)(ii), if the Company shall receive from an Initiating Holder(s) a written demand (the “Demand Notice”) that the Company effect any Registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Initiating Holder(s) having an estimated aggregate fair market value of at least $25 million, the Company shall:

 

(1)                                  promptly give written notice of the proposed Registration to all other Holders in accordance with the terms of Section 2(b);

 

(2)                                  use its reasonable best efforts to file a Registration Statement with the Commission in accordance with the request of the Initiating Holder(s), including without limitation the method of disposition specified therein and covering resales of the

 

6



 

Registrable Securities requested to be registered, as promptly as reasonably practicable but no later than (x) in the case of a Registration Statement other than an S-1 Registration Statement, within 30 days of receipt of the Demand Notice or (y) in the case of an S-1 Registration Statement, within 60 days of receipt of the Demand Notice;

 

(3)                                  use reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared or become effective as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 60 days after the date of initial filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a)(i)(2); and

 

(4)                                  use reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale of such Registrable Securities for the period as requested in writing by the Initiating Holder(s) or such longer period as may be requested in writing by any Holder participating in such registration (which periods shall be extended to the extent of any suspensions of sales pursuant to Sections 2(a)(ii)(3) or (4));

 

provided, however, that the Company shall be permitted, with the consent of the Initiating Holder(s) not to be unreasonably withheld, to file a post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement to any currently effective Shelf Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any resale registration statement filed pursuant to the terms of the Cornerstone Investment Agreement) in lieu of an additional registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) to the extent the Company reasonably determines that the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holder(s) may be sold thereunder by such Initiating Holder(s) pursuant to their intended plan of distribution (in which case such post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement shall not be counted against the limited number of demand registrations).  It shall not be unreasonable if, following the recommendation of an underwriter, the Initiating Holder(s) do not consent to the Company filing a post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement to a Shelf Registration Statement in lieu of an additional registration statement requested by the Initiating Holder(s).

 

(ii)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such Registration pursuant to this Section 2(a):

 

(1)                                  In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process or qualify to do business in effecting such Registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or applicable rules or regulations thereunder;

 

(2)                                  With respect to securities that are not Registrable Securities;

 

(3)                                  If the Company has notified the Holders that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its security holders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such registration for a period of not more than 60 days; provided, that such right to delay a registration pursuant to clause (3) shall be exercised by the Company only if the Company has generally exercised (or is concurrently exercising)

 

7



 

similar black-out rights against holders of similar securities that have registration rights, if any; or

 

(4)                                  Solely with respect to any Affiliate of the Company, during any Scheduled Black-Out Period;

 

provided, that the total number of days that any such suspension, deferral or delay in registration pursuant to clauses (3) and (4) in the aggregate may be in effect in any 180 day period shall not exceed 60 days.  The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to issue earnings releases as promptly as practicable following the end of quarterly reporting periods and to otherwise minimize the duration of Scheduled Black-Out Periods.

 

(iii)                               The Registration Statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holder may, subject to the provisions of Section 2(a)(iv) below, include shares of Common Stock which are held by Holders and Persons who, by virtue of agreements with the Company (other than this Agreement), are entitled to include their securities in any such Registration (such Persons, other than Holders, “Other Stockholders”).  In the event the Initiating Holder(s) request a Registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members or any other Holder elects to participate in such Registration pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.

 

(iv)                              Underwriting.  If the Initiating Holder(s) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, it shall so advise the Company as a part of the request made pursuant to Section 2(a).  If Other Stockholders or Holders, to the extent they have any registration rights under Section 2(b), request inclusion of their shares of Common Stock in the underwriting, the Initiating Holder(s) shall offer to include the shares of Common Stock of such Holders and Other Stockholders in the underwriting and may condition such offer on their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2.  The Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration and the Company shall (together with all Other Stockholders proposing to distribute their shares of Common Stock through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form for secondary public offerings with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration subject to approval by the Company not to be unreasonably withheld (which underwriters may also include a non-bookrunning co-manager selected by the Company subject to approval by a majority-in-interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration); provided, however, that such underwriting agreement shall not provide for indemnification or contribution obligations on the part of any Holder or Other Stockholder greater than the obligations of the Holders under Section (2)(f)(ii) or Section 2(f)(iv).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(a), if the managing underwriter or underwriters advises the Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, some or all of the securities of the Company held by the Other Stockholders (other than the Fairholme Holders and the Pershing Holders) shall be excluded from such Registration to the extent so required by such limitation.  If, after the exclusion of such shares held by such Other Stockholders (other than the Fairholme

 

8



 

Holders and the Pershing Holders), further reductions are still required due to the marketing limitation, the number of Registrable Securities included in the Registration by each Holder (including the Initiating Holder(s)) and the Fairholme/Pershing Holders shall be reduced on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by such Holders and the Fairholme/Pershing Holders, as applicable), by such minimum number of shares as is necessary to comply with such request.  No Registrable Securities or any other securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such Registration.  If any Holder or Other Stockholder who has requested inclusion in such Registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Person may elect to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holder(s).  The securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from Registration.  If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities or other securities to be underwritten, the Company and executive officers and directors of the Company (whether or not such Persons have registration rights pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof) may include its or their securities for its or their own account in such Registration if the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Company so agree and if the number of Registrable Securities and other securities which would otherwise have been included in such Registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

 

(v)                                 The number of demand registrations that the Holders shall be entitled to request, and that the Company shall be obligated to undertake, pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall be unlimited; provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to undertake more than three underwritten offerings pursuant to this Section 2 during the term of this Agreement;  provided, further that in no event shall the Company be required to effect more than one underwritten offerings in the aggregate in any twelve-month period.

 

(vi)                              In the case of an underwritten offering under this Section 2(a), the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Initiating Holder(s).

 

(b)                                 Piggyback Registration.

 

(i)                                     If the Company shall determine to register any of its capital stock (including any warrants) either (x) for its own account, (y) for the account of the Holders listed in Section 2(a) pursuant to the terms thereof, or (z) for the account of Other Stockholders (other than (A) a Registration relating solely to Qualifying Employee Stock, (B) a Registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act or (C) a Registration on any Registration form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a Registration Statement), the Company will, subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2(b):

 

(1)                                  promptly give to each of the Holders a written notice thereof (which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws); and

 

9



 

(2)                                  subject to Section 2(b)(ii) below and any transfer restrictions any Holder may be a party to, include in such Registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made by the Holders.  Such written request may specify all or a part of the Holders’ Registrable Securities and shall be received by the Company within ten (10) days after written notice from the Company is given under Section 2(b)(i)(1) above.  In the event any Holder requests inclusion in a Registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.

 

(ii)                                  Underwriting.  If the Registration of which the Company gives notice is for a Registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise each of the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2(b)(i)(1) above.  In such event, the right of each of the Holders to Registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holders’ participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  The Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration shall (together with the Company and the Other Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form for secondary public offerings with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for underwriting by the Company (and if the Registration was initiated by a Holder pursuant to Section 2(a), such underwriters must be selected by the Initiating Holder(s) and reasonably acceptable to the Company); provided, however, that such underwriting agreement shall not provide for indemnification or contribution obligations on the part of any Holder or Other Stockholder greater than the obligations of the Holders under Section 2(f)(ii) or Section 2(f)(iv).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(b), if any Registration in respect of which any Holder is exercising its rights under this Section 2(b) involves an underwritten public offering (other than a demand Registration pursuant to Section 2(a), in which case the provisions with respect to priority of inclusion in such Registration set forth in Section 2(a) shall apply) and the managing underwriter or underwriters advises the Company that in its view marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be underwritten, then there shall be included in such underwritten offering the number or dollar amount of securities of the Company that in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting such offering, and such number of securities of the Company shall be allocated for inclusion as follows: (1) first all securities of the Company being sold by the Company for its own account or by any Person (other than a Holder or a Pershing Holder or a Fairholme Holder) exercising a contractual right to demand registration; (2) second, all Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Holders, all Registrable Securities to be included by the Fairholme/Pershing Holders pursuant to piggyback registration rights and securities of the Company being sold by any Person with similar piggyback registration rights, pro rata, based on the number of shares requested to be included in such registration by such Holders, Fairholme/Pershing Holders and Persons; and (3) third, among any other holders of securities of the Company requesting such registration, pro rata, based on the number of securities requested to be included in such registration by each such holder.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event any Fairholme Holder or any Pershing Holder exercises demand registration rights, such registration is an underwritten public offering and the

 

10



 

managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be so underwritten, Registrable Securities of any Holders exercising piggyback rights under this Section 2(b) in connection with such offering and any securities to be included in such offering by the Fairholme Holders and the Pershing Holders shall be included in such offering in the same priority and allocated on a pro rata basis, as set forth in clause (2) above.  If any of the Holders or any officer, director or Other Stockholder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he, she or it may elect to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holder(s).  Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such Registration.

 

(c)                                  Required Shelf Registration Statement.  From and after the declaration of effectiveness by the Commission of the Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by Section 5.16(b) of the Cornerstone Investment Agreement (the “Required Shelf Registration Statement”), the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Required Shelf Registration Statement to be continuously effective so long as there are any Registrable Securities outstanding.  In connection with the Required Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will, subject to the terms and limitations of this Section 2, as promptly as reasonably practicable upon notice from any Holder requesting Registration in accordance with the terms of this Section 2(c), cooperate in any shelf take-down by amending or supplementing the Prospectus related to such Registration as may be reasonably requested by such Holder or as otherwise required to reflect the number of Registrable Securities to be sold thereunder.

 

(d)                                 Expenses of Registration.  All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any Registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne by the Company, and all Selling Expenses shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of their shares so registered (or, in the case of fees and disbursements of counsel and advisors to any Holders that do not constitute Registration Expenses, by the Holders as incurred).

 

(e)                                  Registration Procedures.  In the case of each Registration effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep the Participating Holders advised in writing as to the initiation of each Registration and as to the completion thereof.  At its expense, the Company will:

 

(i)                                     as promptly as practicable, prepare and file with the Commission such pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, supplements to the Prospectus and such amendments or supplements to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as may be (1) reasonably requested by the Initiating Holder(s) (if any), (2) reasonably requested by any other Participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Participating Holder), or (3) necessary to keep such Registration effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

11



 

(ii)                                  notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as promptly as practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (1) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (2) to the extent any of the following relates to the Participating Holders or information supplied by the Participating Holders, of any written comments by the Commission or any request by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information, (3) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the Commission or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (4) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, and (5) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(iii)                               promptly notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the Commission, and furnish without charge to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

 

(iv)                              use its reasonable best efforts to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order suspending the use of any Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus;

 

(v)                                 deliver to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Participating Holder or underwriter may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by such Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities thereby) and such other documents as such Participating

 

12



 

Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Participating Holder or underwriter;

 

(vi)                              subject to the terms set forth in Section 2(a)(ii)(1) and Section 2(c) hereof, on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Participating Holder reasonably (in light of such Participating Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Participating Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder pursuant to such Registration Statement;

 

(vii)                           make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in underwritten public offerings;

 

(viii)                        enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take such other actions as the Initiating Holder(s) or the managing underwriter, if any, reasonably requests in order to expedite or facilitate the Registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(ix)                                use its reasonable best efforts to obtain for delivery to the managing underwriter, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an underwritten offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten secondary public offering;

 

(x)                                   in the case of an underwritten offering, use reasonable best efforts to obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter, if any, a “ comfort” letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants in an underwritten secondary public offering;

 

(xi)                                cooperate with each Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

 

(xii)                             use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed or quoted on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(xiii)                          cooperate with the Participating Holders and the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates, with requisite CUSIP numbers, representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends;

 

13


 

(xiv)                         in the case of an underwritten offering, make reasonably available the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter in any such underwritten offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;

 

(xv)                            use its reasonable best efforts to procure the cooperation of the Company’s transfer agent in settling any offering or sale of Registrable Securities, including with respect to the transfer of physical security instruments into book-entry form in accordance with any procedures reasonably requested by the Holders or any managing underwriter(s);

 

(xvi)                         use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are under its control to become or remain a well-known seasoned issuer (as such term in defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) and not become an illegible issuer (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) during the period when such Registration Statement remains in effect; and

 

(xvii)                      make available for inspection by a representative of Participating Holders that are selling at least five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration (and who is named in the applicable prospectus supplement as a Person who may be deemed to be an underwriter with respect to an offering and sale of Registrable Securities), the managing underwriter(s), if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such Holders or the managing underwriters(s), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information in each case reasonably requested by any such representative, managing underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement; provided, that if any such information is identified by the Company as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information and shall sign customary confidentiality agreements reasonably requested by the Company prior to the receipt of such information.

 

(f)                                    Indemnification.

 

(i)                                     Indemnification by the Company.  With respect to each Registration which has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (1) each of the Participating Holders and each of its officers, directors, limited or general partners and members thereof, (2) each member, limited or general partner of each such member, limited or general partner, (3) each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) any underwriter, against any and all claims, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) (collectively, the “Losses”) arising out of or based on (A) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (including any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) or any other document incident to any such Registration, qualification or compliance, (B) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be

 

14



 

stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading), or (C) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such Registration, qualification or compliance, and will reimburse each of the Persons listed above, for any reasonable and documented legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending any such Losses, provided, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by the Participating Holders or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.

 

(ii)                                  Indemnification by the Participating Holders.  Each of the Participating Holders agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, each of its directors and officers and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a Registration Statement, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or such underwriter, each other Participating Holder and each of their respective officers, directors, partners and members, and each Person controlling such Participating Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) against any and all Losses arising out of or based on (A) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (including any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) or any other document incident to any such Registration, qualification or compliance (including any notification or the like) made by such Participating Holder in writing or (B) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements by such Participating Holder therein not misleading (in the case of any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading) and will reimburse the Persons listed above for any reasonable and documented legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Participating Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of each of the Participating Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after giving effect to any underwriters discounts and commissions) such Participating Holder receives in such Registration.

 

(iii)                               Conduct of the Indemnification Proceedings.  Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2(f) (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided, that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense (unless the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably

 

15



 

concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in such action, in which case the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party), and provided, further, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2(f) unless the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate legal counsel for all Indemnified Parties; provided, however, that where the failure to be provided separate legal counsel could potentially result in a conflict of interest on the part of such legal counsel for all Indemnified Parties, separate counsel shall be appointed for Indemnified Parties to the extent needed to alleviate such potential conflict of interest.  No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the prior written consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with the defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

(iv)                              If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2(f) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any Losses, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions (or alleged statements or omissions) which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or alleged untrue) statement of a material fact or the omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that the obligations of each of the Participating Holders hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after giving effect to any underwriters discounts and commissions) such Participating Holder receives in such Registration and, provided, further, that no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 2(f)(iv), each Person, if any, who controls an underwriter or agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such underwriter or agent and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or a selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or such selling Holder, as the case may be.

 

16



 

(v)                                 Subject to the limitations on the Holders’ liability set forth in Section 2(f)(ii) and Section 2(f)(iv), the remedies provided for in this Section 2(f) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Party at law or equity.  The remedies shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any Indemnified Party and survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

 

(vi)                              The obligations of the Company and of the Participating Holders hereunder to indemnify any underwriter or agent who participates in an offering (or any Person, if any controlling such underwriter or agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) shall be conditioned upon the underwriting or agency agreement with such underwriter or agent containing an agreement by such underwriter or agent to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers, each other Participating Holder, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or such Participating Holder against all Losses, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such underwriter or agent expressly for use in such filings described in this sentence.

 

(g)                                 Participating Holders.

 

(i)                                     Each of the Participating Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Participating Holder and its partners and members, and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably requested in connection with any Registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

 

(ii)                                  In the event that, either immediately prior to or subsequent to the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, any Participating Holder shall distribute Registrable Securities to its partners or members, such Participating Holder shall so advise the Company and provide such information as shall be necessary to permit an amendment to such Registration Statement to provide information with respect to such partners or members, as selling security holders.  As soon as is reasonably practicable following receipt of such information, the Company shall file an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement reflecting the information so provided.  Any incremental expense to the Company resulting from such amendment shall be borne by such Participating Holder.

 

(iii)                               Each Holder agrees that at the time that such Holder is a Participating Holder, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2(e)(iii), such Holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, may be resumed, and, if so

 

17



 

directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the most recent Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.  If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 2(e)(iii) to the date when the Company shall make available to such Holder a copy of the supplement or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or is advised in writing that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus may be resumed.

 

(h)                                 Rule 144.  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may permit the sale of restricted securities to the public without Registration, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the reasonable request of the Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rules 144 under the Securities Act).

 

(i)                                     Termination.  The registration rights set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate and cease to be available as to any securities held by an Investor at such time as such Investor (after owning) first ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

 

(j)                                     Lock-Up Agreements.

 

(i)                                     The Company agrees that, if requested by the managing underwriter in any underwritten public offering contemplated by this Agreement, it will enter into a customary “lock-up” agreement providing that it will not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock (subject to customary exceptions), other than any such sale or distribution of Common Stock upon exercise of the Company’s Warrants, for a period of 60 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement pertaining to such Common Stock; provided, however, that any such lock-up agreement shall not prohibit the Company from directly or indirectly (i) selling, offering to sell, granting any option for the sale of, or otherwise disposing of any Qualifying Employee Stock (or otherwise maintaining its employee benefits plans in the ordinary course of business) or (ii) issuing Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock upon exercise or conversion of any warrant (including any other Warrant), option, right or convertible or exchangeable security issued in connection with the plan of reorganization.  Each Holder shall coordinate with other Holders and the Fairholme Holders and the Pershing Holders such that the total number of days that the Company will be subject to such restrictions (including similar restrictions pursuant to any registration rights agreements with the Fairholme Holders and the Pershing Holders) as may be in effect in any 365-day period shall not exceed 120 days.

 

(ii)                                  To the extent Purchasers and any Brookfield Consortium Members in the aggregate hold in excess of 20% of the then outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis,

 

18



 

if requested by the managing underwriter in any underwritten public offering permitted by this Agreement, Purchasers and such Brookfield Consortium Members will enter into a customary “lock-up” agreement providing that it will not sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose (each, “Transfer”) of any Common Stock outside of such public offering (subject to customary exceptions) for a period of 60 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement pertaining to such Common Stock.

 

(k)                                  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in order for a Registration to be included as a Registration for purposes of this SECTION 2.  , the Registration Statement in connection therewith shall have been continually effective in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale for the full period established with respect to such Registration (except in the case of any suspension of sales pursuant to (A) a Scheduled Black-Out Period, or (B) Section 2(e)(iii) hereof, in which case such period shall be extended to the extent of such suspension).

 

(l)                                     Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company is required to file a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement to incorporate the Company’s quarterly and annual reports and related financial statements on Form 10-Q and Form 10-K, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly file such post-effective amendment and may postpone or suspend effectiveness of such Registration Statement for a period not to exceed thirty (30) consecutive days to the extent the Company determines necessary to comply with applicable securities laws; provided, that the period by which the Company postpones or suspends the effectiveness of a shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(l) plus any suspension, deferral or delay pursuant to Section 2(e)(iii) shall not exceed 60 days in the aggregate in any twelve-month period.

 

SECTION 3.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a)                                  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

(b)                                 Section Headings.  The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof.

 

(c)                                  Notices.

 

(i)                                     All communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or facsimile or mailed by overnight courier:

 

(1)                                  if to the Company, to:

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation

13355 Noel Road, Suite 950

Dallas, TX 75240

Attention:       General Counsel

Facsimile:       (214) 741-3021

 

19



 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Attention:       Malcolm E. Landau, Esq.

Matthew D. Bloch, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

 

(2)                                  if to the Holders, at the address or facsimile number listed on Schedule I hereto, or at such other address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company in writing.

 

(ii)                                  Any notice so addressed shall be deemed to be given: if delivered by hand or facsimile, on the date of such delivery; and if mailed by overnight courier, on the first business day following the date of such mailing.

 

(d)                                 Reproduction of Documents.  This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, any consents, waivers and modifications which may hereafter be executed may be reproduced by the Holders by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and the Holders may destroy any original document so reproduced.  The parties hereto agree and stipulate that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by the Holders in the regular course of business) and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

(e)                                  Successors and Assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may be assigned in whole or in part by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any purported assignment in violation of this provision shall be void; provided, however, that the rights and obligations hereunder of any Investor may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any Person who acquires such Registrable Securities that (i) is a Brookfield Consortium Member, (ii) is an Affiliate of any Initial Investor or (iii) is unable to immediately sell, without limitations (including, but not limited to, any limitation on volume or manner of sale) or restrictions under Rule 144, all Registrable Securities and other shares of Common Stock held by such Person (provided, that for this clause (iii), any such rights and obligations may be assigned solely with respect to such Registrable Securities) (each such Person described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), a “Permitted Assignee”).  Any assignment pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be effective and any Person shall become a Permitted Assignee only upon receipt by the Company of (1) a written notice from the transferring Holder stating the name and address of the transferee and identifying the number of shares of Registrable Securities with respect to which the rights under this Agreement are being transferred and, if fewer than all of the rights attributable to a Holder hereunder are to be so transferred, the nature of the rights so transferred and (2) a written instrument by which the transferee agrees to be bound by all of the

 

20



 

terms and conditions applicable to a Holder of such Registrable Securities.  Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties.

 

(f)                                    Several Nature of Commitments.  The obligations of each Holder hereunder are several and not joint and several, and relate only to the Registrable Securities held by such Holder from time to time.  No Holder shall bear responsibility to the Company for breach of this Agreement or any information provided by any other Holder.

 

(g)                                 Additional Investors.  The parties hereto acknowledge that certain Persons may become stockholders of the Company and the Company may wish to grant such Persons registration rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock issued to such Persons.  The Company may do so in its discretion so long as such registration rights are not inconsistent with the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder and, if any registrations rights granted are more favorable than those provided to Holders of Common Stock hereunder, conforming changes reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers are made to this Agreement to provide Holders hereunder with substantially similar rights.

 

(h)                                 Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver.  This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings among such parties.  This Agreement may be amended with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities and any such amendment shall apply to all Holders and all of their Registrable Securities; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, additional Holders may become party hereto upon an assignment of rights and obligations hereunder pursuant to Section 3(e); provided further, however, that other than as set forth in Section 3(e), the Company may not add additional parties hereto without the consent of Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities.  The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived by the party or parties waiving any rights hereunder; provided, that any such waiver shall apply to all Holders and all of their Registrable Securities only if made by Holders holding a majority of then-outstanding Registrable Securities.

 

(i)                                     Injunctive Relief.  It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damage that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law.  Any such Person shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

(j)                                     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE,

 

21



 

EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTIONS, SUITS, DEMAND LETTERS, JUDICIAL, ADMINISTRATIVE OR REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS, OR HEARINGS, NOTICES OF VIOLATION OR INVESTIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER AND (B) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY.

 

(k)                                  No Inconsistent Agreements.  The Company is not currently a party to any agreement which is, or could be inconsistent with, the rights granted to the Holders by this Agreement.

 

(l)                                     Severability.  In the event that any part or parts of this Agreement shall be held illegal or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(m)                               Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by email or facsimile signature), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

(n)                                 Interpretation of this Agreement.  Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[PURCHASER]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

Schedule I

 

REP Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

[any other Brookfield Consortium Members who hold Common Stock]

 




Exhibit 4.2

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of [·], 2010 (this “Agreement”), by and between the purchasers listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Purchasers”) and The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

R E C I T A L S

 

WHEREAS, Purchasers have, pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between General Growth Properties, Inc. (“GGP”) and the Purchasers (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) agreed, among other things, to purchase [1,312,500] shares of common stock, par value $0.01, of the Company (the “Common Stock”); and

 

WHEREAS, in case any securities held by a Purchaser or its transferees are at any time not freely transferable by the holder in accordance with applicable laws, the Company and the Purchasers desire to define certain registration rights with respect to the Common Stock, certain warrants and certain other securities on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate:  shall mean as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise;

 

Agreement:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

Blackstone:  shall mean Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and [·];

 

Brookfield Holders:  shall mean the “Holders” defined in that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and REP Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as amended from time to time;

 

Brookfield/Pershing Holders:  shall mean, collectively, the Brookfield Holders and Pershing Holders and a Brookfield/Pershing Holder shall mean any Brookfield Holder or Pershing Holder;

 



 

Closing Date: shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

Commission:  shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act;

 

Common Stock:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto;

 

Company:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

Cornerstone Investment Agreementshall mean that certain Amended and Cornerstone Investment Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between GGP and REP Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as amended from time to time;

 

Demand Notice: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof;

 

Exchange Act:  shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor act), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

FINRA:  shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority;

 

Holder:  shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement, solely in their capacity as such, including Permitted Assignees;

 

Indemnified Party:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(iii) hereof;

 

Indemnifying Party:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(iii) hereof;

 

Initial Investors:  shall mean (i) the Purchasers, (ii) any member of the Purchaser Group, (iii) Blackstone and (iv) any Permitted Assignees under clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 3(e) hereof;

 

Initiating Holder(s):  shall mean any Holder or any group of Holders, other than Blackstone, with respect to the Registrable Securities it is designated to receive pursuant to the Investment Agreements;

 

Investment Agreements:  shall mean, collectively, the Cornerstone Investment Agreement, the Pershing Stock Purchase Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

Investors:  shall mean (i) any Initial Investors and (ii) any Permitted Assignees under clause (iii) of Section 3(e) hereof;

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus:  shall mean an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of Registrable Securities;

 

Losses:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(i) hereof;

 

2



 

Other Stockholders:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iii) hereof;

 

Participating Holders:  shall mean Holders participating in the Registration relating to the Registrable Securities;

 

Permitted Assignees:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereto;

 

Pershing Holders:  shall mean the “Holders” defined in that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company, Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P., on behalf of Pershing Square, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Pershing Square II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Pershing Square International, Ltd. a Cayman Islands exempted company, Pershing Square International V, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, and Blackstone, as amended from time to time;

 

Pershing Stock Purchase Agreement:  shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between GGP and the Pershing Holders, as amended from time to time;

 

Person:  shall mean an individual, partnership, joint-stock company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or political subdivision thereof;

 

Prospectus:  shall mean the prospectus (including any preliminary, final or summary prospectus) included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus;

 

Purchaser Group: shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

Purchasers:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

Qualifying Employee Stock:  shall mean (i) rights and options issued in the ordinary course of business under employee benefits plans of the Company or any predecessor or otherwise to executives in compensation arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any predecessor and any securities issued after the date hereof upon exercise of such rights and options and options issued to employees of the Company or any predecessor as a result of adjustments to options in connection with the reorganization of the Company or any predecessor and (ii) restricted stock and restricted stock units issued after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business under employee benefit plans and securities issued after the date hereof in settlement of any such restricted stock units;

 

Register, Registered and Registration:  shall mean a registration effected by preparing and (a) filing a Registration Statement in compliance with the Securities Act (and any post-effective amendments filed or required to be filed) and the declaration or ordering of

 

3



 

effectiveness of such Registration Statement, or (b) filing a Prospectus and/or prospectus supplement in respect of an appropriate effective Registration Statement;

 

Registrable Securities:  shall mean (A) any shares of Common Stock acquired or held by an Initial Investor on or after the date hereof (whether or not acquired pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement), including without limitation shares of Common Stock acquired in connection with the exercise of any Warrants and shares of Common Stock which at any time an Initial Investor has a right or obligation to purchase under the Stock Purchase Agreement, (B) (i) any securities of the Company or its Affiliates issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in conversion, exercise or replacement of, any Registrable Securities described in (A) or (C) (the “Initial Securities”) or securities that may become Registrable Securities by virtue of clause (B)(iii) or (ii) any securities of the Company or its Affiliates offered wholly or partly in consideration of the Initial Securities or securities that may become Registrable Securities by virtue of clause (B)(iii) in any tender or exchange offer or (iii) any securities of the Company or its Affiliates issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in conversion, exercise or replacement of or offered wholly or partly in any tender or exchange offer in consideration of any Registrable Securities described in (B)(i) or (B)(ii), (C) Warrants acquired or held by an Initial Investor on or after the date hereof and (D) any Registrable Securities described in (A), (B) or (C) above acquired or held by a Person, for which rights and obligations  have been assigned pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3(e) and in accordance with the terms of Section 3(e) hereof; provided, that as to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) after such securities have been sold in accordance with Rule 144 (but not Rule 144A), (iii) after such securities shall have otherwise been transferred and new securities not subject to transfer restrictions under any federal securities laws and not bearing any legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, all applicable holding periods shall have expired, and no other applicable and legally binding restriction on transfer by the holder thereof shall exist, (iv) when such securities are eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale, or (v) when such securities cease to be outstanding;

 

Registration Expenses:  shall mean (a) any and all expenses incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries in effecting any Registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all (i) Registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any Registration Statements, Prospectuses, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort

 

4



 

letters requested pursuant to the terms hereof), (vii) fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such Registration, (viii) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of any underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter”, (ix) reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and expenses of counsel, (x) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (xi) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering and (xii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the Registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities and (b) reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one counsel for all of the Participating Holders, which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holder holding the largest number of the Registrable Securities to be sold in the applicable Registration.  Registration Expenses shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Participating Holders;

 

Registration Statement:  shall mean any registration statement of the Company that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement filed with, or to be filed with, the Commission under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits, financial information and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement;

 

Required Shelf Registration Statement: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c);

 

Rule 144; Rule 144A:  shall mean Rule 144 and Rule 144A, respectively, under the Securities Act (or any successor provisions then in force);

 

S-1 Registration Statement: shall mean a registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (or any comparable or successor form) filed with the Commission registering any Registrable Securities;

 

Scheduled Black-Out Period:  shall mean the period from and including the last day of a fiscal quarter of the Company to and including the earliest of (i) the Business Day after the day on which the Company publicly releases its earnings information for such quarter or annual earnings information, as applicable, and (ii) the day on which the executive officers and directors of the Company are no longer prohibited by Company policies applicable with respect to such quarterly earnings period from buying or selling equity securities of the Company;

 

security, securities:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act;

 

5



 

Securities Act:  shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any successor statute thereto), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

Selling Expenses:  shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all fees and disbursements of counsel for each of the Holders, other than the fees and expenses of one counsel for all of the Holders, which shall be paid for by the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in clause (b) of the definition of “Registration Expenses” set forth herein;

 

Shelf Registration Statement:  shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company that covers all the Registrable Securities (and may cover other securities of the Company) on Form S-3 and under Rule 415 or, if the Company is not then eligible to file on Form S-3, on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule that may be adopted by the Commission, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein;

 

Stock Purchase Agreement:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto;

 

Transfer:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(j)(ii) hereof; and

 

Warrants:  shall mean the warrants issued by the Company from time to time pursuant to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of November [      ], 2010, by and between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC.

 

SECTION 2.  REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

(a)                                 Demand Registration.

 

(i)                                     Request for Registration.  Subject to the limitations and conditions of Section 2(a)(ii), if the Company shall receive from an Initiating Holder(s) a written demand (the “Demand Notice”) that the Company effect any Registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Initiating Holder(s) having an estimated aggregate fair market value of at least $25 million, the Company shall:

 

(1)                                 promptly give written notice of the proposed Registration to all other Holders in accordance with the terms of Section 2(b);

 

(2)                                 use its reasonable best efforts to file a Registration Statement with the Commission in accordance with the request of the Initiating Holder(s), including without limitation the method of disposition specified therein and covering resales of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, as promptly as reasonably practicable but no later than (x) in the case of a Registration Statement other than an S-1 Registration Statement, within 30 days of receipt of the Demand Notice or (y) in the case of an S-1 Registration Statement, within 60 days of receipt of the Demand Notice;

 

6



 

(3)                                 use reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared or become effective as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 60 days after the date of initial filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a)(i)(2); and

 

(4)                                 use reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale of such Registrable Securities for the period as requested in writing by the Initiating Holder(s) or such longer period as may be requested in writing by any Holder participating in such registration (which periods shall be extended to the extent of any suspensions of sales pursuant to Sections 2(a)(ii)(3) or (4));

 

provided, however, that the Company shall be permitted, with the consent of the Initiating Holder(s) not to be unreasonably withheld, to file a post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement to any currently effective Shelf Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any resale registration statement filed pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement) in lieu of an additional registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) to the extent the Company reasonably determines that the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holder(s) may be sold thereunder by such Initiating Holder(s) pursuant to their intended plan of distribution (in which case such post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement shall not be counted against the limited number of demand registrations).  It shall not be unreasonable if, following the recommendation of an underwriter, the Initiating Holder(s) do not consent to the Company filing a post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement to a Shelf Registration Statement in lieu of an additional registration statement requested by the Initiating Holder(s).

 

(ii)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such Registration pursuant to this Section 2(a):

 

(1)                                 In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process or qualify to do business in effecting such Registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or applicable rules or regulations thereunder;

 

(2)                                 With respect to securities that are not Registrable Securities;

 

(3)                                 If the Company has notified the Holders that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its security holders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such registration for a period of not more than 60 days; provided, that such right to delay a registration pursuant to clause (3) shall be exercised by the Company only if the Company has generally exercised (or is concurrently exercising) similar black-out rights against holders of similar securities that have registration rights, if any; or

 

(4)                                 Solely with respect to any Affiliate of the Company, during any Scheduled Black-Out Period;

 

7



 

provided, that the total number of days that any such suspension, deferral or delay in registration pursuant to clauses (3) and (4) in the aggregate may be in effect in any 180 day period shall not exceed 60 days.  The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to issue earnings releases as promptly as practicable following the end of quarterly reporting periods and to otherwise minimize the duration of Scheduled Black-Out Periods.

 

(iii)                               The Registration Statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holder may, subject to the provisions of Section 2(a)(iv) below, include shares of Common Stock which are held by Holders and Persons who, by virtue of agreements with the Company (other than this Agreement), are entitled to include their securities in any such Registration (such Persons, other than Holders, “Other Stockholders”).  In the event the Initiating Holder(s) request a Registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members or any other Holder elects to participate in such Registration pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.

 

(iv)                              Underwriting.  If the Initiating Holder(s) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, it shall so advise the Company as a part of the request made pursuant to Section 2(a).  If Other Stockholders or Holders, to the extent they have any registration rights under Section 2(b), request inclusion of their shares of Common Stock in the underwriting, the Initiating Holder(s) shall offer to include the shares of Common Stock of such Holders and Other Stockholders in the underwriting and may condition such offer on their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2.  The Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration and the Company shall (together with all Other Stockholders proposing to distribute their shares of Common Stock through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form for secondary public offerings with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration subject to approval by the Company not to be unreasonably withheld (which underwriters may also include a non-bookrunning co-manager selected by the Company subject to approval by a majority-in-interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration); provided, however, that such underwriting agreement shall not provide for indemnification or contribution obligations on the part of any Holder or Other Stockholder greater than the obligations of the Holders under Section (2)(f)(ii) or Section 2(f)(iv).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(a), if the managing underwriter or underwriters advises the Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, some or all of the securities of the Company held by the Other Stockholders (other than the Brookfield/Pershing Holders) shall be excluded from such Registration to the extent so required by such limitation.  If, after the exclusion of such shares held by such Other Stockholders (other than the Brookfield/Pershing Holders), further reductions are still required due to the marketing limitation, the number of Registrable Securities included in the Registration by each Holder (including the Initiating Holder(s)) and the Brookfield/Pershing Holders shall be reduced on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by such Holders and the Brookfield/Pershing Holders, as applicable), by such minimum number of shares as is necessary to comply with such request.  No Registrable

 

8



 

Securities or any other securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such Registration.  If any Holder or Other Stockholder who has requested inclusion in such Registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Person may elect to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holder(s).  The securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from Registration.  If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities or other securities to be underwritten, the Company and executive officers and directors of the Company (whether or not such Persons have registration rights pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof) may include its or their securities for its or their own account in such Registration if the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Company so agree and if the number of Registrable Securities and other securities which would otherwise have been included in such Registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

 

(v)                                 The number of demand registrations that the Holders shall be entitled to request, and that the Company shall be obligated to undertake, pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall be unlimited; provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to undertake more than three underwritten offerings pursuant to this Section 2 during the term of this Agreement, provided, further that in no event shall the Company be required to effect more than one underwritten offering in the aggregate in any twelve-month period.

 

(vi)                              In the case of an underwritten offering under this Section 2(a), the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Initiating Holder(s).

 

(b)                                 Piggyback Registration.

 

(i)                                     If the Company shall determine to register any of its capital stock (including any warrants) either (x) for its own account, (y) for the account of the Holders listed in Section 2(a) pursuant to the terms thereof, or (z) for the account of Other Stockholders (other than (A) a Registration relating solely to Qualifying Employee Stock, (B) a Registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act or (C) a Registration on any Registration form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a Registration Statement), the Company will, subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2(b):

 

(1)                                 promptly give to each of the Holders a written notice thereof (which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws); and

 

(2)                                 subject to Section 2(b)(ii) below and any transfer restrictions any Holder may be a party to, include in such Registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made by the Holders.  Such written request may specify all or a part of the Holders’ Registrable Securities and shall be received by the Company within ten (10) days after written notice from the Company is given under Section 2(b)(i)(1) above.  In the event any Holder requests

 

9



 

inclusion in a Registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.

 

(ii)                                  Underwriting.  If the Registration of which the Company gives notice is for a Registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise each of the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2(b)(i)(1) above.  In such event, the right of each of the Holders to Registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holders’ participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  The Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration shall (together with the Company and the Other Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form for secondary public offerings with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for underwriting by the Company (and if the Registration was initiated by a Holder pursuant to Section 2(a), such underwriters must be selected by the Initiating Holder(s) and reasonably acceptable to the Company); provided, however, that such underwriting agreement shall not provide for indemnification or contribution obligations on the part of any Holder or Other Stockholder greater than the obligations of the Holders under Section 2(f)(ii) or Section 2(f)(iv).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(b), if any Registration in respect of which any Holder is exercising its rights under this Section 2(b) involves an underwritten public offering (other than a demand Registration pursuant to Section 2(a), in which case the provisions with respect to priority of inclusion in such Registration set forth in Section 2(a) shall apply) and the managing underwriter or underwriters advises the Company that in its view marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be underwritten, then there shall be included in such underwritten offering the number or dollar amount of securities of the Company that in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting such offering, and such number of securities of the Company shall be allocated for inclusion as follows: (1) first all securities of the Company being sold by the Company for its own account or by any Person (other than a Holder or a Brookfield/Pershing Holder) exercising a contractual right to demand registration; (2) second, all Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Holders, all Registrable Securities to be included by the Brookfield/Pershing Holders pursuant to piggyback registration rights and securities of the Company being sold by any Person (other than a Holder or a Brookfield/Pershing Holder) with similar piggyback registration rights, pro rata, based on the number of shares requested to be included in such registration by such Holders, the Brookfield/Pershing Holders and such Persons; and (3) third, among any other holders of securities of the Company requesting such registration, pro rata, based on the number of securities requested to be included in such registration by each such holder.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event any Brookfield/Pershing Holder exercises demand registration rights, such registration is an underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be so underwritten, Registrable Securities of any Holders exercising piggyback rights under this Section 2(b) in connection with such offering and any securities to be included in such offering by the Brookfield/Pershing Holders shall be included in such offering in the same priority and allocated on a pro rata basis, as set forth in clause (2) above.  If any of the Holders or any officer, director or Other Stockholder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he, she or it may elect to withdraw therefrom

 

10



 

by providing written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holder(s).  Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such Registration.

 

(c)                                  Required Shelf Registration Statement.  From and after the declaration of effectiveness by the Commission of the Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by Section 7.1(l) of the Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Required Shelf Registration Statement”), the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Required Shelf Registration Statement to be continuously effective so long as there are any Registrable Securities outstanding.  In connection with the Required Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will, subject to the terms and limitations of this Section 2, as promptly as reasonably practicable upon notice from any Holder requesting Registration in accordance with the terms of this Section 2(c), cooperate in any shelf take-down by amending or supplementing the Prospectus related to such Registration as may be reasonably requested by such Holder or as otherwise required to reflect the number of Registrable Securities to be sold thereunder.

 

(d)                                 Expenses of Registration.  All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any Registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne by the Company, and all Selling Expenses shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of their shares so registered (or, in the case of fees and disbursements of counsel and advisors to any Holders that do not constitute Registration Expenses, by the Holders as incurred).

 

(e)                                  Registration Procedures.  In the case of each Registration effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep the Participating Holders advised in writing as to the initiation of each Registration and as to the completion thereof.  At its expense, the Company will:

 

(i)                                     as promptly as practicable, prepare and file with the Commission such pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, supplements to the Prospectus and such amendments or supplements to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as may be (1) reasonably requested by the Initiating Holder(s) (if any), (2) reasonably requested by any other Participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Participating Holder), or (3) necessary to keep such Registration effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(ii)                                  notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as promptly as practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (1) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (2) to the extent any of the following relates to the Participating Holders or information supplied by the Participating Holders, of any written comments by the Commission or any request by the Commission or any other federal or state

 

11



 

governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information, (3) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the Commission or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (4) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, and (5) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(iii)                               promptly notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the Commission, and furnish without charge to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

 

(iv)                              use its reasonable best efforts to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order suspending the use of any Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus;

 

(v)                                 deliver to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Participating Holder or underwriter may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by such Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities thereby) and such other documents as such Participating Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Participating Holder or underwriter;

 

(vi)                              subject to the terms set forth in Section 2(a)(ii)(1) and Section 2(c) hereof, on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Participating Holder reasonably (in light of such Participating Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be

 

12



 

reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Participating Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder pursuant to such Registration Statement;

 

(vii)                           make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in underwritten public offerings;

 

(viii)                        enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take such other actions as the Initiating Holder(s) or the managing underwriter, if any, reasonably requests in order to expedite or facilitate the Registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(ix)                              use its reasonable best efforts to obtain for delivery to the managing underwriter, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an underwritten offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten secondary public offering;

 

(x)                                 in the case of an underwritten offering, use reasonable best efforts to obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter, if any, a “ comfort” letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants in an underwritten secondary public offering;

 

(xi)                              cooperate with each Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

 

(xii)                           use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed or quoted on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(xiii)                        cooperate with the Participating Holders and the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates, with requisite CUSIP numbers, representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends;

 

(xiv)                       in the case of an underwritten offering, make reasonably available the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter in any such underwritten offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;

 

(xv)                          use its reasonable best efforts to procure the cooperation of the Company’s transfer agent in settling any offering or sale of Registrable Securities, including with respect to the transfer of physical security instruments into book-entry form in accordance with any procedures reasonably requested by the Holders or any managing underwriter(s);

 

13


 

(xvi)                         use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are under its control to become or remain a well-known seasoned issuer (as such term in defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) and not become an illegible issuer (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) during the period when such Registration Statement remains in effect; and

 

(xvii)                      make available for inspection by a representative of Participating Holders that are selling at least five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration (and who is named in the applicable prospectus supplement as a Person who may be deemed to be an underwriter with respect to an offering and sale of Registrable Securities), the managing underwriter(s), if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such Holders or the managing underwriters(s), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information in each case reasonably requested by any such representative, managing underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement; provided, that if any such information is identified by the Company as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information and shall sign customary confidentiality agreements reasonably requested by the Company prior to the receipt of such information.

 

(f)                                    Indemnification.

 

(i)                                     Indemnification by the Company.  With respect to each Registration which has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (1) each of the Participating Holders and each of its officers, directors, limited or general partners and members thereof, (2) each member, limited or general partner of each such member, limited or general partner, (3) each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) any underwriter, against any and all claims, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) (collectively, the “Losses”) arising out of or based on (A) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (including any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) or any other document incident to any such Registration, qualification or compliance, (B) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading), or (C) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such Registration, qualification or compliance, and will reimburse each of the Persons listed above, for any reasonable and documented legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending any such Losses, provided, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by the Participating Holders or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.

 

14



 

(ii)                                  Indemnification by the Participating Holders.  Each of the Participating Holders agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, each of its directors and officers and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a Registration Statement, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or such underwriter, each other Participating Holder and each of their respective officers, directors, partners and members, and each Person controlling such Participating Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) against any and all Losses arising out of or based on (A) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (including any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) or any other document incident to any such Registration, qualification or compliance (including any notification or the like) made by such Participating Holder in writing or (B) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements by such Participating Holder therein not misleading (in the case of any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading) and will reimburse the Persons listed above for any reasonable and documented legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Participating Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of each of the Participating Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after giving effect to any underwriters discounts and commissions) such Participating Holder receives in such Registration.

 

(iii)                               Conduct of the Indemnification Proceedings.  Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2(f) (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided, that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense (unless the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in such action, in which case the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party), and provided, further, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2(f) unless the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate legal counsel for all Indemnified Parties; provided, however, that where the failure to be provided separate legal counsel could potentially result in a conflict of interest on the part of such legal counsel for all Indemnified Parties, separate counsel shall be appointed for Indemnified Parties to the extent needed to alleviate such potential conflict of interest.  No

 

15



 

Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the prior written consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with the defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

(iv)                              If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2(f) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any Losses, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions (or alleged statements or omissions) which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or alleged untrue) statement of a material fact or the omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that the obligations of each of the Participating Holders hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after giving effect to any underwriters discounts and commissions) such Participating Holder receives in such Registration and, provided, further, that no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 2(f)(iv), each Person, if any, who controls an underwriter or agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such underwriter or agent and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or a selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or such selling Holder, as the case may be.

 

(v)                                 Subject to the limitations on the Holders’ liability set forth in Section 2(f)(ii) and Section 2(f)(iv), the remedies provided for in this Section 2(f) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Party at law or equity.  The remedies shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any Indemnified Party and survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

 

(vi)                              The obligations of the Company and of the Participating Holders hereunder to indemnify any underwriter or agent who participates in an offering (or any Person, if any controlling such underwriter or agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) shall be conditioned upon the underwriting or agency agreement with such underwriter or agent containing an agreement by such underwriter or agent to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers, each other Participating Holder, and each Person

 

16



 

who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or such Participating Holder against all Losses, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such underwriter or agent expressly for use in such filings described in this sentence.

 

(g)                                 Participating Holders.

 

(i)                                     Each of the Participating Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Participating Holder and its partners and members, and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably requested in connection with any Registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

 

(ii)                                  In the event that, either immediately prior to or subsequent to the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, any Participating Holder shall distribute Registrable Securities to its partners or members, such Participating Holder shall so advise the Company and provide such information as shall be necessary to permit an amendment to such Registration Statement to provide information with respect to such partners or members, as selling security holders.  As soon as is reasonably practicable following receipt of such information, the Company shall file an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement reflecting the information so provided.  Any incremental expense to the Company resulting from such amendment shall be borne by such Participating Holder.

 

(iii)                               Each Holder agrees that at the time that such Holder is a Participating Holder, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2(e)(iii), such Holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, may be resumed, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the most recent Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.  If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 2(e)(iii) to the date when the Company shall make available to such Holder a copy of the supplement or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or is advised in writing that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus may be resumed.

 

(h)                                 Rule 144.  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may permit the sale of restricted securities to the

 

17



 

public without Registration, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the reasonable request of the Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rules 144 under the Securities Act).

 

(i)                                     Termination.  The registration rights set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate and cease to be available as to any securities held by an Investor at such time as such Investor (after owning) first ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

 

(j)                                     Lock-Up Agreements.

 

(i)                                     The Company agrees that, if requested by the managing underwriter in any underwritten public offering contemplated by this Agreement, it will enter into a customary “lock-up” agreement providing that it will not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock (subject to customary exceptions), other than any such sale or distribution of Common Stock upon exercise of the Company’s Warrants, for a period of 60 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement pertaining to such Common Stock; provided, however, that any such lock-up agreement shall not prohibit the Company from directly or indirectly (i) selling, offering to sell, granting any option for the sale of, or otherwise disposing of any Qualifying Employee Stock (or otherwise maintaining its employee benefits plans in the ordinary course of business) or (ii) issuing Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock upon exercise or conversion of any warrant (including any other Warrant), option, right or convertible or exchangeable security issued in connection with the plan of reorganization.  Each Holder shall coordinate with other Holders and the Brookfield Holders and the Pershing Holders such that the total number of days that the Company will be subject to such restrictions (including similar restrictions pursuant to any registration rights agreements with the Brookfield Holders and the Pershing Holders) as may be in effect in any 365-day period shall not exceed 120 days.

 

(ii)                                  In the event that any Holder is an Affiliate of the Company, if requested by the managing underwriter in any underwritten public offering permitted by this Agreement, such Holder will enter into a customary “lock-up” agreement providing that it will not sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose (each, “Transfer”) of any Common Stock outside of such public offering (subject to customary exceptions) for a period of 60 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement pertaining to such Common Stock; provided, however, that a Purchaser or member of its Purchaser Group may Transfer such Common Stock in such amounts, and at such times, as Fairholme Capital Management, LLC, such Purchaser or such member of its Purchaser Group determines to be in such Purchaser’s or such member of its Purchaser Group’s best interests in light of its then current circumstances and the laws and regulations applicable to it as a management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, with a policy of qualifying as a “regulated investment company” as defined in Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

18



 

(k)                                  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in order for a Registration to be included as a Registration for purposes of this SECTION 2.  , the Registration Statement in connection therewith shall have been continually effective in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale for the full period established with respect to such Registration (except in the case of any suspension of sales pursuant to (A) a Scheduled Black-Out Period, or (B) Section 2(e)(iii) hereof, in which case such period shall be extended to the extent of such suspension).

 

(l)                                     Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company is required to file a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement to incorporate the Company’s quarterly and annual reports and related financial statements on Form 10-Q and Form 10-K, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly file such post-effective amendment and may postpone or suspend effectiveness of such Registration Statement for a period not to exceed thirty (30) consecutive days to the extent the Company determines necessary to comply with applicable securities laws; provided, that the period by which the Company postpones or suspends the effectiveness of a shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(l) plus any suspension, deferral or delay pursuant to Section 2(e)(iii) shall not exceed 60 days in the aggregate in any twelve-month period.

 

SECTION 3.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a)                                  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

(b)                                 Section Headings.  The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof.

 

(c)                                  Notices.

 

(i)                                     All communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or facsimile or mailed by overnight courier:

 

(1)                                  if to the Company, to:

The Howard Hughes Corporation

13355 Noel Road, Suite 950

Dallas, TX 75240

Attention:  General Counsel

Fax:  (214) 741-3021

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Attention:  Malcolm E. Landau, Esq.

 

19



 

Matthew D. Bloch, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

 

(2)                                  if to the Holders, at the address or facsimile number listed on Schedule I hereto, or at such other address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company in writing.

 

(ii)                                  Any notice so addressed shall be deemed to be given: if delivered by hand or facsimile, on the date of such delivery; and if mailed by overnight courier, on the first business day following the date of such mailing.

 

(d)                                 Reproduction of Documents.  This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, any consents, waivers and modifications which may hereafter be executed may be reproduced by the Holders by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and the Holders may destroy any original document so reproduced.  The parties hereto agree and stipulate that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by the Holders in the regular course of business) and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

(e)                                  Successors and Assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may be assigned in whole or in part by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any purported assignment in violation of this provision shall be void; provided, however, that the rights and obligations hereunder of any Investor may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any Person who acquires such Registrable Securities that (i) is a member of the Purchaser Group, (ii) is an Affiliate of any Initial Investor or (iii) is unable to immediately sell, without limitations (including, but not limited to, any limitation on volume or manner of sale) or restrictions under Rule 144, all Registrable Securities and other shares of Common Stock held by such Person (provided, that for this clause (iii), any such rights and obligations may be assigned solely with respect to such Registrable Securities) (each such Person described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), a “Permitted Assignee”).  Any assignment pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be effective and any Person shall become a Permitted Assignee only upon receipt by the Company of (1) a written notice from the transferring Holder stating the name and address of the transferee and identifying the number of shares of Registrable Securities with respect to which the rights under this Agreement are being transferred and, if fewer than all of the rights attributable to a Holder hereunder are to be so transferred, the nature of the rights so transferred and (2) a written instrument by which the transferee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions applicable to a Holder of such Registrable Securities.  Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties.

 

(f)                                    Several Nature of Commitments.  The obligations of each Holder hereunder are several and not joint and several, and relate only to the Registrable Securities held

 

20



 

by such Holder from time to time.  No Holder shall bear responsibility to the Company for breach of this Agreement or any information provided by any other Holder.

 

(g)                                 Additional Investors.  The parties hereto acknowledge that certain Persons may become stockholders of the Company and the Company may wish to grant such Persons registration rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock issued to such Persons.  The Company may do so in its discretion so long as such registration rights are not inconsistent with the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder and, if any registrations rights granted are more favorable than those provided to Holders of Common Stock hereunder, conforming changes reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers are made to this Agreement to provide Holders hereunder with substantially similar rights.

 

(h)                                 Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver.  This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings among such parties.  This Agreement may be amended with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities and any such amendment shall apply to all Holders and all of their Registrable Securities; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, additional Holders may become party hereto upon an assignment of rights and obligations hereunder pursuant to Section 3(e); provided further, however, that other than as set forth in Section 3(e), the Company may not add additional parties hereto without the consent of Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities.  The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived by the party or parties waiving any rights hereunder; provided, that any such waiver shall apply to all Holders and all of their Registrable Securities only if made by Holders holding a majority of then-outstanding Registrable Securities.

 

(i)                                     Injunctive Relief.  It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damage that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law.  Any such Person shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

(j)                                     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTIONS, SUITS, DEMAND LETTERS, JUDICIAL, ADMINISTRATIVE OR REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS, OR HEARINGS, NOTICES OF VIOLATION OR INVESTIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) SUCH PARTY HAS

 

21



 

CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER AND (B) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY.

 

(k)                                  No Inconsistent Agreements.  The Company is not currently a party to any agreement which is, or could be inconsistent with, the rights granted to the Holders by this Agreement.

 

(l)                                     Severability.  In the event that any part or parts of this Agreement shall be held illegal or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(m)                               Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by email or facsimile signature), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

(n)                                 Interpretation of this Agreement.  Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fairholme Funds, Inc.

 

 

On behalf of its series The Fairholme Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Bruce R. Berkowitz

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

Fairholme Funds, Inc.

 

 

On behalf of its series Fairholme Focused Income Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Bruce R. Berkowitz

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 



 

Schedule I

 

The Fairholme Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc.

Fairholme Focused Income Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc.

 

Notice to any Purchaser set forth above (which shall constitute notice to each Purchaser set forth above) shall be made to:

 

Fairholme Capital Management, LLC

4400 Biscayne Boulevard, 9th Floor

Miami, FL 33137

Attention: Charles M. Fernandez

Facsimile: (305) 358-8002

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of [·], 2010 (this “Agreement”), by and between the purchasers listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Purchasers”), Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“BREP VI”, and collectively with the entities listed on Schedule II hereto, “Blackstone”), and The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

R E C I T A L S

 

WHEREAS, the Purchasers have, pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between the Company and the Purchasers (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) agreed, among other things, to purchase [1,312,500] shares of common stock, par value $0.01, of the Company (the “Common Stock”);

 

WHEREAS, (a) the Purchasers have, pursuant to the terms of that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2010, by and among the Purchasers and BREP VI agreed, among other things, that Blackstone shall purchase in the Purchasers’ place 100,191 shares of Common Stock under the Stock Purchase Agreement, (b) REP Investments LLC (“REP”) has, pursuant to the terms of that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2010, by and between REP and BREP VI agreed, among other things, that Blackstone shall purchase in REP’s place 200,382 shares of Common Stock under the Cornerstone Investment Agreement (as defined below) and (c) The Fairholme Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc. and Fairholme Focused Income Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc. have, pursuant to the terms of that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2010, by and among such entities and BREP VI agreed, among other things, that Blackstone shall purchase in their place 100,191 shares of Common Stock under the Fairholme Stock Purchase Agreement (as defined below); and

 

WHEREAS, in case any securities held by a Purchaser or Blackstone or any of their respective transferees are at any time not freely transferable by the holder in accordance with applicable laws, the Company, Blackstone and the Purchasers desire to define certain registration rights with respect to the Common Stock, certain warrants and certain other securities on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate:  shall mean as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or

 



 

indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise;

 

Agreement:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

Blackstone:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

Brookfield Holders:  shall mean the “Holders” defined in that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and REP Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as amended from time to time;

 

Brookfield/Fairholme Holders:  shall mean, collectively, the Brookfield Holders and Fairholme Holders, and Brookfield/Fairholme Holder shall mean any Brookfield Holder or Fairholme Holder;

 

Closing Date: shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

Commission:  shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act;

 

Common Stock:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto;

 

Company:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

Cornerstone Investment Agreementshall mean that certain Amended and Cornerstone Investment Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between GGP and REP Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as amended from time to time;

 

Demand Notice: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof;

 

Exchange Act:  shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor act), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

Fairholme Holders:  shall mean the “Holders” defined in that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and The Fairholme Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc. a Maryland corporation, and Fairholme Focused Income Fund, a series of Fairholme Funds, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as amended from time to time;

 

Fairholme Stock Purchase Agreementshall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2010, by and between GGP and the Fairholme Holders, as amended from time to time;

 

FINRA:  shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority;

 

2



 

Holder:  shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement, solely in their capacity as such, including Permitted Assignees;

 

Indemnified Party:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(iii) hereof;

 

Indemnifying Party:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(iii) hereof;

 

Initial Investors:  shall mean (i) the Purchasers, (ii) any member of the Purchaser Group, (iii) Blackstone and (iv) any Permitted Assignees under clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 3(e) hereof;

 

Initiating Holder(s):  shall mean any Holder or any group of Holders, other than Blackstone, with respect to the Registrable Securities it is designated to receive pursuant to the Investment Agreements;

 

Investment Agreements:  shall mean, collectively, the Cornerstone Investment Agreement, the Fairholme Stock Purchase Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

Investors:  shall mean (i) any Initial Investors and (ii) any Permitted Assignees under clause (iii) of Section 3(e) hereof;

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus:  shall mean an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of Registrable Securities;

 

Losses:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(i) hereof;

 

Other Stockholders:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iii) hereof;

 

Participating Holders:  shall mean Holders participating in the Registration relating to the Registrable Securities;

 

Permitted Assignees:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereto;

 

Person:  shall mean an individual, partnership, joint-stock company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or political subdivision thereof;

 

Prospectus:  shall mean the prospectus (including any preliminary, final or summary prospectus) included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus;

 

Purchaser Group: shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

Purchasers:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto;

 

3



 

Qualifying Employee Stock:  shall mean (i) rights and options issued in the ordinary course of business under employee benefits plans of the Company or any predecessor or otherwise to executives in compensation arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any predecessor and any securities issued after the date hereof upon exercise of such rights and options and options issued to employees of the Company or any predecessor as a result of adjustments to options in connection with the reorganization of the Company or any predecessor and (ii) restricted stock and restricted stock units issued after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business under employee benefit plans and securities issued after the date hereof in settlement of any such restricted stock units;

 

Register, Registered and Registration:  shall mean a registration effected by preparing and (a) filing a Registration Statement in compliance with the Securities Act (and any post-effective amendments filed or required to be filed) and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such Registration Statement, or (b) filing a Prospectus and/or prospectus supplement in respect of an appropriate effective Registration Statement;

 

Registrable Securities:  shall mean (A) any shares of Common Stock acquired or held by an Initial Investor on or after the date hereof (whether or not acquired pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement), including without limitation shares of Common Stock acquired in connection with the exercise of any Warrants and shares of Common Stock which at any time an Initial Investor has a right or obligation to purchase under the Stock Purchase Agreement, (B) (i) any securities of the Company or its Affiliates issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in conversion, exercise or replacement of, any Registrable Securities described in (A) or (C) (the “Initial Securities”) or securities that may become Registrable Securities by virtue of clause (B)(iii) or (ii) any securities of the Company or its Affiliates offered wholly or partly in consideration of the Initial Securities or securities that may become Registrable Securities by virtue of clause (B)(iii) in any tender or exchange offer or (iii) any securities of the Company or its Affiliates issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in conversion, exercise or replacement of or offered wholly or partly in any tender or exchange offer in consideration of any Registrable Securities described in (B)(i) or (B)(ii), (C) Warrants acquired or held by an Initial Investor on or after the date hereof and (D) any Registrable Securities described in (A), (B) or (C) above acquired or held by a Person, for which rights and obligations have been assigned pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3(e) and in accordance with the terms of Section 3(e) hereof; provided, that as to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) after such securities have been sold in accordance with Rule 144 (but not Rule 144A), (iii) after such securities shall have otherwise been transferred and new securities not subject to transfer restrictions under any federal securities laws and not bearing any legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, all applicable holding periods shall have expired, and no other applicable and legally binding restriction on transfer by the holder thereof shall exist, (iv) when such securities are eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale, or (v) when such securities cease to be outstanding;

 

4



 

Registration Expenses:  shall mean (a) any and all expenses incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries in effecting any Registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all (i) Registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any Registration Statements, Prospectuses, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters requested pursuant to the terms hereof), (vii) fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such Registration, (viii) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of any underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter”, (ix) reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and expenses of counsel, (x) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (xi) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering and (xii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the Registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities and (b) reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one counsel for all of the Participating Holders, which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holder holding the largest number of the Registrable Securities to be sold in the applicable Registration.  Registration Expenses shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Participating Holders;

 

Registration Statement:  shall mean any registration statement of the Company that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement filed with, or to be filed with, the Commission under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits, financial information and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement;

 

Required Shelf Registration Statement: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c);

 

Rule 144; Rule 144A:  shall mean Rule 144 and Rule 144A, respectively, under the Securities Act (or any successor provisions then in force);

 

5



 

S-1 Registration Statement: shall mean a registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (or any comparable or successor form) filed with the Commission registering any Registrable Securities;

 

Scheduled Black-Out Period:  shall mean the period from and including the last day of a fiscal quarter of the Company to and including the earliest of (i) the Business Day after the day on which the Company publicly releases its earnings information for such quarter or annual earnings information, as applicable, and (ii) the day on which the executive officers and directors of the Company are no longer prohibited by Company policies applicable with respect to such quarterly earnings period from buying or selling equity securities of the Company;

 

security, securities:  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act;

 

Securities Act:  shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any successor statute thereto), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

Selling Expenses:  shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all fees and disbursements of counsel for each of the Holders, other than the fees and expenses of one counsel for all of the Holders, which shall be paid for by the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in clause (b) of the definition of “Registration Expenses” set forth herein;

 

Shelf Registration Statement:  shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company that covers all the Registrable Securities (and may cover other securities of the Company) on Form S-3 and under Rule 415 or, if the Company is not then eligible to file on Form S-3, on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule that may be adopted by the Commission, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein;

 

Stock Purchase Agreement:  shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto; and

 

Warrants:  shall mean the warrants issued by the Company from time to time pursuant to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of November [    ], 2010, by and between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC.

 

SECTION 2.  REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

(a)           Demand Registration.

 

(i)            Request for Registration.  Subject to the limitations and conditions of Section 2(a)(ii), if the Company shall receive from an Initiating Holder(s) a written demand (the “Demand Notice”) that the Company effect any Registration with respect to all or a part of the

 

6



 

Registrable Securities owned by such Initiating Holder(s) having an estimated aggregate fair market value of at least $25 million, the Company shall:

 

(1)           promptly give written notice of the proposed Registration to all other Holders in accordance with the terms of Section 2(b);

 

(2)           use its reasonable best efforts to file a Registration Statement with the Commission in accordance with the request of the Initiating Holder(s), including without limitation the method of disposition specified therein and covering resales of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, as promptly as reasonably practicable but no later than (x) in the case of a Registration Statement other than an S-1 Registration Statement, within 30 days of receipt of the Demand Notice or (y) in the case of an S-1 Registration Statement, within 60 days of receipt of the Demand Notice;

 

(3)           use reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared or become effective as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 60 days after the date of initial filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a)(i)(2); and

 

(4)           use reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale of such Registrable Securities for the period as requested in writing by the Initiating Holder(s) or such longer period as may be requested in writing by any Holder participating in such registration (which periods shall be extended to the extent of any suspensions of sales pursuant to Sections 2(a)(ii)(3) or (4));

 

provided, however, that the Company shall be permitted, with the consent of the Initiating Holder(s) not to be unreasonably withheld, to file a post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement to any currently effective Shelf Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any resale registration statement filed pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement) in lieu of an additional registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) to the extent the Company reasonably determines that the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holder(s) may be sold thereunder by such Initiating Holder(s) pursuant to their intended plan of distribution (in which case such post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement shall not be counted against the limited number of demand registrations).  It shall not be unreasonable if, following the recommendation of an underwriter, the Initiating Holder(s) do not consent to the Company filing a post-effective amendment or prospectus supplement to a Shelf Registration Statement in lieu of an additional registration statement requested by the Initiating Holder(s).

 

(ii)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such Registration pursuant to this Section 2(a):

 

(1)           In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process or qualify to do business in effecting such Registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or applicable rules or regulations thereunder;

 

7



 

(2)           With respect to securities that are not Registrable Securities;

 

(3)           If the Company has notified the Holders that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its security holders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such registration for a period of not more than 60 days; provided, that such right to delay a registration pursuant to clause (3) shall be exercised by the Company only if the Company has generally exercised (or is concurrently exercising) similar black-out rights against holders of similar securities that have registration rights, if any; or

 

(4)           Solely with respect to any Affiliate of the Company, during any Scheduled Black-Out Period;

 

provided, that the total number of days that any such suspension, deferral or delay in registration pursuant to clauses (3) and (4) in the aggregate may be in effect in any 180 day period shall not exceed 60 days.  The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to issue earnings releases as promptly as practicable following the end of quarterly reporting periods and to otherwise minimize the duration of Scheduled Black-Out Periods.

 

(iii)          The Registration Statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holder may, subject to the provisions of Section 2(a)(iv) below, include shares of Common Stock which are held by Holders and Persons who, by virtue of agreements with the Company (other than this Agreement), are entitled to include their securities in any such Registration (such Persons, other than Holders, “Other Stockholders”).  In the event the Initiating Holder(s) request a Registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members or any other Holder elects to participate in such Registration pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.

 

(iv)          Underwriting.  If the Initiating Holder(s) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, it shall so advise the Company as a part of the request made pursuant to Section 2(a).  If Other Stockholders or Holders, to the extent they have any registration rights under Section 2(b), request inclusion of their shares of Common Stock in the underwriting, the Initiating Holder(s) shall offer to include the shares of Common Stock of such Holders and Other Stockholders in the underwriting and may condition such offer on their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2.  The Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration and the Company shall (together with all Other Stockholders proposing to distribute their shares of Common Stock through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form for secondary public offerings with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration subject to approval by the Company not to be unreasonably withheld (which underwriters may also include a non-bookrunning co-manager selected by the Company subject to approval by a majority-in-interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration); provided, however, that such underwriting

 

8



 

agreement shall not provide for indemnification or contribution obligations on the part of any Holder or Other Stockholder greater than the obligations of the Holders under Section (2)(f)(ii) or Section 2(f)(iv).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(a), if the managing underwriter or underwriters advises the Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, some or all of the securities of the Company held by the Other Stockholders (other than the Brookfield/Fairholme Holders) shall be excluded from such Registration to the extent so required by such limitation.  If, after the exclusion of such shares held by such Other Stockholders (other than the Brookfield/Fairholme Holders), further reductions are still required due to the marketing limitation, the number of Registrable Securities included in the Registration by each Holder (including the Initiating Holder(s)) and the Brookfield/Fairholme Holders shall be reduced on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by such Holders and the Brookfield/Fairholme Holders, as applicable), by such minimum number of shares as is necessary to comply with such request.  No Registrable Securities or any other securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such Registration.  If any Holder or Other Stockholder who has requested inclusion in such Registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Person may elect to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holder(s).  The securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from Registration.  If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities or other securities to be underwritten, the Company and executive officers and directors of the Company (whether or not such Persons have registration rights pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof) may include its or their securities for its or their own account in such Registration if the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Company so agree and if the number of Registrable Securities and other securities which would otherwise have been included in such Registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

 

(v)           The number of demand registrations that the Holders shall be entitled to request, and that the Company shall be obligated to undertake, pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall be unlimited; provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to undertake more than three underwritten offerings pursuant to this Section 2 during the term of this Agreement, provided, further that in no event shall the Company be required to effect more than one underwritten offering in the aggregate in any twelve-month period.

 

(vi)          In the case of an underwritten offering under this Section 2(a), the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Initiating Holder(s).

 

(b)           Piggyback Registration.

 

(i)            If the Company shall determine to register any of its capital stock (including any warrants) either (x) for its own account, (y) for the account of the Holders listed in Section 2(a) pursuant to the terms thereof, or (z) for the account of Other Stockholders (other than (A) a Registration relating solely to Qualifying Employee Stock, (B) a Registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act or (C) a Registration on any Registration form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the

 

9



 

same information as would be required to be included in a Registration Statement), the Company will, subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2(b):

 

(1)           promptly give to each of the Holders a written notice thereof (which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws); and

 

(2)           subject to Section 2(b)(ii) below and any transfer restrictions any Holder may be a party to, include in such Registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made by the Holders.  Such written request may specify all or a part of the Holders’ Registrable Securities and shall be received by the Company within ten (10) days after written notice from the Company is given under Section 2(b)(i)(1) above.  In the event any Holder requests inclusion in a Registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.

 

(ii)           Underwriting.  If the Registration of which the Company gives notice is for a Registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise each of the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2(b)(i)(1) above.  In such event, the right of each of the Holders to Registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holders’ participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  The Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in such Registration shall (together with the Company and the Other Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form for secondary public offerings with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for underwriting by the Company (and if the Registration was initiated by a Holder pursuant to Section 2(a), such underwriters must be selected by the Initiating Holder(s) and reasonably acceptable to the Company); provided, however, that such underwriting agreement shall not provide for indemnification or contribution obligations on the part of any Holder or Other Stockholder greater than the obligations of the Holders under Section 2(f)(ii) or Section 2(f)(iv).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(b), if any Registration in respect of which any Holder is exercising its rights under this Section 2(b) involves an underwritten public offering (other than a demand Registration pursuant to Section 2(a), in which case the provisions with respect to priority of inclusion in such Registration set forth in Section 2(a) shall apply) and the managing underwriter or underwriters advises the Company that in its view marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be underwritten, then there shall be included in such underwritten offering the number or dollar amount of securities of the Company that in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting such offering, and such number of securities of the Company shall be allocated for inclusion as follows: (1) first all securities of the Company being sold by the Company for its own account or by any Person (other than a Holder or a Brookfield/Fairholme Holder) exercising a contractual right to demand registration; (2) second, all Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Holders, all Registrable Securities to be included by the Brookfield/Fairholme Holders and securities of the

 

10


 

Company being sold by any Person (other than a Holder or a Brookfield/Fairholme Holder) with similar piggyback registration rights, pro rata, based on the number of shares requested to be included in such registration by such Holders, the Brookfield/Fairholme Holders and such Persons; and (3) third, among any other holders of securities of the Company requesting such registration, pro rata, based on the number of securities requested to be included in such registration by each such holder.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event any Brookfield/Fairholme Holder exercises demand registration rights, such registration is an underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be so underwritten, Registrable Securities of any Holders exercising piggyback rights under this Section 2(b) in connection with such offering and any securities to be included in such offering by the Brookfield/Fairholme Holders shall be included in such offering in the same priority and allocated on a pro rata basis, as set forth in clause (2) above.  If any of the Holders or any officer, director or Other Stockholder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he, she or it may elect to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holder(s).  Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such Registration.

 

(c)           Required Shelf Registration Statement.  From and after the declaration of effectiveness by the Commission of the Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by Section 7.1(l) of the Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Required Shelf Registration Statement”), the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Required Shelf Registration Statement to be continuously effective so long as there are any Registrable Securities outstanding.  In connection with the Required Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will, subject to the terms and limitations of this Section 2, as promptly as reasonably practicable upon notice from any Holder requesting Registration in accordance with the terms of this Section 2(c), cooperate in any shelf take-down by amending or supplementing the Prospectus related to such Registration as may be reasonably requested by such Holder or as otherwise required to reflect the number of Registrable Securities to be sold thereunder.

 

(d)           Expenses of Registration.  All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any Registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne by the Company, and all Selling Expenses shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of their shares so registered (or, in the case of fees and disbursements of counsel and advisors to any Holders that do not constitute Registration Expenses, by the Holders as incurred).

 

(e)           Registration Procedures.  In the case of each Registration effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep the Participating Holders advised in writing as to the initiation of each Registration and as to the completion thereof.  At its expense, the Company will:

 

(i)            as promptly as practicable, prepare and file with the Commission such pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, supplements to the Prospectus and such amendments or supplements to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as may be (1) reasonably requested by the Initiating Holder(s) (if any), (2) reasonably requested by any other Participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such

 

11



 

Participating Holder), or (3) necessary to keep such Registration effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(ii)           notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as promptly as practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (1) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (2) to the extent any of the following relates to the Participating Holders or information supplied by the Participating Holders, of any written comments by the Commission or any request by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information, (3) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the Commission or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (4) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, and (5) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(iii)          promptly notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the Commission, and furnish without charge to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

 

(iv)          use its reasonable best efforts to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order suspending the use of any Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus;

 

(v)           deliver to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus), any

 

12



 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Participating Holder or underwriter may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by such Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities thereby) and such other documents as such Participating Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Participating Holder or underwriter;

 

(vi)          subject to the terms set forth in Section 2(a)(ii)(1) and Section 2(c) hereof, on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Participating Holder reasonably (in light of such Participating Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Participating Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder pursuant to such Registration Statement;

 

(vii)         make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in underwritten public offerings;

 

(viii)        enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take such other actions as the Initiating Holder(s) or the managing underwriter, if any, reasonably requests in order to expedite or facilitate the Registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(ix)           use its reasonable best efforts to obtain for delivery to the managing underwriter, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an underwritten offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten secondary public offering;

 

(x)            in the case of an underwritten offering, use reasonable best efforts to obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter, if any, a “ comfort” letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants in an underwritten secondary public offering;

 

(xi)           cooperate with each Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

 

(xii)          use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed or quoted on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

13



 

(xiii)         cooperate with the Participating Holders and the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates, with requisite CUSIP numbers, representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends;

 

(xiv)        in the case of an underwritten offering, make reasonably available the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter in any such underwritten offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;

 

(xv)         use its reasonable best efforts to procure the cooperation of the Company’s transfer agent in settling any offering or sale of Registrable Securities, including with respect to the transfer of physical security instruments into book-entry form in accordance with any procedures reasonably requested by the Holders or any managing underwriter(s);

 

(xvi)        use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are under its control to become or remain a well-known seasoned issuer (as such term in defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) and not become an illegible issuer (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) during the period when such Registration Statement remains in effect; and

 

(xvii)       make available for inspection by a representative of Participating Holders that are selling at least five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration (and who is named in the applicable prospectus supplement as a Person who may be deemed to be an underwriter with respect to an offering and sale of Registrable Securities), the managing underwriter(s), if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such Holders or the managing underwriters(s), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information in each case reasonably requested by any such representative, managing underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement; provided, that if any such information is identified by the Company as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information and shall sign customary confidentiality agreements reasonably requested by the Company prior to the receipt of such information.

 

(f)            Indemnification.

 

(i)            Indemnification by the Company.  With respect to each Registration which has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (1) each of the Participating Holders and each of its officers, directors, limited or general partners and members thereof, (2) each member, limited or general partner of each such member, limited or general partner, (3) each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) any underwriter, against any and all claims, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, liabilities and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) (collectively, the

 

14



 

Losses”) arising out of or based on (A) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (including any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) or any other document incident to any such Registration, qualification or compliance, (B) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading), or (C) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such Registration, qualification or compliance, and will reimburse each of the Persons listed above, for any reasonable and documented legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending any such Losses, provided, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by the Participating Holders or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.

 

(ii)           Indemnification by the Participating Holders.  Each of the Participating Holders agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, each of its directors and officers and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a Registration Statement, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or such underwriter, each other Participating Holder and each of their respective officers, directors, partners and members, and each Person controlling such Participating Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) against any and all Losses arising out of or based on (A) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (including any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) or any other document incident to any such Registration, qualification or compliance (including any notification or the like) made by such Participating Holder in writing or (B) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements by such Participating Holder therein not misleading (in the case of any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading) and will reimburse the Persons listed above for any reasonable and documented legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Participating Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of each of the Participating Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after giving effect to any underwriters discounts and commissions) such Participating Holder receives in such Registration.

 

(iii)          Conduct of the Indemnification Proceedings.  Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2(f) (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting

 

15



 

therefrom; provided, that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense (unless the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in such action, in which case the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party), and provided, further, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2(f) unless the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate legal counsel for all Indemnified Parties; provided, however, that where the failure to be provided separate legal counsel could potentially result in a conflict of interest on the part of such legal counsel for all Indemnified Parties, separate counsel shall be appointed for Indemnified Parties to the extent needed to alleviate such potential conflict of interest.  No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the prior written consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with the defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

(iv)          If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2(f) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any Losses, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions (or alleged statements or omissions) which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or alleged untrue) statement of a material fact or the omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that the obligations of each of the Participating Holders hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after giving effect to any underwriters discounts and commissions) such Participating Holder receives in such Registration and, provided, further, that no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 2(f)(iv), each Person, if any, who controls an underwriter or agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such underwriter or agent and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or a selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act

 

16



 

shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or such selling Holder, as the case may be.

 

(v)           Subject to the limitations on the Holders’ liability set forth in Section 2(f)(ii) and Section 2(f)(iv), the remedies provided for in this Section 2(f) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Party at law or equity.  The remedies shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any Indemnified Party and survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

 

(vi)          The obligations of the Company and of the Participating Holders hereunder to indemnify any underwriter or agent who participates in an offering (or any Person, if any controlling such underwriter or agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) shall be conditioned upon the underwriting or agency agreement with such underwriter or agent containing an agreement by such underwriter or agent to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers, each other Participating Holder, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or such Participating Holder against all Losses, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such underwriter or agent expressly for use in such filings described in this sentence.

 

(g)           Participating Holders.

 

(i)            Each of the Participating Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Participating Holder and its partners and members, and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably requested in connection with any Registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

 

(ii)           In the event that, either immediately prior to or subsequent to the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, any Participating Holder shall distribute Registrable Securities to its partners or members, such Participating Holder shall so advise the Company and provide such information as shall be necessary to permit an amendment to such Registration Statement to provide information with respect to such partners or members, as selling security holders.  As soon as is reasonably practicable following receipt of such information, the Company shall file an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement reflecting the information so provided.  Any incremental expense to the Company resulting from such amendment shall be borne by such Participating Holder.

 

(iii)          Each Holder agrees that at the time that such Holder is a Participating Holder, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2(e)(iii), such Holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such

 

17



 

Holder’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, may be resumed, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the most recent Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.  If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 2(e)(iii) to the date when the Company shall make available to such Holder a copy of the supplement or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or is advised in writing that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus may be resumed.

 

(h)           Rule 144.  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may permit the sale of restricted securities to the public without Registration, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the reasonable request of the Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rules 144 under the Securities Act).

 

(i)            Termination.  The registration rights set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate and cease to be available as to any securities held by an Investor at such time as such Investor (after owning) first ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

 

(j)            Lock-Up Agreements.

 

(i)            The Company agrees that, if requested by the managing underwriter in any underwritten public offering contemplated by this Agreement, it will enter into a customary “lock-up” agreement providing that it will not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock (subject to customary exceptions), other than any such sale or distribution of Common Stock upon exercise of the Company’s Warrants, for a period of 60 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement pertaining to such Common Stock; provided, however, that any such lock-up agreement shall not prohibit the Company from directly or indirectly (i) selling, offering to sell, granting any option for the sale of, or otherwise disposing of any Qualifying Employee Stock (or otherwise maintaining its employee benefits plans in the ordinary course of business) or (ii) issuing Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock upon exercise or conversion of any warrant (including any other Warrant), option, right or convertible or exchangeable security issued in connection with the plan of reorganization.  Each Holder shall coordinate with other Holders and the Brookfield Holders and the Fairholme Holders such that the total number of days that the Company will be subject to such restrictions (including similar restrictions pursuant

 

18


 

to any registration rights agreements with the Brookfield Holders and the Fairholme Holders) as may be in effect in any 365-day period shall not exceed 120 days.

 

(ii)           In the event that any Holder is an Affiliate of the Company, if requested by the managing underwriter in any underwritten public offering permitted by this Agreement, such Holder will enter into a customary “lock-up” agreement providing that it will not sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock outside of such public offering (subject to customary exceptions) for a period of 60 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement pertaining to such Common Stock.

 

(k)           Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in order for a Registration to be included as a Registration for purposes of this SECTION 2.  , the Registration Statement in connection therewith shall have been continually effective in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale for the full period established with respect to such Registration (except in the case of any suspension of sales pursuant to (A) a Scheduled Black-Out Period, or (B) Section 2(e)(iii) hereof, in which case such period shall be extended to the extent of such suspension).

 

(l)            Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company is required to file a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement to incorporate the Company’s quarterly and annual reports and related financial statements on Form 10-Q and Form 10-K, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly file such post-effective amendment and may postpone or suspend effectiveness of such Registration Statement for a period not to exceed thirty (30) consecutive days to the extent the Company determines necessary to comply with applicable securities laws; provided, that the period by which the Company postpones or suspends the effectiveness of a shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(l) plus any suspension, deferral or delay pursuant to Section 2(e)(iii) shall not exceed 60 days in the aggregate in any twelve-month period.

 

SECTION 3.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a)           Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

(b)           Section Headings.  The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof.

 

(c)           Notices.

 

(i)            All communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or facsimile or mailed by overnight courier:

 

(1)           if to the Company, to:

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation

13355 Noel Road, Suite 950

 

19



 

Dallas, TX 75240

Attention:  General Counsel

Facsimile:                 (214) 741-3021

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Attention:                                         Malcolm E. Landau, Esq.

Matthew D. Bloch, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

 

(2)           if to the Holders, at the address or facsimile number listed on Schedule I hereto, or at such other address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company in writing.

 

(ii)           Any notice so addressed shall be deemed to be given: if delivered by hand or facsimile, on the date of such delivery; and if mailed by overnight courier, on the first business day following the date of such mailing.

 

(d)           Reproduction of Documents.  This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, any consents, waivers and modifications which may hereafter be executed may be reproduced by the Holders by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and the Holders may destroy any original document so reproduced.  The parties hereto agree and stipulate that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by the Holders in the regular course of business) and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

(e)           Successors and Assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may be assigned in whole or in part by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any purported assignment in violation of this provision shall be void; provided, however, that the rights and obligations hereunder of any Investor may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any Person who acquires such Registrable Securities that (i) is a member of the Purchaser Group, (ii) is an Affiliate of any Initial Investor or (iii) is unable to immediately sell, without limitations (including, but not limited to, any limitation on volume or manner of sale) or restrictions under Rule 144, all Registrable Securities and other shares of Common Stock held by such Person (provided, that for this clause (iii), any such rights and obligations may be assigned solely with respect to such Registrable Securities) (each such Person described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), a “Permitted Assignee”).  Any assignment pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be effective and any Person shall become a Permitted Assignee only upon receipt by the Company of (1) a written notice from the transferring Holder stating the name and address of the transferee and identifying the number of shares of Registrable Securities with

 

20



 

respect to which the rights under this Agreement are being transferred and, if fewer than all of the rights attributable to a Holder hereunder are to be so transferred, the nature of the rights so transferred and (2) a written instrument by which the transferee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions applicable to a Holder of such Registrable Securities.  Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties.

 

(f)            Several Nature of Commitments.  The obligations of each Holder hereunder are several and not joint and several, and relate only to the Registrable Securities held by such Holder from time to time.  No Holder shall bear responsibility to the Company for breach of this Agreement or any information provided by any other Holder.

 

(g)           Additional Investors.  The parties hereto acknowledge that certain Persons may become stockholders of the Company and the Company may wish to grant such Persons registration rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock issued to such Persons.  The Company may do so in its discretion so long as such registration rights are not inconsistent with the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder and, if any registrations rights granted are more favorable than those provided to Holders of Common Stock hereunder, conforming changes reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers are made to this Agreement to provide Holders hereunder with substantially similar rights.  For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Blackstone and its Permitted Assignees shall not be entitled to demand registration rights (pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof).

 

(h)           Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver.  This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings among such parties.  This Agreement may be amended with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities and any such amendment shall apply to all Holders and all of their Registrable Securities; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment to this Agreement may adversely affect the rights of a Holder hereunder without the prior written consent of such Holder; provided, further, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, additional Holders may become party hereto upon an assignment of rights and obligations hereunder pursuant to Section 3(e); provided further, however, that other than as set forth in Section 3(e), the Company may not add additional parties hereto without the consent of Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities.  The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived by the party or parties waiving any rights hereunder; provided, that any such waiver shall apply to all Holders and all of their Registrable Securities only if made by Holders holding a majority of then-outstanding Registrable Securities.

 

(i)            Injunctive Relief.  It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damage that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law.  Any such Person shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this

 

21



 

Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

(j)            WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTIONS, SUITS, DEMAND LETTERS, JUDICIAL, ADMINISTRATIVE OR REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS, OR HEARINGS, NOTICES OF VIOLATION OR INVESTIGATIONS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER AND (B) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY.

 

(k)           No Inconsistent Agreements.  The Company is not currently a party to any agreement which is, or could be inconsistent with, the rights granted to the Holders by this Agreement.

 

(l)            Severability.  In the event that any part or parts of this Agreement shall be held illegal or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(m)          Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by email or facsimile signature), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

(n)           Interpretation of this Agreement.  Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

PERSHING SQUARE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, L.P.

On behalf of each of the Purchasers

By: PS Management GP, LLC

Its: General Partner

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

BLACKSTONE REAL ESTATE PARTNERS VI L.P.

By:  Blackstone Real Estate Associates VI L.P., its general partner

By:  BREA VI Sub L.L.C., its general partner

By:  BREA VI L.L.C., its sole member

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Additional Blackstone entities to come.]

 



 

Schedule I

 

Pershing Square, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

Pershing Square II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

Pershing Square International, Ltd. a Cayman Islands exempted company

Pershing Square International V, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company

 

Notice to any Purchaser set forth above (which shall constitute notice to each Purchaser set forth above) shall be made to:

 

Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P.

888 Seventh Avenue, 42nd Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attention:

William A. Ackman

 

Roy J. Katzovicz

Facsimile:

(212) 286-1133

 



 

Schedule II

 

[Blackstone entities to come.]

 

Notice to any Blackstone entity set forth above (which shall constitute notice to each Blackstone entity set forth above) shall be made to:

 

Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P.

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attention:          A.J. Agarwal

Facsimile:         (212) 583-5725

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention:          Brian M. Stadler, Esq.

Facsimile:         (212) 455-2502

 




Exhibit 4.4

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

among

 


THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 


and

 


EACH OF THE HOLDERS

 

 

PARTY HERETO

 

 

Dated as of                     , 2010

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

2.

Shelf Registration Statement

4

 

 

 

3.

Demand Registration

5

 

 

 

4.

Piggyback Registration

8

 

 

 

5.

Registration Procedures

9

 

 

 

6.

Registration Expenses

12

 

 

 

7.

Underwriting Requirements

13

 

 

 

8.

Indemnification

14

 

 

 

9.

Rule 144 Information

17

 

 

 

10.

Miscellaneous

17

 

i



 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of [          ], 2010 (this “Agreement”), is entered into among THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Holders. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in Section 1.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, commencing on April 16, 2009, General Growth Properties, Inc. (“GGP”) and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (the “Plan Debtors”) each filed a voluntary petition in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”) initiating cases under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”);

 

WHEREAS, the [Third] Amended and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization of the Plan Debtors, as confirmed on [              ], 2010 by an order of the Bankruptcy Court entered on [            ], 2010 (the “Plan”), provides, among other things, that on or prior to the Effective Date, approximately 32.5 million shares of Common Stock of the Company will be distributed to the common and preferred unit holders of GGP Limited Partnership (“GGPLP”), which includes GGP, and then GGP will distribute its portion of such shares to holders of GGP common stock (the “Distribution”);

 

WHEREAS, the shares of Common Stock to be distributed pursuant to the Plan (the “Shares”), are being issued in reliance upon Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code (“Section 1145”) without registration under the Securities Act or any state securities laws;

 

WHEREAS, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1145, resales of the Shares may be required to be registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, depending upon the status of a Holder or the intended method of distribution of the Shares; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company is granting to the Holders certain rights to cause the Company to register the Shares and certain other Registrable Securities, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with

 



 

such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Bankruptcy Court” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Business Day” means any day (other than a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the States of New York) on which banks are open for business in the States of New York.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock issued by such person, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such person.

 

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock, no par value per share.

 

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the introduction.

 

“Delay Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(d).

 

“Demand Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i).

 

“Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

 

“Effectiveness Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(c).

 

Exchange Actmeans the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Free Writing Prospectusshall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Holdermeans each person identified as a Holder on the signature pages hereto who is the record or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns who become parties to this Agreement.

 

Indemnified Partyshall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(c).

 

Indemnifying Partyshall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(c).

 

2



 

Initial Outstanding Amounthas the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

Inspectorshas the meaning set forth in Section 5(i).

 

Interruption Periodhas the meaning set forth in Section 5(k).

 

Losseshas the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

 

Marketing Materialshas the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

 

Personmeans any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Piggyback Registrationhas the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

Planhas the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Prospectusmeans the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus, including any Free Writing Prospectus.

 

Records” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(i).

 

Registrable Securitiesmeans (i) the Shares and (ii) any additional shares of Common Stock issued or distributed by way of a dividend, stock split or other distribution in respect of the Shares, or conversion of securities into Shares, in each case, if such shares of Common Stock would, in the hands of such Holder, not be freely transferable in accordance with the intended method of disposition (x) in accordance with Section 1145 or (y) under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, without regard to any information, volume, manner of sale or holding period restriction under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As to any particular Registrable Securities, once issued, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (ii) they shall have been distributed pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act and are no longer “restricted securities”, or (iii) they shall have ceased to be outstanding.

 

Registrationmeans registration under the Securities Act of an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration.

 

3



 

Registration Datehas the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Registration Statementmeans any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that covers resales of any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the related Prospectus, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement. The term Registration Statementshall also include any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) to register additional securities in connection with any offering.

 

road showmeans any “road show” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, including an electronic road show.

 

SECmeans the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

Section 1145has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Securities Actmeans the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Scheduled Black-Out Period” means the period from and including the last day of a fiscal quarter of the Company to and including the earliest of (i) the Business Day after the day on which the Company publicly releases its earnings information for such quarter or annual earnings information, as applicable, and (ii) the day on which the executive officers and directors of the Company are no longer prohibited by Company policies applicable with respect to such quarterly earnings period from buying or selling equity securities of the Company.

 

“Shares” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

“underwritten registration” or “underwritten offering” means a registration under the Securities Act in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

2.             Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(a)           On or before the date of this Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable SEC rules, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause a Registration Statement relating to all Registrable Securities, which provides for the sale by the holders thereof (as well as other holders of Common Stock and warrants to acquire Common Stock held by other holders with registration rights) of the Registrable Securities from time to time on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration”), to be declared effective by the SEC.

 

4



 

(b)           The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 2 continuously effective and usable for the resale of the Registrable Securities covered thereby for a period of two (2) years from the date on which the SEC declares such Registration Statement effective, or until such earlier date as all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Registration Statement. If any Registrable Securities remain issued and outstanding after two (2) years following the initial effective date of such Shelf Registration, upon the request of Holder(s) of at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, the Company shall, prior to the expiration of such Shelf Registration, file a new Shelf Registration and shall thereafter use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective as promptly as practical, such new Shelf Registration.

 

3.             Demand Registration.

 

(a)           (i)            Provided that the Company does not have the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 effective and usable to such Holder or group of Holders requesting a Demand Registration under this Section, at any time after the date that the Company becomes a registrant under the Exchange Act, any Holder or group of Holders holding, in the aggregate, ten percent (10%) or more of the Registrable Securities issued and outstanding immediately following the effective date of the Plan (the “Initial Outstanding Amount”), shall have the right, by written notice given to the Company (a “Demand Notice”), to request the Company to register under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act all or any portion of the Registrable Securities designated by such Holder(s); provided, however, that (x) the estimated fair market value of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered is equal to at least $10 million (or the entire amount of Registrable Securities then owned by the Holders if the estimated fair market value of the remaining Registrable Securities is less than $10 million), and (y) prior to the time the Company is eligible to use Form S-3 for the registration of Registrable Securities for resale, such Holder(s), in the aggregate, shall only be entitled to one Demand Registration per calendar year pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3(a)(i) unless any Demand Registration does not become effective or is not maintained in effect for the respective periods set forth in Section 3(c), in which case the relevant Holder(s) will be entitled to an additional Demand Registration pursuant hereto. Following the time that the Company becomes eligible for use of Form S-3 (or any successor form), any Holder or group of Holders holding, in the aggregate, ten percent (10%) or more of the Initial Outstanding Amount, shall have the right to request the Company to register under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act all or any portion of the Registrable Securities designated by such Holder(s); provided, however, that the estimated fair market value of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered is at least $10 million (or the entire amount of Registrable Securities then owned by the Holders if the estimated fair market value of the remaining Registrable Securities is less than $10 million), provided, however, that there shall be no more than five (5) Demand Registrations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5



 

(ii)           Upon receipt of a Demand Notice, the Company shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such Demand Notice), notify all other Holders of the receipt of such Demand Notice and allow them the opportunity to include Registrable Securities held by them in the proposed registration by submitting their own Demand Notice. In connection with any Demand Registration in which more than one Holder participates, in the event that such Demand Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters participating in such offering advise in writing the Holders of Registrable Securities to be included in such offering that the total number of Registrable Securities to be included in such offering exceeds the amount that can be sold in (or during the time of) such offering without delaying or jeopardizing the success of such offering (including the price per share of the Registrable Securities to be sold), then the Registrable Securities to be offered shall be distributed first, amongst the participating Holders pro rata according to each Holder’s overall percentage of participating Registrable Securities and second, amongst holders of any securities included by the Company (whether for its own account or otherwise) that are not Registrable Securities in any such offering. In the event of such a pro-rata distribution, to the extent that any Holder (or Holders) has not submitted a Demand Notice, or withdraws from the underwriting, then those Shares that would have been allocated pro-rata to the non-participating Holder if they had participated shall be distributed first amongst the participating Holders, pro rata according to each participating Holder’s overall percentage of participating Registrable Securities and second, amongst holders of any securities included by the Company (whether for its own account or otherwise) that are not Registrable Securities in any such offering.

 

(b)           The Company, within forty-five (45) days of the date on which the Company receives a Demand Notice given by Holders in accordance with Section 3(a), shall file with the SEC, and the Company shall thereafter use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective as promptly as practicable, a Registration Statement on the appropriate form for the registration and sale, in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution, of the total number of Registrable Securities specified by the Holders in such Demand Notice (a “Demand Registration”). Any Demand Registration may, at the request of the Holders submitting the Demand Notice, be a Shelf Registration to the extent permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

(c)           The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep each Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 3 continuously effective and usable for the resale of the Registrable Securities covered thereby (i) in the case of a Registration that is not a Shelf Registration, for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days from the date on which the SEC declares such Registration Statement effective and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, for a period of two (2) years from the date on which the SEC declares such Registration Statement effective, in either case (x) until such earlier date as all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Registration Statement, and (y) as such period may be extended pursuant to this Section 3. The time period for which the Company is required to maintain the effectiveness of any Registration Statement shall be extended by

 

6


 

the aggregate number of days of all Delay Periods and all Interruption Periods occurring with respect to such Registration and such period and any extension thereof is hereinafter referred to as the “Effectiveness Period”.

 

(d)           The Company shall be entitled to postpone the filing of any Registration Statement otherwise required to be prepared and filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 3, or suspend the use of any effective Registration Statement under Section 2 or this Section 3, for a reasonable period of time (a “Delay Period”), (i) if the Company has notified the Holders that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its security holders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such registration for a period of not more than 60 days; provided, that such right to delay a registration pursuant to this clause (d)(i) shall be exercised by the Company only if the Company has generally exercised (or is concurrently exercising) similar black-out rights against holders of similar securities that have registration rights, if any or (ii) during any Scheduled Black-Out Period; provided, that the total number of days that any such suspension, deferral or delay in registration pursuant to clauses (d)(i) and d(ii) in the aggregate may be in effect in any 180 day period shall not exceed 60 days.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company is required to file a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement to incorporate the Company’s quarterly and annual reports and audited financial statements on Form 10-Q and Form 10-K, the Company may (A) postpone or suspend the filing of such Registration Statement for a period not to exceed thirty (30) consecutive days or (B) postpone or suspend effectiveness of such Registration Statement for a period not to exceed twenty (20) consecutive days; provided that the Company may not postpone or suspend effectiveness of a Registration Statement pursuant to this clause (e) for more than sixty (60) days in the aggregate in any twelve-month period.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such Registration pursuant to this Section 3, in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process or qualify to do business in effecting such Registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or applicable rules or regulations thereunder.

 

(g)           Without prior written notice, the Company shall not include any securities (whether for its own account or otherwise) that are not Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Section 3. Any such securities so included shall be subject to the cut-back provisions of Section 3(a)(ii).

 

(h)           Holders of a majority in number of the Registrable Securities to be included in a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 3 may, at any time prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such Registration, revoke such request by providing a written notice to the Company revoking such request. Any such

 

7



 

Demand Request so withdrawn shall not be counted for purposes of determining the number of requests for registration to which the Holders of Registrable Securities are entitled pursuant to this Section 3 if the Holders of Registrable Securities who revoked such request reimburse the Company for all its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the preparation, filing and processing of the Registration Statement; provided, however, that, if such revocation was based on (i) the Company’s failure to comply in any material respect with its obligations hereunder or (ii) the institution by the Company of a Delay Period or the occurrence of any Interruption Period, such reimbursement shall not be required.

 

4.             Piggyback Registration.

 

(a)           Right to Piggyback. If at any time the Company proposes to file a registration statement for Common Stock under the Securities Act with respect to a public offering by the Company for its own account or for the account of any other Person who is a holder of securities of the same type as the Registrable Securities (other than a registration statement (i) relating solely to employee benefit plans, (ii) relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act or (iii) which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a Registration Statement), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders at least fifteen (15) days before the anticipated filing date. Such notice shall offer the Holders the opportunity to register such amount of Registrable Securities as they may request (a Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section 4(b), the Company shall include in each such Piggyback Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after notice has been given to the Holders. Each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or any portion of the Registrable Securities of such Holder from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effective date of such Piggyback Registration.

 

(b)           Priority on Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall permit the Holders to include all such Registrable Securities on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities, if any, of the Company or any other persons included therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the registration statement involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters advises the Company that in its view marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then there shall be included in such underwritten offering the number or dollar amount of securities of the Company that in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting such offering, and such number of securities of the Company shall be allocated for inclusion as follows: (1) first all securities of the Company being sold by the Company for its own account or by any Person (other than a Holder) exercising a contractual right to demand registration; (2) second all Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Holders of securities of the Company and holder of securities of the Company being sold by any Person (other than a Holder) exercising similar piggyback registration rights, pro rata, based on the number of shares beneficially owned by each such Holder and any such Person and (3)

 

8



 

third, among any other holders of securities of the Company requesting such registration, pro rata, based on the number of securities beneficially owned by each such holder.

 

(c)           Right To Abandon. Nothing in this Section 4 shall create any liability on the part of the Company to the Holders if the Company in its sole discretion should decide not to file a registration statement proposed to be filed pursuant to Section 4(a) or to withdraw such registration statement subsequent to its filing, regardless of any action whatsoever that a Holder may have taken, whether as a result of the issuance by the Company of any notice hereunder or otherwise. Any such determination not to file or to withdraw a registration statement shall not affect the obligations of the Company to pay or to reimburse all Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 6.

 

5.             Registration Procedures.  In connection with the registration obligations of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 2, 3 and 4 (and subject to Sections 2, 3 and 4), the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)           prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement for the sale of the Registrable Securities on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate in accordance with such Holders’ intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and, subject to the Company’s right to terminate or abandon a registration pursuant to Section 4(c), use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein;

 

(b)           prepare and file with the SEC such amendments (including post-effective amendments) to such Registration Statement, and such supplements to the related Prospectus, as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable under the Securities Act during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition specified by the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, make generally available earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (provided that the Company shall be deemed to have complied with this Section if it has complied with Rule 158 under the Securities Act), and cause the related Prospectus as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; provided, however, that before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto (other than reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act that are incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and the Prospectus except to the extent that such reports related primarily to the offering), the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and their counsel for review and comment, copies of all documents required to be filed;

 

(c)           notify the Holders of any Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement promptly and (if requested) confirm such notice in writing, (i)

 

9



 

when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or for additional information regarding the Company or the Holders, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (v) of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference so that they will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

(d)           use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the qualification or exemption from qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction in the United States, and to obtain the lifting or withdrawal of any such order at the earliest practicable time;

 

(e)           furnish to the Holder such number of copies of the preliminary prospectus, any amended preliminary prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, each final Prospectus and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, as such Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities of such Holder covered by such Registration Statement in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(f)            prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall reasonably request in writing; provided, however, that the Company shall in no event be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in any jurisdiction where it is not at the time required to be so qualified or to execute or file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction where it has not theretofore done so or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then subject;

 

(g)           upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(c)(v), prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder (including upon the termination of any Delay Period), such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of

 

10



 

a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(h)           use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or quoted, or, if none, on such securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system reasonably selected by the Company;

 

(i)            if such offering is an underwritten offering, make available for inspection by any Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any underwriter participating in any offering pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Holder or underwriter (collectively, the Inspectors”), all financial and other records and other information, pertinent corporate documents and properties of any of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the Records”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibilities; provided, however, that the Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and which it notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential shall not be disclosed to any Inspector unless such Inspector signs a confidentiality agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Company, which shall permit the disclosure of such Records in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus if (i) necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement in or material omission from such Registration Statement or Prospectus or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction; provided further, however, that (A) any decision regarding the disclosure of information pursuant to subsection (i) shall be made only after consultation with counsel for the applicable Inspectors and the Company and (B) with respect to any release of Records pursuant to subsection (ii), each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that it shall, promptly after learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court having jurisdiction, give notice to the Company so that the Company, at the Company’s expense, may undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of such Records;

 

(j)            not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, the Company shall provide to the Holders the CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities; and

 

(k)           if such offering is an underwritten offering, enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is customary in underwritten offerings) and take all such other appropriate and reasonable actions requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the managing underwriters) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in such connection, (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, addressed to each of the underwriters as to the matters customarily covered in opinions

 

11



 

requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, (iii) if requested and if an underwriting agreement is entered into, provide indemnification provisions and procedures customary for underwritten public offerings, but in any event no less favorable to the indemnified parties than the provisions set forth in Section 8, and (iv) provide for the reasonable participation and cooperation by the management of the Company with respect thereto, including participation by management in road shows, investor meetings and other customary cooperation. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

 

The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement to furnish such information regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities as it may from time to time reasonably request in writing. If any such information is not furnished within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such request, the Company may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities from such Registration Statement.

 

Each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement agrees that, on receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iii), 5(c)(iv) or 5(c)(v), that such Holder shall discontinue disposition of any Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus until receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(g), or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amended or supplemented Prospectus or any additional or supplemental filings which are incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, by reference in such Prospectus (such period during which disposition is discontinued being an “Interruption Period”) and, if requested by the Company, the Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies then in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such request.

 

Each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement further agrees not to utilize any material other than the applicable current preliminary prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus, road show or Prospectus in connection with the offering of such Registrable Securities.

 

6.             Registration Expenses.  Whether or not any Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective, the Company shall pay all costs, fees and expenses incident to the

 

12



 

Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (i) all registration and filing fees, including FINRA filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “Blue Sky” laws, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection therewith, (iii) printing expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the Holders or the managing underwriter, if any) and the expenses ordinarily paid by issuers in connection with a road show, (iv) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (v) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vi) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including expenses of any “cold comfort” letters required in connection with this Agreement) and all other persons retained by the Company in connection with such Registration Statement, (vii) the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel, other than the Company’s counsel, selected by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered, to represent all such Holders, provided that such amount shall not exceed $50,000, (viii) in the event of an underwritten offering, the expenses of the Company and the underwriters associated with any “road show” which are customarily paid or reimbursed by issuers, and (ix) all other costs, fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance or compliance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the fees and expenses of any persons retained by any Holder, other than one counsel for all such Holders, will be payable by such Holder and the Company will have no obligation to pay any such amounts. The Holders shall be responsible for any underwriting discounts or commissions and transfer taxes relating to the sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.             Underwriting Requirements.

 

(a)           Subject to Section 7(c), any Holder shall have the right, by written notice, to request that any take down of the Shelf Registration or any Demand Registration which such Holder is entitled to elect hereunder provide for an underwritten offering but the Company shall be under no obligation to conduct more than two (2) underwritten offerings pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)           In the case of any underwritten offering pursuant to a Demand Registration, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be disposed of in connection therewith shall select the institution or institutions that shall manage or lead such offering, which institution or institutions shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. In the case of any underwritten offering pursuant to a Piggyback Registration, the Company shall select the institution or institutions that shall manage or lead such offering.

 

(c)           In the case of any Shelf Registration, Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten offering, no Holder shall be entitled to participate in an underwritten offering unless and until such Holder has entered into (i) an underwriting or other agreement with such institution or institutions for such offering, and (ii) powers of attorney and custody agreements, in each case in such form as the Company and such institution or institutions shall reasonably determine; provided, that no holder of

 

13



 

Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representation or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such holder and such holder’s ownership of the shares to be sold pursuant to such underwriting, such holder’s stabilization activities, and with respect to information provided in writing by such holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement) or to undertake any indemnification or contribution obligations to the Company or any underwriter with respect thereto, which is greater than the obligations of the Holders provided in Section 8.

 

8.             Indemnification

 

(a)           Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall, without limitation as to time, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement or Prospectus, the officers, directors and agents and employees of each of them, each Person who controls each such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the officers, directors, agents and employees of each such controlling person, to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgment, costs (including costs of investigation or preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses (collectively, Losses”), as incurred, arising out of or based upon (w) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, any preliminary prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any information the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any other material or information provided to or made available to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the offering, including any road show for the offering (collectively, Marketing Materials”), or (x) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use in the Marketing Materials; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such Holder to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any preliminary prospectus if (i) having previously been furnished by or on behalf of the Company with copies of the Prospectus, such Holder failed to send or deliver a copy of the Prospectus with or prior to the delivery of written confirmation of the sale of Registrable Securities by such Holder to the person asserting the claim from which such Losses arise and (ii) the Prospectus would have corrected in all material respects such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or such omission or alleged omission; and provided further, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission in the Prospectus, if (A) such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission is corrected in all material respects in an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, (B) having previously been furnished by or

 

14



 

on behalf of the Company with copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented, such Holder thereafter fails to deliver such Prospectus as so amended or supplemented, prior to or concurrently with the sale of Registrable Securities, and (C) such losses relate to sales during an Interruption Period or Delay Period.

 

(b)           Indemnification by Holder of Registrable Securities. In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder is participating, such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with the Marketing Materials and agrees to indemnify, severally and not jointly with the other Holders and to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors, officers, agents or employees, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the directors, officers, agents or employees of such controlling Persons, from and against all Losses arising out of or based upon (x) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Marketing Materials or (y) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is based upon and is consistent with information so furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder to the Company expressly for use in such Marketing Materials. No Holder shall be held liable for any damages in excess of the total amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities sold by such Holder (net of all underwriting discounts and commissions) under that particular Registration Statement.

 

(c)           Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings.  If any Person shall be entitled to indemnity hereunder (an “Indemnified Party”), such Indemnified Party shall give prompt notice to the party from which such indemnity is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) of any claim or of the commencement of any proceeding with respect to which such Indemnified Party seeks indemnification or contribution pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the delay or failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation or liability except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party has been materially prejudiced by such delay or failure. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, exercisable by giving written notice to an Indemnified Party promptly after the receipt of written notice from such Indemnified Party of such claim or proceeding, to assume, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, the defense of any such claim or proceeding, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party; provided, however, that (i) an Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such claim or proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless: (1) the Indemnifying Party agrees to pay such fees and expenses; (2) the Indemnifying Party fails promptly to assume the defense of such claim or proceeding or fails to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party; or (3) the named parties to any proceeding (including impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses

 

15



 

available to it that are in addition to or are inconsistent with those available to the Indemnifying Party or that a conflict of interest is likely to exist among such Indemnified Party and any other indemnified parties (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party); and (ii) subject to subsection (3) above, the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such claim or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related claims or proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all of the indemnified parties. Whether or not such defense is assumed by the Indemnifying Party, such Indemnified Party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Indemnifying Party shall not consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation for which such Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

(d)           Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is applicable in accordance with its terms but is legally unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Losses, then each applicable Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party, on the other hand, in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and Indemnified Party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been taken by, or relates to info/illation supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent any such action, statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of any Losses shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(d), an Indemnifying Party that is a Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount which is in excess of the amount by which the total proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities sold by such Holder (net of all underwriting discounts and commissions) exceeds the amount of any damages that such Indemnifying Party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or

 

16


 

alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

9.             Rule 144 Information.  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a registration statement relating to the Common Stock has been declared effective under either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a)           Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the earlier of (i) such time as a registration statement relating to the Common Stock has been declared effective under either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or (ii) the date that the Company becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, for so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(b)           Use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time it is subject to such reporting requirements).

 

(c)           Furnish to any Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company and other information as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

10.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Termination.  This Agreement and the obligations of the Company and the Holders hereunder (other than with respect to Section 8) shall terminate on the first date on which no Registrable Securities remain outstanding. In addition, the obligations of the Company and of any Holder, other than those obligations contained in Section 8, shall terminate with respect to the Company and such Holder when such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities.

 

(b)           Notices.  All notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been

 

17



 

effectively given (i) when personally delivered to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by confirmed facsimile to the party to be notified at the number set forth below; (iii) when sent by email to the party to be notified at the email address set forth below; (iv) three (3) Business Days after deposit in the United States mail postage prepaid by certified or registered mail return receipt requested and addressed to the party to be notified as set forth below; or (v) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a national overnight delivery service, postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified as set forth below with next-business-day delivery guaranteed, in each case as follows:

 

In the case of the Company, to:

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation

13355 Noel Road, Suite 950

Dallas, TX 75240

Attention: Ronald L. Gern

Facsimile: (214) 741-3021

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Attention: Matthew D. Bloch

Telephone: 212-310-8000

Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

e-mail: matthew.bloch@weil.com

 

In the case of the Holders:

 

To the names and addresses set forth on the signature pages hereto.

 

With a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg LLP

Two North LaSalle Street

Suite 1700

Chicago, IL 60602-3801

Attention: Earl N. Melamed

Telephone: (312) 269-8012

Facsimile: (312) 429-3544

e-mail: emelamed@ngelaw.com

 

18



 

(c)           SeparabilityIf any provision of this Agreement shall be declared to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(d)           Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, devisees, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 2, 3 and 4 may be assigned in connection with any transfer or assignment by a Holder of Registrable Securities, provided, that: (i) such transfer may otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws; (ii) such transfer is effected in compliance with the restrictions on transfer contained in this Agreement and in any other agreement between the Company and the Holder; and (iii) such assignee or transferee executes this Agreement and is an affiliate of the Holder. No transfer or assignment will divest a Holder or any subsequent owner of any rights or powers hereunder unless all Registrable Securities held by such Holder are transferred or assigned.

 

(e)           Specific Performance.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) irreparable damages would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached and (b) remedies at law would not be adequate to compensate the non-breaching party. Accordingly, the Company agrees that each Holder of Registrable Securities shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in its favor, to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce its rights hereunder. The right to equitable relief, including an injunction, shall not be limited by any other provision of this Agreement. In any action or proceeding against it seeking an injunction or other equitable relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, the Company hereby (i) waives and agrees not to assert any defense that an adequate remedy exists at law or that a Holder of Registrable Securities would not be irreparably harmed and (ii) waives and agrees not to seek any requirement for the posting of any bond or other security in connection with any such action or proceeding.

 

(f)            Entire Agreement.  This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties and shall supersede any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(g)           Amendments and Waivers.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless (i) the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in number of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, or (ii) such changes are not adverse to any Holder.

 

(h)           Publicity.  No public release or announcement concerning the transactions contemplated hereby shall be issued by any party without the prior consent of the Company and any other party mentioned in such release or announcement, except

 

19



 

to the extent that such issuing party is advised by counsel that such release or announcement is necessary or advisable under applicable law or the rules or regulations of any securities exchange, in which case the party required to make the release or announcement shall to the extent practicable provide the Company and any such other party with an opportunity to review and comment on such release or announcement in advance of its issuance.

 

(i)            Expenses.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, except as otherwise provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such costs or expenses, except as otherwise set forth herein.

 

(j)            Interpretation.

 

(i)            The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(ii)           The meaning assigned to each term defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term and vice versa, and words denoting either gender shall include both genders as the context requires. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

(iii)          The terms “hereof’, “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

(iv)          When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to a Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(v)           The word “include”, “includes”, and “including” when used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the words “without limitation”, unless otherwise specified.

 

(vi)          A reference to any party to this Agreement or any other agreement or document shall include such party’s predecessors, successors and permitted assigns.

 

(k)           Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to each other party.

 

(l)            Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted, and governed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

20



 

(m)          Calculation of Time Periods.  Except as otherwise indicated, all periods of time referred to herein shall include all Saturdays, Sundays and holidays; provided, however, that if the date to perform the act or give any notice with respect to this Agreement shall fall on a day other than a Business Day, such act or notice may be timely performed or given if performed or given on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

(n)           FWP Consent.  No Holder shall use a Holder Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

21



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

By:

M.B. Capital Partners, a South Dakota general partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

MBA Trust, a partner

 

 

 

 

By:

General Trust Company, Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

c/o M.B. Capital Units LLC, 300 North Dakota Avenue, Suite 202, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104

 

 

 

 

 

By:

M.B. Capital Partners III, a South Dakota general partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

MBA Trust, a partner

 

 

 

 

By:

General Trust Company, Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

c/o M.B. Capital Units LLC, 300 North Dakota Avenue, Suite 202, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104

 

 

 

 

 

By:

M.B. Capital Units LLC a South Dakota limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

M.B Capital, as sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

c/o M.B. Capital Units LLC, 300 North Dakota Avenue, Suite 202, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57104

 




Exhibit 5.1

 

767 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10153-0119
+1 212 310 8000 tel
+1 212 310 8007 fax

 

 

October 21, 2010

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation

110 N. Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL  60606

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-[                ] (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the registration of the sale by the parties listed as selling securityholders (the “Selling Securityholders”) in the Registration Statement of an aggregate of up to 22,338,388 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (the “Common Stock”) of the Company (the “Shares”) and 8,000,000 warrants exercisable for shares of Common Stock (the “Warrants” and together with the Shares, the (“Securities”). The Securities are to be issued and delivered to the Selling Securityholders pursuant to a plan of reorganization filed by General Growth Properties, Inc. (“GGP”), the Company’s former parent, and certain of its subsidiaries under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and related investment agreements between GGP and certain Selling Securityholders (together, the “Plan”).

 

In so acting, we have examined originals or copies (certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction) of (i) the form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware prior to the effectiveness of the Plan, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement; (ii) the form of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company to be effective prior to the effectiveness of the Plan, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement; (iii) the Registration Statement; (iv) the prospectus contained within the Registration Statement; (v) the Plan; (vi) the form of Warrant (vii)  the form of stock option with respect to which some of the Securities may be issued and (viii) such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments, and such certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company, and have made such inquiries of such officers and representatives, as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth.

 

In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. As to all questions of fact material to this opinion that have not been independently established, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of officers and representatives of the Company.

 



 

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications stated herein, we are of the opinion that upon payment and delivery in accordance with the Plan or, in the case of Securities constituting shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of Warrants or options, upon the exercise of such Warrants or options and payment of the applicable exercise price, the Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Weil, Gotshal & Manges, LLP

 

2




Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

 

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

dated as of [·]

 

among

 

GGP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

 

GENERAL GROWTH MANAGEMENT, INC.,

 

and

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1

Section 1.01.

Certain Defined Terms

1

ARTICLE II

SERVICES, DURATION AND SERVICE MANAGERS

3

Section 2.01.

Services

3

Section 2.02.

Duration of Services

3

Section 2.03.

Additional Unspecified Services

4

Section 2.04.

Transition Service Managers

5

Section 2.05.

Personnel

6

Section 2.06.

No Duplication

6

ARTICLE III

GGP MATERIALS

6

Section 3.01.

Corporate Policies

6

Section 3.02.

Limitation on Rights and Obligations with Respect to the GGP Materials

7

ARTICLE IV

OTHER ARRANGEMENTS AND ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

8

Section 4.01.

Software and Software Licenses

8

Section 4.02.

GGP Computer-Based and Other Resources

8

Section 4.03.

Spinco Computer-Based and Other Resources

9

Section 4.04.

Access

9

Section 4.05.

Insider Trading Policy

9

Section 4.06.

Cooperation

9

ARTICLE V

COSTS AND DISBURSEMENTS

10

Section 5.01.

Costs and Disbursements

10

Section 5.02.

Taxes

11

Section 5.03.

No Right to Set-Off

11

ARTICLE VI

STANDARD FOR SERVICE

11

Section 6.01.

Standard for Service

11

Section 6.02.

Disclaimer of Warranties

12

Section 6.03.

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

12

ARTICLE VII

LIMITED LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

12

Section 7.01.

Consequential and Other Damages

12

Section 7.02.

Limitation of Liability

12

Section 7.03.

Obligation to Reperform and GGP Indemnity

13

 

i



 

Section 7.04.

Release and Spinco Indemnity

13

Section 7.05.

Indemnification Procedures

13

Section 7.06.

Liability for Payment Obligations

13

Section 7.07.

Exclusion of Other Remedies

13

ARTICLE VIII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

14

Section 8.01.

Dispute Resolution

14

ARTICLE IX

TERM AND TERMINATION

14

Section 9.01.

Term and Termination

14

Section 9.02.

Effect of Termination

15

Section 9.03.

Force Majeure

16

ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

16

Section 10.01.

No Agency

16

Section 10.02.

Subcontractors

16

Section 10.03.

Treatment of Confidential Information

17

Section 10.04.

Further Assurances

18

Section 10.05.

Notices

18

Section 10.06.

Severability

19

Section 10.07.

Entire Agreement

19

Section 10.08.

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

19

Section 10.09.

Governing Law

19

Section 10.10.

Amendment

19

Section 10.11.

Rules of Construction

20

Section 10.12.

Counterparts

20

Section 10.13.

Assignability

20

Section 10.14.

Waiver of Jury Trial

21

Section 10.15.

Specific Performance

21

Section 10.16.

Non-Recourse

22

 

ii



 

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Transition Services Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of [·], is by and among GGP Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (“GGPLP”), General Growth Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GGMI” and, collectively with GGPLP, “GGP”), and The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Spinco”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, General Growth Properties, Inc. (“GGPI”) and Spinco entered into the Separation Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Separation Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the Parties agreed that GGPI (and/or its Subsidiaries on the date of this Agreement immediately after giving effect to, and subject to the occurrence of, the Distribution, collectively referred to as the “GGP Entities”) shall provide or cause to be provided to Spinco (and/or its Subsidiaries on the date of this Agreement immediately after giving effect to, and subject to the occurrence of, the Distribution, collectively referred to as the “Spinco Entities”) certain services on a transitional basis and in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Separation Agreement requires execution and delivery of this Agreement by GGP and Spinco on or prior to the Plan Effective Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms.  (a) Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Separation Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The following capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Additional Services” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

 

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Competitor of GGP” shall mean an entity that is directly or indirectly (or whose Affiliates are directly or indirectly) in the business of owning or managing retail malls.

 



 

Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a).

 

Cost Multiplier” shall mean: 110% during the period beginning on the Plan Effective Date and ending on the last day of the 6th month after the Plan Effective Date; 150% during the period beginning on the first day of the 7th month after the Plan Effective Date and ending on the last day of the 12th month after the Plan Effective Date; and 200% during the period beginning on the first day of the 13th month after the Plan Effective Date and ending on the date that this Agreement terminates.

 

Direct Payroll Costs” shall mean, with respect to each GGP Employee providing a particular Service, the applicable hourly rate set forth on Exhibit I.

 

Dispute” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(a).

 

GGMI” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

GGP” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

GGP Employee” shall mean an employee of any of the GGP Entities.

 

GGP Entities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

GGP Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.04.

 

GGP Intranet” shall mean GGPI’s internal computer network Intranet site generally accessible only by GGP Employees.

 

GGPI” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

GGPLP” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

GGP Materials” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

GGP Overall Service Manager” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a).

 

GGP Service Manager” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a).

 

Interest Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(b).

 

Out-of-Pocket Expenses” shall mean, with respect to a particular Service, any out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses that GGP or any other member of the GGP Group actually pays to an unaffiliated third party in the course of providing such Service, without any additional charge or mark up.  The term “Out-of-Pocket Expenses” shall not include any rent, utilities, taxes, clerical support, GGP Employee compensation and benefits or any other general or administrative overhead or other similar costs or expenses.

 

Overall Service Managers” shall mean the GGP Overall Service Manager and the Spinco Overall Service Manager.

 

2



 

Party” shall mean GGP and Spinco individually, and “Parties” means GGP and Spinco collectively, and, in each case, their permitted successors and assigns.

 

Representative” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, accountant, auditor, attorney or other representative of such Person.

 

Schedule(s)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

 

Separation Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Service Charges” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

 

Service Increases” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b).

 

Service Resource Cost” shall mean, with respect to a particular Service, (A) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Direct Payroll Cost of the GGP Employee providing the Service multiplied by (y) the number of hours such employee spent performing the Service, or (B) if a different pricing methodology is expressly provided for in the applicable Schedule with respect to such Service, an amount calculated based on such pricing methodology.

 

Services” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Spinco” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Spinco Entities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Spinco Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.03.

 

Spinco Intranet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a).

 

Spinco Overall Service Manager” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b).

 

Spinco Service Manager” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b).

 

ARTICLE II

 

SERVICES, DURATION AND SERVICE MANAGERS

 

Section 2.01.  Services.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, GGP shall provide (or cause to be provided) to the Spinco Entities, as requested from time to time by Spinco, the services listed on Schedule A (which may be grouped by type of Services in sub-schedules) to this Agreement (the “Services”).  All of the Services shall be for the sole use and benefit of the Spinco Entities as constituted on the Plan Effective Date.

 

Section 2.02.  Duration of Services.  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, commencing on the Plan Effective Date, GGP shall provide or cause to be provided to the Spinco Entities each Service until the earlier to occur of, with respect to each such Service, (i) the expiration of the period of the maximum duration for such Service as set forth on the sub-

 

3



 

schedules attached hereto defining such Service (each a “Schedule”, and collectively, the “Schedules”) and (ii) the date on which such Service is terminated under Section 9.01; provided, however, that Spinco shall use commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to transition itself to a stand-alone entity with respect to each Service during the period for such Service as set forth in the relevant Schedules.  In the event that GGP sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of its interest in any of its Subsidiaries that is engaged in providing one or more Services, GGP shall (x) if requested by Spinco, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Subsidiary or the acquiror thereof to agree that such Subsidiary will continue to provide such Services to the same extent provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or (y) if requested by Spinco, or to the extent the Subsidiary or the acquiror will not agree to provide such Services after GGP’s exertion of commercially reasonable efforts pursuant to (x), secure such Services from a reputable and experienced third-party vendor at substantially equivalent service levels for the remaining term of such Services.

 

Section 2.03.  Additional Unspecified Services.  (a) After the Plan Effective Date, if Spinco (i) identifies a service that the GGP Entities provided to the Spinco Business prior to the Plan Effective Date that is reasonably necessary in order for the Spinco Business to continue to operate in substantially the same manner in which the Spinco Business operated prior to the Plan Effective Date and is otherwise material to operations of the Spinco Business, and such service was not included on the Schedules, and (ii) provides written notice to GGP within one hundred twenty (120) days following the Plan Effective Date requesting such additional service, then GGP shall, subject to the negotiation of mutually acceptable terms of the applicable Schedule (as described in the next sentence), provide such requested additional service provided that (i) the GGP Entities have adequate resources to provide such service, (ii) such service can be provided without unreasonable disruption to the GGP Entities’ businesses and (iii) the provision of such service will not violate (whether directly or by virtue of a cross-default) a material contract or agreement of a GGP Entity or result in a violation of applicable Law (such additional services, the “Additional Services”).  In connection with any request for Additional Services in accordance with this Section 2.03(a), the GGP Service Manager and the Spinco Service Manager shall in good faith negotiate the terms of a supplemental Schedule, which terms shall be consistent with the terms of, and the pricing methodology used for, similar Services provided under this Agreement.  The Parties shall agree to the applicable Service Charge and the supplemental Schedule shall describe in reasonable detail the nature, scope, service period(s), termination provisions and other terms applicable to such Additional Services.  Each supplemental Schedule, as agreed to in writing by the Parties, shall be deemed part of this Agreement as of the date of such Schedule and the Additional Services set forth therein shall be deemed “Services” provided under this Agreement, in each case subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 After the Plan Effective Date, if (i) (x) Spinco requests GGP to increase, relative to historical levels prior to the Plan Effective Date, the volume, amount, level or frequency, as applicable, of any Service provided by GGP and (ii) such increase is reasonably determined by Spinco as necessary for Spinco to operate its businesses (such increases, the “Service Increases”), then GGP shall, subject to the negotiation of mutually acceptable terms of the applicable Schedule (as described in the next sentence), provide the Service Increases in accordance with such request; provided, that GGP shall not be obligated to provide any Service Increase if it does not, in its reasonable judgment, have adequate resources to provide such

 

4



 

Service Increase or if the provision of such Service Increase would significantly disrupt the operation of any of its businesses or violate an existing material contract or agreement or applicable Law.  In connection with any request for Service Increases in accordance with this Section 2.03(b), the GGP Service Manager and the Spinco Service Manager shall in good faith negotiate the terms of an amendment to the applicable Schedule, which amendment shall be consistent with the terms of, and the pricing methodology used for, the applicable Service.  Each amended Schedule, as agreed to in writing by the Parties, shall be deemed part of this Agreement as of the date of such amendment to the Schedule and the Service Increases set forth therein shall be deemed a part of the “Services” provided under this Agreement, in each case subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 2.04.  Transition Service Managers.  (a) GGP hereby appoints and designates the individual holding the GGP position set forth on Exhibit II to act as its initial service manager (the “GGP Overall Service Manager”), who will be directly responsible for coordinating and managing the delivery of the Services and have authority to act on GGP’s behalf with respect to matters relating to this Agreement.  In addition, GGP hereby appoints, with respect to each Service, the individual set forth on the applicable Schedule as its initial service manager (each such manager, a “GGP Service Manager”) with respect to such Service, who will be directly responsible for coordinating and managing the delivery of such Service on a day-to-day basis.  The GGP Service Managers will work with the personnel of the GGP Entities to periodically address issues and matters raised by Spinco relating to this Agreement.  The GGP Overall Service Manager will oversee the GGP Service Managers and will be responsible for coordinating the overall delivery of the Services.  Notwithstanding the notice requirements of Section 10.05, all communications from Spinco to GGP pursuant to this Agreement regarding routine matters involving the Services set forth on the Schedules shall be made through the applicable GGP Service Manager, or such other individual as specified by the applicable GGP Service Manager in writing and delivered to Spinco by email or facsimile transmission with receipt confirmed.  GGP shall notify Spinco of the appointment of a different GGP Overall Service Manager or GGP Service Manager, if necessary, in accordance with Section 10.05.

 

(b)                                 Spinco hereby appoints and designates the individual holding the Spinco position set forth on Exhibit II to act as its initial service manager (the “Spinco Overall Service Manager”), who will be directly responsible for coordinating and managing the receipt of the Services and have authority to act on Spinco’s behalf with respect to matters relating to this Agreement.  In addition, Spinco hereby appoints, with respect to each Service, the individual set forth on the applicable Schedule as its initial service manager (each such manager, a “Spinco Service Manager”) with respect to such Service, who will be directly responsible for coordinating and managing the receipt of such Service on a day-to-day basis.  The Spinco Service Managers will work with the personnel of Spinco Entities to periodically address issues and matters raised by GGP relating to this Agreement.  The Spinco Overall Service Manager will oversee the Spinco Service Managers and will be responsible for coordinating the overall receipt of the Services.  Notwithstanding the notice requirements of Section 10.05, all communications from GGP to Spinco pursuant to this Agreement regarding routine matters involving the Services set forth on the Schedules shall be made through the applicable Spinco Service Manager or such other individual as specified by the applicable Spinco Service Manager in writing and delivered to GGP by email or facsimile transmission with receipt confirmed.  Spinco shall notify GGP of

 

5



 

the appointment of a different Spinco Overall Service Manager or Spinco Service Manager, if necessary, in accordance with Section 10.05.

 

Section 2.05.  Personnel.  (a) GGP will make available such appropriately qualified personnel as may be reasonably necessary to provide the Services, and will use reasonable efforts to make available personnel specifically requested by Spinco.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, GGP will have the right, in its sole reasonable discretion, to (i) designate which personnel it will assign to perform each Service, and (ii) remove and replace such personnel at any time with personnel of similar qualifications and experience levels, if such action would not reasonably be expected to cause a material increase in costs and/or a material decrease in level of service for Spinco with respect to such Service; provided, however, that GGP will use its commercially reasonable efforts to limit the disruption to Spinco in the transition of the Services to different personnel.

 

(b)                                 In the event that the provision of any Service by GGP requires, as set forth in the Schedules, the cooperation and services of the applicable personnel of Spinco, Spinco will make available to GGP such personnel (who shall be appropriately qualified for purposes of the provision of such Service by GGP) as may be necessary for GGP to provide such Service.

 

Section 2.06.  No Duplication.

 

(a)                                 GGP shall not charge any Service Charges under this Agreement or any other amounts for any Services performed by any GGP Employees if, and to the extent that, the employees performing such Services are doing so pursuant to the Employee Leasing Agreement, and the costs of such employees are being reimbursed pursuant thereto.

 

(b)                                 GGP shall not charge any Service Charges or other amounts for any Services if, and to the extent that, such Service Charges are duplicative of services performed under the Employee Leasing Agreement or the Employee Matters Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III

 

GGP MATERIALS

 

Section 3.01.  Corporate Policies.  (a) At the Plan Effective Date or reasonably promptly thereafter, GGP shall make available to Spinco its then existing policies and manuals that GGP determines in good faith are reasonably necessary for the operation of the Spinco Business (the “GGP Materials”).  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, GGP grants to Spinco a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, worldwide license to create or have created any derivative works or materials based on the GGP Materials for distribution to employees and suppliers of Spinco and use such materials in the operation of the Spinco Business in substantially the same manner as the GGP Materials were used by GGP prior to the Distribution.  It is understood and agreed that GGP makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the GGP Materials, as to the noninfringement of any of the GGP Materials or as to the suitability of any of the GGP Materials for use by Spinco in respect of its business or otherwise.  Access to any GGP Materials shall be

 

6



 

limited to those Representatives of Spinco who need access in order to perform their responsibilities.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the text of any materials related to or based upon any of the GGP Materials created by, for or on behalf of Spinco may not contain any references to the GGP Entities (or any use of the GGP Entities’ marks, names, trade dress, logos or other source or business identifiers, including the GGP Name and GGP Marks), the GGP Entities’ publications, the GGP Entities’ personnel (including senior management), the GGP Entities’ management structures or any other indication that in each instance such materials are based upon any of the GGP Materials.

 

Section 3.02.  Limitation on Rights and Obligations with Respect to the GGP Materials.

 

(a)                                 Spinco acknowledges and agrees that, except as expressly set forth above, GGP reserves all rights (including all Intellectual Property rights) in, to and under the GGP Materials and no rights with respect to ownership or use, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, shall vest in Spinco.

 

(b)                                 GGP shall have no obligation to (i) notify Spinco of any changes or proposed changes to any of the GGP Materials, (ii) include Spinco in any consideration of proposed changes to any of the GGP Materials, (iii) provide draft changes of any of the GGP Materials to Spinco for review and/or comment or (iv) provide Spinco with any updated materials relating to any of the GGP Materials except to the extent such changes would affect the provision of Services in accordance with the terms hereof.  The Parties acknowledge and agree that the GGP Materials are the Confidential Information of GGP.  Spinco shall use at least the same degree of care to prevent and restrain the unauthorized use or disclosure of any materials created by, for or on behalf of Spinco that are based upon any of the GGP Materials as it uses for its other confidential information of a like nature, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care.  Spinco will allow GGP reasonable access to its personnel and information as reasonably necessary to determine Spinco’s compliance with the provisions set forth above; provided, however, such access shall not unreasonably interfere with any of the business or operations of Spinco.  Subject to Section 8.01, in the event that GGP determines that Spinco has not materially complied with some or all of its obligations with respect to any or all of the GGP Materials, and such noncompliance is not cured within thirty (30) days following Spinco’s receipt of written notice thereof from GGP, GGP may terminate Spinco’s rights with respect to such GGP Materials upon written notice to Spinco and, in such case, GGP shall be entitled to require such GGP Materials to be returned to GGP or destroyed and any materials created by or for Spinco that are based upon such GGP Materials to be destroyed (with such destruction certified by Spinco in writing to GGP promptly after such termination).

 

(c)                                  If Spinco determines to cease to avail itself of any of the GGP Materials or upon expiration or termination of any period during which Spinco is permitted to use any of the GGP Materials, GGP and Spinco shall cooperate in good faith to take reasonable and appropriate actions to effectuate such determination, expiration or termination, to arrange for the return to GGP or destruction of such GGP Materials and to protect GGP’s rights and interests in such GGP Materials.

 

7


 

ARTICLE IV

 

OTHER ARRANGEMENTS AND ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

Section 4.01.  Software and Software Licenses.  If and to the extent requested by Spinco, GGP shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (x) obtain permission from third-party licensors of computer software to allow GGP to provide services to Spinco as required hereunder and (y) assist Spinco in its efforts to obtain licenses (or other appropriate rights) to use, duplicate and distribute, as necessary and applicable, certain computer software necessary for GGP to provide, or Spinco to receive, Services (which assistance shall include to the extent appropriate providing Spinco the opportunity to receive a copy of, or participate in, any communication between GGP and the applicable third party licensor in connection therewith); provided, however, that GGP and Spinco shall mutually agree upon the specific types and quantities of any such software licenses; provided, further, that GGP shall not be required to pay any fees or other payments unless such fees and payments are reimbursed fully by Spinco or incur any obligations or liabilities to enable GGP to provide such services or enable Spinco to obtain any such license or rights; provided, further, that GGP shall not be required to seek broader rights or more favorable terms for Spinco than those applicable to GGP prior to the date of this Agreement or as may be applicable to GGP from time to time hereafter; and, provided, further, that Spinco shall bear only those costs that relate directly to obtaining such licenses (or other appropriation rights), which shall not include any payments relating to the discharge of Excluded Liabilities which are not related to the provision of Services.  The Parties acknowledge and agree that there can be no assurance that GGP’s efforts will be successful or that Spinco will be able to obtain such licenses or rights on acceptable terms or at all and, where GGP enjoys rights under any enterprise or site license or similar license, the Parties acknowledge that such license typically precludes partial transfers or assignments or operation of a service bureau on behalf of unaffiliated entities.  In the event that Spinco is unable to obtain such software licenses, the Parties shall work together using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an alternative software license or modification to an existing GGP license to allow GGP to provide, or Spinco to receive, such Services, and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith an amendment to the applicable Schedule to reflect any such new arrangement, which amended Schedule shall not require Spinco to pay for any fees, expenses or costs relating to the software license that Spinco was unable to obtain pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01.

 

Section 4.02.  GGP Computer-Based and Other Resources.

 

(a)                                  As of the Plan Effective Date, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Separation Agreement, in any Schedule hereto, or in any other Transaction Documents, Spinco and its Subsidiaries shall have no further access to, and GGP shall have no obligation to otherwise provide access to, the GGP Intranet, and Spinco shall have no access to, and GGP shall have no obligation to otherwise provide access to, computer-based resources (including access to GGPI’s or its Subsidiaries’ computer networks and databases) that require a password or are available on a secured access basis only. Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the Plan Effective Date, GGP shall use reasonable efforts to make available to Spinco an intranet (the “Spinco Intranet”) accessible by Spinco and its Subsidiaries that contains (i) the GGP Materials and (ii) any materials that GGP determines in good faith that any member of the Spinco Group needs to access in connection with the performance or delivery of any Service.

 

8



 

(b)                                 From and after the Plan Effective Date, Spinco and its Subsidiaries shall cause all of their personnel having access to the GGP Intranet or such other computer software, networks, hardware, technology or computer-based resources pursuant to the Separation Agreement, any Transaction Document or in connection with performance, receipt or delivery of a Service to comply with all reasonable security guidelines (including physical security, network access, Internet security, confidentiality and personal data security guidelines) of GGPI and its Subsidiaries (of which GGP provides Spinco notice).  Spinco shall ensure that the access contemplated by this Section 4.02 shall be used by such personnel only for the purposes contemplated by, and subject to the terms of, this Agreement.

 

Section 4.03.  Spinco Computer-Based and Other Resources.  From and after the date of this Agreement, GGP and its Subsidiaries shall cause all of their personnel having access to the Spinco Intranet or such other computer software, networks, hardware, technology or computer based resources pursuant to the Separation Agreement, any Transaction Document or in connection with performance, receipt or delivery of a Service to comply with all reasonable security guidelines (including physical security, network access, internet security, confidentiality and personal data security guidelines) of Spinco and its Subsidiaries (of which Spinco provides GGP notice).  GGP shall ensure that the access contemplated by this Section 4.03 shall be used by such personnel only for the purposes contemplated by, and subject to the terms of, this Agreement.

 

Section 4.04.  Access.  (a) Spinco shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, allow GGP and its Representatives reasonable access to the facilities of Spinco necessary for GGP to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the other rights of access of the Parties under this Agreement, each Party shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, afford the other Party, its Subsidiaries and Representatives reasonable access, upon reasonable notice, during normal business hours to the facilities, information, systems, infrastructure, and personnel of the other Party as reasonably necessary for the other Party to verify the adequacy of internal controls over information technology, reporting of financial data and related processes employed in connection with the Services, including in connection with verifying compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; provided, however, such access shall not unreasonably interfere with any of the business or operations of such Party or its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.05.  Insider Trading Policy.  Each of the Parties hereby agrees that it will instruct its Representatives that it is a violation of applicable Law for any Representative to purchase or sell securities of the other Party based on non-public information obtained in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.06.  Cooperation.  It is understood that it will require the significant efforts of both Parties to implement this Agreement and to ensure performance of this Agreement by the Parties at the agreed upon levels in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Parties will cooperate, acting in good faith and using commercially reasonable efforts, to effect a smooth and orderly transition of the Services provided under this Agreement from GGP to Spinco (including repairs and maintenance Services and the assignment or transfer of the rights and obligations under any third-party contracts relating to the Services) and Spinco

 

9



 

agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to eliminate its need for the Services as quickly as practicable; provided, however, that this Section 4.06 shall not require either Party to incur any out-of-pocket costs or expenses unless and except as expressly provided in this Agreement or otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties (acknowledging that Spinco will be required to incur costs and expenses in conjunction with eliminating its need for the Services).

 

ARTICLE V

 

COSTS AND DISBURSEMENTS

 

Section 5.01.  Costs and Disbursements.  (a) Spinco shall pay to GGP a fee for each Service (such fee constituting a “Service Charge” and, the fees for all Services collectively, “Service Charges”) equal to the sum of (A) the product of (i) the Cost Multiplier multiplied by (ii) the applicable Service Resource Cost plus (B) the amount of any Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred with respect to such Service; provided, however, that the Cost Multiplier shall be held constant at 110% for the term of this Agreement with respect to Services in support of the JD Edwards application (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the applicable Services set forth in Schedule A-7: Accounting and Schedule A-10: Information Technology Services), in each case solely to the extent such Services are in support of the JD Edwards application.

 

(b)                                 GGP shall invoice Spinco for the Service Charges monthly in arrears; provided that the Service Charges shall be pro rated for any partial month.  Spinco shall pay the amount of each such invoice by wire transfer or check to GGP within thirty (30) days of the receipt of each such invoice.  If Spinco fails to pay such amount (other than any portion of such amount being disputed in good faith in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) by such date, Spinco shall be obligated to pay to GGP, in addition to the amount due, interest thereon at an annual percentage rate of ten percent (10%) (the “Interest Rate”) accruing from the date the payment was due through the date of actual payment.  Each invoice shall specify, for each type of Service, (A) (i) the aggregate number of hours GGP Employees in each group level set forth on Exhibit I spent performing such Service and (ii) the Direct Payroll Costs for each such group level (or the calculation under a different pricing methodology, as applicable), (B) the Cost Multiplier in effect and (C) any Out-of-Pocket Expenses incurred with respect to such Service.  Together with any invoice for Service Charges, GGP shall provide Spinco with data and documentation (including documentation of Out-of-Pocket Expenses) as reasonably requested by Spinco for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of the calculation of such Service Charges; provided, however, that GGP shall provide Spinco with copies of all applicable third-party invoices as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt by GGP, it being understood that GGP’s receipt of applicable third-party invoices may be delayed for thirty (30) or more days.

 

(c)                                  At any time during the term of this Agreement, and for two (2) years after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Spinco or its auditors or other reputable accounting firm, upon ten (10) business days’ prior written notice to GGP, may audit the books and records of the GGP Group relating to this Agreement for the purpose of verifying the Service Charges (at Spinco’s sole expense).  GGP shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate in such audit, make available on a timely basis the information reasonably required to conduct the review, and assist the designated representatives of Spinco or its auditors as reasonably necessary.  GGP shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, retain all such books and

 

10



 

records relating to this Agreement and the performance of the Services for two (2) years after the expiration or termination of this Agreement or such longer period as may be required by applicable law.  GGP shall refund any overcharges or other amounts owed to Spinco, occurring at any time during the term of this Agreement, disclosed by such audit, within thirty (30) days after the completion of such audit.

 

Section 5.02.                             Taxes.

 

(a)                                  Without limiting any provisions of this Agreement, Spinco shall pay any sales, use and other similar taxes imposed on, or payable with respect to, any Services provided to it under this Agreement; provided, however, that Spinco shall not pay, or be responsible for, any applicable income, franchise or gross receipts taxes imposed on, or payable with respect to, the income derived by GGP from providing these Services to Spinco.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.02(a) or elsewhere in this Agreement, Spinco shall be entitled to withhold from any payments to GGP any such taxes that Spinco is required by law to withhold and shall pay over such taxes to the applicable taxing authority.

 

Section 5.03.  No Right to Set-Off.  Spinco shall pay the full amount of Service Charges and shall not set-off, counterclaim or otherwise withhold any amount owed to GGP under this Agreement on account of any obligation owed by GGP to Spinco that has not been finally adjudicated, settled or otherwise agreed upon by the Parties in writing.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

STANDARD FOR SERVICE

 

Section 6.01.  Standard for Service.  Except where GGP is restricted by an existing Contract with a third party or by Law, GGP agrees (i) to perform the Services such that the nature, quality, standard of care and the service levels at which such Services are performed are no less than that which are substantially similar to the nature, quality, standard of care and service levels at which the same or similar services were performed by or on behalf of GGP prior to the Plan Effective Date (or, if not so previously provided, then substantially similar to that which are applicable to similar services provided to GGP’s Subsidiaries or other business components), but in any event, in at least a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with past practice; (ii) upon receipt of written notice from Spinco identifying any outage, interruption or other failure of any Service, to respond to such outage, interruption or other failure of any Services in a manner that is no less than that which is substantially similar to the manner in which GGP or its Subsidiaries responded to any outage, interruption or other failure of the same or similar services prior to the Plan Effective Date (the Parties acknowledge that an outage, interruption or other failure of any Service shall not be deemed to be a breach of the provisions of this Section 6.01 so long as GGP complies with this clause (ii)).  As of or following the date of this Agreement, if GGP is or becomes aware of any restriction on GGP by an existing Contract with a third-party that would restrict the nature, quality, standard of care or service levels applicable to delivery of the Services to be provided by GGP to Spinco, GGP shall (x) promptly notify Spinco of any such restriction (which notice shall in any event promptly

 

11



 

follow any change to, or reduction in, the nature, quality, standard of care or service levels applicable to delivery of the Services resulting from such restriction), (y) use commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate an amendment to the Contract to remove such restriction or otherwise obtain the third party’s consent to allow the Services to be performed to the standards described in this Section 6.01, and (z) use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such Services in a manner as closely as possible to the standards described in this Section 6.01 while attempting to secure the amendment or consent contemplated by (y).  To the extent that GGP is unable to obtain the amendment or consent described above, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith an amendment to the applicable Schedule to reflect any such new arrangement.

 

Section 6.02.  Disclaimer of Warranties.  Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Schedule, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Services are provided as-is, that Spinco assumes all risks and liability arising from or relating to its use of and reliance upon the Services and GGP makes no representation or warranty with respect thereto.  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, GGP HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE SERVICES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY IN REGARD TO QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, NONINFRINGEMENT, COMMERCIAL UTILITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE SERVICES FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

Section 6.03.  Compliance with Laws and Regulations.  Each Party shall be responsible for its own compliance with any and all Laws applicable to its performance under this Agreement.  No Party will knowingly take any action in violation of any such applicable Law that results in liability being imposed on the other Party.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

LIMITED LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7.01.  Consequential and Other Damages.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Separation Agreement or this Agreement, neither Spinco or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, nor GGP or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, shall be liable to the other Party or any of its Subsidiaries or Representatives, whether in contract, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or otherwise, at law or equity, for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages whatsoever (including lost profits or damages calculated on multiples of earnings approaches), which in any way arise out of, relate to or are a consequence of, the performance or nonperformance by the Party (including any Subsidiaries and Representatives of such Party and, in the case of GGP, any third-party providers providing the applicable Services) under this Agreement or the provision of, or failure to provide, or termination of, any Services under this Agreement, including with respect to loss of profits, business interruptions or claims of customers (provided, that any liability with respect to a Third Party Claim shall be considered direct damages).

 

Section 7.02.  Limitation of Liability.  Subject to Section 7.03, the Liabilities of GGP and its Subsidiaries and Representatives, collectively, under this Agreement for any act or failure to act in connection herewith (including the performance or breach of this Agreement), or

 

12



 

from the sale, delivery, provision, use or termination of any Services provided under or contemplated by this Agreement, whether in contract, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or otherwise, shall not exceed the greater of (a) the total aggregate Service Charges (excluding any Out-of-Pocket Expenses included in such Service Charges) actually paid to GGP by Spinco pursuant to this Agreement and (b) $10,000,000.

 

Section 7.03.  Obligation to Reperform and GGP Indemnity.  In the event of any breach of this Agreement by GGP with respect to the provision of any Services, GGP shall (a) promptly correct in all material respects any error or defect resulting in such breach or reperform in all material respects such Services at the request of Spinco and at the sole cost and expense of GGP and (b) subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 7.01 and 7.02, indemnify Spinco and its Subsidiaries and Representatives (each, a “Spinco Indemnified Party”) for Liabilities (including direct damages, whether arising out of a Third Party Claim or otherwise) attributable to such breach by GGP; provided, however, that, to the extent any such breach can be cured through reperformance, the reperformance remedy set forth in Section 7.03(a) shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Spinco for such portion of such breach; provided, further, however, that GGP shall indemnify each Spinco Indemnified Party to the extent any such party incurs indemnifiable losses that cannot be cured through reperformance.  Any request for reperformance in accordance with Section 7.03(a) by Spinco must be in writing and specify in reasonable detail the particular error or defect resulting in such breach.

 

Section 7.04.  Release and Spinco Indemnity.  Subject to Section 7.01, Section 7.02 and Section 7.03, Spinco hereby releases GGP and its Subsidiaries and Representatives (each, a “GGP Indemnified Party”), and Spinco hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each such GGP Indemnified Party from and against any and all Liabilities arising from, relating to or in connection with the use of any Services by Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries, Representatives or other Persons using such Services, except to the extent that such Liabilities arise out of, relate to or are a consequence of the applicable GGP Indemnified Party’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 7.05.  Indemnification Procedures.  The provisions of Article V of the Separation  Agreement shall govern claims for indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 7.06.  Liability for Payment Obligations.  Nothing in this Article VII shall be deemed to eliminate or limit, in any respect, Spinco’s express obligation in this Agreement to pay Service Charges for Services rendered in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Section 7.07.  Exclusion of Other Remedies.  The provisions of Sections 7.03 and 7.04 of this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive remedies for any claim, loss, damage, expense or liability, whether arising from statute, principle of common or civil law, principles of strict liability, tort, contract or otherwise under this Agreement.

 

13



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

Section 8.01.  Dispute Resolution.

 

(a)                                  In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or the validity, interpretation, breach or termination of any provision of this Agreement, or calculation or allocation of the costs of any Service, including claims seeking redress or asserting rights under any Law (each, a “Dispute”), GGP and Spinco agree that the GGP Overall Service Manager and the Spinco Overall Service Manager (or such other Persons as GGP and Spinco may designate) shall negotiate in good faith in an attempt to resolve such Dispute amicably.  If such Dispute has not been resolved to the mutual satisfaction of the Overall Service Managers within fifteen (15) days after the initial written notice of the Dispute by one Party to another Party (or such longer period as the Parties may agree), then the respective Chief Executive Officers of GGPI and Spinco shall negotiate in good faith in an attempt to resolve such Dispute amicably.  If such Dispute has not been resolved to the mutual satisfaction of the Chief Executive Officers of GGPI and Spinco within fifteen (15) days after the Dispute was referred to them for negotiation (or such longer period as the Parties may agree), then the Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution process set forth in Sections 7.3 and 7.4 of the Separation Agreement; provided, that such dispute resolution process shall not modify or add to the remedies available to the Parties under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, either Party may immediately seek equitable relief (without the necessity of posting a bond) including, without limitation, temporary injunctive relief, against the other Party with respect to any and all equitable remedies sought in connection with this Agreement in accordance with Article VII of the Separation Agreement.

 

(c)                                  In any Dispute regarding the amount of a Service Charge, if after such Dispute is finally resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution process set forth or referred to in Section 8.01(a), it is determined that the Service Charge that GGP has invoiced Spinco, and that Spinco has paid to GGP, is greater or less than the amount that the Service Charge should have been, then (a) if it is determined that Spinco has overpaid the Service Charge, GGP shall within ten (10) business days after such determination reimburse Spinco an amount of cash equal to such overpayment, plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate accruing from the date of such overpayment to the time of reimbursement by GGP, and (b) if it is determined that Spinco has underpaid the Service Charge, Spinco shall within ten (10) business days after such determination pay GGP an amount of cash equal to such underpayment, plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate accruing from the date of such underpayment (or when such payment was due if not paid at all) to the time of payment by Spinco.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

Section 9.01.  Term and Termination.  (a) This Agreement shall commence immediately upon the Plan Effective Date and shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the last date on which either Party is obligated to provide any Service to the other Party and the completion of all other obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (ii) the mutual written agreement of the Parties to terminate this Agreement in its entirety.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any Schedule,

 

14



 

(i) GGP’s obligation to provide, or cause to be provided, Services to the Spinco Entities shall terminate, at GGP’s sole option, with respect to any Spinco Entity that Spinco, directly or indirectly, sells, or otherwise transfers ownership and control of, to a non-Spinco Entity (e.g., pursuant to equity sale, asset sale, merger or otherwise) and (ii) in no event shall the provision of any Service extend beyond the date that is twenty-four (24) months from the Plan Effective Date.

 

(b)                                 Without prejudice to Spinco’s rights with respect to a Force Majeure, Spinco may from time to time terminate this Agreement with respect to the entirety of any individual Service but not a portion thereof, (A) for any reason or no reason upon providing to GGP the requisite prior written notice for such termination as specified in the applicable Schedule or, if no such notice period is provided in the applicable Schedule, on five (5) days’ prior written notice, or (B) if GGP has failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Service, and such failure shall continue to exist thirty (30) days after receipt by GGP of written notice of such failure from Spinco; and (ii) GGP may terminate this Agreement with respect to one or more Services, in whole but not in part, at any time upon prior written notice to Spinco if Spinco has failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement relating to such Services, including making payment of any Service Charges when due, and such failure shall be continued uncured for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Spinco of a written notice of such failure from GGP.  The relevant Schedule shall be updated to reflect any terminated Service.  In the event that any Service is terminated other than at the end of a month, the Service Charge associated with such Service shall be pro-rated as applicable.  In the event that Spinco terminates any Service pursuant to clause (A) of this Section 9.01(b), the GGP Group shall have the right to (i) terminate or discontinue any contract or other arrangement with an unaffiliated third party to the extent such contract or arrangement relates to such terminated Service, and any charges and out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses payable by any member of the GGP Group in connection with the exercise of such right (other than severance obligations or other amounts payable to any GGP Employee) shall be reimbursed by Spinco promptly upon GGP’s presentation to Spinco of the applicable third party invoice therefor and (ii) charge Spinco for any applicable Service Charges incurred in connection with the orderly unwinding and transfer of such terminated Service.

 

(c)                                  Without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the Parties in Section 2.03 and Section 4.06, either Party may from time to time request a reduction in part of the scope or amount of any Service.  If requested to do so by the other Party, each Party agrees to discuss in good faith appropriate reductions to the relevant Service Charges in light of all relevant factors including the costs and benefits to the Parties of any such reductions.  If, after such discussions, Spinco and GGP do not agree to any requested reduction of the scope or amount of any Service and the relevant Service Charges in connection therewith, then there shall be no change to the scope or amount of any Services or Service Charges under this Agreement.  In the event that Spinco and GGP agreed to any reduction of Service and the relevant Service Charges, the relevant Schedule shall be updated to reflect such reduced Service and relevant Service Charges if any.  In the event that any Service is reduced other than at the end of a month, the Service Charge associated with such Service for the month in which such Service is reduced shall be pro-rated appropriately.

 

Section 9.02.  Effect of Termination.  Upon termination of any Service pursuant to this Agreement, GGP will have no further obligation to provide the terminated Service, and

 

15



 

Spinco will have no obligation to pay any future Service Charges relating to any such Service; provided, that Spinco shall remain obligated to GGP for the Service Charges owed and payable in respect of Services provided prior to the effective date of termination as set forth in the Schedule relating to such Service.  In connection with termination of any Service, the provisions of this Agreement not relating solely to such terminated Service shall survive any such termination, and in connection with a termination of this Agreement, Article I, Article VII (including liability in respect of any indemnifiable Liabilities under this Agreement arising or occurring on or prior to the date of termination), Article VIII, Article IX, Article X, all confidentiality obligations under this Agreement and liability for all due and unpaid Service Charges shall continue to survive indefinitely.

 

Section 9.03.  Force Majeure.  (a) GGP (and any Person acting on its behalf) shall not have any liability or responsibility for failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement so long as and to the extent to which the fulfillment of such obligation is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure; provided, that (i) GGP (or such Person) shall have exercised commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the effect of Force Majeure on its obligations; and (ii)  the nature, quality and standard of care that GGP shall provide in delivering a Service after a Force Majeure shall be substantially the same  as the nature, quality and standard of care that GGP provides to its Subsidiaries and its other business components with respect to such Service.  In the event of an occurrence of a Force Majeure, GGP shall give notice of suspension as soon as reasonably practicable to the other Party stating the date and extent of such suspension and the cause thereof, and GGP shall resume the performance of such obligations as soon as reasonably practicable after the removal of such cause.

 

(b)                                 During the period of a Force Majeure, Spinco shall be entitled to seek an alternative service provider with respect to such Service(s) and shall be entitled to permanently terminate such Service(s) (and shall be relieved of the obligation to pay Service Charges for such Services(s) throughout the duration of such Force Majeure) if a Force Majeure shall continue to exist for more than fifteen (15) consecutive days, it being understood that Spinco shall not be required to provide any advance notice of such termination to GGP in connection therewith.

 

ARTICLE X

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 10.01.  No Agency.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed in any way or for any purpose to constitute any Party an agent of another unaffiliated Party in the conduct of such other Party’s business.  GGP shall act as an independent contractor and not as the agent of Spinco in performing such Services, maintaining control over GGP Employees, GGP’s subcontractors and their employees and complying with all withholding of income and other requirements of Law, whether federal, state, local or foreign and no member of the GGP Group shall have any authority to bind any member of the Spinco Group by contract or otherwise.

 

Section 10.02.  Subcontractors.  GGP may hire or engage one or more subcontractors to perform any or all of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, that

 

16



 

(i) GGP shall use the same degree of care in selecting any such subcontractor as it would if such contractor was being retained to provide similar services to GGP, (ii) GGP shall in all cases remain primarily responsible for all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect to the scope of the Services, the standard for services as set forth in Article VI and the content of the Services provided to Spinco and (iii) without the prior written consent of the applicable Spinco Service Manager (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), GGP shall not remove and/or replace any subcontractor if such action would reasonably be expected to cause a material increase in cost with respect to the applicable Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) Spinco (or any other member of the Spinco Group) shall have the right to hire or engage any subcontractor directly and (y) if GGP does hire or engage any subcontractor to provide any Service hereunder, then, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to the contrary, the applicable Service Charge for the provision of such Service performed by such subcontractor shall be only the amount actually paid to such subcontractor for providing such Service, without any additional charge or mark up.

 

Section 10.03.  Treatment of Confidential Information.

 

(a)                                  The Parties shall not, and shall cause their respective Representatives and all other Persons providing Services or having access to information of the other Party that is known to such Party as confidential or proprietary (“Confidential Information”) not to, disclose to any other Person or use, except for purposes of this Agreement, any Confidential Information of the other Party; provided, however, that each Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party and to the extent permitted by applicable Law: (i) to its Representatives on a need-to-know basis in connection with the performance of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement; (ii) in any report, statement, testimony or other submission required to be made to any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the disclosing Party; or (iii) in order to comply with applicable Law, or in response to any summons, subpoena or other legal process or formal or informal investigative demand issued to the disclosing Party in the course of any litigation, investigation or administrative proceeding.  In the event that a Party becomes legally compelled (based on advice of counsel) by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar judicial or administrative process to disclose any Confidential Information of the other Party, such disclosing Party shall provide the other Party with prompt prior written notice of such requirement, and, to the extent reasonably practicable, cooperate with the other Party (at such other Party’s expense) to obtain a protective order or similar remedy to cause such Confidential Information not to be disclosed, including interposing all available objections thereto, such as objections based on settlement privilege.  In the event that such protective order or other similar remedy is not obtained, the disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that has been legally compelled, and shall exercise its commercially reasonable efforts (at such other Party’s expense) to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information.

 

(b)                                 Each Party shall, and shall cause its Representatives to protect the Confidential Information of the other Party by using the same degree of care to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of such as the Party uses to protect its own confidential information of a like nature but in any event not less than reasonable means.

 

17



 

(c)                                  Each Party shall cause its Representatives to agree to be bound by the same restrictions on use and disclosure of Confidential Information as are binding upon such Party in advance of the disclosure of any such Confidential Information to them.

 

(d)                                 The restrictions set forth in Sections 10.03(a) and (b) shall not prevent either Party from disclosing Confidential Information which belongs to that Party or (a) is in or enters the public domain without breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (b) the receiving Party was lawfully and demonstrably in possession of prior to first receiving it from the disclosing Party, (c) the receiving Party can demonstrate was developed by the receiving Party independently and without use of or reference to the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, (d) the receiving Party receives from a third party without restriction on disclosure and without breach of a nondisclosure obligation, or (e) is approved by the other Party for disclosure.

 

(e)                                  Each Party shall comply with all applicable state, federal and foreign privacy and data protection Laws that are or that may in the future be applicable to the provision of Services under this Agreement.

 

Section 10.04.  Further Assurances.  Each Party covenants and agrees that, without any additional consideration, it shall execute and deliver any further legal instruments and perform any acts that are or may become necessary to effectuate this Agreement.

 

Section 10.05.  Notices.  Except with respect to routine communications by the GGP Service Managers and Spinco Service Managers under Section 2.04, all notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile or electronic transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 10.05):

 

(i)

if to GGP:

 

 

 

General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

110 N. Wacker Drive

 

Chicago, IL 60606

 

Attention:

General Counsel

 

Facsimile:

(312) 960-5485

 

 

(ii)

if to Spinco:

 

 

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation

 

13355 Noel Road

 

Suite 950

 

Dallas, TX 75240

 

Attention:

Grant Herlitz

 

Facsimile:

(214) 741-3021

 

18



 

(iii)

in each case, with a copy to:

 

 

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

 

767 Fifth Avenue

 

New York, NY 10153

 

Attention:

Gary Holtzer and Marcia Goldstein

 

Facsimile:

(212) 310-8007

 

Section 10.06.  Severability.  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced under any Law or as a matter of public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party.  Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

Section 10.07.  Entire Agreement.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement, the Separation Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between or on behalf of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.08.  No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  Except as provided in Article VII with respect to GGP Indemnified Parties, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted successors and assigns and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person, including any union, any current or former GGP Employee or any current or former employee of Spinco, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, including any rights of employment for any specified period, under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.09.  Governing Law.  This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement or to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to the inducement of any Party to enter into this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, in each case without reference to any conflict of Law rules that might lead to the application of the Laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.10.  Amendment.  No provision of this Agreement, including any Schedules to this Agreement, may be amended, supplemented or modified except by a written instrument making specific reference to this Agreement or any such Schedules to this Agreement, as applicable, signed by all the Parties.

 

19


 

Section 10.11.  Rules of Construction.  Interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the following rules of construction:  (a) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa, and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires; (b) references to the terms Article, Section, paragraph and Schedule are references to the Articles, Sections, paragraphs and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (c) references to “$” shall mean U.S. dollars; (d) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including without limitation,” unless otherwise specified; (e) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (f) references to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form; (g) provisions shall apply, when appropriate, to successive events and transactions; (h) the headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; (i) GGP and Spinco have each participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and if an ambiguity or question of interpretation should arise, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or burdening either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions in this Agreement or any interim drafts of this Agreement; (j) a reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns; (k) any reference to “days” means calendar days unless business days are expressly specified; and (l) when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded, if the last day of such period is not a business day, the period shall end on the next succeeding business day.

 

Section 10.12.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by each Party in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or portable document format (PDF) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.13.  Assignability.  (a) This Agreement shall not be assigned by operation of Law or otherwise without the prior written consent of GGP and Spinco, except that each Party may:

 

(i)                                     assign all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Subsidiaries; provided, that no such assignment shall release GGP or Spinco, as the case may be, from any liability or obligation under this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                  in connection with the divestiture of any Subsidiary or business of Spinco to an acquiror that is not a Competitor of GGP, assign to the acquiror of such Subsidiary or business its rights and obligations as a recipient with respect to the Services provided to such divested Subsidiary or business under this Agreement; provided, that (i) no such assignment shall release GGP or Spinco, as the case may be, from any liability or obligation under this Agreement, (ii) any and all costs and expenses incurred by either Party in connection with such assignment (including in connection with clause (iii) of this proviso) shall be borne solely by the assigning Party, and (iii) the Parties shall in good faith negotiate any amendments to this

 

20



 

Agreement, including the Annexes and Schedules to this Agreement, that may be necessary or appropriate in order to assign such Services; and

 

(iii)                               in connection with the divestiture of any Subsidiary or business of Spinco to an acquiror that is a Competitor of GGP, assign to the acquiror of such Subsidiary or business its rights and obligations as a recipient with respect to the Services provided to such divested Subsidiary or business under this Agreement; provided, that (i) no such assignment shall release GGP or Spinco, as the case may be, from any liability or obligation under this Agreement, (ii) any and all costs and expenses incurred by either Party in connection with such assignment (including in connection with clause (iii) of this proviso) shall be borne solely by the assigning Party, (iii) the Parties shall in good faith negotiate any amendments to this Agreement, including the Annexes and Schedules to this Agreement, that may be necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that such assignment will not (x) materially and adversely affect the businesses and operations of each of the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries or (y) create a competitive disadvantage for GGP with respect to an acquiror that is a Competitor of GGP, and (iv) GGP shall not be obligated to provide any such assigned Services to an acquiror that is a Competitor of GGP if the provision of such assigned Services to such acquiror would disrupt the operation of GGP’s businesses or create a competitive disadvantage for GGP with respect to such acquiror.

 

(b)                                 In the event of the (i) merger, amalgamation or consolidation of Spinco and another Person, (ii) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Spinco to another Person, (iii) the acquisition of a majority of the voting stock of Spinco by any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or (iv) the election of, or appointment to, the board of directors of Spinco of directors constituting a majority of the directors then serving if such elected or appointed directors have not been nominated as directors by the Nominating Committee of the board of directors prior to their election or appointment, then the requirement of GGP to provide Services hereunder shall automatically terminate without further action by the Parties thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such event.

 

Section 10.14.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER; AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.14.

 

Section 10.15.                       Specific Performance.  The provisions of Section 7.4 of the Separation  Agreement shall govern specific performance under this Agreement.

 

21



 

Section 10.16.  Non-Recourse.  Other than the GGP Group and the Spinco Group, no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney or representative of either GGP or Spinco or their Subsidiaries shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of GGP or Spinco, respectively, under this Agreement or for any claims based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above by their respective duly authorized officers.

 

 

 

GGP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL GROWTH MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Transition Services Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD ADVISORS LP

 


 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 


 

August 6, 2010

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

INTERPRETATION

2

 

 

 

1.1

Definitions

2

1.2

Headings and Table of Contents

4

1.3

Interpretation

5

1.4

Currency

5

1.5

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

5

1.6

Invalidity of Provisions

5

1.7

Entire Agreement

5

1.8

Waiver; Amendment

6

1.9

Governing Law

6

1.10

Jurisdiction; Venue

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

APPOINTMENT OF THE MANAGER

7

 

 

 

2.1

Appointment and Acceptance

7

2.2

Subcontracting and Other Arrangements

7

2.3

Spinco Subsidiaries

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

SERVICES AND POWERS OF THE MANAGER

7

 

 

 

3.1

Services

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

9

 

 

 

4.1

Management and Employees

9

4.2

Spinco Officers

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

INFORMATION AND RECORDS

10

 

 

 

5.1

Books and Records

10

5.2

Access to Information by Manager; Confidentiality

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

FEES AND EXPENSES

11

 

 

 

6.1

Base Management Fee

11

6.2

Expenses

11

6.3

Governmental Charges

12

6.4

Computation and Payment of Expenses and Governmental Charges

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12

 

 

 

7.1

Representations and Warranties of the Manager

12

7.2

Representations and Warranties of the Company

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

14

 

 

 

8.1

Indemnity

14

8.2

Limitation of Liability

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

TERM AND TERMINATION

15

 

 

 

9.1

Term

15

 

i



 

9.2

Termination by the Company

16

9.3

Termination by the Manager

16

9.4

Survival Upon Termination

16

9.5

Action Upon Termination

17

9.6

Extension Option

17

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

GENERAL PROVISIONS

17

 

 

 

10.1

Assignment

17

10.2

Independent Contractor, No Partnership or Joint Venture

17

10.3

Failure to Pay When Due

18

10.4

Enurement

18

10.5

Notices

18

10.6

Further Assurances

19

10.7

Counterparts

19

 

ii



 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 6th day of August, 2010 (the “Effective Date”)

 

B E T W E E N:

 

SPINCO, INC. (the “Company”), a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware

 

- and -

 

BROOKFIELD ADVISORS LP
(the “Manager”), a limited partnership existing under the laws of the Province of Manitoba.

 

RECITALS:

 

Commencing on April 16, 2009, General Growth Properties, Inc. (“GGP”), the indirect parent of the Company, and its debtor affiliates filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”) (jointly administered under Case No. 09-11977 (ALG)) (the “Bankruptcy Cases”);

 

On May 7, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Order Pursuant to Sections 105(a) and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (A) Approving Bidding Procedures, (B) Authorizing the Debtors to Enter Into Certain Agreements, (C) Approving the Issuance of Warrants, and (D) Granting Related Relief (Docket No. 5145) authorizing GGP, among other things, to enter into that certain Cornerstone Investment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2010 and as amended from time to time, with REP Investments LLC, an affiliate of the Manager (the “Investment Agreement”);

 

The transaction contemplated by the Investment Agreement provides for, among other things, the spin-off of certain assets from GGP into a new public company to be created pursuant to the chapter 11 plan contemplated by the Investment Agreement (the “Spin-off”), with such Spin-off to be effected by means of a distribution of the shares of common stock of the Company to the holders of common stock of GGP;

 

In preparation for and following the Spin-off, the Company wishes to engage the Manager to provide to the Service Recipients, or arrange for the provision of, certain services, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the Manager wishes to accept such engagement.

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

 

1.1          Definitions

 

In this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1.1                     Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by such Person, or is under common Control of a third Person;

 

1.1.2                     Agreement” means this Management Services Agreement as the same may be amended from time to time, and “herein”, “hereof”, “hereby”, “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and include every instrument supplemental or ancillary to this Agreement and, except where the context otherwise requires, not to any particular article or section thereof;

 

1.1.3                     Bankruptcy Cases” has the meaning assigned thereto in the recitals;

 

1.1.4                     Bankruptcy Closing” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 1.10;

 

1.1.5                     Bankruptcy Court” has the meaning assigned thereto in the recitals;

 

1.1.6                     Base Fee Rate” means the monthly equivalent of 1.0% (100 basis points) annually;

 

1.1.7                     Base Management Fee” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 6.1 hereof;

 

1.1.8                     Board” means the board of directors of the Company;

 

1.1.9                     Business” means, collectively, the business carried on or contemplated to be carried on from time to time by the Spinco Group;

 

1.1.10              Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the Province of Ontario, the federal government of the United States or the government of the State of New York;

 

1.1.11              Claims” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8.1.1;

 

1.1.12              Common Interest Agreement” means that certain Common Interest and Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2010, by and between General Growth Properties, Inc., Brookfield Asset Management, Inc. and the individuals signatory thereto;

 

1.1.13              Confidential Information” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.2.2;

 

1.1.14              Control” means the control by one Person of another Person in accordance with the following:  a Person (“A”) controls another Person (“B”) where A has the power to

 

2



 

determine the management and policies of B by contract or status (for example the status of A being the general partner of B) or by virtue of beneficial ownership of a majority of the voting interests in B; and for certainty and without limitation, if A owns shares to which more than 50% of the votes permitted to be cast in the election of directors to B or A is the general partner of B, a limited partnership, then in each case A Controls B for this purpose;

 

1.1.15     “delegatee” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.2;

 

1.1.16     “Effective Date” has the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble;

 

1.1.17     “Extension Term Fee” means that monthly fee agreed to by the parties hereto, negotiating in good faith, consistent with the asset management compensation structure (including annual fee and related incentives) that the Manager is then receiving from other non-controlled companies of similar size and complexity for which it provides similar management services.

 

1.1.18     “GGP” has the meaning assigned thereto in the recitals;

 

1.1.19     “Governmental Authority” means any (a) multinational, federal, provincial, state, regional, municipal, local or other government, governmental or public department, central bank, court, tribunal, arbitral body, commission, board, bureau or agency, domestic or foreign, (b) self-regulatory organization or stock exchange, (c) subdivision, agent, commission, board, or authority of any of the foregoing, or (d) quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, expropriation or taxing authority under or for the account of any of the foregoing;

 

1.1.20     “Indemnified Party” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8.1;

 

1.1.21     “Indemnifying Party” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8.1;

 

1.1.22     “Interest Rate” means the prime rate of interest quoted in The Wall Street Journal from time to time plus two percent;

 

1.1.23     “Investment Agreement” has the meaning assigned thereto in the recitals;

 

1.1.24     “Laws” means all laws (including common law), statutes, regulations, statutory rules, by-laws, orders, ordinances, directives and the terms and conditions of any approvals, permits, licenses or judgements of any Governmental Authority, together with any applicable enforceable published notes, guidelines or policies, and the term “applicable”, with respect to such Laws and in the context that refers to one or more Persons, means such Laws that apply to such Person or Persons or its or their business, undertaking, property or securities at the relevant time and that emanate from a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Person or Persons or its or their business, undertaking, property or securities;

 

1.1.25     “Liabilities” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8.1.1;

 

3



 

1.1.26     “Manager” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto;

 

1.1.27     “Material Agreement” means any contract, lease, license, agreement or other document or instrument binding upon any member of the Spinco Group or affecting the Real Estate Assets which includes obligations the performance or non-performance of which could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on the results of operations or the financial condition of the Spinco Group;

 

1.1.28     “Non-Disclosure Agreement” means that certain Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2010, by and between General Growth Properties, Inc. and Brookfield Asset Management, Inc.;

 

1.1.29     “Officers” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.2.1;

 

1.1.30     “Payment Date” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 6.1;

 

1.1.31     “Person” means any individual, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, syndicate, sole proprietorship, company or corporation with or without share capital, unincorporated association, trust, trustee, executor, administrator or other legal personal representative, regulatory body or agency, government or governmental agency, authority or entity however designated or constituted;

 

1.1.32     “Service Recipient(s)” means any member of the Spinco Group that is a recipient of Services;

 

1.1.33     “Services” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3.1;

 

1.1.34     “Spinco Group” means, collectively, the Company, and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company;

 

1.1.35     “Spin-off” has the meaning assigned thereto in the recitals;

 

1.1.36     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person that is directly or indirectly Controlled by such Person, (ii) any trust in which such Person holds all of the beneficial interests or (iii) any partnership, limited liability company or similar entity in which such Person holds all of the interests other than the interests of any general partner, managing member or similar Person; and

 

1.1.37     “Term” means the Initial Term and any Extension Term.

 

1.2                               Headings and Table of Contents

 

The inclusion of headings and a table of contents in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

4



 

1.3          Interpretation

 

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.3.1       words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender include all genders or the neuter;

 

1.3.2       words importing the neuter include all genders; and

 

1.3.3       references to a party or parties includes that party’s or those parties’ successors and permitted assigns.

 

1.4          Currency

 

All amounts in this Agreement are stated and shall be paid in U.S. currency.

 

1.5          Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

 

In this Agreement, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided, references to “generally accepted accounting principles” mean the generally accepted accounting principles used by the Company in preparing its financial statements from time to time.

 

1.6          Invalidity of Provisions

 

Each of the provisions contained in this Agreement is distinct and severable and a declaration of invalidity or unenforceability of any such provision or part thereof by a court of competent jurisdiction will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties waive any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.  The parties shall engage in good faith negotiations to replace any provision which is declared invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid or unenforceable provision which it replaces.

 

1.7          Entire Agreement

 

Except as expressly provided for herein, this Agreement, the Non-Disclosure Agreement and the Common Interest Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement.  There are no warranties, conditions, or representations (including any that may be implied by statute) and there are no agreements in connection with such subject matter except as specifically set forth or referred to in this Agreement, the Non-Disclosure Agreement or the Common Interest Agreement.  No reliance is placed on any warranty, representation, opinion, advice or assertion of fact made either prior to, contemporaneous with, or after entering into this Agreement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, by any party to this Agreement or its directors, officers, employees or agents, to any other party to this Agreement or its directors, officers, employees or agents, except to the extent that the same has been reduced to writing and included as a term of this Agreement, and none of the parties to this Agreement has been induced to enter into this Agreement or any amendment or supplement by reason of any such warranty, representation, opinion, advice or assertion of fact. 

 

5



 

Accordingly, there will be no liability, either in tort or in contract, assessed in relation to any such warranty, representation, opinion, advice or assertion of fact, except to the extent contemplated above.

 

1.8          Waiver; Amendment

 

Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of this Agreement will be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of any other provision nor will any waiver of any provision of this Agreement constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

1.9          Governing Law

 

This Agreement, its negotiation, execution, performance or nonperformance, interpretation, termination and construction and all matters based upon, arising out of or related to any of the foregoing (whether in equity, law or statute) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such State.

 

1.10        Jurisdiction; Venue

 

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the provision of the Services that arises prior to the later of the closing of the Bankruptcy Case for GGP or the closing of the Bankruptcy Case for GGP Limited Partnership (such later time, the “Bankruptcy Closing”) shall be subject to the jurisdiction of and determination by the Bankruptcy Court, and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the provision of the Services that arises after the Bankruptcy Closing shall be subject to the jurisdiction of and determination by the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.  Each of the parties hereto (a) consents to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court (prior to the Bankruptcy Closing) or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (after the Bankruptcy Closing) in connection with any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the provision of the Services, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from such courts and (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or the provision of the Services in any court other than the Bankruptcy Court (prior to the Bankruptcy Closing) or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (after the Bankruptcy Closing), unless such court first determines it does not have subject matter jurisdiction or otherwise declines to hear the dispute.  Manager hereby appoints as its agent for receipt of service of process: Brookfield Asset Management LLC, 3 World Financial Center, 200 Vesey Street, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10281.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 2
APPOINTMENT OF THE MANAGER

 

2.1                               Appointment and Acceptance

 

2.1.1       Subject to and in accordance with the terms, conditions and limitations in this Agreement, the Company, on its own behalf and as agent for the other members of the Spinco Group, hereby appoints and retains the Manager to provide the Services subject to the oversight of the Board.

 

2.1.2       The Manager hereby accepts the appointment provided for in section 2.1.1 and agrees to act in such capacity and to provide or arrange for the provision of the Services upon the terms set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.2                               Subcontracting and Other Arrangements

 

The Manager may subcontract to any of its Affiliates or, with the Company’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), other third parties (any such parties referred to as a “delegatee”) any or all of the Services to be provided by it under this Agreement, and the Company hereby consents to any such subcontracting; provided that the Manager shall remain responsible to the Company for any Services provided by such delegatee. Where appropriate in this Agreement, all references to the Manager will include the permitted delegatees where the context makes it appropriate.

 

2.3                               Spinco Subsidiaries

 

The Company covenants and agrees to cause, upon request of the Manager, any or all present or subsequently acquired Subsidiaries who are at any time a Service Recipient to execute such documentation and take such further action as may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement or the agreements or arrangements contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3
SERVICES AND POWERS OF THE MANAGER

 

3.1                               Services

 

The Manager shall provide the following services (the “Services”) to the Company and other members of the Spinco Group as requested by the Company:

 

3.1.1       providing such services as are reasonably necessary or requested by the Board in order to accomplish the Spin-off;

 

3.1.2       providing overall strategic advice in relation to the Business, including oversight of detailed asset plans for each of the Company’s material assets;

 

7



 

3.1.3       making recommendations for the development of projects, establishment of joint ventures, sales or other similar transactions and overseeing the execution of such transactions;

 

3.1.4       overseeing the preparation and implementation of an annual business plan, including an annual capital expenditure plan and overseeing the preparation and implementation of other strategic or long term plans as required for the Business;

 

3.1.5       making recommendations concerning current and future financing requirements of the Business and overseeing such financing, whether completed by way of indebtedness, equity or otherwise, including in respect of the preparation, review or distribution of any registration statement or offering memorandum related thereto and assisting with communications support in connection therewith;

 

3.1.6       making recommendations concerning potential acquisitions or corporate transactions and overseeing the execution of such transactions;

 

3.1.7       making available qualified individuals to act as senior executives of the Company in furtherance of the provision of Services, including as provided in Section 4.2;

 

3.1.8       overseeing corporate functions, including accounting and management reporting, information systems, tax preparation and other corporate functions, to be provided on a transitional basis by certain Subsidiaries of GGP following the Spin-off, and developing and overseeing implementation of a long term plan for such functions following termination of the transition services agreement;

 

3.1.9       advising and assisting the Company and its Subsidiaries to establish, maintain and implement appropriate policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with:

 

3.1.9.1            the requirements of securities and other Laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any permits and other obligations imposed by any Governmental Authority affecting the Business or the Company;

 

3.1.9.2            the annual business plan;

 

3.1.9.3            any other obligations by which the Company or its Subsidiaries is bound, including, for greater clarity, obligations under Material Agreements;

 

3.1.10     advising and assisting with regard to community and investor relations of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

 

3.1.11     advising and assisting with respect to the listing of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 4
MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

4.1          Management and Employees

 

4.1.1       The Manager shall ensure that its officers and employees devote such of their time to the provision of the Services as the Manager reasonably deems necessary and appropriate, in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder. Such personnel need not have as their primary responsibility the provision of the Services to the Service Recipients or be dedicated exclusively to the provision of the Services.

 

4.1.2       The Company shall, and shall cause other members of the Spinco Group to, do all things reasonably necessary on its part as requested by the Manager consistent with the terms of this Agreement to enable the Manager to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement including without limitation, making available to the Manager, and granting the Manager access to, the employees or contractors of the Service Recipients as the Manager may from time to time reasonably request in order for the Manager to perform its obligations, covenants and responsibilities and exercise its rights pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

4.1.3       For greater certainty, where the Manager is unable to satisfy an obligation under this Agreement, as a direct or indirect result of a failure by a Service Recipient to satisfy its obligations under this Article 4 or Section 5.2, the Manager shall be deemed not to be in breach of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

4.2          Spinco Officers

 

4.2.1       Effective as of the Effective Date, the Manager shall make available the individuals listed on Exhibit A to act as duly elected officers of the Company in the capacity or capacities set forth opposite their respective names on Exhibit A (the “Officers”), to serve as such until their successors are duly elected or their earlier death, resignation or removal from office.

 

4.2.2       The Manager shall have the right, from time to time during the Term, upon not less than 10 days’ prior written notice to the Company, to replace any Officer with an individual having similar qualifications and experience level, in the Manager’s reasonable discretion.  The Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to remove any Officer for cause, which shall include (a) willfully disregarding any Board directive or (b) failure to perform his or her duties in accordance with standards reasonably established by the Board from time to time.

 

4.2.3       The Manager acknowledges that the Officers will be required to report to the Board, will be fiduciaries of the Company and its shareholders in accordance with Delaware law, and, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, will act as the “principal executive officer” and “principal financial officer”, respectively, of the Company under applicable SEC rules and regulations.  The Manager further acknowledges that the Board retains authority to make ultimate decisions with respect to Company policies and strategic matters.  The Manager agrees to report to the

 

9


 

Board at least quarterly, at regularly scheduled meetings, with respect to the progress of the Services.

 

4.2.4                     If the Board reasonably determines that it is necessary or advisable in order to achieve tax-free treatment for the Spin-off, the Manager will use reasonable commercial efforts to cause the Officers and other employees of the Manager or its Affiliates mutually agreed by the Manager and the Company who are providing Services to become part-time employees of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 5

INFORMATION AND RECORDS

 

5.1                               Books and Records

 

The Company shall, and shall cause the other Service Recipients to, maintain proper books, records and documents in which complete, true and correct entries, in conformity in all material respects with generally accepted accounting principles and all requirements of applicable Laws, will be made; provided that the Manager acknowledges that the Officers will have primary responsibility for oversight of such books, records and documents and to ensure that policies and procedures are in place for compliance with Law applicable thereto.

 

5.2                               Access to Information by Manager; Confidentiality

 

5.2.1                     The Company shall, and shall cause other members of the Spinco Group to:

 

5.2.1.1                                  grant, or cause to be granted, to the Manager full access to all documentation and information necessary in order for the Manager to perform its obligations, covenants and responsibilities pursuant to the terms hereof, including all of the books, records, documents and financial and operating data of the Service Recipients required to be maintained under Section 5.1 and to enable the Manager to provide the Services; and

 

5.2.1.2                                  provide, or cause to be provided, all documentation and information as may be reasonably requested by the Manager, and promptly notify the appropriate member of the Manager of any material facts or information of which any Service Recipient is aware, which may affect the performance of the obligations, covenants or responsibilities of the Manager pursuant to this Agreement, including maintenance of proper financial records, including any known, pending or threatened suits, actions, claims, proceedings or orders by or against the Service Recipients, before any court or administrative tribunal.

 

5.2.2                     The Manager shall not, and shall cause its officers, employees and delegatees having access to information of the Company that is known to the Manager as confidential or proprietary (“Confidential Information”) not to, disclose to any other Person or use, except for purposes of providing the Services, any Confidential Information; provided, however, that the Manager may disclose Confidential Information to the extent permitted by applicable Law: (i) to its delegatees on a need-to-know basis in connection with the performance of the Services under this Agreement; (ii) in any report,

 

10



 

statement, testimony or other submission required to be made to any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Manager; or (iii) in order to comply with applicable Law, or in response to any summons, subpoena or other legal process or formal or informal investigative demand issued to the Manager in the course of any litigation, investigation or administrative proceeding.

 

5.2.3                     The Manager shall, and shall cause its officers, employees and delegatees to, protect the Confidential Information by using the same degree of care to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of such Confidential Information as the Manager uses to protect its own confidential information of a like nature.

 

5.2.4                     Each party shall comply with all applicable state, federal and foreign privacy and data protection Laws that are or that may in the future be applicable to the provision of Services under this Agreement.  The Manager hereby agrees that it will not, and will instruct its officers, employees and delegatees that it is a violation of applicable Law for any such person to, purchase or sell securities of the Company based on non-public information obtained in connection with the performance of Services.

 

ARTICLE 6

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

6.1                               Base Management Fee

 

6.1.1                     As compensation for the Services to be provided by the Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby covenants and agrees to pay to the Manager a base management fee (the “Base Management Fee”) in an amount equal to

 

6.1.1.1                                  For the Initial Term, $500,000 per month paid monthly in advance within five Business Days following the beginning of each month (the “Payment Date”); and

 

6.1.1.2                                  During the Extension Term (if any) a monthly fee payable within five Business Days of the beginning of the relevant month in an amount equal to the Extension Term Fee.

 

6.2                               Expenses

 

6.2.1                     The Company shall reimburse the Manager for all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses owed to any third party (“Expenses”) incurred by the Manager in connection with the provision of the Services, which may include, among other things:

 

6.2.1.1                                  taxes, licenses and other statutory fees or penalties levied against or in respect of a Service Recipient in respect of the Services;

 

6.2.1.2                                  amounts paid by the Manager under indemnification, contribution or similar arrangements entered into in connection with the provision of Services with the prior approval of the Board;

 

11



 

6.2.1.3                                  any other fees, costs and expenses that are reasonably necessary for the performance by the Manager of its duties and functions under this Agreement.

 

6.3                               Governmental Charges

 

Without limiting Section 6.2, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Manager for all sales, use, value added, goods and services, withholding or other taxes, customs duties or other governmental charges (“Governmental Charges”) which are levied or imposed by any Governmental Authority by reason of this Agreement, except for any income taxes, corporation taxes, capital taxes or other similar taxes payable by the Manager which are personal to the Manager.  Any failure by the Manager to collect monies on account of these Governmental Charges shall not constitute a waiver of the right to do so.

 

6.4                               Computation and Payment of Expenses and Governmental Charges

 

The Manager shall, from time to time, prepare statements (“Expense Statement(s)”) documenting the Expenses and Governmental Charges to be reimbursed pursuant to this Article 6 and shall deliver such statement to each relevant Service Recipient.  All Expenses and Governmental Charges reimbursable pursuant to this Article 6 shall be reimbursed by the relevant Service Recipient no later than the date which is 30 days after receipt of the Expense Statement. The provisions of this Section 6.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

7.1                               Representations and Warranties of the Manager

 

The Manager  hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

7.1.1                     it is validly organized and existing under the relevant laws governing its formation and existence;

 

7.1.2                     it has the power, capacity and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties and obligations hereunder;

 

7.1.3                     it has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

7.1.4                     the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it and the performance by it of its obligations hereunder do not and will not contravene, breach or result in any default under its  constituent documents or other organizational documents, or under any mortgage, lease, agreement or other legally binding instrument, license, permit or applicable law to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound;

 

12



 

7.1.5                     no authorization, consent or approval, or filing with or notice to any Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by it of this Agreement; and

 

7.1.6                     this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of it enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other laws of general application limiting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies generally and (ii) general principles of equity, including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness, equitable defenses and limits as to the availability of equitable remedies, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or in equity.

 

7.2                               Representations and Warranties of the Company

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Manager that:

 

7.2.1                     it is validly organized and existing under the relevant laws governing its formation and existence;

 

7.2.2                     subject to receipt of approval from the Bankruptcy Court, it has the power, capacity and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties and obligations hereunder;

 

7.2.3                     it has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

7.2.4                     the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it and the performance by it of its obligations hereunder do not and will not contravene, breach or result in any default under its charter, by-laws, constituent documents or other organizational documents, or under any mortgage, lease, agreement or other legally binding instrument, license, permit or applicable law to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound;

 

7.2.5                     no authorization, consent or approval, or filing with or notice to any Person (other than filing with, and approval by, the Bankruptcy Court) is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by it of this Agreement; and

 

7.2.6                     subject to receipt of approval from the Bankruptcy Court, this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of it enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to:  (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other laws of general application limiting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies generally; and (ii) general principles of equity, including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness, equitable defenses and limits as to the availability of equitable remedies, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or in equity.

 

13



 

ARTICLE 8

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1                               Indemnity

 

8.1.1                     The Company (for purposes of this Article, an “Indemnifying Party”) hereby agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Manager and each of its Affiliates, and any directors, officers, agents, subcontractors, delegatees, members, partners, shareholders, officers and employees of each of the foregoing (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses (including legal fees) (“Liabilities”) incurred by them or threatened in connection with any and all actions, suits, investigations, proceedings or claims of any kind whatsoever, whether arising under statute or action of a regulatory authority or otherwise, arising from this Agreement or the Services provided hereunder (“Claims”); provided that no Indemnified Party shall be so indemnified with respect to any Claim to the extent that such Claim is finally determined by a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, or pursuant to a settlement agreement agreed to by such Indemnified Party, to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s bad faith, fraud, willful misconduct, gross negligence or, in the case of a criminal matter, conduct undertaken with knowledge that the conduct was unlawful.

 

8.1.2                     The Manager and the Company agree that in case any Claim should be made by a third party arising from this Agreement or the Services provided hereunder, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume and conduct the defense of such Claim with counsel of its own choosing; provided that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in such defense and to employ its own counsel in connection therewith at the Indemnified Party’s sole expense.  If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of any such third-party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ its own counsel in connection therewith, and the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel, as well as the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party in such case, as incurred but subject to recoupment by the Indemnifying Party if ultimately it is not liable to pay indemnification hereunder.  The Indemnified Party will not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such third-party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

8.1.3                     The Manager and the Company agree that, promptly after the receipt of notice of the commencement of any third-party Claim involving an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Agreement, where such Claim is based, directly or indirectly, upon any matter in respect of which this Agreement provides for indemnification, the Indemnified Party in such case shall notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of the commencement of such Claim (provided that any accidental failure to provide any such notice shall not prejudice the right of any such Indemnified Party hereunder, except to the extent that such failure prevents participation by the Indemnifying Party in such Claim) and, throughout the course of such Claim, the party responsible for the defense of such claim hereunder shall

 

14



 

use its best efforts to provide copies of all relevant documentation to the other party and shall keep the other party appraised of the progress thereof and shall discuss with the other party all significant actions proposed.

 

8.1.4                     The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that the right to indemnity provided in this Section 8.1 shall be in addition to and not in derogation of any other liability which the Indemnifying Party in any particular case may have or of any other right to indemnity or contribution which any Indemnified Party may have by statute or otherwise at law.

 

8.1.5                     The indemnity provided in this Section 8.1 shall survive the completion of Services rendered under, or any termination or purported termination of, this Agreement.

 

8.2                               Limitation of Liability

 

8.2.1                     The Manager assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the Services in good faith and in accordance with Section 4.2.3 and shall not be responsible for any action of a Service Recipient in declining to follow any advice or recommendations of the Manager.

 

8.2.2                     Without limiting the provisions of Section 4.2.3, the Company hereby agrees that no Indemnified Party shall be liable to a Service Recipient, a director or officer (or other individual with similar function) of a Service Recipient or any security holder or partner of a Service Recipient for any Liabilities that may occur as a result of any acts or omissions by the Indemnified Party pursuant to or in accordance with this Agreement, except to the extent that such Liabilities are finally determined by a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the Indemnified Party’s bad faith, fraud, willful misconduct, gross negligence, or in the case of a criminal matter, conduct undertaken with knowledge that the conduct was unlawful.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 8.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

8.2.3                     The maximum amount of the aggregate liability of the Manager and each of its Affiliates, and any directors, officers, agents, subcontractors, delegatees, agents, advisors or other representatives of the Manager or its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement will be equal to the amounts previously paid in respect of Services pursuant to this Agreement or any agreement or arrangement provided for under this Agreement in the two most recent calendar years by the Service Recipients.

 

ARTICLE 9
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

9.1                               Term

 

The Manager’s engagement hereunder shall begin on the Effective Date and shall continue in full force and effect for a period of six months (the “Initial Term”) unless terminated earlier in accordance with Section 9.2 or extended in accordance with Section 9.6.

 

15



 

9.2                               Termination by the Company

 

9.2.1                     The Company may terminate this Agreement for any reason or no reason, effective upon 45 days prior written notice of termination to the Manager or payment of a termination fee equal to the Base Management Fee that would have been payable during such 45 day period.

 

9.2.2                     The Company may also terminate this Agreement effective immediately upon written notice of termination to the Manager without payment of any termination fee if:

 

9.2.2.1                                  the Manager engages in any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds or embezzlement against any Service Recipient;

 

9.2.2.2                                  there is an event of any bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Manager in the performance of the Services and such bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence results in material harm to the Spinco Group; or

 

9.2.2.3                                  the Manager makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, institutes proceedings to be adjudicated voluntarily bankrupt, consents to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy against it, is adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction as being bankrupt or insolvent, seeks reorganization under any bankruptcy law or consents to the filing of a petition seeking such reorganization or has a decree entered against it by a court of competent jurisdiction appointing a receiver liquidator, trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or in insolvency.

 

9.3                               Termination by the Manager

 

9.3.1                     The Manager may terminate this Agreement effective upon written notice of termination to the Company without payment of any termination fee if:

 

9.3.1.1                                  The Company makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, institutes proceedings to be adjudicated voluntarily bankrupt, consents to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy against it, is adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction as being bankrupt or insolvent, seeks reorganization under any bankruptcy law or consents to the filing of a petition seeking such reorganization or has a decree entered against it by a court of competent jurisdiction appointing a receiver liquidator, trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or in insolvency.

 

9.4                               Survival Upon Termination

 

If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article 9, such termination will be without any further liability or obligation of any party hereto, except as provided in Section 6.4, Article 8, Section 9.5 and Article 10 hereof.

 

16



 

9.5                               Action Upon Termination

 

From and after the effective date of the termination of this Agreement, the Manager shall not be entitled to receive the Base Management Fee for further services under this Agreement, but shall be paid all compensation accruing to the date of termination (including such day).

 

9.6                               Extension Option

 

The Company may, by written notice at least 30 days prior to the expiry of the Initial Term, elect, in its sole discretion, to extend the term of this Agreement for up to an additional six months  (the “Extension Term”); provided, however, that during such 30 day (or longer) notice period the parties shall negotiate in good faith in order to determine the Extension Term Fee prior to the expiration of such 30-day period.

 

ARTICLE 10

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

10.1                        Assignment

 

10.1.1              This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Manager without the prior written consent of the Company, except (i) pursuant to Section 2.2, or (ii) in the case of assignment by the Manager to an Affiliate or a Person that is its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, in which case the Affiliate or successor shall be bound under this Agreement and by the terms of the assignment in the same manner as such of the Managers is bound under this Agreement.  In addition, provided that the Manager provides prior written notice to the Company for informational purposes only, nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer or assignment of the Manager’s rights under this Agreement, including any amounts payable to the Managers under this Agreement, to a bona fide lender as security.

 

10.1.2              This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Manager, except in the case of assignment by the Company to a Person that is its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, in which case the successor shall be bound under this Agreement and by the terms of the assignment in the same manner as the Company is bound under this Agreement.  In addition, provided that the Company provides prior written notice to the Manager for informational purposes only, nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer or assignment of the Company’s rights under this Agreement to a bona fide lender as security.

 

10.1.3              Any purported assignment of this Agreement in violation of this Article 10 shall be null and void.

 

10.2                        Independent Contractor, No Partnership or Joint Venture

 

The parties acknowledge that the Manager is providing the Services hereunder as an independent contractor and that the Manager and the Service Recipients are not partners or

 

17



 

joint venturers or agents of one another and nothing herein will be construed so as to make them partners or joint venturers or agents of one another or impose any liability as such on any of them as a result of this Agreement. Nothing in this agreement shall prohibit  or limit the Manager (or any Affiliate, director, officer, member, partner, shareholder, of the Manager or any of their respective officers or employees) from engaging in other business activities or sponsoring, or providing services to, third parties that compete directly or indirectly with the Service Recipients.

 

10.3                        Failure to Pay When Due

 

Any amount payable by the Company hereunder which is not remitted when so due shall remain due (whether on demand or otherwise) and interest will accrue on such overdue amounts (both before and after judgment) at a rate per annum equal to the Interest Rate beginning five (5) days after the date when payment is due.

 

10.4                        Enurement

 

This Agreement will enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

10.5                        Notices

 

Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder will be in writing and will be given by prepaid first-class mail, by facsimile or other means of electronic communication or by hand-delivery as hereinafter provided.  Any such notice or other communication, if mailed by prepaid first-class mail at any time other than during a general discontinuance of postal service due to strike, lockout or otherwise, shall be deemed to have been received on the 4th Business Day after the post-marked date thereof, or if sent by facsimile or other means of electronic communication, shall be deemed to have been received on the Business Day following the sending, or if delivered by hand shall be deemed to have been received at the time it is delivered to the applicable address noted below either to the individual designated below or to an individual at such address having apparent authority to accept deliveries on behalf of the addressee.  Notice of change of address shall also be governed by this section.  In the event of a general discontinuance of postal service due to strike, lock-out or otherwise, notices or other communications shall be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile or other means of electronic communication and shall be deemed to have been received in accordance with this section. Notices and other communications shall be addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company:

 

Spinco, Inc.

c/o General Growth Properties, Inc.

110 N. Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

Attention:                                         Ronald L. Gern, Esq.

Telecopier number:                                       312-960-5485

 

18



 

if to the Manager:

 

Brookfield Asset Management, Inc.

Brookfield Place, Suite 300

181 Bay Street, Box 762

Toronto, Ontario M5J 2T3

Canada

 

Attention:                                         Joseph Freedman

Telecopier number:                                       416-365-9642

 

10.6                        Further Assurances

 

Each of the parties hereto shall promptly do, make, execute or deliver, or cause to be done, made, executed or delivered, all such further acts, documents and things as the other party hereto may reasonably require from time to time for the purpose of giving effect to this Agreement and will use reasonable efforts and take all such steps as may be reasonably within its power to implement to their full extent the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.7                        Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be signed in counterparts and each of such counterparts will constitute an original document and such counterparts, taken together, will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SPINCO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ronald L. Gern

 

Name:

Ronald L. Gern

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

BROOKFIELD ADVISORS LP

 

by its general partner, BAM Limited

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joeseph Freedman

 

Name:

Joseph Freedman

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Signature Page to Management Services Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the [·] day of [    ], 2010 by and between The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [·] (the “Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself;

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, although the [Amended and Restated] Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate”) and the [Amended and Restated] Bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company under the circumstances specified therein, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), the Certificate, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and authorize the Company to enter into contracts between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate and the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve or continue serving as a director or officer, or both, of the Company after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 



 

1.                                      Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                 Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company occurring after the date hereof of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) on Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, a Change in Control shall include: (i) the acquisition (other than acquisition by or from the Company) after the date hereof by any person, entity or “group,” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Act (excluding, for this purpose, the Company or its subsidiaries, any employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries that acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Company, and any qualified institutional investor that meets the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) promulgated under the Act) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Act), of 50% or more of either the then-outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (ii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Board”) ceasing for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (iii) approval by the stockholders of the Company of (A) a reorganization, merger or consolidation, in each case, with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or other surviving corporation’s then-outstanding voting securities, (B) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (C) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in a similar capacity at the written request of the Company.

 

(c)                                  Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification or advancement is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                 Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

2



 

(e)                                  Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, disbursements of counsel, court costs, filing fees, transcript costs, fees and expenses of experts, witness fees and expenses, travel expenses, duplicating and imaging costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, facsimile transmission charges, computer legal research costs, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, as well as all other “expenses” within the meaning of that term as used in Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and all other disbursements or expenses of types customarily and reasonably incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, actions, suits, or proceedings similar to or of the same type as the Proceeding with respect to which such disbursements or expenses were incurred; but, notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, “Expenses” shall not include amounts of judgments, penalties, or fines actually levied against the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include the foregoing incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.

 

(f)                                   Independent Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm or an independent practitioner that is experienced in matters of corporation law and indemnification issues and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (including any internal investigation), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on such Indemnitee’s part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce such Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

3



 

(h)                                 References herein to “fines” shall not include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan.

 

(i)                                     References herein to a director of another Enterprise or a director of an other Enterprise shall include, in the case of any entity that is not managed by a board of directors, such other position, such as manager or trustee or member of the governing body of such entity, that entails responsibility for the management and direction of such entity’s affairs, including, without limitation, the general partner of any partnership (general or limited) and the manager or managing member of any limited liability company.

 

(j)                                    (i) References herein to serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary of another Enterprise shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than solely as a participant or beneficiary of such a plan; and (ii) if the Indemnitee has acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

2.                                      Indemnity of Indemnitee.  The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as such may be amended from time to time.  In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

(a)                                 Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.  Except as provided in Section 10 hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is or was, or is or was threatened to be made, a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, liabilities and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, but only if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                                 Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.  Except as provided in Section 10 hereof,  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is or was, or is or was threatened to be made, a party to or is or was otherwise involved in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, but only if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company;

 

4



 

provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification for such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged liable to the Company unless (and only to the extent that) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Expenses that the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

(c)                                  Overriding Right to Indemnification if Successful on the Merits.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or was, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or otherwise, a party to and is or was successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

3.                                      Additional Indemnity.  In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, liabilities and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee.  The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Section 7 and Section 8 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

4.                                      Contribution.

 

(a)                                 To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, whether or not the indemnification provided in Section 2 and Section 3 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee.  The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or

 

5



 

proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

(b)                                 To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines, liabilities and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines, liabilities or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered.  The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

(c)                                  The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claim of contribution brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                 To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, liabilities, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as the Board of Directors deems fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company (together with its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

5.                                      Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or was, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or otherwise, a witness, or is or was made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in

 

6



 

any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

6.                                      Advancement of Expenses.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but subject to Section 9(e) hereof, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or otherwise within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee and for which advancement is requested, and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall finally be determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Section 7 and Section 8 hereof) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Such undertaking shall be sufficient for purposes of this Section 6 if it is substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.  Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest-free.  The Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses as provided in this Section 6 regardless of any determination by or on behalf of the Company that the Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct set forth in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) hereof.

 

7.                                      Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.  It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware.  Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

(a)                                 Indemnitee shall give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement.  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for indemnification, including therein or therewith, except to the extent previously provided to the Company in connection with a request or requests for advancement pursuant to Section 6 hereof, a statement or statements reasonably evidencing all Expenses incurred or paid by or on behalf of the Indemnitee and for which indemnification is requested, together with such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary for the Company to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.  The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.  Failure to provide any notice required hereby shall not impair Indemnitee’s rights of indemnification and contribution under this Agreement except to the extent that such failure to provide notice actually and materially prejudices the rights of the Company to defend any action or proceeding which is the basis of the claimed indemnification.

 

7



 

(b)                                 Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the second sentence of Section 7(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made by the following person or persons, who shall be empowered to make such determination: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel (unless Indemnitee shall request in writing that such determination be made by the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) in the manner provided for in clause (ii) of this Section 7(b)) in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A)(1) by Independent Counsel, if Indemnitee shall request in writing that such determination be made by Independent Counsel upon making Indemnitee’s request for indemnification pursuant to the second sentence of Section 7(a), (2) by the Board of Directors of the Company, by a majority vote of Disinterested Directors even though less than a quorum, or (3) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (B) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, even if there are such Disinterested Directors, if the Board of Directors, by the majority vote of Disinterested Directors, so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee.

 

(c)                                  If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors and approved by Indemnitee.  Upon failure of the Board of Directors to so select, or upon the failure of Indemnitee to so approve, such Independent Counsel within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other person or body as the Indemnitee and the Company may agree in writing.  Such determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of a written request for indemnification.  If the person making such determination shall determine that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as to part (but not all) of the application for indemnification, such person shall reasonably pro-rate such part of indemnification among such claims, issues or matters.  If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.  The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(d)                                 In connection with any determination (including a determination by the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or other court of competent jurisdiction)) with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification and any decision that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification must be supported by clear and convincing evidence.  The failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, or an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall not

 

8



 

be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(e)                                  In making a determination with respect to whether Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and any decision that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification must be supported by clear and convincing evidence.  In addition, and in no way limiting the provisions of this Section 7, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Enterprise, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding to have had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, if Indemnitee’s action is based on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise; provided, however, that any failure by Indemnitee to act on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise shall not, in and of itself, constitute grounds for an adverse determination with respect to whether Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

(f)                                   If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under this Section 7 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto and so notifies the Indemnitee.

 

(g)                                  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board of Directors shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by

 

9



 

Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(h)                                 The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty.  In the event that any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is or becomes a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(i)                                     The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

8.                                      Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)                                 In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within fifty-five (55) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

(b)                                 In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

 

(c)                                  If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent (i) a

 

10



 

misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                 In the event that (a) the Indemnitee commences a proceeding seeking (1) to establish or enforce the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification or advancement pursuant to this Agreement, (2) to otherwise enforce Indemnitee’s rights under or to interpret the terms of this Agreement, (3) to recover damages for breach of this Agreement, (4) to establish or enforce Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification or advancement pursuant to the Certificate or the Bylaws, or (5) to enforce or interpret the terms of any liability insurance policy maintained by the Company (each such proceeding an “Indemnitee Enforcement Proceeding”), or (b) the Company commences a proceeding against the Indemnitee seeking (1) to recover, pursuant to an undertaking or otherwise, amounts previously advanced to Indemnitee, (2) to enforce the Company’s rights under or to interpret the terms of this Agreement, or (3) to recover damages for breach of this Agreement (each such proceeding a “Company Enforcement Proceeding” and together with each form of Indemnitee Enforcement Proceeding, an “Enforcement Proceeding”), then the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Proceeding, provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding on which Indemnitee does not prevail, unless (and only to the extent that) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication in respect of such claim, issue or matter but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Expenses that the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.  The Company also shall be required to advance all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Enforcement Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such Enforcement Proceeding within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a written request for such advance or advances from time to time, which request shall include or be accompanied by a statement or statements reasonably evidencing the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee and for which advancement is requested; provided, however, that any such advancement shall be made only after the Company receives an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall be finally determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

 

(e)                                  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

11


 

9.                                       Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

(a)                                  The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or otherwise prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in the DGCL or applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the indemnification and contribution provided for in this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Indemnitee or any of Indemnitee’s agents.

 

(b)                                 To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability or other applicable insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)                                  Subject to Section 9(f), except as otherwise agreed between the Company, on the one hand, and Indemnitee or another indemnitor of Indemnitee, on the other, in the event of any payment to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d)                                 Subject to Section 9(f), except as otherwise agreed between the Company, on the one hand, and Indemnitee or another indemnitor of Indemnitee, on the other, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such

 

12



 

payment under any Company insurance policy, Company contract, Company agreement or otherwise (except to the extent that Indemnitee is required (by court order or otherwise) to return such payment or to surrender it to the Company).

 

(e)                                  Subject to Section 9(f), except as otherwise agreed between the Company, on the one hand, and Indemnitee or another indemnitor of Indemnitee, on the other, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (except to the extent that Indemnitee is required (by court order or otherwise) to return such payment or to surrender it to the Company).

 

(f)                                    The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee is serving as a director or officer of the Company at the request of the Company or its Board of Directors.  The Company hereby further acknowledges that Indemnitee might have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance coverage provided by one or more third parties other than the Company and its insurers (collectively, the “Third Party Indemnitors”).  The Company hereby agrees that: (i) as between the Company and any Third Party Indemnitor, the Company is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of any Third Party Indemnitor to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification or insurance coverage for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary); (ii) it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all judgments or amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement, the Certificate or the Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any Third Party Indemnitor; and (iii) it hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, relinquishes and releases any and all Third Party Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Third Party Indemnitors (or any of them) for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by any Third Party Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing in any respect and the Third Party Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company.  The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Third Party Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 9.

 

10.                                 Exception to Right of Indemnification.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                  for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy, or other indemnity provision or otherwise, except with respect to any

 

13



 

excess beyond the amount so paid, and except as may otherwise be agreed between the Company, on the one hand, and Indemnitee or another indemnitor of Indemnitee, on the other;

 

(b)                                 for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Act, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c)                                  in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or the directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees of the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries (other than any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8(d),  which shall be governed by the terms of such section), unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

11.                                 Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

12.                                 Security.  To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral.  Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13.                                 Enforcement.

 

(a)                                  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue serving as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

(b)                                 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)                                  The Company represents that this Agreement has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

14.                                 Severability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee

 

14



 

indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.  In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15.                                 Modification and Waiver.  No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

16.                                 Notice By Indemnitee.  Indemnitee agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder.  The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

17.                                 Disclosure of Payments.  Except as expressly required by any law, neither party shall publicly disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained.

 

18.                                 Notices.  Unless otherwise provided herein, any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of (a) actual receipt, or (b) (i) one (1) business day after the date of delivery by confirmed facsimile transmission, (ii) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service for next day delivery, freight prepaid, or (iii) three (3) business days after deposit with the United States Post Office for delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid.  Any such notice shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the party to be notified at the address indicated for such party indicated on the signature pages or exhibits hereto, as otherwise set forth in this Section 18, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties.  All communications shall be sent:

 

(a)                                  To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto;

 

(b)                                 To the Company at:

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation

13355 Noel Road, Suite 950

Dallas, TX 75240

Attention:  General Counsel

Facsimile:  (214) 741-3021

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

15



 

19.                                 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile or electronic signature.

 

20.                                 Headings.  The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

21.                                 Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of any summons and complaint and any other process that may be served in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement by mailing by certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, copies of such process to such party at its address for receiving notice pursuant to Section 18 hereof, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.  Nothing herein shall preclude service of process by any other means permitted by applicable law.

 

22.                                 Assignment.  Neither party hereto may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Company may assign this Agreement upon a Change in Control.

 

23.                                 Construction.  The parties acknowledge that both parties have contributed to the drafting of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

 

[signature page follows]

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

[·]

 

 

 

 

Address:

[·]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Holdings Indemnification Agreement]

 



 

Exhibit A

 

UNDERTAKING

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Indemnification Agreement, by and between The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned, dated as of [·] (the “Indemnification Agreement”).  All initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indemnification Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, I,                                                                                                       , agree to reimburse the Company for all Expenses paid to me or on my behalf by the Company in connection with my involvement in [name or description of proceeding or proceedings], in the event, and to the extent, that it shall ultimately be determined (pursuant to the terms of the Indemnification Agreement) that I am not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses.

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Typed Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

) ss:

 

 

 

 

Before me                                             , on this day personally appeared                                       , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and who, after being duly sworn, stated that the contents of said instrument is to the best of his/her knowledge and belief true and correct and who acknowledged that he/she executed the same for the purpose and consideration therein expressed.

 

GIVEN under my hand and official seal at                 , this                day of                       , 20    .

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

My commission expires:

 

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1.

ESTABLISHMENT & PURPOSE

1

 

 

 

1.1

Establishment

1

1.2

Purpose of the Plan

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3.

ADMINISTRATION

4

 

 

 

3.1

Authority of the Committee

4

3.2

Delegation

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

4

 

 

 

4.1

Eligibility

4

4.2

Type of Awards

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN AND MAXIMUM AWARDS

5

 

 

 

5.1

General

5

5.2

Annual Award Limits

5

5.3

Additional Shares

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6.

STOCK OPTIONS

5

 

 

 

6.1

Grant of Options

5

6.2

Terms of Option Grant

6

6.3

Option Term

6

6.4

Method of Exercise

6

6.5

Limitations on Incentive Stock Options

6

6.6

Performance Goals

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7

 

 

 

7.1

Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights

7

7.2

Terms of Stock Appreciation Right

7

7.3

Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights and Options

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8.

RESTRICTED STOCK

7

 

 

 

8.1

Grant of Restricted Stock

7

8.2

Terms of Restricted Stock Awards

7

8.3

Voting and Dividend Rights

7

8.4

Performance Goals

8

8.5

Section 83(b) Election

8

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9.

OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10.

PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION

8

 

 

 

10.1

Grant of Performance-Based Compensation

8

10.2

Performance Measures

8

10.3

Establishment of Performance Goals for Covered Employees

9

10.4

Adjustment of Performance-Based Compensation

9

10.5

Certification of Performance

9

10.6

Interpretation

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11.

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE AND SECTION 457A OF THE CODE

9

 

 

 

11.1

General

9

11.2

Payments to Specified Employees

9

11.3

Separation from Service

10

11.4

Section 457A

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12.

ADJUSTMENTS

10

 

 

 

12.1

Adjustments in Authorized Shares

10

12.2

Change of Control

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13.

DURATION, AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

11

 

 

 

13.1

Duration of the Plan

11

13.2

Amendment, Modification, Suspension and Termination of Plan

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE 14.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

11

 

 

 

14.1

No Right to Service

11

14.2

Settlement of Awards; Fractional Shares

11

14.3

Tax Withholding

12

14.4

No Guarantees Regarding Tax Treatment

12

14.5

Non-Transferability of Awards

12

14.6

Conditions and Restrictions on Shares

12

14.7

Compliance with Law

12

14.8

Rights as a Shareholder

13

14.9

Severability

13

14.10

Unfunded Plan

13

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

14.11

No Constraint on Corporate Action

13

14.12

Successors

13

14.13

Governing Law

13

14.14

Data Protection

13

14.15

Effective Date

14

 

iii


 

The Howard Hughes Corporation

Equity Incentive Plan

 

Article 1.               Establishment & Purpose

 

1.1          Establishment.  The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation hereby establishes The Howard Hughes Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”) as set forth in this document.

 

1.2          Purpose of the Plan.  The purpose of this Plan is to attract, retain and motivate officers, employees, and non-employee directors providing services to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or Affiliates and to promote the success of the Company’s business by providing the participants of the Plan with appropriate incentives.

 

Article 2.               Definitions

 

Whenever capitalized in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.

 

2.1          Affiliate means any entity that the Company, either directly or indirectly, is in common control with, is controlled by or controls, or any entity in which the Company has a substantial equity interest, direct or indirect; provided, however, to the extent that Awards must cover “service recipient stock” in order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, “Affiliate” shall be limited to those entities which could qualify as an “eligible issuer” under Section 409A of the Code.

 

2.2          Annual Award Limitshall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

 

2.3          Award means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Other Stock-Based Award, or Performance-Based Compensation Award that is granted under the Plan.

 

2.4          Award Agreement means either (a) a written agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under this Plan, or (b) a written statement issued by the Company, a Subsidiary, or Affiliate to a Participant describing the terms and conditions of the actual grant of such Award.

 

2.5          Beneficial Owner or Beneficial Ownership shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

 

2.6          Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.7          Change of Control unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)           any consolidation, amalgamation, or merger of the Company with or into any other Person, or any other corporate reorganization, business combination, transaction or transfer of securities of the Company by its stockholders, or a series of transactions (including the acquisition of capital stock of the Company), whether or not the Company is a party thereto, in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, reorganization, business combination or transaction, collectively have Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of capital stock representing directly, or indirectly through one or more entities, less than fifty percent (50%) of the equity (measured by

 

1



 

economic value or voting power (by contract, share ownership or otherwise) of the Company or other surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger, reorganization, business combination or transaction;

 

(b)           the sale or disposition, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person;

 

(c)           during any period of twelve consecutive months commencing on or after the Effective Date, individuals who as of the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board (together with any new directors whose election by such Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors of the Company, then still in office, who were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

(d)           approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

2.8          Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2.9          Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any other committee designated by the Board to administer this Plan.  To the extent applicable, the Committee shall have at least two members, each of whom shall be (i) a Non-Employee Director, (ii) an Outside Director, and (iii) an “independent director” within the meaning of the listing requirements of any exchange on which the Company is listed.

 

2.10        Company means The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

2.11        Covered Employee means for any Plan Year, a Participant designated by the Company as a potential “covered employee” as such term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.12        Director means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

 

2.13        Effective Date means the date set forth in Section 14.15.

 

2.14        Employee means an officer or other employee of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including a member of the Board who is an employee of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

2.15        Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2.16        Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the per Share value determined as follows, in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code:

 

(a)           The closing price of a Share on a recognized national exchange or any established over-the-counter trading system on which dealings take place, or if no trades were made on any such day, the immediately preceding day on which trades were made; or

 

2



 

(b)           In the absence of an established market for the Shares of the type described in (a) above, the per Share Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Committee in good faith and in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

2.17        Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to meet the requirements of an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code and designated as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.18        Joint Plan of Reorganization means that certain Joint Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code by the Company and certain of its Subsidiaries filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on [·].

 

2.19        Non-Employee Director means a person defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2.20        Nonqualified Stock Option means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.21        Other Stock-Based Award means any right granted under Article 9 of the Plan.

 

2.22        Option means any stock option granted under Article 6 of the Plan.

 

2.23        Option Price means the purchase price per Share subject to an Option, as determined pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Plan.

 

2.24        Outside Director means a member of the Board who is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2.25        Participant means any eligible person as set forth in Section 4.1 to whom an Award is granted.

 

2.26        Performance-Based Compensation means compensation under an Award that is intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of Code or any successor provision.

 

2.27        Performance Measures means measures as described in Section 10.2 on which the performance goals are based in order to qualify Awards as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

2.28        Performance Period means the period of time during which the performance goals must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to an Award.

 

2.29        Person shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

 

2.30        Plan means The Howard Hughes Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

2.31        Plan Year means the applicable fiscal year of the Company.

 

2.32        Restricted Stock” means any Award granted under Article 8 of the Plan.

 

3



 

2.33        Restriction Period means the period during which Restricted Stock awarded under Article 8 of the Plan is subject to forfeiture.

 

2.34        Servicemeans service as an Employee or Director.

 

2.35        Share means a share of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, or such other class or kind of shares or other securities resulting from the application of Article 12 hereof.

 

2.36        Stock Appreciation Right means any right granted under Article 7 of the Plan.

 

2.37        Subsidiary means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity of which the Company, directly or indirectly, owns stock or other equity interests possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests (as determined in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code).

 

2.38        Ten Percent Shareholder means a person who on any given date owns, either directly or indirectly (taking into account the attribution rules contained in Section 424(d) of the Code), stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

Article 3.               Administration

 

3.1          Authority of the Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full power to interpret and administer the Plan and Award Agreements and full authority to select the Employees and Directors to whom Awards will be granted, and to determine the type and amount of Awards to be granted to each such Employee or Director, and the terms and conditions of Awards and Award Agreements.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion but subject to the limitations in Article 13, clarify, construe or resolve any ambiguity in any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, extend the term or period of exercisability of any Awards, or waive any terms or conditions applicable to any Award.  Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.  The Committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary power to adopt rules, forms, instruments, and guidelines for administering the Plan as the Committee deems necessary or proper.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee or by the Board (or any other committee or sub-committee thereof), as applicable, shall be final and binding upon the Participants, the Company, and all other interested individuals.

 

3.2          Delegation.  The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or one or more executive officers of the Company such administrative duties or powers as it may deem advisable; provided that no delegation shall be permitted under the Plan that is prohibited by applicable law.

 

Article 4.               Eligibility and Participation

 

4.1          Eligibility.  Participants will consist of such Employees and Directors as the Committee in its sole discretion determines and whom the Committee may designate from time to time to receive Awards.  Designation of a Participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year or, once designated, to receive the same type or amount of Award as granted to the Participant in any other year.

 

4



 

4.2          Type of Awards.  Awards under the Plan may be granted in any one or a combination of:  (a) Options, (b) Stock Appreciation Rights, (c) Restricted Stock, (d) Other Stock-Based Awards, and (e) Performance-Based Compensation Awards.  The Plan sets forth the types of performance goals and sets forth procedural requirements to permit the Company to design Awards that qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, as described in Article 10 hereof.  Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements (which need not be identical) that provide additional terms and conditions associated with such Awards, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and any such Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

Article 5.               Shares Subject to the Plan and Maximum Awards

 

5.1          General.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 12 hereof, the maximum number of Shares available for issuance to Participants pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be equal to [eight percent (8%) of the outstanding fully diluted Shares of the Company as of the Effective Date (including shares issuable under the Joint Plan of Reorganization)].  The number of Shares available for granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall not exceed [eight percent (8%) of the outstanding fully diluted Shares of the Company as of the Effective Date (including shares issuable under the Joint Plan of Reorganization)], subject to Article 12 hereof and the provisions of Sections 422 or 424 of the Code and any successor provisions.  The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

 

5.2          Annual Award Limits.  The maximum number of Shares with respect to Awards denominated in Shares (or the equivalent dollar value) that may be granted to any Participant in any Plan Year shall be 500,000 Shares, subject to adjustments made in accordance with Article 12 hereof (the “Annual Award Limit”).

 

5.3          Additional Shares.  In the event that any outstanding Award expires, is forfeited, cancelled or otherwise terminated without the issuance of Shares or is otherwise settled for cash, the Shares subject to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, expiration, termination or settlement for cash, shall again be available for Awards.  If the Committee authorizes the assumption under this Plan, in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, of awards granted under another plan, such assumption shall not (i) reduce the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under this Plan or (ii) be subject to or counted against a Participant’s Annual Award Limit.

 

Article 6.               Stock Options

 

6.1          Grant of Options.  The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants.  Each Option shall permit a Participant to purchase from the Company a stated number of Shares at an Option Price established by the Committee, subject to the terms and conditions described in this Article 6 and to such additional terms and conditions, as established by the Committee, in its sole discretion, that are consistent with the provisions of the Plan.  Options shall be designated as either Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options, provided that Options granted to Directors shall be Nonqualified Stock Options.  An Option granted as an Incentive Stock Option shall, to the extent it fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.  Neither the Committee, the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor any of their employees and representatives shall be liable to any Participant or to any other Person if it is determined that an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.  Each option shall be evidenced by Award Agreements which shall state the number of Shares covered by such Option.  Such agreements shall conform to the requirements of the Plan, and may contain such other provisions, as the Committee shall deem advisable.

 

5



 

6.2          Terms of Option Grant.  The Option Price shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, but shall not be less than one-hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.  In the case of any Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Option Price shall not be less than one-hundred-ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

6.3          Option Term.  The term of each Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant and shall be stated in the Award Agreement, but in no event shall such term be greater than ten (10) years (or, in the case on an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, five (5) years).

 

6.4          Method of Exercise.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in an Award Agreement, an Option may be exercised for all, or from time to time any part, of the Shares for which it is then exercisable.  For purposes of this Article 6, the exercise date of an Option shall be the later of the date a notice of exercise is received by the Company and, if applicable, the date payment is received by the Company pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the following sentence (including the applicable tax withholding pursuant to Section 14.3 of the Plan).  The aggregate Option Price for the Shares as to which an Option is exercised shall be paid to the Company in full at the time of exercise at the election of the Participant (i) in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by cashier’s check), (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, in Shares (whether or not previously owned by the Participant) having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased and satisfying such other requirements as may be imposed by the Committee, (iii) partly in cash and, to the extent permitted by the Committee, partly in such Shares (as described in (ii) above) or (iv) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, subject to such requirements as may be imposed by the Committee, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Shares obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased.  The Committee may prescribe any other method of payment that it determines to be consistent with applicable law and the purpose of the Plan.

 

6.5          Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) at the date of grant.  The aggregate Fair Market Value (generally determined as of the time the Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under all plans of the Company and of any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” shall not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), or the Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account generally in the order in which they are granted.  Each provision of the Plan and each Award Agreement relating to an Incentive Stock Option shall be construed so that each Incentive Stock Option shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code, and any provisions of the Award Agreement thereof that cannot be so construed shall be disregarded.

 

6.6          Performance Goals.  The Committee may condition the grant of Options or the vesting of Options upon the Participant’s achievement of one or more performance goal(s) (including the Participant’s provision of Services for a designated time period), as specified in the Award Agreement.  If the Participant fails to achieve the specified performance goal(s), the Committee shall not grant the Option to such Participant or the Option shall not vest, as applicable.

 

6


 

Article 7.               Stock Appreciation Rights

 

7.1          Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights.  The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants, including a grant of Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem with any Option at the same time such Option is granted (a “Tandem SAR”).  Stock Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and may contain such other provisions, as the Committee shall deem advisable.  Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall confer on the holder thereof a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares on the date of exercise over (b) the grant price of the right as specified by the Committee on the date of the grant.  Such payment may be in the form of cash, Shares, other property or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

7.2          Terms of Stock Appreciation Right.  Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the grant price (which shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant), term, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be as determined by the Committee.  The Committee may impose such other conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it may deem appropriate.  No Stock Appreciation Right shall have a term of more than ten (10) years from the date of grant.

 

7.3          Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights and Options.  A Tandem SAR shall be exercisable only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall expire no later than the expiration of the related Option.  Upon the exercise of all or a portion of a Tandem SAR, a Participant shall be required to forfeit the right to purchase an equivalent portion of the related Option (and, when a Share is purchased under the related Option, the Participant shall be required to forfeit an equivalent portion of the Stock Appreciation Right).

 

Article 8.               Restricted Stock

 

8.1          Grant of Restricted Stock.  An Award of Restricted Stock is a grant by the Committee of a specified number of Shares to the Participant, which Shares are subject to forfeiture upon the occurrence of specified events.  Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall conform to the requirements of the Plan and may contain such other provisions, as the Committee shall deem advisable.

 

8.2          Terms of Restricted Stock Awards.  Each Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock grant shall specify the period(s) of restriction, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock subject to the Award, the performance, employment or other conditions (including the termination of a Participant’s Service whether due to death, disability or other reason) under which the Restricted Stock may be forfeited to the Company and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.  At the end of the Restriction Period, the restrictions imposed hereunder and under the Award Agreement shall lapse with respect to the number of Shares of Restricted Stock as determined by the Committee, and the legend shall be removed and such number of Shares delivered to the Participant (or, where appropriate, the Participant’s legal representative).

 

8.3          Voting and Dividend Rights.  Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, Participants shall have none of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to Restricted Stock until the end of the Restricted Period; provided, that, Participants shall have the right to vote and receive dividends on Restricted Stock during the Restriction Period.  Dividends shall be paid to Participants at the same time that other shareholders of common stock of the Company receive such dividends.

 

7



 

8.4          Performance Goals.  The Committee may condition the grant of Restricted Stock or the expiration of the Restriction Period upon the Participant’s achievement of one or more performance goal(s) (including the Participant’s provision of Services for a designated time period), as specified in the Award Agreement.  If the Participant fails to achieve the specified performance goal(s), the Committee shall not grant the Restricted Stock to such Participant or the Participant shall forfeit the Award of Restricted Stock to the Company, as applicable.

 

8.5          Section 83(b) Election.  If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code concerning Restricted Stock, the Participant shall be required to file promptly a copy of such election with the Company.

 

Article 9.               Other Stock-Based Awards

 

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards of Shares and Awards that are valued, in whole or in part, by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of, Shares (the “Other Stock-Based Awards”), including without limitation, restricted stock units and other phantom awards.  Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of Service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives.  Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine to whom and when Other Stock-Based Awards will be made, the number of Shares to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Other Stock-Based Awards, whether such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares, and all other terms and conditions of such Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof and provisions ensuring that all Shares so awarded and issued shall be fully paid and non-assessable).

 

Article 10.            Performance-Based Compensation

 

10.1        Grant of Performance-Based Compensation.  To the extent permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee is authorized to design any Award so that the amounts or Shares payable or distributed pursuant to such Award are treated as “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations.

 

10.2        Performance Measures.  The vesting, crediting and/or payment of Performance-Based Compensation shall be based on the achievement of objective performance goals based on one or more of the following Performance Measures:  (i) consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); (ii) net income; (iii) operating income; (iv) earnings per Share; (v) book value per Share; (vi) return on shareholders’ equity; (vii) expense management; (viii) return on investment; (ix) improvements in capital structure; (x) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (xi) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (xii) stock price; (xiii) market share; (xiv) revenues or sales; (xv) costs; (xvi) cash flow; (xvii) working capital; (xviii) return on assets; (xix) store openings or refurbishment plans; (xx) staff training; and (xxi) corporate social responsibility policy implementation.

 

Any Performance Measure may be (i) used to measure the performance of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates as a whole, any business unit thereof or any combination thereof against any goal including past performance or (ii) compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or a published or special index, in each case that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.  Subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may adjust the

 

8



 

performance goals (including to prorate goals and payments for a partial Plan Year) in the event of the following occurrences:  (a) non-recurring events, including divestitures, spin-offs, or changes in accounting standards or policies; (b) mergers and acquisitions; and (c) financing transactions, including selling accounts receivable.

 

10.3        Establishment of Performance Goals for Covered Employees.  No later than ninety (90) days after the commencement of a Performance Period (but in no event after twenty-five percent (25%) of such Performance Period has elapsed), the Committee shall establish in writing:  (i) the performance goals applicable to the Performance Period; (ii) the Performance Measures to be used to measure the performance goals in terms of an objective formula or standard; (iii) the formula for computing the amount of compensation payable to the Participant if such performance goals are obtained; and (iv) the Participants or class of Participants to which such performance goals apply.  The outcome of such performance goals must be substantially uncertain when the Committee establishes the goals.

 

10.4        Adjustment of Performance-Based Compensation.  Awards that are designed to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation may not be adjusted upward.  The Committee shall retain the discretion to adjust such Awards downward, either on a formula or discretionary basis or any combination, as the Committee determines.

 

10.5        Certification of Performance.  Except for Awards that pay compensation attributable solely to an increase in the value of Shares, no Award designed to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be vested, credited or paid, as applicable, with respect to any Participant until the Committee certifies in writing that the performance goals and any other material terms applicable to such Performance Period have been satisfied.

 

10.6        Interpretation.  Each provision of the Plan and each Award Agreement relating to Performance-Based Compensation shall be construed so that each such Award shall be “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations, and any provisions of the Award Agreement thereof that cannot be so construed shall be disregarded.

 

Article 11.            Compliance with Section 409A of the Code and Section 457A of the Code

 

11.1        General.  The Company intends that any Awards be structured in compliance with, or to satisfy an exemption from, Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder (“Section 409A”), such that there are no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties as a result of the Awards.  Notwithstanding the Company’s intention, in the event any Award is subject to Section 409A, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s prior consent, amend the Plan and/or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and actions with retroactive effect) as are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Plan and/or any Award from the application of Section 409A, (ii) preserve the intended tax treatment of any such Award, or (iii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, including without limitation any such regulations guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after the date of grant of an Award.

 

11.2        Payments to Specified Employees.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment(s) of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as a result of his or her separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A) shall be delayed for the first six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner

 

9



 

set forth in the Award Agreement) on the payment date that immediately follows the end of such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable within 90 days thereafter, but in no event later than the end of the applicable taxable year.

 

11.3        Separation from Service.  A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that are considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment, unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and the payment thereof prior to a “separation from service” would violate Section 409A.  For purposes of any such provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

 

11.4        Section 457A.  In the event any Award is subject to Section 457A of the Code (“Section 457A”), the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s prior consent, amend the Plan and/or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and actions with retroactive effect) as are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Plan and/or any Award from the application of Section 457A, (ii) preserve the intended tax treatment of any such Award, or (iii) comply with the requirements of Section 457A, including without limitation any such regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after the date of the grant.

 

Article 12.            Adjustments

 

12.1        Adjustments in Authorized Shares.  In the event of any corporate event or transaction involving the Company, a Subsidiary and/or an Affiliate (including, but not limited to, a change in the Shares of the Company or the capitalization of the Company) such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, combination of Shares, exchange of Shares, dividend in kind, amalgamation, or other like change in capital structure (other than regular cash dividends to shareholders of the Company), or any similar corporate event or transaction, the Committee, to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan, shall substitute or adjust, in its sole discretion, the number and kind of Shares or other property that may be issued under the Plan or under particular forms of Awards, the number and kind of Shares or other property subject to outstanding Awards, the Option Price, grant price or purchase price applicable to outstanding Awards, the Annual Award Limits, and/or other value determinations applicable to the Plan or outstanding Awards.

 

12.2        Change of Control.  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control after the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, or unless the Committee shall determine otherwise in the Award Agreement, the Committee shall make one or more of the following adjustments to the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards:  (i) continuation or assumption of such outstanding Awards under the Plan by the Company (if it is the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of awards with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Awards; (iii) accelerated exercisability, vesting and/or lapse of restrictions under outstanding Awards immediately prior to the occurrence of such event; (iv) upon written notice, provide that any outstanding Awards must be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, during a reasonable period of time immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event, or such other period as determined by the Committee (contingent upon the consummation of the event), and at the end of such period, such Awards shall terminate to the extent not so exercised within the relevant period; and (v) cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding

 

10



 

Awards for fair value (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and which may be zero) which, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights or similar Awards, if the Committee so determines, may equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration to be paid in the Change of Control transaction to holders of the same number of Shares subject to such Awards (or, if no such consideration is paid, Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such outstanding Awards or portion thereof being canceled) over the aggregate Option Price or grant price, as applicable, with respect to such Awards or portion thereof being canceled (which may be zero).

 

Article 13.            Duration, Amendment, Modification, Suspension and Termination

 

13.1        Duration of the Plan.  Unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 13.2, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

13.2        Amendment, Modification, Suspension and Termination of Plan.  The Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate (for purposes of this Section 13.2, an “Action”) the Plan or any portion thereof or any Award (or Award Agreement) thereunder at any time; provided that no such Action shall be made, other than as permitted under Article 11 or 12, (i) without shareholder approval (A) if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan, (B) if such Action increases the number of Shares available under the Plan (other than an increase permitted under Article 5 absent shareholder approval), (C) if such Action results in a material increase in benefits permitted under the Plan (but excluding increases that are immaterial or that are minor and to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of any changes in applicable law, or to obtain or maintain favorable tax, exchange, or regulatory treatment for the Company, a Subsidiary, and/or an Affiliate) or a change in eligibility requirements under the Plan, or (D) for any Action that results in a reduction of the Option Price or grant price per Share, as applicable, of any outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or cancellation of any outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, or for other Awards, such as other Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, with an Option Price or grant price per Share, as applicable, that is less than such price of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, and (ii) without the written consent of the affected Participant, if such Action would materially diminish the rights of any Participant under any Award theretofore granted to such Participant under the Plan; provided, further, that the Committee may amend the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement without such consent of the Participant in such manner as it deems necessary to comply with applicable laws, including without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

 

Article 14.            General Provisions

 

14.1        No Right to Service.  The granting of an Award under the Plan shall impose no obligation on the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate to continue the Service of a Participant and shall not lessen or affect any right that the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate may have to terminate the Service of such Participant.  No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards.  The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

 

14.2        Settlement of Awards; Fractional Shares.  Each Award Agreement shall establish the form in which the Award shall be settled.  The Committee shall determine whether cash, Awards, other securities or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

11



 

14.3        Tax Withholding.  The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold automatically from any amount deliverable under the Award or otherwise, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan.  With respect to required withholding, Participants may elect (subject to the Company’s automatic withholding right set out above), subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the transaction.

 

14.4        No Guarantees Regarding Tax Treatment.  Participants (or their beneficiaries) shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to any Awards under the Plan.  The Committee and the Company make no guarantees to any Person regarding the tax treatment of Awards or payments made under the Plan.  Neither the Committee nor the Company has any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any tax on any Person with respect to any Award under Section 409A of the Code or Section 457A of the Code or otherwise and none of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their employees or representatives shall have any liability to a Participant with respect thereto.

 

14.5        Non-Transferability of Awards.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, an Award shall not be transferable or assignable by the Participant except in the event of his death (subject to the applicable laws of descent and distribution) and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.  No transfer shall be permitted for value or consideration.  An award exercisable after the death of a Participant may be exercised by the heirs, legatees, personal representatives or distributees of the Participant.  Any permitted transfer of the Awards to heirs, legatees, personal representatives or distributees of the Participant shall not be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions hereof.

 

14.6        Conditions and Restrictions on Shares.  The Committee may impose such other conditions or restrictions on any Shares received in connection with an Award as it may deem advisable or desirable.  These restrictions may include, but shall not be limited to, a requirement that the Participant hold the Shares received for a specified period of time or a requirement that a Participant represent and warrant in writing that the Participant is acquiring the Shares for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares.  The certificates for Shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any conditions and restrictions applicable to such Shares.

 

14.7        Compliance with Law.  The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies, or any stock exchanges on which the Shares are admitted to trading or listed, as may be required.  The Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver evidence of title for Shares issued under the Plan prior to:

 

(a)           Obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and

 

(b)           Completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any applicable national, state or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable.

 

12



 

The restrictions contained in this Section 14.7 shall be in addition to any conditions or restrictions that the Committee may impose pursuant to Section 14.6.  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and all of their employees and representatives of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

14.8        Rights as a Shareholder.  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record holder of such Shares.

 

14.9        Severability.  If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person, or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

14.10      Unfunded Plan.  Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative, or any other Person.  To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.  All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts.  The Plan is not subject to the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

14.11      No Constraint on Corporate Action.  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to (i) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets, or (ii) limit the right or power of the Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

 

14.12      Successors.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

 

14.13      Governing Law.  The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

14.14      Data Protection.  By participating in the Plan, the Participant consents to the collection, processing, transmission and storage by the Company in any form whatsoever, of any data of a professional or personal nature which is necessary for the purposes of introducing and administering the Plan.  The Company may share such information with any Subsidiary or Affiliate, the trustee of any employee benefit trust, its registrars, trustees, brokers, other third party administrator or any Person who

 

13



 

obtains control of the Company or acquires the Company, undertaking or part-undertaking which employs the Participant, wherever situated.

 

14.15      Effective Date.  The Plan shall be effective as of the date on which distributions to holders of claims and equity interests commences pursuant to the Joint Plan of Reorganization (the “Effective Date”).

 

*              *              *

 

14




Exhibit 10.11

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

[Effective Date], 2010

 

REP Investments LLC

c/o Brookfield Asset Management Inc.

Brookfield Place, Suite 300

181 Bay Street

P.O. Box 762

Toronto, Ontario M5J 2T3

Canada

Attention: Joseph Freedman

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Cornerstone Investment Agreement (the “Cornerstone Agreement”), effective as of March 31, 2010, as amended, between General Growth Properties, Inc. and REP Investments LLC (“Purchaser”), an affiliate of Brookfield Asset Management Inc.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Cornerstone Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Cornerstone Agreement and the Plan, The Howard Hughes Corporation (“THHC”) and Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Subscription Right.

 

(i)            Sale of New Equity Securities.  Following the date hereof, Purchaser shall have the right, or shall at any time and from time to time have the right to appoint Brookfield Consortium Members in accordance with and subject to the Designation Conditions and subject to such Brookfield Consortium Members agreeing in writing for the benefit of THHC to be bound by the terms of Section 5 hereof, to exercise the Subscription Right (as defined below) set forth in this Section 1 (Purchaser or one or more Brookfield Consortium Members, each a “Subscribing Entity” and collectively the “Subscribing Entities”).  If THHC or any Subsidiary of THHC at any time or from time to time makes any public or non-public offering of any shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) (other than (1) pursuant to the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other stock incentives pursuant to THHC’s stock incentive plans and employment arrangements as in effect from time to time or the issuance of stock pursuant to THHC’s employee stock purchase plan as in effect from time to time, (2) pursuant to or in consideration for the acquisition of another Person, business or assets by THHC or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase of stock, merger, consolidation, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or otherwise or (3) to strategic partners or joint venturers in connection with a commercial

 



 

relationship with THHC or its Subsidiaries or to parties in connection with such Persons providing THHC or its Subsidiaries with loans, credit lines, cash price reductions or similar transactions, under arm’s-length arrangements) (the “Proposed Securities”), the Subscribing Entities shall have the right to acquire from THHC (the “Subscription Right”) for the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions or any other discounts or fees if not purchasing from or through an underwriter, placement agent or broker) and on the same terms as such Proposed Securities are proposed to be offered to others, up to the amount of such Proposed Securities in the aggregate required to enable it to maintain its proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis determined in accordance with the following sentence, in each case, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by applicable Law or stock exchange rules.  The amount of such Proposed Securities that the Subscribing Entities shall be entitled to purchase in the aggregate in any offering pursuant to the above shall (subject to such limitations as may be imposed by applicable Law or stock exchange rules) be determined by multiplying (x) the total number of such offered shares of Proposed Securities by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of GGO Common Stock held by Purchaser and Brookfield Consortium Members on a Fully Diluted Basis as of the date of THHC’s notice pursuant to Section 1(ii) in respect of the issuance of such Proposed Securities, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of GGO Common Stock then outstanding on a Fully Diluted Basis.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual amount of securities to be sold or offered to the Subscribing Entities pursuant to its exercise of the Subscription Right hereunder shall be proportionally reduced if the aggregate amount of Proposed Securities sold or offered is reduced.  Any offers and sales pursuant to this Section 1 in the context of a registered public offering shall be conditioned upon reasonably acceptable representations and warranties of each Subscribing Entity regarding its status as the type of offeree to whom a private sale can be made concurrently with a registered public offering in compliance with applicable securities Laws.

 

(ii)           Notice.  In the event THHC proposes to offer Proposed Securities, it shall give Purchaser written notice of its intention, describing the estimated price (or range of prices), anticipated amount of securities, timing and other terms upon which THHC proposes to offer the same (including, in the case of a registered public offering and to the extent possible, a copy of the prospectus included in the registration statement filed with respect to such offering), no later than ten (10) Business Days after the commencement of marketing with respect to such offering or after THHC takes substantial steps to pursue any other offering.  The Subscribing Entity shall have three (3) Business Days from the date of receipt of such a notice to notify THHC in writing that it intends to exercise its Subscription Right and as to the amount of Proposed Securities the Subscribing Entity desires to purchase, up to the maximum amount calculated pursuant to Section 1(i).  In connection with an underwritten public offering, such notice shall constitute a non-binding indication of interest to purchase Proposed Securities at such a range of prices as the Subscribing Entity may specify and, with respect to other offerings, such notice shall constitute a binding commitment of the Subscribing Entity to purchase the amount of Proposed Securities so specified at the price and other terms set forth in THHC’s notice to such Subscribing Entity.  The failure of the Subscribing Entity to so respond within such three (3) Business Day period shall be deemed to be a waiver of the

 

2



 

Subscription Right under this Section 1 only with respect to the offering described in the applicable notice.  In connection with an underwritten public offering or a private placement, the Subscribing Entity shall further enter into an agreement (in form and substance customary for transactions of this type) to purchase the Proposed Securities to be acquired contemporaneously with the execution of any underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into with THHC, the underwriters or initial purchasers of such underwritten public offering or private placement, and the failure to enter into such an agreement at or prior to such time shall constitute a waiver of the Subscription Right in respect of such offering.

 

(iii)          Purchase Mechanism.  If the Subscribing Entity exercises its Subscription Right provided in this Section 1, the closing of the purchase of the Proposed Securities with respect to which such right has been exercised shall take place concurrently with the sale to the other investors in the applicable offering, which period of time for the closing of the purchase of the Proposed Securities with respect to which such right has been exercised shall be extended for a maximum of one hundred eighty (180) days in order to comply with applicable Laws (including receipt of any applicable regulatory or stockholder approvals).  Each of THHC and the Subscribing Entity shall use its reasonable best efforts to secure any regulatory or stockholder approvals or other consents, and to comply with any Law necessary in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of, such Proposed Securities.

 

(iv)          Failure of Purchase.  In the event (A) the Subscribing Entity fails to exercise its Subscription Right provided in this Section 1 within said three (3) Business Day period, or (B) if so exercised, the Subscribing Entity fails or is unable to consummate such purchase within the one hundred eighty (180) day period specified in Section 1(iii), without prejudice to other remedies, THHC shall thereafter be entitled during the Additional Sale Period to sell the Proposed Securities not elected to be purchased pursuant to this Section 1 or which the Subscribing Entity fails to, or is unable to, purchase, at a price and upon terms no more favorable in any material respect to the purchasers of such securities than were specified in THHC’s notice to Purchaser.  In the event THHC has not sold the Proposed Securities within the Additional Sale Period, THHC shall not thereafter offer, issue or sell such Proposed Securities without first offering such securities to Purchaser in the manner provided above.

 

(v)           Non-Cash Consideration.  In the case of the offering of securities for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors of THHC (the “Board”); provided, however, that such fair value as determined by the Board shall not exceed the aggregate market price of the securities being offered as of the date the Board authorizes the offering of such securities.

 

(vi)          Cooperation.  THHC and Purchaser shall cooperate in good faith to facilitate the exercise of the Subscribing Entity’s Subscription Right hereunder, including using reasonable efforts to secure any required approvals or consents.

 

3



 

(vii)         General.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) if (1) the Subscribing Entity exercises its Subscription Right pursuant to this Section 1 and is unable to complete the purchase of the Proposed Securities concurrently with the sales to the other investors in the applicable offering as contemplated by Section 1(iii) due to applicable regulatory or stockholder approvals and (2) THHC or the Board determines in good faith that any delay in completion of an offering in respect of which the Brookfield Consortium Members are entitled to Subscription Rights would materially impair the financing objective of such offering, THHC may proceed with such offering without the participation of Purchaser in such offering, in which event THHC and Purchaser shall promptly thereafter agree on a process otherwise consistent with this Section 1 as would allow Purchaser to purchase, at the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions or any other discounts or fees if not purchasing from or through an underwriter, placement agent or broker) as in such offering, up to the amount of shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) as shall be necessary to enable Purchaser to maintain its proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis, (B) if THHC or the Board determines in good faith that compliance with the notice provisions in Section 1(ii) would materially impair the financing objective of an offering in respect of which the Brookfield Consortium Members are entitled to Subscription Rights, THHC shall be permitted by notice to the Subscribing Entity to reduce the notice period required under Section 1(ii) (but not to less than one (1) Business Day) to the minimum extent required to meet the financing objective of such offering, and the Subscribing Entity shall have the right to either (x) exercise its Subscription Rights during the shortened notice periods specified in such notice or (y) require THHC to promptly thereafter agree on a process otherwise consistent with this Section 1 as would allow Purchaser to purchase, at the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions or any other discounts or fees if not purchasing from or through an underwriter, placement agent or broker) as in such offering, up to the amount of shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) as shall be necessary to enable Purchaser to maintain its proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis and (C) in the event THHC is unable to issue shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) to Purchaser as a result of a failure to receive regulatory or stockholder approval therefor, THHC shall take such action or cause to be taken such other action in order to place the Subscribing Entity, in so far as reasonably practicable (subject to any limitations that may be imposed by applicable Law or stock exchange rules), in the same position in all material respects as if the Subscribing Entity was able to effectively exercise its Subscription Rights hereunder, including, at the option of the Subscribing Entity, issuing to the Subscribing Entity another class of securities of THHC having terms to be agreed by THHC and Purchaser having a value at least equal to the value per share of GGO Common Stock, in each case, as shall be necessary to enable Purchaser to maintain its proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis.

 

4



 

(viii)        Termination.  This Section 1 shall terminate at such time as Purchaser together with the Brookfield Consortium Members collectively beneficially own less than 5% of the outstanding shares of GGO Common Stock on a Fully Diluted Basis.

 

2.             Board of Directors.

 

(i)            As of the date hereof, the GGO Board shall have nine (9) members and one (1) of such members shall be a person designated by Purchaser (the “Purchaser GGO Board Designee”).

 

(ii)           THHC shall nominate one (1) Purchaser GGO Board Designee as part of its slate of directors and use its reasonable best efforts to have him or her elected to the Board (including through the solicitation of proxies for such person to the same extent as it does for any of its other nominees to the Board) (subject to applicable Law and stock exchange rules (provided that the Purchaser GGO Board Designee need not be “independent” under the applicable rules of the applicable stock exchange or the SEC)) so long as Purchaser and the Brookfield Consortium Members beneficially own (directly or indirectly) in the aggregate at least 10% of the shares of GGO Common Stock on a Fully Diluted Basis.  For the avoidance of doubt, at and following such time as Purchaser and the Brookfield Consortium Members beneficially own (directly or indirectly) in the aggregate less than 10% of the shares of GGO Common Stock on a Fully Diluted Basis, Purchaser and the Brookfield Consortium Members shall no longer have the right to designate any director for election to the Board.

 

(iii)          Subject to applicable Law and stock exchange rules, there shall be proportional representation by the Purchaser GGO Board Designee on any committee of the Board, except for special committees established for potential conflict of interest situations involving any Brookfield Consortium Member or any Affiliate thereof, and except that the Purchaser GGO Board Designee may serve on committees where qualification under the applicable rules of the applicable stock exchange or the SEC are required only if the Purchaser GGO Board Designee so qualifies.  If at any time Purchaser is no longer entitled to designate the Purchaser GGO Board Designee as a result of a decrease in the percentage of shares of GGO Common Stock beneficially owned by Purchaser and the Brookfield Consortium Members, Purchaser shall, to the extent it is within Purchaser’s control, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such Purchaser GGO Board Designee to offer to resign.

 

(iv)          Except with respect to the resignation of the Purchaser GGO Board Designee pursuant to Section 2(iii), (A) Purchaser shall have the power to designate the Purchaser GGO Board Designee’s replacement upon the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office of such Purchaser GGO Board Designee and (B) the Board shall promptly take all action reasonably required to fill any vacancy resulting therefrom with such replacement Purchaser GGO Board Designee (including nominating such person, subject to applicable Law, as THHC’s nominee to serve on the Board and causing THHC to use all reasonable efforts to have such person elected as a director of THHC and solicit proxies for such person to the same extent as it does for any of THHC’s other nominees to the Board).

 

5



 

(v)           (A) The Purchaser GGO Board Designee shall be entitled to the same compensation and same indemnification in connection with his or her role as a director as the members of the Board, and the Purchaser GGO Board Designee shall be entitled to reimbursement for documented, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committees thereof, to the same extent as other members of the Board, (B) THHC shall notify the Purchaser GGO Board Designee of all regular and special meetings of the Board and shall notify the Purchaser GGO Board Designee of all regular and special meetings of any committee of the Board of which the Purchaser GGO Board Designee is a member, and (C) THHC shall provide the Purchaser GGO Board Designee with copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials provided to all other members of the Board concurrently as such materials are provided to the other members (except, for the avoidance of doubt, as are provided to members of committees of which the Purchaser GGO Board Designee is not a member).

 

(vi)          Purchaser GGO Board Designee candidates shall be subject to such reasonable eligibility criteria as applied in good faith by the nominating, corporate governance or similar committee of the Board to other candidates for the Board.

 

3.             Stockholder Vote With Respect to Subscription Right.  THHC shall, for the benefit of Purchaser, to the extent required by any U.S. national securities exchange upon which shares of GGO Common Stock are listed, for so long as Purchaser has subscription rights as contemplated by Section 1, put up for a stockholder vote at the annual meeting of its stockholders, and include in its proxy statement distributed to such stockholders in connection with such annual meeting, approval of Purchaser’s subscription rights for the maximum period permitted by the rules of such U.S. national securities exchange.

 

[4.            Shelf Registration Statement.  Promptly following the Effective Date, THHC shall file with the SEC a shelf registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-11, as applicable, covering the resale by Purchaser of the GGO Shares and the shares of GGO Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants, containing a plan of distribution reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, and THHC shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that THHC files a registration statement covering the resale of shares of GGO Common Stock for any Other Sponsor prior to such date, THHC shall include the GGO Shares and shares of GGO Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants for resale by Purchaser in such registration statement.] [NTD: This provision is needed only if a shelf registration statement is not filed prior to the Effective Date.]

 

5.             Transfer Restrictions.  Purchaser covenants and agrees that the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants) shall be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable state securities Laws.  Purchaser agrees to the imprinting, so long as is required by this Section 5, of the following legend on any certificate evidencing the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants):

 

6



 

THE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS (“BLUE SKY”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.  THE SHARES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE.  THE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED, HYPOTHECATED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS EITHER (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE SHARES IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE BLUE SKY LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION ARE COMPLIED WITH OR (II) UNLESS WAIVED BY THE ISSUER, THE ISSUER RECEIVES AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT NO VIOLATION OF THE ACT OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS WILL BE INVOLVED IN SUCH TRANSACTION.

 

Certificates evidencing the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants) shall not be required to contain such legend (A) while a registration statement covering the resale of the GGO Shares is effective under the Securities Act, or (B) following any sale of any such GGO Shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Exchange Act (“Rule 144”), or (C) following receipt of a legal opinion of counsel to Purchaser that the remaining GGO Shares held by Purchaser are eligible for resale without volume limitations or other limitations under Rule 144.  In addition, THHC will agree to the removal of all legends with respect to shares of GGO Common Stock deposited with DTC from time to time in anticipation of sale in accordance with the volume limitations and other limitations under Rule 144, subject to THHC’s approval of appropriate procedures, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

Following the time at which such legend is no longer required (as provided above) for certain GGO Shares, THHC shall promptly, following the delivery by Purchaser to THHC of a legended certificate representing such GGO Shares, deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser a certificate representing such GGO Shares that is free from such legend.  In the event the above legend is removed from any of the GGO Shares, and thereafter the effectiveness of a registration statement covering such GGO Shares is suspended or THHC determines that a supplement or amendment thereto is required by applicable securities Laws, then THHC may require that the above legend be placed on any such GGO Shares that cannot then be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or under Rule 144 and Purchaser shall cooperate in the replacement of such legend.  Such legend shall thereafter be removed when such GGO Shares may again be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or under Rule 144.

 

Purchaser shall not sell, transfer or dispose of (each, a “Transfer”) (x) GGO Shares, GGO Warrants, or shares issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants during the period from and after the Closing Date to the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date, (y) in excess of (A) 8.25% of the GGO Shares and (B) 8.25% of the GGO Warrants or the shares issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants, in the aggregate, during the period from and after the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date to the one (1) year anniversary of the Closing Date and (z) in excess of (A) 16.5% of the GGO Shares and (B) 16.5% of the GGO Warrants or

 

7



 

the shares issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants, in the aggregate (and taken together with any Transfers effected under clause (y)), during the period from and after the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date to the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Closing Date.  For clarity, Purchaser shall not be restricted from Transferring any GGO Shares, GGO Warrants, or shares issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants from and after the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Purchaser shall be permitted to Transfer any portion or all of its GGO Shares, the GGO Warrants and the shares of GGO Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants at any time under the following circumstances (provided, that none of Purchaser’s rights and benefits under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of any transferee under clause (ii) or (iii) below):

 

(i)            Transfers to any Affiliate of Purchaser, any member of Purchaser, any Brookfield Consortium Member and any member, partner or shareholder or any Affiliate of any Brookfield Consortium Member, in accordance with and subject to the Designation Conditions and subject to the transferee agreeing in writing for the benefit of THHC to be bound by the terms of this Section 5.

 

(ii)           Transfers pursuant to a merger or tender offer or exchange offer involving THHC in which any Person acquires more than 50% of the outstanding GGO Common Stock on a Fully Diluted Basis.

 

(iii)          Any bona fide mortgage, encumbrance, pledge or hypothecation of capital stock to a financial institution in connection with any bona fide loan.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Purchaser’s rights to designate for nomination the Purchaser GGO Board Designee pursuant to Section 2 and Subscription Rights pursuant to Section 1 may not be Transferred to a Person that is not a Brookfield Consortium Member.

 

Purchaser agrees to the imprinting of a legend referencing the above transfer restrictions on any certificate evidencing the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants).  In connection with any transfer of the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants), THHC shall remove such legends from such certificates to the extent the transferee thereof is not bound by such transfer restrictions.

 

6.             Rights Agreement.  In the event THHC adopts a rights plan analogous to the Rights Agreement (the “GGO Rights Agreement”), (i) the GGO Rights Agreement shall be inapplicable to the Cornerstone Agreement, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby, (ii) neither Purchaser, nor any Brookfield Consortium Member, shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) whether in connection with the acquisition of shares of GGO Common Stock or GGO Warrants or the shares issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants, (iii) neither a Shares Acquisition Date (as defined in the Rights Agreement) nor a Distribution Date (as defined in the Rights Agreement) shall be deemed to occur and (iv) the Rights (as defined in the Rights Agreement) will not separate from the GGO Common Stock, in each case under (ii), (iii) and (iv), as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of the Cornerstone Agreement or this Agreement or the consummation of the

 

8



 

transactions contemplated thereby and hereby including the acquisition of shares of GGO Common Stock by Purchaser and any Brookfield Consortium Member after the date hereof as otherwise permitted by the Cornerstone Agreement and this Agreement, or the GGO Warrants.

 

7.             Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other party.  Notwithstanding the previous sentence, this Agreement, or Purchaser’s rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, by Purchaser to Brookfield Consortium Members; provided, that any such assignee assumes the obligations of Purchaser hereunder and agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in the same manner as Purchaser and the Designation Conditions are otherwise satisfied.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions herein, no such assignment shall relieve Purchaser of its obligations hereunder if such assignee fails to perform such obligations.

 

8.             Prior Negotiations; Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

9.             Governing Law; Venue.  THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF, AND VENUE IN, ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS.

 

10.           Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties; and delivered to the other party (including via facsimile or other electronic transmission), it being understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart.

 

11.           Waivers and Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.  No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement.  The rights and remedies provided pursuant to this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any party otherwise may have at law or in equity.

 

9



 

12.           Certain Remedies.  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms.  It is accordingly agreed that each of the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions (without necessity of proving damages or posting a bond or other security) to prevent breaches of this Agreement, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other applicable remedies at law or equity

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

10



 

Please evidence your acceptance of, and agreement to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement by executing and returning an executed copy of this Agreement to the address first written above as soon as practicable.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Accepted and agreed as of the date of this Agreement:

 

REP INVESTMENTS LLC

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LETTER AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

[Effective Date], 2010

 

Fairholme Capital Management, LLC

4400 Biscayne Boulevard, 9th Floor

Miami, Florida  33137

Attention:  Charles M. Fernandez

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), effective as of March 31, 2010, as amended, between General Growth Properties, Inc. and The Fairholme Fund and Fairholme Focused Income Fund (each, together with its permitted nominees and assigns, a “Purchaser”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Stock Purchase Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement and the Plan, The Howard Hughes Corporation (“THHC”) and each Purchasers hereb agree as follows:

 

1.             Subscription Right.

 

(i)            Sale of New Equity Securities.  If THHC or any Subsidiary of THHC at any time or from time to time makes any public or non-public offering of any shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) (other than (1) pursuant to the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other stock incentives pursuant to THHC’s stock incentive plans and employment arrangements as in effect from time to time or the issuance of stock pursuant to THHC’s employee stock purchase plan as in effect from time to time, (2) pursuant to or in consideration for the acquisition of another Person, business or assets by THHC or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase of stock, merger, consolidation, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or otherwise or (3) to strategic partners or joint venturers in connection with a commercial relationship with THHC or its Subsidiaries or to parties in connection with them providing THHC or its Subsidiaries with loans, credit lines, cash price reductions or similar transactions, under arm’s-length arrangements) (the “Proposed Securities”), each Purchaser shall have the right to acquire from THHC (the “Subscription Right”) for the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions or any other discounts or fees if not purchasing from or through an underwriter, placement agent or broker) and on the same terms as such Proposed Securities are proposed to be offered to others, up to the amount of such Proposed Securities in the aggregate required to enable it to maintain its aggregate proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis determined in accordance with the following sentence, in each case, subject to such limitations as

 



 

may be imposed by applicable Law or stock exchange rules.  The amount of such Proposed Securities that each Purchaser shall be entitled to purchase in the aggregate in any offering pursuant to the above shall (subject to such limitations as may be imposed by applicable Law or stock exchange rules) be determined by multiplying (x) the total number of such offered shares of Proposed Securities by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of GGO Common Stock held by such Purchaser on a Fully Diluted Basis as of the date of THHC’s notice pursuant to Section 1(ii) in respect of the issuance of such Proposed Securities, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of GGO Common Stock then outstanding on a Fully Diluted Basis.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual amount of securities to be sold or offered to each Purchaser pursuant to its exercise of the Subscription Right hereunder shall be proportionally reduced if the aggregate amount of Proposed Securities sold or offered is reduced.  Any offers and sales pursuant to this Section 1 in the context of a registered public offering shall be conditioned upon reasonably acceptable representations and warranties of the applicable Purchaser regarding its status as the type of offeree to whom a private sale can be made concurrently with a registered public offering in compliance with applicable securities Laws.

 

(ii)           Notice.  In the event THHC proposes to offer Proposed Securities, it shall give each Purchaser written notice of its intention, describing the estimated price (or range of prices), anticipated amount of securities, timing and other terms upon which THHC proposes to offer the same (including, in the case of a registered public offering and to the extent possible, a copy of the prospectus included in the registration statement filed with respect to such offering), no later than ten (10) Business Days after the commencement of marketing with respect to such offering or after THHC takes substantial steps to pursue any other offering.  Each Purchaser shall have three (3) Business Days from the date of receipt of such a notice to notify THHC in writing that it intends to exercise its Subscription Right and as to the amount of Proposed Securities such Purchaser desires to purchase, up to the maximum amount calculated pursuant to Section 1(i).  In connection with an underwritten public offering, such notice shall constitute a non-binding indication of interest to purchase Proposed Securities at such a range of prices as such Purchaser may specify and, with respect to other offerings, such notice shall constitute a binding commitment of such Purchaser to purchase the amount of Proposed Securities so specified at the price and other terms set forth in THHC’s notice to such Purchaser.  The failure of such Purchaser to so respond within such three (3) Business Day period shall be deemed to be a waiver of the applicable Subscription Right under this Section 1 only with respect to the offering described in the applicable notice.  In connection with an underwritten public offering or a private placement, each Purchaser shall further enter into an agreement (in form and substance customary for transactions of this type) to purchase the Proposed Securities to be acquired by it contemporaneously with the execution of any underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into with THHC, the underwriters or initial purchasers of such underwritten public offering or private placement, and the failure of such Purchaser to enter into such an agreement at or prior to such time shall constitute a waiver of the Subscription Right in respect of such offering.

 

2



 

(iii)          Purchase Mechanism.  If a Purchaser exercises its Subscription Right provided in this Section 1, the closing of the purchase of the Proposed Securities with respect to which such right has been exercised shall take place concurrently with the sale to the other investors in the applicable offering, which period of time for the closing of the purchase of the Proposed Securities with respect to which such right has been exercised shall be extended for a maximum of one hundred eighty (180) days in order to comply with applicable Laws (including receipt of any applicable regulatory or stockholder approvals).  Each of THHC and each Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to secure any regulatory or stockholder approvals or other consents, and to comply with any Law necessary in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of, such Proposed Securities.

 

(iv)          Failure of Purchase.  In the event (A) a Purchaser fails to exercise its Subscription Right provided in this Section 1 within said three (3) Business Day period, or (B) if so exercised, a Purchaser fails or is unable to consummate such purchase within the one hundred eighty (180) day period specified in Section 1(iii), without prejudice to other remedies, THHC shall thereafter be entitled during the Additional Sale Period to sell the Proposed Securities not elected to be purchased pursuant to this Section 1 or which such Purchaser fails to, or is unable to, purchase, at a price and upon terms no more favorable in any material respect to the purchasers of such securities than were specified in THHC’s notice to such Purchaser.  In the event THHC has not sold the Proposed Securities within the Additional Sale Period, THHC shall not thereafter offer, issue or sell such Proposed Securities without first offering such securities to the applicable Purchaser in the manner provided above.

 

(v)           Non-Cash Consideration.  In the case of the offering of securities for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors of THHC (the “Board”); provided, however, that such fair value as determined by the Board shall not exceed the aggregate market price of the securities being offered as of the date the Board authorizes the offering of such securities.

 

(vi)          Cooperation.  THHC and each Purchaser shall cooperate in good faith to facilitate the exercise of such Purchaser’s Subscription Right hereunder, including using reasonable efforts to secure any required approvals or consents.

 

(vii)         General.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) if (1) a Purchaser exercises its Subscription Right pursuant to this Section 1 and is unable to complete the purchase of the Proposed Securities concurrently with the sales to the other investors in the applicable offering as contemplated by Section 1(iii) due to applicable regulatory or stockholder approvals and (2) THHC or the Board determines in good faith that any delay in completion of an offering in respect of which such Purchaser is entitled to Subscription Rights would materially impair the financing objective of such offering, THHC may proceed with such offering without the participation of such Purchaser in such offering, in which event THHC and such Purchaser shall promptly thereafter agree on a process otherwise consistent with this Section 1 as would allow such Purchaser to

 

3



 

purchase, at the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions or any other discounts or fees if not purchasing from or through an underwriter, placement agent or broker) as in such offering, up to the amount of shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) as shall be necessary to enable such Purchaser to maintain its aggregate proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis, (B) if THHC or the Board determines in good faith that compliance with the notice provisions in Section 1(ii) would materially impair the financing objective of an offering in respect of which a Purchaser is entitled to Subscription Rights, THHC shall be permitted by notice to such Purchaser to reduce the notice period required under Section 1(ii) (but not to less than one (1) Business Day) to the minimum extent required to meet the financing objective of such offering, and such Purchaser shall have the right to either (x) exercise it Subscription Rights during the shortened notice periods specified in such notice or (y) require THHC to promptly thereafter agree on a process otherwise consistent with this Section 1 as would allow such Purchaser to purchase, at the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions or any other discounts or fees if not purchasing from or through an underwriter, placement agent or broker) as in such offering, up to the amount of shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) as shall be necessary to enable such Purchaser to maintain its aggregate proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis and (C) in the event THHC is unable to issue shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) to a Purchaser as a result of a failure to receive regulatory or stockholder approval therefor, THHC shall take such action or cause to be taken such other action in order to place such Purchaser, in so far as reasonably practicable (subject to any limitations that may be imposed by applicable Law or stock exchange rules), in the same position in all material respects as if such Purchaser was able to effectively exercise its Subscription Rights hereunder, including, without limitation, at the option of such Purchaser, issuing to such Purchaser another class of securities of THHC having terms to be agreed by THHC and such member having a value at least equal to the value per share of GGO Common Stock, in each case, as shall be necessary to enable such Purchaser to maintain its proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis.

 

(viii)        Termination.  This Section 1 shall terminate at such time as the Purchaser Group collectively beneficially own less than 5% of the outstanding shares of GGO Common Stock on a Fully Diluted Basis.

 

2.             Stockholder Vote With Respect to Subscription Right.  THHC shall, for the benefit of each Purchaser, to the extent required by any U.S. national securities exchange upon which shares of GGO Common Stock are listed, for so long as any Purchaser has subscription rights as contemplated by Section 1, put up for a stockholder vote at the annual meeting of its stockholders, and include in its proxy statement distributed to such stockholders in connection with such annual meeting, approval of such Purchaser’s subscription rights for the maximum period permitted by the rules of such U.S. national securities exchange.

 

4



 

3.             Transfer Restrictions.  Each Purchaser covenants and agrees that the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants) shall be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable state securities Laws.  Each Purchaser agrees to the imprinting, so long as is required by this Section 3, of the following legend on any certificate evidencing the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants):

 

THE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS (“BLUE SKY”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.  THE SHARES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE.  THE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED, HYPOTHECATED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS EITHER (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE SHARES IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE BLUE SKY LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION ARE COMPLIED WITH OR (II) UNLESS WAIVED BY THE ISSUER, THE ISSUER RECEIVES AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT NO VIOLATION OF THE ACT OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS WILL BE INVOLVED IN SUCH TRANSACTION.

 

Certificates evidencing the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants) shall not be required to contain such legend (A) while a registration statement covering the resale of the GGO Shares is effective under the Securities Act, or (B) following any sale of any such GGO Shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Exchange Act (“Rule 144”), or (C) following receipt of a legal opinion of counsel to the applicable Purchaser that the remaining GGO Shares held by such Purchaser are eligible for resale without volume limitations or other limitations under Rule 144.  In addition, THHC will agree to the removal of all legends with respect to shares of GGO Common Stock deposited with DTC from time to time in anticipation of sale in accordance with the volume limitations and other limitations under Rule 144, subject to THHC’s approval of appropriate procedures, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

Following the time at which such legend is no longer required (as provided above) for certain GGO Shares, THHC shall promptly, following the delivery by the applicable Purchaser to THHC of a legended certificate representing such GGO Shares, deliver or cause to be delivered to such Purchaser a certificate representing such GGO Shares that is free from such legend.  In the event the above legend is removed from any of the GGO Shares, and thereafter the effectiveness of a registration statement covering such GGO Shares is suspended or THHC determines that a supplement or amendment thereto is required by applicable securities Laws, then THHC may require that the above legend be placed on any such GGO Shares that cannot then be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or under Rule 144 and such Purchaser shall cooperate in the replacement of such legend.  Such legend shall thereafter be removed when

 

5



 

such GGO Shares may again be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or under Rule 144.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, each Purchaser’s Subscription Rights pursuant to Section 1 may not be sold, transferred or disposed of to a Person that is not a member of the Purchaser Group.

 

4.             Rights Agreement.  In the event THHC adopts a rights plan analogous to the Rights Agreement (the “GGO Rights Agreement”), (i) the GGO Rights Agreement shall be inapplicable to the Stock Purchase Agreement, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby, (ii) no Purchaser, nor any other member of its Purchaser Group, shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) whether in connection with the acquisition of shares of GGO Common Stock or GGO Warrants or the shares issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants, (iii) neither a Shares Acquisition Date (as defined in the Rights Agreement) nor a Distribution Date (as defined in the Rights Agreement) shall be deemed to occur and (iv) the Rights (as defined in the Rights Agreement) will not separate from the GGO Common Stock, in each case under (ii), (iii) and (iv), as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of the Stock Purchase Agreement or this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby including the acquisition of shares of GGO Common Stock by any Purchaser or other member of the Purchaser Group after the date hereof as otherwise permitted by the Stock Purchase Agreement and this Agreement, or the GGO Warrants.

 

5.             Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other party.  Notwithstanding the previous sentence, this Agreement, or a Purchaser’s rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, by such Purchaser to one or more members of its Purchaser Group.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions herein, no such assignment shall relieve Purchaser of its obligations hereunder if such assignee fails to perform such obligations.

 

6.             Prior Negotiations; Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

7.             Governing Law; Venue.  THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF, AND VENUE IN, ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS.

 

8.             Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties; and delivered to the other

 

6



 

party (including via facsimile or other electronic transmission), it being understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart.

 

9.             Waivers and Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.  No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement.  The rights and remedies provided pursuant to this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any party otherwise may have at law or in equity.

 

10.           Certain Remedies.  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms.  It is accordingly agreed that each of the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions (without necessity of proving damages or posting a bond or other security) to prevent breaches of this Agreement, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other applicable remedies at law or equity

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7



 

Please evidence your acceptance of, and agreement to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement by executing and returning an executed copy of this Agreement to the address first written above as soon as practicable.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Accepted and agreed as of the date of this Agreement:

 

FAIRHOLME FUNDS, INC.,
on behalf of its series The Fairholme Fund

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:  Bruce R. Berkowitz

 

Title:  President

 

 

 

FAIRHOLME FUNDS, INC.,
on behalf of its series Fairholme Focused Income Fund

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:  Bruce R. Berkowitz

 

Title:  President

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LETTER AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

[Effective Date], 2010

 

Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P.

888 Seventh Avenue, 42nd Floor

New York, New York  10019

Attention:  William A. Ackman

Roy J. Katzovicz

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), effective as of March 31, 2010, as amended, between General Growth Properties, Inc. and Pershing Square Capital Management, L.P. (“PSCM”), on behalf of Pershing Square, L.P., Pershing Square II, L.P., Pershing Square International, Ltd. and Pershing Square International V, Ltd. (each, except PSCM, together with its permitted nominees and assigns, a “Purchaser”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Stock Purchase Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement and the Plan, The Howard Hughes Corporation (“THHC”) and each Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Subscription Right.

 

(i)            Sale of New Equity Securities.  If THHC or any Subsidiary of THHC at any time or from time to time makes any public or non-public offering of any shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) (other than (1) pursuant to the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other stock incentives pursuant to THHC’s stock incentive plans and employment arrangements as in effect from time to time or the issuance of stock pursuant to THHC’s employee stock purchase plan as in effect from time to time, (2) pursuant to or in consideration for the acquisition of another Person, business or assets by THHC or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase of stock, merger, consolidation, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or otherwise or (3) to strategic partners or joint venturers in connection with a commercial relationship with THHC or its Subsidiaries or to parties in connection with them providing THHC or its Subsidiaries with loans, credit lines, cash price reductions or similar transactions, under arm’s-length arrangements) (the “Proposed Securities”), the members of the Purchaser Group shall have the right to acquire from THHC (the “Subscription Right”) for the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions or any other discounts or fees if not purchasing from or through an underwriter, placement agent or broker) and on the same terms as such Proposed Securities are proposed to be offered to others, up to the amount of such Proposed

 



 

Securities in the aggregate required to enable it to maintain its aggregate proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis determined in accordance with the following sentence, in each case, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by applicable Law or stock exchange rules.  The aggregate amount of such Proposed Securities that the members of the Purchaser Group shall be entitled to purchase in the aggregate in any offering pursuant to the above shall (subject to such limitations as may be imposed by applicable Law or stock exchange rules) be determined by multiplying (x) the total number of such offered shares of Proposed Securities by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of GGO Common Stock held by the Purchaser Group on a Fully Diluted Basis as of the date of THHC’s notice pursuant to Section 1(ii) in respect of the issuance of such Proposed Securities, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of GGO Common Stock then outstanding on a Fully Diluted Basis.  For the avoidance of doubt, the actual amount of securities to be sold or offered to the members of the Purchaser Group pursuant to their exercise of the Subscription Right hereunder shall be proportionally reduced if the aggregate amount of Proposed Securities sold or offered is reduced.  Any offers and sales pursuant to this Section 1 in the context of a registered public offering shall be conditioned upon reasonably acceptable representations and warranties of each applicable member of the Purchaser Group designated pursuant to Section 1(vi) regarding its status as the type of offeree to whom a private sale can be made concurrently with a registered public offering in compliance with applicable securities Laws.

 

(ii)           Notice.  In the event THHC proposes to offer Proposed Securities, it shall give each Purchaser written notice of its intention, describing the estimated price (or range of prices), anticipated amount of securities, timing and other terms upon which THHC proposes to offer the same (including, in the case of a registered public offering and to the extent possible, a copy of the prospectus included in the registration statement filed with respect to such offering), no later than ten (10) Business Days after the commencement of marketing with respect to such offering or after THHC takes substantial steps to pursue any other offering.  The applicable member of the Purchaser Group shall have three (3) Business Days from the date of receipt of such a notice to notify THHC in writing that it intends to exercise the applicable Subscription Right and as to the amount of Proposed Securities such member of the Purchaser Group desires to purchase, up to the maximum amount calculated pursuant to Section 1(i).  In connection with an underwritten public offering, such notice shall constitute a non-binding indication of interest to purchase Proposed Securities at such a range of prices as such member of the Purchaser Group may specify and, with respect to other offerings, such notice shall constitute a binding commitment of the applicable member of such Purchaser Group to purchase the amount of Proposed Securities so specified at the price and other terms set forth in THHC’s notice to each Purchaser.  The failure of such member of the Purchaser Group to so respond within such three (3) Business Day period shall be deemed to be a waiver of the applicable Subscription Right under this Section 1 only with respect to the offering described in the applicable notice.  In connection with an underwritten public offering or a private placement, the applicable member of the Purchaser Group shall further enter into an agreement (in form and substance customary for transactions of this type) to purchase the Proposed Securities to be acquired contemporaneously with the execution of any underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into with

 

2



 

THHC, the underwriters or initial purchasers of such underwritten public offering or private placement, and the failure of such member of the Purchaser Group to enter into such an agreement at or prior to such time shall constitute a waiver of the Subscription Right in respect of such offering.

 

(iii)          Purchase Mechanism.  If a member of the Purchaser Group exercises its Subscription Right provided in this Section 1, the closing of the purchase of the Proposed Securities with respect to which such right has been exercised shall take place concurrently with the sale to the other investors in the applicable offering, which period of time for the closing of the purchase of the Proposed Securities with respect to which such right has been exercised shall be extended for a maximum of one hundred eighty (180) days in order to comply with applicable Laws (including receipt of any applicable regulatory or stockholder approvals).  Each of THHC and the applicable member of the Purchaser Group shall use its reasonable best efforts to secure any regulatory or stockholder approvals or other consents, and to comply with any Law necessary in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of, such Proposed Securities.

 

(iv)          Failure of Purchase.  In the event (A) the applicable member of the Purchaser Group fails to exercise its Subscription Right provided in this Section 1 within said three (3) Business Day period, or (B) if so exercised, such member of the Purchaser Group fails or is unable to consummate such purchase within the one hundred eighty (180) day period specified in Section 1(iii), without prejudice to other remedies, THHC shall thereafter be entitled during the Additional Sale Period to sell the Proposed Securities not elected to be purchased pursuant to this Section 1 or which the applicable member of the Purchaser Group fails to, or is unable to, purchase, at a price and upon terms no more favorable in any material respect to the purchasers of such securities than were specified in THHC’s notice to each Purchaser.  In the event THHC has not sold the Proposed Securities within the Additional Sale Period, THHC shall not thereafter offer, issue or sell such Proposed Securities without first offering such securities to the members of the Purchaser Group in the manner provided above.

 

(v)           Non-Cash Consideration.  In the case of the offering of securities for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors of THHC (the “Board”); provided, however, that such fair value as determined by the Board shall not exceed the aggregate market price of the securities being offered as of the date the Board authorizes the offering of such securities.

 

(vi)          Cooperation.  THHC and each applicable member of the Purchaser Group shall cooperate in good faith to facilitate the exercise of such member of the Purchaser Group’s Subscription Right hereunder, including using reasonable efforts to secure any required approvals or consents.

 

(vii)         Allocation Among Purchaser Group.  PSCM shall have the right as attorney-in-fact of each member of the Purchaser Group to exercise all of the rights of the members of the Purchaser Group hereunder and designate the members of such Purchaser

 

3



 

Group to receive any securities to be issued and THHC may rely on any designations made by PSCM.  As a condition to the THHC’s obligations with respect to the exercise of a Subscription Right by a member of the Purchaser Group not a party to this Agreement, such member will agree to perform each obligation applicable to it under this Section 1.

 

(viii)        General.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) if (1) a member of the Purchaser Group exercises its Subscription Right pursuant to this Section 1 and is unable to complete the purchase of the Proposed Securities concurrently with the sales to the other investors in the applicable offering as contemplated by Section 1(iii) due to applicable regulatory or stockholder approvals and (2) THHC or the Board determines in good faith that any delay in completion of an offering in respect of which such member of the Purchaser Group is entitled to Subscription Rights would materially impair the financing objective of such offering, THHC may proceed with such offering without the participation of such member of the Purchaser Group in such offering, in which event THHC and such member of the Purchaser Group shall promptly thereafter agree on a process otherwise consistent with this Section 1 as would allow such member of the Purchaser Group to purchase, at the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions or any other discounts or fees if not purchasing from or through an underwriter, placement agent or broker) as in such offering, up to the amount of shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) as shall be necessary to enable the Purchaser Group to maintain its aggregate proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis, (B) if THHC or the Board determines in good faith that compliance with the notice provisions in Section 1(ii) would materially impair the financing objective of an offering in respect of which the members of the Purchaser Group are entitled to Subscription Rights, THHC shall be permitted by notice to each Purchaser to reduce the notice period required under Section 1(ii) (but not to less than one (1) Business Day) to the minimum extent required to meet the financing objective of such offering, and the members of the Purchaser Group shall have the right to either (x) exercise their Subscription Rights during the shortened notice periods specified in such notice or (y) require THHC to promptly thereafter agree on a process otherwise consistent with this Section 1 as would allow the applicable members of the Purchaser Group to purchase, at the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions or any other discounts or fees if not purchasing from or through an underwriter, placement agent or broker) as in such offering, up to the amount of shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) as shall be necessary to enable the Purchaser Group to maintain its aggregate proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis and (C) in the event THHC is unable to issue shares of GGO Common Stock (or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or linked to the performance of, GGO Common Stock) to the applicable members of the Purchaser Group as a result of a failure to receive regulatory or stockholder approval therefor, THHC shall take such action or cause to be taken such other action in order to place the Purchaser Group, in so far as reasonably practicable (subject to any limitations that may be imposed by applicable Law or stock exchange rules), in the same position in all material respects as if the applicable

 

4



 

member of the Purchaser Group was able to effectively exercise its Subscription Rights hereunder, including, without limitation, at the option of such member, issuing to such member of the Purchaser Group another class of securities of THHC having terms to be agreed by THHC and such member having a value at least equal to the value per share of GGO Common Stock, in each case, as shall be necessary to enable the Purchaser Group to maintain its aggregate proportionate GGO Common Stock-equivalent interest in THHC on a Fully Diluted Basis.

 

(ix)           Termination.  This Section 1 shall terminate at such time as the Purchaser Group collectively beneficially own less than 5% of the outstanding shares of GGO Common Stock on a Fully Diluted Basis.

 

2.             Board of Directors.

 

(i)            As of the date hereof, the GGO Board shall have nine (9) members and three (3) of such members shall be persons designated by PSCM (the “Purchaser GGO Board Designees”).

 

(ii)           THHC shall nominate as part of its slate of directors and use its reasonable best efforts to have them elected to the Board (including through the solicitation of proxies for such person to the same extent as it does for any of its other nominees to the GGO Board) (subject to applicable Law and stock exchange rules (provided that the Purchaser GGO Board Designees need not be “independent” under the applicable rules of the applicable stock exchange or the SEC)) (x) so long as the Purchaser Group has at least a 17.5% Fully Diluted GGO Economic Interest, three (3) Purchaser Board Designees, and (y) otherwise, so long as the Purchaser Group beneficially owns (directly or indirectly) in the aggregate at least 10% of the shares of GGO Common Stock on a Fully Diluted Basis, two (2) Purchaser Board Designees.  For the avoidance of doubt, at and following such time as the Purchaser Group beneficially owns (directly or indirectly) in the aggregate less than 10% of the shares of GGO Common Stock on a Fully Diluted Basis, PSCM shall no longer have the right to designate directors for election to the GGO Board.

 

(iii)          Subject to applicable Law and stock exchange rules, there shall be proportional representation by Purchaser GGO Board Designees on any committee of the GGO Board, except for special committees established for potential conflict of interest situations, and except that only Purchaser GGO Board Designees who qualify under the applicable rules of the applicable stock exchange or the SEC may serve on committees where such qualification is required.  If at any time the number of Purchaser GGO Board Designees serving on the GGO Board exceeds the number of Purchaser GGO Board Designees that PSCM is then otherwise entitled to designate as a result of a decrease in the percentage of shares of GGO Common Stock beneficially owned by the Purchaser Group, such Purchaser Group shall, to the extent it is within such Purchaser Group’s control, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such additional Purchaser GGO Board Designees to offer to resign such that the number of Purchaser GGO Board Designees serving on the GGO Board after giving effect to such resignation does not

 

5



 

exceed the number of Purchaser GGO Board Designees that PSCM is entitled to designate for election to the GGO Board.

 

(iv)          Except with respect to the resignation of a Purchaser GGO Board Designee pursuant to Section 2(iii), (A) PSCM shall have the power to designate a Purchaser GGO Board Designee’s replacement upon the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office of such Purchaser GGO Board Designee and (B) the Board shall promptly take all action reasonably required to fill any vacancy resulting therefrom with such replacement Purchaser GGO Board Designee (including nominating such person, subject to applicable Law, as THHC’s nominee to serve on the Board and causing THHC to use all reasonable efforts to have such person elected as a director of THHC and solicit proxies for such person to the same extent as it does for any of THHC’s other nominees to the Board).

 

(v)           (A) Each Purchaser GGO Board Designee shall be entitled to the same compensation and same indemnification in connection with his or her role as a director as the members of the Board, and each Purchaser GGO Board Designee shall be entitled to reimbursement for documented, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committees thereof, to the same extent as other members of the Board, (B) THHC shall notify each Purchaser GGO Board Designee of all regular and special meetings of the Board and shall notify each Purchaser GGO Board Designee of all regular and special meetings of any committee of the Board of which such Purchaser GGO Board Designee is a member, and (C) THHC shall provide each Purchaser GGO Board Designee with copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials provided to all other members of the Board concurrently as such materials are provided to the other members (except, for the avoidance of doubt, as are provided to members of committees of which such Purchaser GGO Board Designee is not a member).

 

(vi)          Purchaser GGO Board Designee candidates shall be subject to such reasonable eligibility criteria as applied in good faith by the nominating, corporate governance or similar committee of the Board to other candidates for the Board.

 

3.             Stockholder Vote With Respect to Subscription Right.  THHC shall, for the benefit of each Purchaser, to the extent required by any U.S. national securities exchange upon which shares of GGO Common Stock are listed, for so long as any Purchaser has subscription rights as contemplated by Section 1, put up for a stockholder vote at the annual meeting of its stockholders, and include in its proxy statement distributed to such stockholders in connection with such annual meeting, approval of such Purchaser’s subscription rights for the maximum period permitted by the rules of such U.S. national securities exchange.

 

4.             Transfer Restrictions.  Each Purchaser covenants and agrees that the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants) shall be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable state securities Laws.  Each Purchaser agrees to the imprinting, so long as is required by this Section 4, of the following legend on any certificate evidencing the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants):

 

6



 

THE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS (“BLUE SKY”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION.  THE SHARES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE.  THE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED, HYPOTHECATED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS EITHER (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE SHARES IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE BLUE SKY LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION ARE COMPLIED WITH OR (II) UNLESS WAIVED BY THE ISSUER, THE ISSUER RECEIVES AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT NO VIOLATION OF THE ACT OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS WILL BE INVOLVED IN SUCH TRANSACTION.

 

Certificates evidencing the GGO Shares (and shares issuable upon exercise of GGO Warrants) shall not be required to contain such legend (A) while a registration statement covering the resale of the GGO Shares is effective under the Securities Act, or (B) following any sale of any such GGO Shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Exchange Act (“Rule 144”), or (C) following receipt of a legal opinion of counsel to the applicable Purchaser that the remaining GGO Shares held by such Purchaser are eligible for resale without volume limitations or other limitations under Rule 144.  In addition, THHC will agree to the removal of all legends with respect to shares of GGO Common Stock deposited with DTC from time to time in anticipation of sale in accordance with the volume limitations and other limitations under Rule 144, subject to THHC’s approval of appropriate procedures, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

Following the time at which such legend is no longer required (as provided above) for certain GGO Shares, THHC shall promptly, following the delivery by the applicable Purchaser to THHC of a legended certificate representing such GGO Shares, deliver or cause to be delivered to such Purchaser a certificate representing such GGO Shares that is free from such legend.  In the event the above legend is removed from any of the GGO Shares, and thereafter the effectiveness of a registration statement covering such GGO Shares is suspended or THHC determines that a supplement or amendment thereto is required by applicable securities Laws, then THHC may require that the above legend be placed on any such GGO Shares that cannot then be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or under Rule 144 and such Purchaser shall cooperate in the replacement of such legend.  Such legend shall thereafter be removed when such GGO Shares may again be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or under Rule 144.

 

Each Purchaser further covenants and agrees not to sell, transfer or dispose of (each, a “Transfer”) any GGO Shares or GGO Warrants in violation of the GGO Non-Control Agreement.

 

7



 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser Group’s rights to designate for nomination the Purchaser GGO Board Designees pursuant to Section 2 and Subscription Rights pursuant to Section 1 may not be Transferred to a Person that is not a member of the Purchaser Group.

 

5.             Rights Agreement.  In the event THHC adopts a rights plan analogous to the Rights Agreement (the “GGO Rights Agreement”), (i) the GGO Rights Agreement shall be inapplicable to the Stock Purchase Agreement, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby, (ii) no Purchaser, nor any other member of its Purchaser Group, shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) whether in connection with the acquisition of shares of GGO Common Stock or GGO Warrants or the shares issuable upon exercise of the GGO Warrants, (iii) neither a Shares Acquisition Date (as defined in the Rights Agreement) nor a Distribution Date (as defined in the Rights Agreement) shall be deemed to occur and (iv) the Rights (as defined in the Rights Agreement) will not separate from the GGO Common Stock, in each case under (ii), (iii) and (iv), as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of the Stock Purchase Agreement or this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby including the acquisition of shares of GGO Common Stock by any Purchaser or other member of the Purchaser Group after the date hereof as otherwise permitted by the Stock Purchase Agreement and this Agreement, or the GGO Warrants or as otherwise contemplated by the GGO Non-Control Agreement.

 

6.             Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other party.  Notwithstanding the previous sentence, this Agreement, or a Purchaser’s rights, interests or obligations hereunder, may be assigned or transferred, in whole or in part, by such Purchaser to one or more members of its Purchaser Group.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions herein, no such assignment shall relieve Purchaser of its obligations hereunder if such assignee fails to perform such obligations.

 

7.             Prior Negotiations; Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

8.             Governing Law; Venue.  THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF, AND VENUE IN, ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS.

 

9.             Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties; and delivered to the other party (including via facsimile or other electronic transmission), it being understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart.

 

8



 

10.           Waivers and Amendments.  This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.  No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement.  The rights and remedies provided pursuant to this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any party otherwise may have at law or in equity.

 

11.           Certain Remedies.  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms.  It is accordingly agreed that each of the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions (without necessity of proving damages or posting a bond or other security) to prevent breaches of this Agreement, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other applicable remedies at law or equity

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9



 

Please evidence your acceptance of, and agreement to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement by executing and returning an executed copy of this Agreement to the address first written above as soon as practicable.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Accepted and agreed as of the date of this Agreement:

 

PERSHING SQUARE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, L.P.

On behalf of each of the Purchasers

 

By: PS Management GP, LLC

Its: General Partner

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:  William A. Ackman

Title:  Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LETTER AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [·], 2010 by and between The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [·] (the “Director”).

 

WHEREAS, General Growth Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GGP”) granted Director an option to purchase [·] shares of GGP pursuant to that certain Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2006 (the “Original Agreement”) and the General Growth Properties, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”), the terms and conditions of which are hereby incorporated herein;

 

WHEREAS, the Company is a newly formed corporation that was created to hold certain assets and liabilities of GGP, which will be transferred pursuant to that certain Separation Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Separation Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the plan of reorganization filed by GGP and certain of its subsidiaries under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (as amended from time to time, the “Plan of Reorganization”), the option shall be converted into (i) an option to acquire the same number of shares of common stock of GGP and (ii) an option (the “Option” or “5-Year Option”) to acquire .0983 shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) for each existing option for one share of GGP;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted The Howard Hughes Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) and the Option will be assumed by the 2010 Plan as of the Plan Effective Date (as defined in the Separation Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, the Director and the Company desire to adjust the exercise price and number and kind of shares subject to the Option pursuant to Section 6 of the Original Agreement and Section 13 of the Plan and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company shall deliver Common Stock to the Director upon the exercise of the Option, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant of Option.  In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan which are hereby incorporated herein, the Company hereby grants to the Director an option to purchase [·] shares of Common Stock at a purchase price per share that shall be determined in accordance with the methodology set forth in the Plan of Reorganization.  This Option is a Non-Qualified Stock Option and is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option described in Section 422 of the Code.

 



 

2.                                       Time for Exercise of Options.

 

(a)                                  The Option may be exercised by the Director from and after the date hereof (the “Grant Date”), whether in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

 

(b)                                 The 5-year Option must be exercised if at all on or before the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date and only at such time as the Director is serving as a director of the Company or GGP or as provided in Paragraph 3 hereof.

 

3.                                       Termination of Service.

 

(a)                                  If the Director ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and GGP by reason of death, then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the 5-year Option may thereafter be exercised for a period of one year from the date of such death or until the expiration of the teen of the 5-year Option, whichever period is shorter.

 

(b)                                 If the Director ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and GGP by reason of Retirement or Disability, then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the 5-year Option may thereafter be exercised by the Director for a period of three years from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the term of the 5-year Option, whichever period is shorter; provided, however, that if the Director dies within such three-year period, any unexercised portion of such Option shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-year period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of one year from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Option, whichever period is shorter.

 

(c)                                  If the Director ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and GGP for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or Cause (as hereinafter defined) then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the 5-year Option may be exercised for the lesser of one year from the date the Director ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and GGP or the balance of the term of the 5-year Option; provided, however, that if the Director dies within such one year period, any unexercised portion of such Option shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such one year period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of one year from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Option, whichever period is shorter.

 

(d)                                 In the event the Director ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors by reason of Cause, any unexercised portion of the 5-year Option shall expire immediately upon termination of the Director’s service as a member of the Board of Directors or, if earlier, upon the giving to the Director of notice of termination of such service.

 

2



 

(e)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise determined by the Committee (as defined in the 2010 Plan), (i) the conviction of the Recipient for committing a felony under federal law or the law of the state in which such action occurred, (ii) dishonesty in the course of fulfilling the Recipient’s employment duties or (iii) willful and deliberate failure on the part of the Recipient to perform his or her employment duties in any material respect.

 

4.                                       Method of Exercise.  The Option may be exercised by written notice (the “Notice”), addressed and delivered to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock subject to the Option to be purchased.  The Notice shall be accompanied by (i) cash, or (ii) that number of Mature Shares of unrestricted or restricted (if the requirements of Section 7(c)(ii) of the Plan are satisfied) Common Stock which has an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date of exercise) equal to the aggregate exercise price for all of the shares of Common Stock subject to such exercise, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii), above, or (iv) subject to Section 17(g) of the Plan, at the discretion of the Committee, by delivery of such documentation as the Committee and a qualified broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price.  The Director agrees that no later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in his gross income for Federal income tax purposes with respect to the Option, the Director shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, withholding obligations may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is acquired upon exercise of the Option.  The obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Director.

 

5.                                       Delivery of Stock Certificates.  The Option shall be deemed to have been exercised upon receipt by the Company of written notice of exercise accompanied by the exercise price (the “Exercise Date”) and the Director shall be treated as the holder of record of the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised as of the Exercise Date for all purposes.

 

6.                                       Adjustment Provisions.  Subject to the terms of the Plan, if, during the term of this Agreement, there shall be any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary distribution with respect to the Common Stock, or other change in corporate structure affecting the Common Stock, the Board (as defined in the 2010 Plan) shall make an appropriate and equitable substitution or adjustment in the aggregate number, kind and option price of shares subject to this Option.

 

7.                                       Non-Transferability.  The Option is not transferable or assignable by the Director other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and is exercisable during the lifetime of the Director

 

3



 

only by the Director, his guardian or legal representative or by an alternate payee pursuant to such qualified domestic relations order.

 

8.                                       Compliance with Law.  By accepting the Option, the Director agrees for himself and his guardian or legal representative that no shares of Common Stock shall be delivered pursuant to the Option until qualified for delivery under applicable securities laws and regulations as determined by the Company or its legal counsel,

 

9.                                       Limitations.  The Director shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to shares as to which the Option shall not have been exercised and payment made as herein provided and shall have no rights with respect to such shares not expressly conferred by this Agreement.

 

10.                                 Construction.

 

(a)                                  Successors.  This Agreement and all the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, heirs and successors, except as expressly herein otherwise provided.

 

(b)                                 Entire Agreement; Modification.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the matters referred to herein.  Subject to Section 15(a) of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended by the Committee.

 

(c)                                  Capitalized Terms; Headings; Pronouns; Governing Law.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are deemed to have the same meanings as in the Plan.  The descriptive headings of the respective sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to modify or construe the provisions which follow them.  Any use of any masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and vice-versa and any use of a singular, the plural and vice-versa, as the context and facts may require.  The construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(d)                                 Notices.  All communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given as of the date and time of hand delivery or three days after mailing via certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, proper postage prepaid to the following or such other addresses of which the parties shall from time to time notify one another.

 

(1)

If to the Company:

The Howard Hughes Corporation

 

 

13355 Noel Road

 

 

Suite 950

 

 

Dallas, Texas 75240

 

4



 

(2)

If to the Director:

[·]

 

 

c/o General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

 

110 North Wacker Drive

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

(e)                                  Severability.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any party or circumstance shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the minimal extent of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the application of such provision to other parties or circumstances.

 

(f)                                    Counterpart Execution.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute the entire document.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed or caused to be executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

Name: [·]

 

Title: [·]

 

 

 

DIRECTOR

 

 

 

 

 

     [·]

 

6


 



Exhibit 10.15

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [·], 2010 (the “Grant Date”) by and between The Howard Hughes Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and [·] (the “Employee”).

 

WHEREAS, General Growth Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GGP”) granted Employee an option to purchase [·] shares of GGP pursuant to that certain Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2008 (the “Original Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company is a newly formed corporation that was created to hold certain assets and liabilities of GGP, which will be transferred pursuant to that certain Separation Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Separation Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the plan of reorganization filed by GGP and certain of its subsidiaries under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (as amended from time to time, the “Plan of Reorganization”), the option shall be converted into (i) an option to acquire the same number of shares of common stock of GGP and (ii) an option (the “Option”) to acquire ..0983 shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) for each existing option for one share of GGP;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted The Howard Hughes Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) and the Option will be assumed by the 2010 Plan as of the Plan Effective Date (as defined in the Separation Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, the Employee and the Company desire to adjust the exercise price and number and kind of shares subject to the Option pursuant to Section 6 of the Original Agreement and Section 13 of the Plan and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company shall deliver Common Stock to the Employee upon the exercise of the Option, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant of Option.  The Company hereby grants to the Employee an option to purchase [·] shares of Common Stock at a purchase price per share that shall be determined in accordance with the methodology set forth in the Plan of Reorganization, subject to the vesting and exercise requirements as set forth in this Agreement.  This Option is a Non-Qualified Stock Option and is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in, and subject to, Section 422 of the Code.

 



 

The grant of this Option has been approved by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2.                                       Time for Exercise of Options.

 

(a)                                  The Option shall become exercisable for 100% of the shares of Common Stock subject hereto on the first to occur of (i) October 25, 2009 and (ii) a Change in Control (as defined in the General Growth Properties, Inc. 2003 Incentive Stock Plan, as Amended and Restated (the “Plan”)).

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if prior to October 25, 2009, GGP terminates the Employee’s employment for other than Cause or Disability (as each term in defined in the employment agreement between GGP and the Employee dated as of November 3, 2008 (the “Employment Agreement”)), then a pro-rata portion (but not less than 50%) of the Option shall vest, based on the number of days the Employee was employed with the Company through the Date of Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement), divided by 365.

 

(c)                                  The Option must be exercised if at all on or before the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date (November 3, 2013) and only at such time as the Employee is employed by the Company or GGP or as provided in Section 3 hereof.

 

3.                                       Termination of Employment.

 

(a)                                  If the Employee’s employment with the Company and GGP, an Affiliate or a Subsidiary terminates by reason of a termination by the Company and GGP without Cause or by reason of death then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the Option may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee (as defined in the 2010 Plan) may determine, for a period of one year from the date of such death or termination or until the expiration of the term of the Option, whichever period is shorter.

 

(b)                                 If the Employee’s employment with the Company and GGP, an Affiliate or a Subsidiary terminates by reason of Retirement then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the Option may thereafter be exercised by the Employee, to the extent exercisable at the time of such Retirement, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of three years from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the term hereof, whichever period is shorter; provided, however, that if the Employee dies within such three year period, any unexercised portion of this Option shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three year period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of one year from the date of such death or until the expiration of the term hereof, whichever period is shorter.

 

2



 

(c)                                  If the Employee’s employment with the Company and GGP, an Affiliate or a Subsidiary terminates by reason of Disability then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the Option may thereafter be exercised by the Employee, to the extent exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of three years from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the term hereof, whichever period is shorter; provided, however, that if the Employee dies within such three year period, any unexercised portion of the Option shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three year period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of one year from the date of such death or until the expiration of the term hereof, whichever period is shorter.

 

(d)                                 If the Employee’s employment with the Company and GGP, an Affiliate or a Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement Cause or without Cause, then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the Option shall terminate, except that the Option, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, may be exercised for the lesser of one year from the date of such termination of employment or the balance of the term of the Option; provided, however, that if the Employee dies within such one year period, any unexercised portion of the Option shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such one year period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of one year from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of the Option, whichever period is shorter.

 

(e)                                  In the event the Employee’s employment with the Company and GGP, an Affiliate or a Subsidiary terminates for Cause, any unexercised portion of the Option shall expire immediately upon the giving to the Employee of notice of such termination of employment.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding any language to the contrary set forth in Section 1(h) of the Plan, for purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” as used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.

 

4.                                       Method of Exercise.  The Option may be exercised by written notice (the “Notice”), addressed and delivered to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock subject to the Option to be purchased.  The Notice shall be accompanied by (i) cash, or (ii) that number of Mature Shares of unrestricted Common Stock which have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan), as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate exercise price for all of the shares of Common Stock subject to such exercise, or (iii) any combination of (i) or (ii) hereof or (iv) subject to Section 17(g) of the Plan in the case of an “Executive Officer” (as defined in Rule 3b-7 of the Exchange Act), by delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Committee and a qualified broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option, and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price.  The

 

3



 

Employee agrees, that no later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in his gross income for Federal income tax purposes with respect to the Option, the Employee shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount.  Withholding obligations may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is acquired upon exercise of the Option.  The obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company, its Affiliates and Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Employee.

 

5.                                       Delivery of Stock Certificates.  The Option shall be deemed to have been exercised upon receipt by the Company of the Notice accompanied by the exercise price (the “Exercise Date”) and the Employee shall be treated as the holder of record of the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised as of the Exercise Date for all purposes.

 

6.                                       Adjustment Provisions.  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the terms of the Plan, if, during the term of this Agreement, there shall be any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Board (as defined in the 2010 Plan) shall make an appropriate and equitable adjustment in the aggregate number, kind and option price of shares subject to this Option; provided, however, that the dilution effect of the Shares authorized, plus the shares reserved for issuance pursuant to all other stock-related plans of the Company, shall not exceed 10 percent.  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board in its sole discretion, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

7.                                       Non-Transferability.  The Option is not transferable or assignable by the Employee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order and is exercisable during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee, his guardian or legal representative or by an alternate payee pursuant to such qualified domestic relations order.

 

8.                                       Compliance with Law.  By accepting the Option, the Employee agrees for himself and his guardian or legal representative that no shares of Common Stock shall be delivered pursuant to the Option until qualified for delivery under applicable securities laws and regulations as determined by the Company or its legal counsel.

 

The Company shall promptly upon the grant of this Option file a registration statement on Form S-8 with the Securities and Exchange Commission covering the securities subject to the Option.

 

4



 

9.                                       Limitations.  The Employee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to shares as to which the Option shall not have been exercised and payment made as herein provided and shall have no rights with respect to such shares not expressly conferred by this Agreement.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a contract of employment between the Company, an Affiliate or a Subsidiary and the Employee.

 

10.                                 Construction.

 

(a)                                  Successors.  This Agreement and all the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, heirs and successors, except as expressly herein otherwise provided.

 

(b)                                 Entire Agreement; Modification.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the matters referred to herein.  Subject to Section 15 of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended by the Committee.

 

(c)                                  Capitalized Terms; Headings; Pronouns; Governing Law.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are deemed to have the same meanings as in the Plan.  The descriptive headings of the respective sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to modify or construe the provisions which follow them.  Any use of any masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and vice-versa and any use of a singular, the plural and vice-versa, as the context and facts may require.  The construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(d)                                 Notices.  All communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given as of the date and time of hand delivery or three days after mailing via certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, proper postage prepaid to the following or such other addresses of which the parties shall from time to time notify one another.

 

(1)

If to the Company:

The Howard Hughes Corporation

 

 

13355 Noel Road

 

 

Suite 950

 

 

Dallas, Texas 75240

 

 

 

(2)

If to the Employee:

[·]

 

 

c/o General Growth Properties, Inc.

 

 

110 North Wacker Drive

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

(e)                                  Severability.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under

 

5



 

applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any party or circumstance shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the minimal extent of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the application of such provision to other parties or circumstances.

 

(f)                                    Counterpart Execution.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute the entire document.

 

11.                                 Incorporation of the Company 2003 Incentive Stock Plan Terms.  The parties hereby incorporate all of the terms and conditions of the Plan into the terms of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered as if the Option were granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed or caused to be executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE HOWARD HUGHES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

Name: [·]

 

Title: [·]

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE

 

 

 

 

 

[·]

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Formation/Organization

10101 Woodloch Forest LLC

 

Texas

110 Holding, LLC

 

Delaware

110 Wacker, LLC

 

Delaware

170 Retail Associates, Ltd.

 

Texas

170 Retail Holding, LLC

 

Delaware

ACB Parking Business Trust

 

Maryland

Alameda Plaza, LLC

 

Delaware

AllenTowne Mall, LLC

 

Delaware

American City Building Corporation

 

Maryland

Beverage Operations, Inc.

 

Texas

Bridgeland Development, LP

 

Maryland

Bridgeland GP, LLC

 

Delaware

Bridgeland Partner, LLC

 

Maryland

Bridges at Mint Hill, LLC

 

Delaware

Century Plaza L.L.C.

 

Delaware

Clover Acquisitions LLC

 

Delaware

Conference Center Condominium Association, Inc.

 

Texas

Corporate Housing Partnership

 

Texas

Cottonwood Mall, LLC

 

Delaware

Cottonwood Square, LLC

 

Delaware

Cypress LA, LLC

 

Delaware

Elk Grove Town Center L.L.C.

 

Delaware

Elk Grove Town Center, L.P.

 

Delaware

Emerson Land Business Trust

 

Maryland

Emerson Land, LLC

 

Delaware

Fairwood Commercial Development Corporation

 

Maryland

Fairwood Commercial Development Holding, LP

 

Maryland

Fairwood Commercial Development Limited Partnership

 

Maryland

Fairwood Commercial Front Foot Benefit Company, LLC

 

Maryland

FV-93 Limited

 

Texas

Gateway Overlook III Business Trust

 

Maryland

GG DR, L.L.C.

 

Illinois

Greengate Mall, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania

Harper’s Choice Business Trust

 

Maryland

Hex Holding, LLC

 

Delaware

Hexalon Real Estate, LLC

 

Delaware

Howard Hughes Properties, Inc.

 

Nevada

HRD Parking Deck Business Trust

 

Maryland

HRD Parking, Inc.

 

Maryland

Land Trust No. 89433

 

Hawaii

Land Trust No. 89434

 

Hawaii

Land Trust No. FHB-TRES 200601

 

Hawaii

Land Trust No. FHB-TRES 200602

 

Hawaii

 



 

Landmark Mall L.L.C.

 

Delaware

LRVC Business Trust

 

Maryland

Merchantwired Interest, Inc.

 

Maryland

Merchantwired, LLC

 

Delaware

Merriweather Post Business Trust

 

Maryland

Natick Residence LLC

 

Delaware

New Orleans Riverwalk Associates

 

Louisiana

New Orleans Riverwalk Limited Partnership

 

Maryland

Oakland Ridge Industrial Development Corporation

 

Maryland

Parcel C Business Trust

 

Maryland

Parcel D Business Trust

 

Maryland

Parke West, LLC

 

Delaware

Price Development TRS, Inc.

 

Delaware

Princeton Land East, LLC

 

Delaware

Princeton Land, LLC

 

Delaware

Red Rock Investment, LLC

 

Nevada

Redlands Land Acquisition Company L.L.C.

 

Delaware

Redlands Land Acquisition Company L.P.

 

Delaware

Rio West L.L.C.

 

Delaware

Riverwalk Marketplace, LLC

 

Delaware

Seaport Marketplace Theatre, LLC

 

Maryland

Seaport Marketplace, LLC

 

Maryland

South Street Seaport Limited Partnership

 

Maryland

Spinco, Inc.

 

Delaware

Stewart Title of Montgomery County Inc.

 

Texas

Stone Lake, LLC

 

Maryland

Summerlin Centre, LLC

 

Delaware

Summerlin Corporation

 

Delaware

Summerlin Hospital Medical Center, L.P.

 

Delaware

THC-HRE, LLC

 

Maryland

The Howard Hughes Company, LLC

 

Delaware

The Howard Research And Development Corporation

 

Maryland

The Hughes Corporation

 

Delaware

The Woodlands Beverage, Inc.

 

Texas

The Woodlands Brokerage, LLC

 

Texas

The Woodlands Commercial Brokerage Company, L.P.

 

Texas

The Woodlands Commercial Properties Company, LP

 

Texas

The Woodlands Corporation

 

Delaware

The Woodlands Custom Residential Sales, LLC

 

Texas

The Woodlands Custom Sales, LP

 

Texas

The Woodlands Land Development Company, L.P.

 

Texas

The Woodlands Operating Company, L.P.

 

Texas

Timbermill-94 Limited

 

Texas

Town Center Development Company GP, LLC

 

Texas

Town Center Development Company, LP

 

Texas

Town Center East Business Trust

 

Maryland

Town Center East Parking Lot Business Trust

 

Maryland

TWC Commercial Properties, LLC

 

Delaware

TWC Commercial Properties, LP

 

Delaware

TWC Land Development, LLC

 

Delaware

 

2



 

TWC Land Development, LP

 

Delaware

TWC Operating, LLC

 

Delaware

TWC Operating, LP

 

Delaware

TWCPC Holdings GP, LLC

 

Texas

TWCPC Holdings, L.P.

 

Texas

TWLDC Holdings GP, LLC

 

Texas

TWLDC Holdings, LP

 

Texas

Victoria Ward Center L.L.C.

 

Delaware

Victoria Ward Entertainment Center L.L.C.

 

Delaware

Victoria Ward Services, Inc.

 

Delaware

Victoria Ward, Limited

 

Delaware

VW Condominium Development, LLC

 

Delaware

Ward Gateway-Industrial-Village, LLC

 

Delaware

Ward Plaza-Warehouse, LLC

 

Delaware

Waterway Ave Partners, L.L.C.

 

Texas

WECCR General Partnership

 

Texas

WECCR, Inc.

 

Texas

West Kendall Holdings, LLC

 

Maryland

Westlake Retail Associates, Ltd.

 

Texas

Westlake Retail Holding, LLC

 

Delaware

Wincopin Restaurant Business Trust

 

Maryland

Woodlands Acquisition, LLC

 

Texas

Woodlands Office Equities-95, Ltd.

 

Texas

Woodlands Sarofim #1, Ltd.

 

Texas

 

3




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated August 24, 2010 (October 21, 2010 as to the effects of The Howard Hughes Corporation name change as described in Note 1 to the combined financial statements) relating to the combined financial statements of certain entities that are expected to be transferred to The Howard Hughes Corporation (formerly Spinco, Inc.), an indirect subsidiary of General Growth Properties, Inc., and are under common ownership and common control of General Growth Properties, Inc., (the “THHC Businesses”) (for which the report expresses an unqualified opinion on those combined financial statements and includes explanatory paragraphs regarding the THHC Businesses’ inclusion of allocations of certain operating expenses from General Growth Properties, Inc., the THHC Businesses’ bankruptcy proceedings, and the THHC Businesses’ ability to continue as a going concern) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and of our report dated August 24, 2010, relating to the combined financial statement schedule appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Chicago, Illinois

October 21, 2010

 


 



Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT

 

We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 26, 2010, on our audits of the financial statements of TWLDC Holdings, L.P. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the years then ended, and of our report dated February 27, 2009, on our audit of the financial statements of TWLDC Holdings, L.P. as of December 31, 2007, and for the year then ended, which reports are included therein.  We also consent to the references to our firm under the caption “Experts.”

 

/s/ BKD, LLP

 

Houston Texas

 

 

October 21, 2010

 


 



Exhibit 23.4

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of The Howard Hughes Corporation in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto.  I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

 

Dated: October 21, 2010

/s/ William A. Ackman

 

WILLIAM A. ACKMAN

 




Exhibit 23.5

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of The Howard Hughes Corporation in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto.  I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: October 21, 2010

/s/ David Arthur

 

DAVID ARTHUR

 




Exhibit 23.6

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of The Howard Hughes Corporation in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto.  I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

 

Dated: October 21, 2010

/s/ Gary Krow

 

GARY KROW

 




Exhibit 23.7

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of The Howard Hughes Corporation in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto.  I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

 

Dated: October 21, 2010

/s/ Allen Model

 

ALLEN MODEL

 




Exhibit 23.8

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of The Howard Hughes Corporation in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto.  I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

 

Dated: October 21, 2010

/s/ Adam Flatto

 

ADAM FLATTO

 




Exhibit 23.9

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of The Howard Hughes Corporation in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto.  I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

 

Dated: October 21, 2010

/s/ Jeffrey Furber

 

JEFFREY FURBER

 




Exhibit 23.10

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of The Howard Hughes Corporation in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto.  I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

 

Dated: October 21, 2010

/s/ Steven Shepsman

 

STEVEN SHEPSMAN

 




Exhibit 23.11

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

The Howard Hughes Corporation will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of The Howard Hughes Corporation in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto.  I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

 

Dated: October 21, 2010

/s/ R. Scot Sellers

 

R. SCOT SELLERS